Trade Catalogue 2013 from Storage Design Limited

Page 1

2013 Edition

2013

PROJECTS

Workshop, Storage & Materials Handling Catalogue

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

STORAGE

www.storage-design.co.uk info@storage-design.co.uk

01446 772614

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

catalogue sales

WORKSHOP

WAREHOUSE

SAFETY

SECURITY

BARRIERS

OFFICE

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

TRADE CATALOGUE


2013 Edition

2013

PROJECTS

Workshop, Storage & Materials Handling Catalogue

CATALOGUE

WORKSHOP

www.storage-design.co.uk info@storage-design.co.uk

01446 772614

Email: info@storage-design.co.uk Web: www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

catalogue sales

TRADE

TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446 774770

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales CF71 7DU

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

WAREHOUSE

SAFETY

SECURITY

BARRIERS

OFFICE

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

TRADE CATALOGUE


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 1

2-13

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

14-57

SAFETY

58-85

WORKSHOP

86-117

STORAGE

118-167

WAREHOUSE

168-213

CO N T E N T S

PROJECTS

Call NOW to discuss your requirements! I y pr d

a ’ y all !

r xp r d am THE !

al

SECURITY

d

214-239

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

EE R F DEL

240-287

OFFICE

288-323

BARRIERS

324-356

IVER

Y

(To UK mainland only) Where you see this symbol

For all your Storage & Handling needs... What Are QR Codes? We are proud to announce that product ranges featured in this catalogue have a Quick Response Code. This code will show you a product demonstration video that will help when deciding on which product is most suitable for you. Simply download a QR reader app from your app store, point your smart phone at the QR Code you want to scan and then watch the video. STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

M E Z Z A N I N E F LO O R S

2

Use the height of your building to

double your space Think cubic space, not floor space

Our mezzanine floors provide high quality, extremely cost effective space in areas that are often never used. When an organisation expands and the need for extra space is crucial, people naturally think of expanding outwards. Don’t do the same! Think cubic space, not floor space. Mezzanine floors offer cost savings that can be enormous when compared to the alternative options.

PROJECTS

Mezzanine floors are ideal for retail, storage, office, production areas, canteens, plant support and more!

• Full building regulations application made on your behalf • Detailed site survey carried out by qualified project engineers • Structures designed to BS6399, BS5950, BS449 and the latest building regulations • Structure conforms to SEMA and DETR approved guidelines

• Fire rated designs and column casings • Handrail and gate systems also available • Fast, efficient installations by our own experienced mezzanine installation teams • Floors are fully demountable and easily relocated

call us for a free site survey and quotation

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 3

M E Z Z A N I N E F LO O R S

Mezzanine Floors Retail Floors • R aised platform structures are being increasingly used for expanding a sales area within a retail unit. • Floors can be seamlesly incorporated in the retail area. • Back of store storage floors are frequently required.

Commercial Floors • S torage and office space can be accommodated • Wholesale distribution centres can double floor space as opposed to relocation.

Storage Floors • A s well as providing raised working areas within existing buildings for increasing production facilities, floors are readily built around larger products, allowing operators to work easily at an elevated level.

Multi Tier Floors • H igh cost premises, for example cold stores,find that our mezzanines make excellent use of the volume of the building. • Multi tier maxamise very high warehouses and buildings.

PROJECTS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S h e lv i n g

4

Modern Systems For Today’s Industry These pages give a glimpse of the many & varied shelving projects we handle every day. Call us now to discuss your requirements with the storage professionals. Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Medical Records

PROJECTS

• An individual solution to an individual requirement

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 5

Shelving Two Tier Storage

S h e lv i n g

• • • •

Shelving up to the roof offers maximum utilisation of space Strong bolt less construction Wide range of accessories Full quotation and installation service

Bolt Free & Longspan Shelving • • • • • •

No nuts or bolts Choice of colours Easy to erect Strong, durable and affordable Multi-tier Full quotation and installation service

‘Live’ Storage • • • • •

Speed of picking and automated storage are now more than ever an integral part of any modern warehouse First in/first out Faster picks means time and money savings Less errors, means more profits Full quotation and installation service

Mobile Shelving All of our shelving systems can be made mobile Save space and increase storage capacity Choice of colours Full quotation and installation service

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PROJECTS

• • • •

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

P R E M I E R A C K S O LU T I O N S

6

Our pallet racking is designed & built to exceed current UK (S.E.M.A.) and European (F.E.M.) standards

Premierack Solutions Wide Aisle Standard Racking • Ideal for storing all palletised and non-palletised loads • Wide aisles allow full manoeuvrability of fork lift trucks • 100% access to individual pallets • Fully adjustable beam levels to suit varying pallet heights • Use of conventional fork-lift trucks - cost-effective

PROJECTS

Narrow Aisle Racking • Offers the same flexibility found in wide aisle racking but increases storage capacity by reducing aisle width & storing pallets to a greater height • Allows access to each individual pallet whilst retaining full system adjustability • Specialist fork truck required but cost is offset by the added value of better space utilisation

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 7

P R E M I E R A C K S O LU T I O N S

We also specialise in: Double deep racking, mobile racking, live storage, carpet racking & multi-tier racking

Premierack Solutions Push Back Racking • Pallets are stored on sloping rollers supported on pallet racking • Pallets pushed up and retrieved from one side only • Offers good occupancy rates within a high-density system and can store a variety of pallet types together

Drive In / Drive Through Racking PROJECTS

• Allows high density storage for installations with pallet retrieval from one side only except with drive-through applications • Suitable for seasonal goods with low stock rotation • Ideal for cold and chill storage and bulk storage applications

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

i n d u s t r i a l pa r t i t i o n i n g

8

Modular Industrial Partitioning tailored to your own requirements Single Skin Partitioning

Double Skin Partitioning

A comprehensive range of partitioning systems to suit both medium and heavy duty applications

High quality, double skin partitioning for commercial, office, cleanroom & factory use

• • • • • • • •

Cost effective solution Fully demountable and relocatable High quality, durable pressed metal frame system Easy to install and relocate Multi-tiered facility Wide selection of doors and locking systems Variety of construction materials available Compatible with Elan double skin

• Ideal for creating offices in commercial locations as well as creating cleanrooms in factories or warehouses • Powder coat finish ideal for clean environments • Quality finish, flush both sides • Fire protection & noise reduction options available • Hidden cable management • Double glazing available with blinds • Can be multi-tiered with steel or conventional suspended ceilings available • Titan - two line junction keeps dust traps to a minimum

Sigma and Bastion Sections

Titan Sections

Full Steel

Full Steel

Steel / Mesh Full Mesh Steel / Glass Steel/Glass /Steel

Steel/Glass Full Glass / Steel

Elan Sections

Full Steel

Fully Glazed

Steel / Glass

Transom Chair Rail Steel/Glass Glazed Glazed / Steel

budget price

PROJECTS

SIGMA - Folded steel channel framework, with all joints spot welded to steel sheets

£115

per linear metre

TITAN - Cleanroom partioning

budget price

BASTION - Angle frame system with steel or mesh versions available

£125

per linear metre

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

budget price

ELAN - Standard powder coated colours: Light Grey or Medium Grey

info@storage-design.co.uk

£190

per linear metre

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 9

Mesh Partitions Standard 2000H panels budget price

£111

per linear metre

Telescopic poles link to roof if required

M E S H PA RTITI O N S

Warehouse Divider

Standard 2200H sections may be doubled up for 4400 height (3000H also available) 800H top sections may be added singly or in multiples for extra height

Doors at extra cost

Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

Standard Panel + 800H Top Section (1200W)

Sliding Padlockable Door 2200 x 1800 (HxW) Overall height 2300 One central horizontal tube per 2200mm panel - not two as illustrated

Hinged Padlockable Door 2200 x 1000 Two High STD Panels 2200x1000 = 4400H

Warehouse & Factory Division

Standard Mesh Modularity

• Highly cost effective • Modular panels give unlimited design potential • Easily assembled, and readily relocated when needs change

• Build to any height as required • Assemble free-standing, then bolt to floor for security

PROJECTS

call us for a free site survey and quotation

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 10

Guarding Systems & Mezzanine Lifts

G ua r ding S y s t e ms & m e z z anin e l i f t s

Versatile & Flexible Machine Guarding Compliant with the Machinery Directive • NEW Rapid Fix has been developed in response to market and customer needs for quick and flexible access solutions • It combines with our existing well proven Smart Fix system • NEW Rapid Fix uses the same panels and posts as Smart Fix • NEW Rapid Fix brackets are more functional, the lower bracket has a slot that the panel hooks into, and the upper bracket has a unique locking mechanism that snaps the panel into place. • Standard Panel Finish is RAL 7037 Grey, other colours available on request

Smart Fix Mesh Panel

Rapid Fix Mesh Panel

SMART FIX MESH PANEL BUDGET PRICE

rapid FIX MESH PANEL BUDGET PRICE

per linear metre

per linear metre

£138

£154

Rapid Fix fittings

QUICK AND

easy

CALL FOR A

QUOTATION

Call us for a free site survey and quotation!

CONSTRUCTION

Mezzanine Lifts Light duty model

PROJECTS

• • • • • • • • •

Single mast self supporting and bolted to the floor Total raised height of up to 3500mm Limit switch system Platform supplied with loading ramp or alternatively, a shallow pit can be cast for completely level loading Lift power pack and electrical system mounted safely within the lift enclosure Hand held control point positioned to suit and incorporates a ‘push to run’ system with emergency stop Power requirement: 415v 3 phase + Neutral via 16amp isolator (not included) Motor specification: 0.75kw 3 phase 415v with 4ltr reservoir All enclosure gates fitted with fail safe electromechanical interlocks to prevent opening when the lift is not at the correct position

300

Bespoke options available: custom made lift to meet your specific requirements

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

KG CAPACITY

Platform: 1350mm wide by 1350mm deep

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Partition & Ceiling Solutions Fire & Sound has been tested to BS476 part 22 and offers up to 60 minutes fire resistance in full height glazed, solid and door elevations. Insulation performance is available on solid elevations only. Where acoustic performance is a consideration, the system can provide sound attenuation values of up to 52db(Rw) under laboratory test conditions. • Standard module size is 1200mm. Maximum construction height is determined by the choice of stud size and panel type, however, 102mm Fire & Sound can be build up to a height of 4200mm • Venetian blinds can be accommodated within the system as can a range of electrical switches with the use of a cable management post • Doors are available in natural wood finishes, including Ash, Koto, Oak, Cherry, Beech, Maple and Sapele. All doors can be include any shape or size of vision panel or lipping • To compliment Fire & Sound, a wide choice of door furniture in a variety of finishes is also available

PA R T I T I O N & C E I L I N G S O LU T I O N S

Fire & Sound

11

Fire & Sound at a Glance Areas of use

Executive office suites, reception areas, conference suites, general office, light industrial

Max Construction Heights Solid modules

Standard construction - up to 4200mm, heights in excess of this are achievable Glazed modules Maximum recommended height using standard sections - 3600mm

Fire Performance Solid modules Up to 60 minute fire rating Glazed modules Up to 60 minute fire rating in both centre single and double glazed applications Door modules Up to 60 minute fire rating*

Acoustic Performance

Construction Options Solid modules

Standard construction is with 12.5mm plasterboard panels with a wide choice of finishes together with numerous joint and trim options Glazed modules Includes offset single, centre single, double glazing and the option of Venetian blinds Door modules Standard frames are supplied to suit1981 x 838 x 44mm doors. Frames will also accept most types of doors

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

PROJECTS

Solid modules Standard construction - up to 52dB (Rw) Glazed modules Standard construction - up to 43dB (Rw) Door modules Standard solid door core - up to 30dB (Rw) *60 minute rating on timber door sets only

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

PROJECTS

PA R T I T I O N & C E I L I N G S O LU T I O N S

12

Ovation Partition System A state-of-the-art partition system, offering designers and installers the vertical solution for the new millennium This system has been designed to suit many different environments. It’s styling provides gently radiused upright posts and door frames with a choice of either recessed or flush skirting. The system is available inan almost unlimited choice of RAL or BS coloured finishes to complement any interior design scheme.

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Construction

Fire

Acoustics

Designed for fast and easy installation, the introduction of Bi-element construction effects the end user rapid on-site assembly without lengthy lead in times

Safety is a key feature of this system. It has been thoroughly tested and offers 30 minute fire resistance to BS476 part 22, 1987, on full height single and double glazing elevations. This also applies to door modules and solid elevations, regardless of the board joint details.

Acoustics is another major performance consideration and again Ovation passes the test. Solid construction offers sound attenuation values of up to 42db (Rw) under laboratory conditions.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 13

Pa r t i t i o n & C e i l i n g S o lu t i o n s

Partition & Ceiling Solutions Wall Store Tenon Wall-Store is a simple but very effective concept which utilises ceiling-height, variable width modular storage units. Wall lengths are assembled from a choice of elevation options to provide compact and streamlined storage. These can be used as both free-standing room dividers or as partition walls for cellular offices. The system offers an extensive choice of door and drawer configurations as well as the potential to include open shelving and display features. Furthermore, audio-visual presentational equipment such as screens and television monitors can also be easily accommodated.

Operable Walls Silenta is a high specification; top hung acoustic moveable wall system that provides acoustic performance of between 37/53dB (RW). The system comprises individual panels suspended from a top track only, with each panel having a top and bottom retractable seal that locks between the ceiling track and floor. Operation of the seals is achieved by a simple 90° turn of the removable locking handle and a variety of stacking arrangements ensures optimum use of space. Pass doors may also be included if required Compacta is a hinged panelled sliding wall system, floor track fitted with an optional top hung system available. The range is designed for rooms where multiple uses and rapid changes are required. Panels are fitted with an aluminium profile to each long edge complete with rubber box seals to ensure an airtight fit when fully closed. A reasonable level of sound reduction is achieved with the use of bubble seals at the upper and lower edges of the panels.

Washrooms

PROJECTS

Our Washrooms are designed for speedy and easy installation, all washroom products are supplied ready for immediate fitting, and are supplied complete with all the necessary fittings and fixings. If you have an enquiry then simply fax the details together with a drawing or a sketch of your requirements to us - we will do the rest. Cubicles can be made to measure to suit all situations, however, standard sizes and dimensions are as follows: • Standard cubicle height 1950mm • Standard cubicle width 1500mm • Partition panel size 1800Hx 1500Wmm • Standard door size 600mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

F O L D I N G TO E S A C K T R U C K S

14

Folding Toe Sack Trucks Folding Toe Trucks

Quality powder coat finish

Space saving trucks, ideal for boot of car Instantly unfold ready for use. Tough powder coat finish • Lightweight model weighs just 6kg and carries 100kg • Heavy duty model weighs 15kg and carries 200kg

200

KG CAPACITY

100

BC299

BC158

£86

KG CAPACITY

£125

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

Short

Short: 990 x 485mm

APACITY FOOTPLATE OVERALL CUSHION WEIGHT ORDER PRICE C (kg) L xW (mm) HxW (mm) TYRES (kg) REF 100 360 x 310 990 x 485 150 x 40 6 BC299 £86

Long

Long: 1140 x 555mm

APACITY FOOTPLATE OVERALL CUSHION WEIGHT ORDER PRICE C (kg) L xW(mm) HxW(mm) TYRES (kg) REF 200 410 x 355 1140 x 555 200 x 50 15 BC158 £125

Pneumatic Tyred Trucks For all terrain use Powder coat finish

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Collapsible lifting blade with a second fixed footplate • Impact and scratch resistant finish

5

YEAR

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

K1116L

£173

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

250

KG CAPACITY

1150 x 620 CAPACITY FOOTPLATE (kg) L xW (mm) 250 150x500 / 400x330

OVERALL CUSHION WEIGHT ORDER PRICE HxW (mm) TYRES (kg) REF 1150 x 620 260 x 85 14.5 K1116L £173

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 15

Gas Cylinder Trolleys

7-10 DAYS

Gas Cylinder Trucks • Quality epoxy powder coated finish • Quiet running rubber tyred wheels • Free draining punched toe plates • Unique rear wheel support attachments may be fitted • Galvanised chains retain by the user at any time cylinders in position

• Bolt-on frames with 100mm rubber tyred castor

Removable wheel attachment sold separately eg: sct/280 + rw/pt47/sct280

Universal 280 Truck

Propane Truck

• Cylinders up to 280mm dia • 200mm wheels • Weight 10kg

• For 47kg Propane cylinders • 200mm wheels • Weight 11kg

FROM

£107

G a s C y l i n d e r T R O LLEYS

Ergonomic designs Precision welded steelwork

FROM

£123

1050H x 483W x 520Dmm

Single Cylinder Trucks DESCRIPTION UNIVERSAL 280 TRUCK PROPANE TRUCK REAR WHEEL KIT (SINGLE CYLINDER)

ORDER REF SCT/280 PT/47 RW/PT47/SCT280

PRICE £107 £123 £68

1050H x 583W x 520Dmm

Oxy-Acetylene Truck

Oxy-Propane Truck

• 240/290mm max cylinder dia • 300mm wheels • Weight 17kg

• 240/410mm max cylinder dia • 300mm wheels • Weight 18kg

FROM

FROM

£207 1050H x 760W x 520Dmm

Double Cylinder Trucks DESCRIPTION OXY-ACETYLENE TRUCK OXY-PROPANE TRUCK REAR WHEEL KIT (DOUBLE CYLINDER)

ORDER REF OACT OPCT RW/OACT/OPCT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £207 £208 £90

1050H x 880W x 520Dmm Removable wheel attachment sold separately eg: oact + rw/oact/opct

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

£208

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

appliance & chair sack trucks

16

Appliance & Chair Sack Trucks Economy Chair Carrier

Heavy Duty Chair Carrier Suits most types of stacking chairs Robustly made for 300kg carrying capacity

B1335l

DAYS

Simple low-cost design Suits chairs with protruding rear feet

£193

• V ariable lifting arm height, 70kg capacity • Powder coated tubular steel • Weight 16kg • 260 x 85mm all terrain pneumatic tyres on roller bearings

2-3

BC142

£151

5

When not in use as a chair carrier, the arms fold down to allow use for other purposes, 300kg capacity

200

YEAR

KG CAPACITY

Weight 12kg

300

200 x 50mm cushion rubber roller bearing wheels

KG CAPACITY

560W x 150Dmm foot well

10-15 DAYS

1300H x 580Wmm, arms 500L x 250Wmm

1150H x 560Wmm overall

Appliance Trucks Rugged trucks for heavy or bulky loads. Carrier spar options Widely spaced handles for best control GK2

Rubber padded frame will not scratch load

11042

£256

£283

260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres

5

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

450 x 150mm footplate with non-slip cover

YEAR

REF 11045

£37

350

KG CAPACITY

Carrier Spar (for two-man use on stairs)

10-15 DAYS

Overall 1150H x 650Wmm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Overall 1425H x 650Wmm

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 17

Stairclimbers 2-3 DAYS

Folding Toe Stairclimber

2-3 DAYS

Steel Stairclimber An ideal general purpose truck

For safe handling of goods up and down stairs or kerbs

The all purpose on-van delivery truck

• W eight 21kg • Twin star-wheel assemblies “walk” from step to step

• • • •

S tar wheels ‘walk’ from step to step Folds compactly for transit Weight 19kg 150 x 40mm rubber plain bearing wheels

• Safety handles • Sturdy welded construction • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres Footplate 320W x 250Lmm Overall 1300H x 590Wmm

Footplate 350W x 410Lmm Overall 1143H x 555Wmm

200

BC152

KG CAPACITY

£205

BC386

TK1325

£202 160 x 45mm star-wheels

S ta i r c l i m b e r s

Heavy Duty Stairclimber

5

£243

300

YEAR

KG CAPACITY

180

KG CAPACITY

10-15 DAYS

Aluminium Stairclimber Footplate 475W x 170Dmm Overall 1425H x 480W x 530Dmm

Combi Stairclimber & Sack Truck

Lightweight, strong and very easy to handle

2-in-1 design

• Safety handles • Braced aluminum frame • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres

• Safety handles • Pneumatic tyres 260 x 85mm, roller bearings • 2 five-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with 5 solid rubber tyres 125mm dia.

Footplate 320W x 250Lmm Overall 1300H x 590Wmm

Footplate 320W x 250Lmm Overall 1300H x 590Wmm

YEAR TK1327

£341 AK1325

Large wheels allow use as regular sack truck

£309 10-15 DAYS

200

KG CAPACITY

200

KG CAPACITY

10-15 DAYS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

5

5

YEAR

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 18

Sack Trucks Economy Sack Truck

SACK TRUCKS

2-3

Big on performance low on price

DAYS

Extended Footplate

BC129

BC149HET

1120H x 530Wmm

£87

£127

1000H x 450Wmm

Heavy Duty Sack Truck BC157

£109

Heavy duty angle iron frame 1140H x 550Wmm

11.5kg

150

15kg

20kg

200

KG CAPACITY

300

KG CAPACITY

KG CAPACITY

305W x 190Dmm foot 165 x 50mm rubber plain bore wheels

420W x 280Dmm foot 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels

Pneumatic Tyres 1120H x 530Wmm

380W x 320Dmm foot 200 x 50mm rubber tyres

Narrow Truck

BC149X

£151

Ideal for narrow doorways

Standard Truck BC139

£122

Centre strap design suits all types of load 1120H x 530Wmm

1120H x 420Wmm

BC149

£128

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

15kg

200

16kg

15kg

KG CAPACITY

200

KG CAPACITY

200

KG CAPACITY

420W x 200Dmm foot 260 x 85mm pneumatic roller bearing wheels

420W x 200Dmm foot 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels

160 x 45mm star-wheels

Quality powder coat finish

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

420W x 200Dmm foot 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 19

10-14

Sack Trucks

DAYS

5

Scratch resistant epoxy powder coating in RAL blue 5007

B1330L

YEAR

B1125L

£161

Sack Trucks

Ecoline Steel Sack Trucks

B1115L

£119

£123 With replaceable plastic skids Roller bearing hubs Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options

FOOTPLATE SIZE L x W (mm) 150 x 400 250 x 320 250 x 320

OVERALL SIZE H x W (mm) 1150 x 620 1150 x 570 1300 x 580

CAPACITY SOLID RUBBER TYRES PNEUMATIC TYRES KG SIZE REF PRICE SIZE REF 250 250 x 60 B1115 £123 260 x 85 B1115L 200 250 x 60 B1125 £119 260 x 85 B1125L 300 250 x 60 B1330 £161 260 x 85 B1330L

PRICE £123 £119 £161

10-14

Lightweight Aluminium Sack Trucks

DAYS

5

YEAR

WEIGHS ONLY 7KG

A1125L

A1325L

£178

A1330L

£205

£210

Constructed from prime tubular aluminium Very light and easy to use Pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearing hubs CAPACITY (kg) 150 200 200

HEIGHT (mm) 1150 1300 1300

FOOTPLATE LENGTH (mm) 250 250 250

FOOTPLATE WIDTH (mm) 230 320 320

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

OVERALL WIDTH (mm) 570 570 570

PNEUMATIC TYRES 260 x 85 260 x 85 260 x 85

WEIGHT (kg) 7 8 9

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF A1125L A1325L A1330L

PRICE £178 £205 £210

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

With replaceable plastic skids

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 20

Sack Trucks

7-10 DAYS

Sack Trucks

P Handle Truck • P handle design for one handed operation when moving lighter/taller loads • Toeplate 350W x 220Dmm

Overall 1310H x 540W x 475Dmm CS258

£66 CSPHPTST

£99

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

200

KG CAPACITY

Economy Sack Truck • • • • • •

urable powder coat finish D 100kg capacity Weight 10kg 200mm solid rubber tyres 1000H x 470W x 410Dmm 410W x 180Dmm footplate

Steel concave frame

CS662

£107

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

260mm dia wheels

Pneumatic wheels

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Universal Sack Truck • Welded all steel construction with braced frame for extra rigidity • 100kg capacity • Weight 8kg • 200mm solid rubber tyres • 1085H x 505W x 475Dmm • 350W x 260Dmm footplate

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 21

Fold Flat Sack Trucks

2-3 DAYS

Premium Fold Flat Trucks • P remium quality aluminium & steel tube construction • Non-slip cast aluminium footplate • Integral elasticated strap for safe load retention • Comfortable non-slip hand grips • Non-marking polymer wheels with roller bearings (50/125kg models) • Pneumatic tyres on roller bearing wheels (250kg model)

YEAR

1735

£270 1732

£119

Ready to use within a few seconds!

1730

£86

50 250 TO

f o l d f l at S a c k T r u c k s

5

So quick and simple to extend

KG CAPACITY

CAPACITY (kg) 50 125 250

OVERALL H x W (mm) 1030 x 390 1090 x 488 1190 x 660

FOLDED H x W x D (mm) 595 x 390 x 50 765 x 488 x 64 855 x 660 x 135

FOOTPLATE WHEEL DIA L x W (mm) (mm) 300 x 385 127 320 x 480 170 450 x 595 220

WEIGHT ORDER REF PRICE (kg) 3.2 1730 £86.00 5.2 1732 £119.00 12.6 1735 £270.00

Collapsible Truck

Budget Fold Flat Truck

• • • • •

Carries 90kg. Weighs just 9.8kg

Lightweight aluminium Collapses in overall size for compact storage 150mm dia cushion rubber wheels Telescopic handle Folding footplate

• Simple push-button handle extension • Wheels extend automatically when platform is lowered • Footplate 485 x 265mm • Non-marking 185mm wheels • Straps not included Folds away to 770H x 490W x 60Dmm

90

KG CAPACITY

Just 60mm thick when folded

Extended 1105H x 400Wmm Folded 740H x 400Wmm Toeplate 355W x 240Dmm

90

ast/2

£72

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

KG CAPACITY

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

BC2A

£57

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Modular Trolleys

22

10-15 DAYS

MODULAR TROLLEYS

Can be altered, interchanged and supplemented in many ways

5

• Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety • Capacity up to 500kg • Tubular and angle welded steel • Finish resists impact and scratches • Decked in beech veneered heavy duty particle board • 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors • Cushion rubber tyres • 5 year quality guarantee

YEAR

MultiVario System A multifunctional modular system with the approved fetra Insert-and-Bolt Principle. The MultiVario System can be altered, interchanged and supplemented in many ways. Stylish frame structure of “one cast” with “round edges”. The system components are simply inserted into the basic element and bolted tight. An absolutely secure connection of frames and superstructures. High quality powder coating blue RAL 5007. Derived timber material boards housed in the frame, surface beech grain. Solid rubber tyres, hubs with roller bearings.

NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

INFO?

EE FDR ELIV

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 X 970 X 500 990 X 1120 X 600 990 X 1120 X 700 990 X 1320 X 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 X 500 1000 X 600 1000 X 700 1200 X 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 33 36 42

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 2510 2511 2512 2513

E RY

PRICE £219 £230 £233 £252

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 23 474

Modular Trolleys Best

200kg / 400kg capacity Comply with EuroNorm 1757-3

SELLERs

Tubular welded steel construction

Beech faced particle board decks

1200

£148

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 400 400

OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 900 x 1100 x 450 900 x 1250 x 600 945 x 1030 x 505 985 x 1180 x 705

MultiVario System

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 450 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700

5

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 160 200

WEIGHT (kg) 15 20 21 29

2 fixed castor wheels, 2 swivel with brake

ORDER REF

PRICE

1200 1202 2100 2102

£148 £173 £184 £199

Side Frame Trolley

1512

£226

E RY

YEAR

£184

One Mesh End

EE FDR ELIV

2100

1582SF

£273

ALL ITEMS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

WEIGHT (kg) 26 34 37 43

ORDER REF 1510 1511 1512 1513

PRICE

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

WEIGHT (kg) 29 35 40 44

ORDER REF 1580SF 1581SF 1582SF 1583SF

PRICE

£210 £222 £226 £244

Side Frame Trolleys CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 985 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

£261 £271 £273 £289

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Platform Trolleys with One Mesh End CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

M O D ULAR T r o l l e-yContainer s Trucks &Trolleys Trolleys

Ecoline Trolleys

Quality powder coat finish in blue (RAL 5007)

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

modular trolleys

24

Modular Trolleys Double End Mesh Trolley

3 Sided Mesh Trolley

1520

Mesh Box Cart

1530

£256

1550

£301

£342

2-3 DAYS

Mesh Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS PLATFORM SIZE CAPACITY WHEEL DIA H x L x W (mm) L x W (mm) (kg) (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 850 x 500 400 160 990 x 1180 x 600 1000 x 600 500 200 990 x 1180 x 700 1000 x 700 500 200 990 x 1380 x 800 1200 x 800 500 200

DOUBLE END MESH REF PRICE 1520 £256 1521 £269 1522 £276 1523 £295

SIDED MESH REF PRICE 1530 £301 1531 £316 1532 £320 1533 £346

MESH BOX CART REF PRICE 1550 £342 1551 £362 1552 £365 1553 £394

10-15 DAYS

Accessories & Optional Fittings for Modular Trolleys

Blue/Grey Solid Trackless Factory Fitted Tyres (set of 4)

160mm diameter

REF 2186

£30.20 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

extra/set

200mm diameter

REF 2187

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity Factory fitted (set of 4)

850x500 or 1000x600

220mm diameter

REF 1100

£133

extra/set

REF 1291

£66.00

(not suitable for 160mm diameter wheels)

1000x700 or 1200x800

£43

600L x 140W x 200Hmm

(please specify size)

REF 1280

Clipboard A4 Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder

Wire Basket For smaller items, powder coated aluminium finish

Steel Platform (zinc plated sheet over standard deck)

£43.70*

REF 1290

£33.30* extra/set

extra/set

*Carriage is extra if items are sent separately from trolley

(please specify size)

extra/set

REF 1281

£79.00 NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

GREAT VALUE

info@storage-design.co.uk

E E FR DEL

IVER

Y

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Heavy Duty Platform Trucks

12402

10-15

12422

£532

£718

P L AT F O R M T R U C K S

Heavy Duty 1200kg Modular Trolleys Tubular welded steel construction with anti-slip waterproof platform and ends • 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked roller bearing wheels • High quality 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyred wheels MODEL DESCRIPTION PANEL END PLATFORM TROLLEYS TWO SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS THREE SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

OVERALL DIMS PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) (mm) 1160 x 700 x 1000 1000 x 700 1360 x 800 x 1000 1200 x 800 1760 x 800 x 1000 1600 x 800 2160 x 800 x 1000 2000 x 800 1210 x 700 x 925 1000 x 700 1410 x 800 x 925 1200 x 800 1810 x 800 x 925 1600 x 800 2210 x 800 x 925 2000 x 800 1210 x 700 x 925 1000 x 700 1410 x 800 x 925 1200 x 800 1810 x 800 x 925 1600 x 800 2210 x 800 x 925 2000 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

WEIGHT ORDER PRICE (kg) REF 45 12512 £403 52 12513 £445 64 12515 £520 96 12516 £653 70 12402 £532 80 12403 £619 103 12405 £779 159 12406 £1017 97 12422 £718 108 12423 £862 144 12425 £1085 228 12426 £1441

MultiVario System

25

DAYS

5

YEAR

12512

£403

Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

ESD 500kg Trolleys Electrostatic discharge construction for use in electronic and processing environments • • • • • •

9402

£610

Tubular steel and sectional welded steel Conductive powder coating in dark grey Screw and plug type construction HPL composite shelves according to DIN 68765, light grey 2 castors with wheel locks 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm, hubs with roller bearings

Two Shelf Trolley OVERALL DIMS L x W x H: 1390 x 800 x 905mm PLATFORM SIZE L X W: 1200 x 800mm CAPACITY: 500Kg WEIGHT: 61Kg ORDER REF: 9403 PRICE: £709 £610

9422

£852 Three Shelf Trolley

9512

£432

Mesh End Platform Carts OVERALL DIMS PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) SIZE L x W (mm) 1120 x 700 x 990 1000 x 700 1320 x 800 x 990 1200 x 800

CAPACITY WEIGHT ORDER PRICE (kg) (kg) REF 500 37 9512 £432 500 43 9513 £487

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

OVERALL DIMS L x W x H: 1190 x 700 x 905mm PLATFORM SIZE L X W: 1000 x 700mm CAPACITY: 500Kg WEIGHT: 70Kg ORDER REF: 9422 PRICE: £852

info@storage-design.co.uk

OVERALL DIMS L x W x H: 1390 x 800 x 905mm PLATFORM SIZE L X W: 1200 x 800mm CAPACITY: 500Kg WEIGHT: 82Kg ORDER REF: 9423 PRICE: £989 £610

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

OVERALL DIMS L x W x H: 1190 x 700 x 905mm PLATFORM SIZE L X W: 1000 x 700mm CAPACITY: 500Kg WEIGHT: 52Kg ORDER REF: 9402 PRICE: £610

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 26

Platform Trucks

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Special Value Platform Trucks • Four platform sizes • Available as a single platform, fixed ends with slide in sides or fixed ends with hinged sides • Steering by U-shaped drawbar or T handle with towing eye • All-steel welded construction, with selected tongued and grooved 25mm timber • 400mm diameter pneumatic or solid rubber cushion tyres fitted to roller bearing wheels cope with the roughest terrain

£418

FROM

£531

Flat platform

DAYS

Quality tongued and grooved 25mm timber

1000kg capacity for intensive industrial use

FROM

10-14

Optional t-handle steering

1000

KG CAPACITY

Optional Parking Brake

PB

£85

Fixed ends & slide in sides FROM

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

£576

Fixed ends & hinged sides

Heavy duty pneumatic tyres for all terrains

Platform Trucks FLAT PLATFORM PLATFORM SIZE TYRE TYPE HANDLE ORDER PRICE L x W (mm) TYPE REF 1525 x 711 PNEUMATIC PRAM T109PQPR £418.00 1828 x 762 PNEUMATIC PRAM T110PQPR £449.00 1525 x 711 SOLID PRAM T109PQCR £477.00 1828 x 762 SOLID PRAM T110PQCR £510.00 1525 x 762 PNEUMATIC T HANDLE T111TQPR £505.00 1828 x 914 PNEUMATIC T HANDLE T112TQPR £620.00 1525 x 762 SOLID T HANDLE T111TQCR £567.00 1828 x 914 SOLID T HANDLE T112TQCR £628.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FIXED ENDS FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES & HINGED SIDES ORDER PRICE ORDER PRICE REF REF T109ESPQPR £531.00 T109HSPQPR £576.00 T110ESPQPR £562.00 T110HSPQPR £608.00 T109ESPQCR £592.00 T109HSPQCR £637.00 T110ESPQCR £623.00 T110HSPQCR £669.00 T111ESTQPR £609.00 T111HSTQPR £659.00 T112ESTQPR £677.00 T112HSTQPR £727.00 T111ESTQCR £669.00 T111HSTQCR £720.00 T112ESTQCR £738.00 T112HSTQCR £788.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 27

Platform Trucks

10-14 DAYS

Loading Trolley

Strong enough for regular retail use

• Tongued and grooved timber deck • 200/125mm rubber tyred castors

250

KG CAPACITY

Platform 1067L x 610Wmm

Four Wheeled Trucks Compact and manoeuvrable

T88

£150

• Flat platform and box body designs • 200mm rubber tyred wheels Platform 990L x 533Wmm Optional 125mm high body

P L AT F O R M T R U C K S

GT42D

£181

Excellent general purpose warehouse trolley

t88/5

£152

Flat platform Box body

150

KG CAPACITY

Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

t91

£264

• S elected 25mm tongued and grooved timber deck and end panels • 400mm 4-ply pneumatic tyred wheels on roller bearings • Optional removable sides 200mm high • Steerable from both ends • Welded steel frames

T92

Runs easily and safely on uneven terrain

£339 PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1220 x 686 1524 x 762 1829 x 914

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 457 457 457

O/A LENGTH (mm) 1676 1982 2286

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

END PANEL HEIGHT (mm) 203 203 203

PLATFORM + ENDS REF PRICE T91 £264 T91A £303 T91B £353

info@storage-design.co.uk

400

KG CAPACITY

WITH REMOVEABLE SIDES REF PRICE T92 £339 T92A £387 T92B £449

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

Perfectly balanced on central axle to turn within their own length

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Retail Trolleys

28

Retail Trolleys

EE FR DEL

Container Trolleys

IVER

An extensive range of high quality tool cabinets for use in workshops, factories and warehouses • Universal distribution trolleys, used in most high street stores and many industrial warehouses • Zinc plated frame with smooth running 125mm castors • With grey/light grey open containers or green containers with captive folding lids • Spare containers are always available - please call for prices

7-10 DAYS

Y

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

Green Container Model Trolley supplied with 2 containers: T5101

980H x 420W x 970Dmm

£227

Containers 285H x 335Wx 510L internal

T151G

£223

Grey Container Model Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 980H x 420W x 970Dmm Containers 315H x 350Wx 570L internal

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

Shopping Trolley • Robust nestable design • 4 swivel, non marking castors • Baby seat and corner bumpers as standard • Bright zinc plate lacquered finish • In a range of sizes

CAPACITY (litre) 100 125 150 180 210

OVERALL ORDER PRICE L x W x H (mm) REF 740 x 500 x 1000 ST100 £90 790 x 550 x 1000 ST125 £97 900 x 550 x 1000 ST150 £111 1020 x 550 x 1000 ST180 £116 1090 x 580 x 1060 ST210 £125

Stock Trolleys

NPT5590

£116

FROM

£90

• Integral shelf • Nestable CAPACITY (kg) 50

2-3 DAYS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

900H x 940W x 500Lmm

PLATFORM (mm) 740 x 450

NEED MORE

PRICE £116

CALL US

INFO?

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF NPT5590

NOW!

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 29

Folding Platform Trolleys

10-15 DAYS

400kg capacity • Tubular steel frame, powder coated finish • Ergonomic hinged grip • Easy pedal operated unlock facility • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Loading height 235mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

5

EE R F DEL

YEAR

IVER

Y

400

3301

£224

KG CAPACITY

Colours Safe horizontal stacking

Overall dimensions 975H x 620W x 975L

Safe vertical stacking

Plastic Base Trolleys

Red, blue

PLA-300

Manoeuvrable, strong and light 150kg - 300kg capacities

PLA-150

£130

• Reinforced plastic platform • High quality chromium plated metalwork • Two fixed, two swivel ball bearing castors • Polyurethane tyred wheels

150

£140

KG CAPACITY

300

KG CAPACITY

Steel Folding Trolleys

Aluminium Folding Trolleys

Robust trolleys for loads 150/250kg

• Tubular aluminium cart with aluminium platform • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

• Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber platform with beech grain finish KW1

KW2

£284

PLATFORM CASTORS WEIGHT ORDER PRICE L x W (mm) DIA (mm) (kg) REF 720 x 450 125 16 KW1 £178 900 x 600 160 25 KW11 £215

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

TYPE CAPACITY (kg) MINI 150 MAXI 150

PLATFORM CASTORS WEIGHT ORDER PRICE L x W (mm) DIA (mm) (kg) REF 720 x 450 125 11 KW2 £284 900 x 600 160 18 KW12 £372

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

£178

TYPE CAPACITY (kg) MINI 150 MAXI 250

F O L D I N G P L AT F O R M T R O L L E Y S

Folding Optiliner

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 30

Adjustable Trolleys

A D J U S TA B L E T R O L L E Y S

Perfect for 600 x 400mm Euro containers • 1 250 x 610mm and 1650 x 610mm platforms • Welded steel frames • Fixed and detachable waterproof derived timber shelves

• 15mm lip on front and back of shelves • 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors • 200mm diameter solid rubber tyres

Pneumatic Tyres factory fitted

Shelves fit horizontally or inclined for best access

400kg capacity, factory fitted, 20mm diameter

11-00

£133

EXTRA SET

Trackless Tyres factory fitted

400

KG CAPACITY

5

Blue/grey solid trackless tyres (set of 4), 200mm diameter

YEAR

21-87

£43

EXTRA SET

Clipboard A4 10-15 DAYS

Adjustable shelf support rods

Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder

Colour

12-90

£33.30*

*Carriage is extra if sent separately from trolley

RAL Blue 5007

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

FROM

FROM

£495

£614

ALL ITEMS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800

PLATFORM SIZE NUMBER/SIZE OF SHELVES SHELF L x W (mm) INCLUDING BASE CAPACITY (kg) 1250 x 610 3 SOLID 80 1650 x 610 3 SOLID 80 1250 x 610 4 SOLID 80 1650 x 610 4 SOLID 80 1250 x 610 4 WELDED WIRE MESH 50 1650 x 610 4 WELDED WIRE MESH 50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER ref price (TROLLEY) (TROLLEY) 4295 £495 4296 £557 4395 £580 4396 £652 4495 £614 4496 £707

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA SHELF EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE E4195ET £94 E4196ET £106 E4195ET £94 E4196ET £106 E4495ET £95 E4496ET £117

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 31

Container Trolleys

10-15 DAYS

• • • •

32920

32931

£284

Tubular and angle steel construction 4 shelves of derived timber board Shelf rim 12mm above timber Storage boxes 500/450L x 310W x 200H mm

£495 Containers Included 4 castors with solid rubber tyres, roller bearing hubs

Supplied flat packed

2 wheel locks (EN1757-3)

5

Quality epoxy powder coat finish in blue (RAL 5007) MODEL TYPE WITH BOARD SHELVES WITH 4 STORAGE BOXES WITH 8 STORAGE BOXES

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 320 x 470 630 x 470 320 x 470 630 x 470

YEAR OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 430 x 513 x 1130 740 x 513 x 1130 430 x 513 x 1130 740 x 513 x 1130

Euro Container Trolleys

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 290, 545, 900, 1055 290, 545, 900, 1055 290, 545, 900, 1055 290, 545, 900, 1055

CAPACITY (kg) 250 250 250 250

WEIGHT (kg) 24 32 29 43

3290-1

PRICE

32920 32930 32921 32931

£284 £308 £379 £495

3291-1

£288

• For 600 x 400 Euro containers • 3 platforms made of derived timber material boards, rim 10mm high • Tubular and angle steel construction • 2 castor wheels and 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres 125 x 38mm, roller bearing hubs • Upper and middle surface tiltable to both sides by 15º and 30º, locked by spring catch

ORDER REF

£347 Carrying capacity upper and middle shelf 50kg For 600 x 400 Euro containers 2 wheel locks (EN1757-3)

Quality epoxy powder coat finish in blue (RAL 5007) MODEL TYPE L x W (mm) WITH FIXED SHELVES WITH TILTABLE SHELVES

PLATFORM SIZE L x W x H (mm) 600 x 400 600 x 400

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm) 820 x 450 x 1150 820 x 450 x 1150

Euro Container Carts

SHELF HEIGHTS (kg) 215, 675, 1150 215, 675, 1150

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200

WEIGHT

ORDER REF

PRICE

31 30

3290-1 3291-1

£288 £347

1384

1383

£763

£593 For 600 x 400 Euro containers 4 castor wheels with solid rubber tyres, hubs with roller bearings 2 wheel locks (EN1757-3)

Quality epoxy powder coat finish in blue (RAL 5007) PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1250 x 610 1250 x 610

OVERALL DIMENSIONS SHELF HEIGHTS CAPACITY L x W x H (mm) (mm) (kg) 1370 x 670 x 1725 300, 600, 900, 1200, 1500 250 1370 x 670 x 1725 300, 600, 900, 1200, 1500 250

WEIGHT (kg) 95 59

ORDER REF

PRICE

1384 1383

£763 £593

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Tubular and sectional steel construction • Variable use of shelf frames, distance 150mm, angle when inclined 15º and 30º • 5 shelf frames or 5 platforms made of derived timber material boards, rim 10mm high • Capacity per shelf 60kg

MODEL TYPE WITH BOARD SHELVES WITH OPEN FRAMES

Container Trolleys

Storage Trolleys

Euro containers, page 143

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

SHEET Trolleys

32

5

Sheet Trolleys

DAYS

YEAR

Sheet Material Trolleys Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety

Tubular steel and profile steel welded, powder coated blue (RAL 5007)

• Platform made of derived timber material board, surface beech grain • 2 braked swivel castors and 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres • Hubs with roller bearings

FROM

£344

FROM

£284

from

£355

With fixed tubular supports CAP WHEEL PLATFORM (kg) DIA. (mm) L x W (mm) 500 200 1070 x 335 500 200 1070 x 435 500 200 1270 x 535

ORDER REF 4411 4412 4413

PRICE £284 £290 £315

CAP WHEEL PLATFORM (kg) DIA. (mm) L x W (mm) 500 200 1070 x 335 500 200 1070 x 435 500 200 1270 x 535

ORDER REF 4421 4422 4423

PRICE £355 £361 £388

Insertable tubular supports

Suitable as remainder shelving • P latform made of derived timber material board, surface beech grain or galvanised sheet steel • 4 rubber feet • Platform with guides to secure loading • Plug-in partition frames made of tubular steel with plug stoppers • Clearance between Pallet feet 2021 tubular supports for 100mm £ 65mm fork-lift access FROM

CAP WHEEL PLATFORM (kg) DIA. (mm) L x W (mm) 500 200 1200 x 800 1200 200 1200 x 800 500 200 1600 x 800 1200 200 1600 x 800

ORDER PRICE REF 4374 £421 4384 £473

With tubular supports and steel roller on front side CAP PLATFORM PLATFORM (kg) L x W (mm) 500 1600 x 500 TIMBER 500 1600 x 500 STEEL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£344 £437 £448 £543

PRICE £24 £25 £27 £26 £29 £31

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

£324

£489

Including tubular supports

PRICE

FROM

FROM

£421

ORDER REF 4463 4463-1 4465 4465-1

LENGTH HEIGHT WEIGHT ORDER (mm) (mm) (kg) REF 1200 300 5 301-2 1200 600 6 601-2 1200 900 7.5 901-2 1600 300 6 301-6 1600 600 7 601-6 1600 900 8.5 901-6

Tubular steel and profile steel welded, powder coated blue (RAL 5007)

85

CAP PLATFORM PLATFORM (kg) L x W (mm) 500 1600 x 500 TIMBER 500 1600 x 500 STEEL

For insertable tubular supports (tubular supports not included)

With a galvanised wire basket

Sheet Material Stands

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

10-15

ORDER PRICE REF 4375 £489 4385 £542

For insertable tubular supports, one end fitted with roller (not included) CAP PLATFORM PLATFORM (kg) L x W (mm) 1200 1200 x 800 TIMBER 1200 1600 x 800 STEEL

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER PRICE REF 4363 £324 4365 £433

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 33

Steel Carts

10-15 DAYS

Welded oil-tight trays suit engineering use • 2 swivel castors with brake, 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres with roller bearings

4822

4932

5

2722

£433

YEAR

100mm high steel tray with removable grille

STEEL CARTS

All Steel Workshop Carts

4830

4920

Quality powder coat finish in blue (RAL 5007) TROLLEY TYPE 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR LATTICE GRILLE, CATCH TRAY, DRAIN TAP

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 195 - 890

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 250

WHEEL DIA (mm) 160 200 160 200 160 200 160 200 125

ORDER REF 4820 4822 4830 4832 4920 4922 4930 4932 2722

PRICE £277 £329 £344 £418 £272 £324 £339 £413 £433

Three Tier Workshop Trolley

250kg Multi Tier Workshop Trolleys

• Shelf heights 150 - 435 - 720mm • Weight 25kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

Budget priced self assembly trolleys CS203

£252 Dimensions 805H x 635W x 1015Lmm

Two Tier Workshop Trolley • Shelf heights 150 - 720mm • Weight 19kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CS202

£210

info@storage-design.co.uk

250

KG CAPACITY

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Load capacity 250kg • Easy to manoeuvre • Two & three shelf models • Grey enamel finish • Fitted with push/pull handle for total control • Shelf depth 85mm • 2 swivel and 2 fixed 125mm rubber castors

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1000 x 600

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 34

Heavy Duty Shelf & Tray Trolleys

10-15 DAYS

P L AT F O R M T R O L L E Y S

All steel welded construction with beech grain laminated surfaces • • • •

500kg frame capacity 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked roller bearing wheels High quality 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyred wheels 90kg max on each upper shelf

5

YEAR

Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

8301

8321

£424

£619

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

ALL ITEMS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Shelf Trolleys

Tray Trolleys

DIMENSIONS* SHELF SHELF HEIGHTS WHEEL ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) LEVELS (mm) DIA (mm) REF 1000 x 600 x 1100 3 270 - 630 - 990 200 8101 £347 1000 x 700 x 1100 3 270 - 630 - 990 200 8102 £386 1200 x 800 x 1100 3 270 - 630 - 990 200 8103 £447 1000 x 600 x 1500 4 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 200 8201 £413 1000 x 700 x 1500 4 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 200 8202 £446 1200 x 800 x 1500 4 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 200 8203 £516 1000 x 600 x 1800 4 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 200 8301 £424 1000 x 700 x 1800 4 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 200 8302 £451 1200 x 800 x 1800 4 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 200 8303 £519

DIMENSIONS* SHELF SHELF HEIGHTS WHEEL ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) LEVELS (mm) DIA (mm) REF 1000 x 600 x 1100 3 270 - 630 - 990 200 8121 £530 1000 x 700 x 1100 3 270 - 630 - 990 200 8122 £551 1200 x 800 x 1100 3 270 - 630 - 990 200 8123 £649 1000 x 600 x 1500 4 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 200 8221 £616 1000 x 700 x 1500 4 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 200 8222 £649 1200 x 800 x 1500 4 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 200 8223 £758 1000 x 600 x 1800 4 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 200 8321 £619 1000 x 700 x 1800 4 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 200 8322 £651 1200 x 800 x 1800 4 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 200 8323 £763

* Width excludes handle projection

8101

£347

* Width excludes handle projection

8201

£413

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

8121

£530

info@storage-design.co.uk

8221

£616 www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Parcel Trolleys

10-14 DAYS

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE IS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Made of tubular and sectional steel, welded and bolted construction Ends and sides made of wire lattice 100 x 100 x 5mm Integrated bolt lock for doors can be padlocked Platform made of special wood material boards, beech grain surface 2 fixed wheels and 2 brake castors, solid rubber tyres, hubs with roller bearings 8582-1

8482-1

£369

£401

8482-3

5

YEAR

Quality powder coat finish

Colour

PA R C E L T R O L L E Y S

Parcel Carts

35

£495 RAL Blue 5007

8582-3

£555 description PARCEL CARTS WITHOUT DOORS PARCEL CARTS WITH DOORS

capacity (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

wheel dia (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

platform size l x w (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

Heavy Duty Box Carts

total height (mm) 1500 1500 1800 1800 1500 1500 1800 1800

shelf ORDER ref PRICE ORDER ref PRICE heights (mm) extra shelves 270 8482-1 £369 E8102ETAW £111 270 8483-1 £408 E8103ETAW £122 270 8582-1 £401 E8102ETAW £111 270 8583-1 £433 E8103ETAW £122 270 8482-3 £495 E8102ETAW £111 270 8483-3 £543 E8103ETAW £122 270 8582-3 £555 E8102ETAW £111 270 8583-3 £605 E8103ETAW £122

FROM

£842

Rugged angle steel frames

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

• O pen front or with padlockable rod system doors • 200 x 50mm rubber tyred castors • Platform height 285mm • 4 adjustable wood material shelves • Shelves at 575, 875, 1175, 1475mm HEAVY DUTY

750

KG CAPACITY

Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

Colour Quality powder coat finish

RAL Blue 5007

description dimensions l x w (mm) ORDER REF PRICE OPEN FRONT 1000 x 680 3392 £842 1200 x 780 3393 £1001 LOCKABLE DOORS 1000 x 680 4392 £1144 1200 x 780 4393 £1405

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1790Hmm overall

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

H E AV Y D U T Y H A N D T R U C K S

36

Heavy Duty Hand Trucks

10-15 DAYS

Professional quality trucks with a modular system that allows addition of sides and ends as required • • • • • • •

Fully welded steel construction Impact resistant powder coat finish Tubular corner sleeves retain side and end panels Anti-slip waterproof plywood platform Safety loop handles with drop safety device Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options Crown gear steering

TO

KG CAPACITY

Braking System

5

Colour

700 1250

Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

YEAR RAL Blue 5007

FROM

£758

Automatic braking occurs whenever shaft sinks or rises, with an anti-slip mechanism

Quality powder coat finish on shot-blasted steelwork

Platform Hand Trucks (no sides) PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

CAPACITY SOLID CUSHIONED TYRES (kg) SIZE REF PRICE 700 250 x 60 6403V £758 1000 400 x 80 6404V £906 1000 400 x 80 6405V £1019 1250 400 x 80 6406V £1143

PNEUMATIC TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 260 x 85 6403V £775 400 x 100 6404V £845 400 x 100 6405V £961 400 x 100 6406V £1085

FROM

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

£1187

Traction Eye (Fitted)

1441/E

£33.30

Coupling (Fitted)

1442/C

£75

4-Sided Hand Trucks PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

CAPACITY SOLID CUSHIONED TYRES (kg) SIZE REF PRICE 700 250 x 60 6453V £1187 1000 400 x 80 6454V £1333 1000 400 x 80 6455V £1475 1250 400 x 80 6456V £1662

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

PNEUMATIC TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 260 x 85 6453L £1203 400 x 100 6454L £1205 400 x 100 6455L £1418 400 x 100 6456L £1604

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 37

Hand Carts

10-15 DAYS

200 400

Tubular steel quality carts with water resistant plywood platforms

KG CAPACITY

5

Quality powder coat finish

41.22

£557

YEAR

41.03

£240

41.07

£293 Hand Carts MODEL TYPE PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) HAND CARTS 795 x 445 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE 845 x 545 1145 x 545 HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 795 x 445 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE 845 x 545 1145 x 545 HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 945 x 545 4 WHEELS, SAFETY LOOP HANDLE 1145 x 645

TOTAL WIDTH (mm) 680 830 830 680 830 830 600 700

CAPACITY (kg) 200 400 400 200 400 400 400 400

WHEEL DIA (mm) 260 400 400 260 400 400 260 260

ORDER REF 41.03 41.04 41.05 41.07 41.08 41.09 41.22 41.24

PRICE £240 £321 £347 £293 £358 £412 £557 £591

T U R N TA B L E T R U C K S • H A N D C A R T S

• Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 250mm high rail • Water resistant plywood platform • Wheels with pneumatic tyres • Automatic non-slip parking brake

TO

500kg Turntable Trucks

Cushion Rubber Tyres

500

KG CAPACITY

T511C

£477

400 x 100mm

T511P

£346

Pneumatic Tyres T511p

£346

400 x 100mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

• The ideal industrial work horse • 1600 x 710mm platform • 515mm platform height • Precision turntable steering • Roller bearing wheels

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Roll Containers

2-3 DAYS

R o l l Co n ta i n e r s

38

500

KG CAPACITY

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

Regular Demountables • The standard industrial roll container, widely used throughout Europe • Fully demountable for return loads and storage • Assembles quickly when required • Bright zinc electroplated finish • Smooth running nylon castors - 2 fixed & 2 swivel • Wire base cannot harbour dust • Shelves can be added as required • 100mm wide rod mesh sides 17.968.3

17.968HG

£128

£164

COMPLETE 17.968.2 + 17.768

£112 Optional Shelf

Two load retention straps are supplied with all regular models

DESCRIPTION AND INTERNAL CASTORS ORDER PRICE OVERALL H x W x D (mm) HT (mm) (mm) REF 2 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.2 £103.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.3 £128.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968HG £164.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.3 £129.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978HG £168.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.3 £132.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988HG £175.00 SHELF 715 x 800 - - 17.768 £9.00

Cage labelling wrap-around pockets, page 188

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Jumbo Demountables • Extra large capacity • Euro standard base 1200 x 800mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Use 3-sided with sleeves for mobile storage applications 3 Sided Jumbo • Overall 1800H x 1200W x 800Dmm • Internal height 1630mm • 125mm castors

*4 Sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one short side

COMPLETE 17.200.03 +17.39503

£183

3 Sided Jumbo

500

17.200HG

£186

KG CAPACITY

Jumbo Shelf

• Overall 1800H x 1200W x 800Dmm • Internal height 1630mm • 125mm castors REF 17.200.03 PRICE

4 Sided Jumbo* REF 17.200HG PRICE

Jumbo Shelf

REF 17.39503 PRICE

£158 £186 £25

*4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one long side

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Roll Containers

2-3

Split Gate Roll Pallet

• Hygienic and quiet. 2 or 3 sided variants • Red plastic base with steel reinforcement • Steel sides are epoxy coated yellow • Side infill 140 x 340mm • Shelves are an optional accessory

• • • • • •

50 x 50 mesh “A” frame nestable roll pallet Re-inforced, robust nestable design Four sided with 50mm mesh infill to sides Two piece hinged front gate 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors Bright zinc plated finish

COMPLETE

DEL

18.978.3+19-768

£105

EE R F

£135

IVER

Y

19.A118

£149

Optional Shelf

500

KG LOAD

MODEL INTERNAL OVERALL WEIGHT CASTOR HxWxD (mm) HEIGHT (mm) (kg) DIA (mm) 2-SIDED 1450 x 720 x 815 1630 21.5 100 3-SIDED 1450 x 720 x 815 1630 24 100 SHELF 715 x 800 - 2 -

ORDER PRICE REF 18.978.2 £105 18.978.3 £126 17-768 £9

Bright zinc plated finish CAPACITY BASE SIZE OVERALL INTERNAL ORDER PRICE (kg) (mm) HEIGHT (mm) HEIGHT (mm) REF 600 735 x 850 1690 1425 19.A118 £154

Nestable Roll Containers

Security Demountables

• Space saving A-frame base design • Large 125mm nylon castors • Folds quickly to rest in compact blocks • Internal height 1460mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish

• For ‘high risk’ loads • Can be padlocked or security tagged • 50 x 50mm mesh walls and top • Demounts for storage, can be stowed ‘4 in 1’

Optional Hinged Shelf REF 19.768

17.470

£9

£286 COMPLETE 19.A110+19.768

19.A116

£120

£171

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Full security

NEED MORE INFO?

600

KG CAPACITY

500

Nestable for compact storage

KG CAPACITY

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS MESH WEIGHT ORDER PRICE (H x W x D) mm (mm) (kg) REF 3 SIDED, NESTABLE 1690 x 735 x 850 130 x 405 50 19.A116 £120 4 SIDED, NESTABLE 1690 x 735 x 850 130 x 405 54 19.A116/4 £135 SECURITY ENCLOSED 1690 x 735 x 850 50 x 50 58 19.A110 £162

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

call us now

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS CASTOR ORDER REF PRICE H x W x D (mm) DIA (mm) REGULAR SECURITY 1840 x 720 x 805 100 17.470 £286 JUMBO SECURITY 1850 x 1200 x 800 125 17.480 £411

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Full security

R o l l Co n ta i n e r-s Container Trolleys Trucks &Trolleys

Plastic Base Roll Containers

18.978.2

39 474

DAYS

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

C A S TO R S

40

2-3

Castors All castors have a pressed steel zinc plated finish with double ball race swivel heads as standard. All sizes and wheel diameters are catered for

DAYS

Light Duty Polypropylene Castors* Top plate fitting WHEEL CAP o/a Top B/hole swivel fixed DIA (kg) height plate centres REF ref 50 50 72 50x50 36x36 BZD50NY - £2.40 - 75 70 95 75x60 55x42 BZD75NY BZDF75NY £4.00 £3.30 100 125 128 102x84 80x60 BZMM100PL BZMMF100PL £4.80 £3.80 125 160 155 102x84 80x60 BZMM125PL BZMMF125PL £6.40 £5.50 160 200 190 135x110 105x80 BZMM160NY BZMMF160NY £15.40 £12.10 200 250 235 135x110 105x80 BZMM200NY BZMMF200NY £18.10 £16.10 * Please note sometimes castor wheels will be black and not white

swivel brakeD ref BZD50NYSWB £3.00 BZD75NYSWB £4.70 BZMM100PLSWB £9.00 BZMM125PLSWB £10.30 BZMM160NYSWB £19.60 BZMM200NYSWB £23.00

Light Duty Grey Non Marking Rubber Tyred Castors Top plate fitting WHEEL CAP o/a Top B/hole swivel DIA (kg) height plate centres REF 50 50 72 50x50 36x36 BZD50GR £2.70 75 50 95 75x60 55x42 BZD75GR £4.00 100 70 128 102x84 80x60 BZMM100GR £6.00 125 100 155 102x84 80x60 BZMM125GR £8.00 160 160 190 135x110 105x80 BZMM160GR £16.10 200 250 235 135x110 105x80 BZMM200GR £17.40

Top plate, single bolt hole fixings and swivel wheel brakes on most models

swivel brakeD ref BZD50GRSWB £3.30 BZD75GRSWB £4.70 BZMM100GRSWB £8.90 BZMM125GRSWB £11.40 BZMM160GRSWB £20.10 BZMM200GRSWB £23.50

Light Duty Black Rubber Tyred Castors Top plate fitting WHEEL CAP o/a Top B/hole swivel DIA (kg) height plate centres REF 75 50 95 75x60 55x42 BZMM75BSB £3.70 100 70 128 102x84 80x60 BZMM100BSB £5.50 125 100 155 102x84 80x60 BZMM125BSB £6.10 160 160 190 135x110 105x80 BZMM160BSB £15.30 200 250 235 135x110 105x80 BZMM200BSB £18.80

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

fixed ref - - BZDF75GR £4.70 BZMMF100GR £4.70 BZMMF125GR £7.40 BZMMF160GR £12.10 BZMMF200GR £17.40

fixed ref BZMMF75BSB £3.10 BZMMF100BSB £4.30 BZMMF125BSB £4.90 BZMMF160BSB £11.10 BZMMF200BSB £16.00

swivel brakeD ref BZMM75BSBBR £5.70 BZMM100BSBSWB £8.10 BZMM125BSBSWB £8.90 BZMM160BSBSWB £19.40 BZMM200BBSWB £22.30

LD White Polypropylene Castors Bolt hole fitting

Please note sometimes nylon wheel will be black

WHEEL CAP o/a bolt swivel DIA (kg) height dia REF 50 55 72 10 BZD50NYBH10 £2.40 75 75 100 10 BZD75NYBH10 £4.00 100 80 135 12 BZD100NYBH10 £6.70 125 125 155 12 BZD125NYBH10 £7.50

swivel braked ref BZD50NYBH10SWB £3.30 BZD75NYBH10SWB £5.30 BZD100NYBH10BR £7.40 BZD125NYBH10BR £8.40

LD Grey Non-Marking Rubber Tyred Castors Bolt hole fitting WHEEL CAP o/a bolt swivel DIA (kg) height dia REF 50 55 72 10 BZD50GRBH10 £2.40 75 75 100 10 BZD75GRBH10 £4.00 100 80 135 12 BZD100GRBH10 £6.00 125 125 155 12 BZD125GRBH10 £6.70

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Expanders Add expanders to bolt hole castors to mount into steel tubing SQUARE TUBE TYPE 21.5-24mm EXPS21 £3 24-27mm EXPS24 £3 27-30mm EXPS27 £3 32-35mm EXPS31 £3 36-40mm EXPS36 £3

swivel braked ref BZD50GRBH10SWB £4.00 BZD75GRBH10SWB £5.30 BZD100GRBH10BR £7.40 BZD125GRBH10BR £8.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

ROUND TUBE TYPE 19-21.5mm EXPR19 £3 21.5-24mm EXPR21 £3 24-27mm EXPR24 £3 27-30mm EXPR27 £3 31-35mm EXPR31 £3

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Castors White Nylon Castors

DAYS

(Top plate fitting) fixed ref BZHF75NY £3.60 BZHF100NYB £6.70 BZHF125NYB £8.00 BZPF150NYB £23.50 BZPF200NYB £30.10

Polyurethane Tyred Castors with Nylon Centres WHEEL CAP o/a Top B/hole swivel DIA(mm) (kg) height(mm) plate(mm) centres(mm) REF 100 150 132 105x85 80x60 BZH100NPB £16.10 125 200 157 108x85 80x60 BZH125NPB £18.70 150 400 197 140x110 105x80 BZP150NPB £37.50 200 500 237 140x110 105x80 BZP200NPB £49.60

Polyurethane Tyred Cast Iron Castors

swivel brakeD ref BZH75NYBR £6.00 BZH100NYBSWB £14.80 BZH125NYBSWB £17.40 BZP150NYBSWB £34.90 BZP200NYSWB £45.50

All castors on this page are Medium Duty

C A S TO R S

WHEEL CAP o/a Top B/hole swivel DIA(mm) (kg) height(mm) plate(mm) centres(mm) REF 75 130 95 105x80 80x60 BZH75NY £4.30 100 250 132 105x85 80x60 BZH100NYB £10.70 125 250 157 108x85 80x60 BZH125NYB £12.10 150 500 197 140x110 105x80 BZP150NYB £32.20 200 500 237 140x110 105x80 BZP200NYB £37.50

(Top plate fitting)

fixed ref BZHF100NPB £12.10 BZHF125NPB £16.10 BZPF150NPB £27.50 BZPF200NPB £40.20

swivel brakeD ref BZH100NPBSWB £21.50 BZH125NPBSWB £24.10 BZP150NPBSWB £41.60 BZP200NPBSWB £52.30

(Top plate fitting)

WHEEL CAP o/a Top B/hole swivel DIA(mm) (kg) height(mm) plate(mm) centres(mm) REF 100 300 132 105x85 8 BZH100PTBJ £36.20 125 300 157 105x85 8 BZH125PTBJ £40.20 150 500 197 140x110 10 BZP150PTBJ £53.60 200 500 237 140x110 10 BZP200PTBJ £63.00

White Nylon Castors

41

2-3

fixed ref BZHF100PTBJ £33.50 BZHF125PTBJ £37.50 BZPF150PTBJ £46.90 BZPF200PTBJ £56.30

swivel brakeD ref BZH100PTBJSWB £40.20 BZH125PTBJSWB £46.20 BZP150PTBJSWB £60.30 BZP200PTBJSWB £67.00

(Bolt hole fitting)

WHEEL CAP o/a bolt swivel DIA(mm) (kg) height(mm) dia(mm) REF 100 150 128 12 BZH100NYBH12 £10.70 125 150 155 12 BZH125NYBH12 £10.70 160 200 195 12 BZHH160NYBH16 £24.10 200 200 235 12 BZHH200NYBH16 £32.20

(Bolt hole fitting)

WHEEL CAP o/a bolt swivel DIA(mm) (kg) height(mm) dia(mm) REF 100 150 128 12 BZH100RNBH12 £13.40 125 150 155 12 BZH125RNBH12 £18.70 160 200 195 12 BZHH160RNBH16 £26.80 200 200 235 12 BZHH200RNBBH16 £31.50

Polyurethane Tyred Nylon Castors

swivel brakeD ref BZH100RNBH12BR £17.40 BZH125RNBH12BR £20.10 BZHH160RNBH16BR £37.50 BZHH200RNBH16B £40.20

(Bolt hole fitting)

WHEEL CAP o/a bolt swivel DIA(mm) (kg) height(mm) dia(mm) REF 100 150 128 12 BZH100NPBH12 £14.80 125 150 155 12 BZH125NPBH12 £16.10 160 200 195 12 BZH160NPBH12 £41.80 200 200 235 12 BZHH200NPBBH16 £48.20

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

swivel brakeD ref BZH100NPBH12BR £17.40 BZH125NPBH12BR £18.70 BZH160NPBH12BR £57.40 BZH200NPBBH16BR £53.60

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

Rubber Tyred Nylon Castors

swivel brakeD ref BZH100NYBH12BR £13.40 BZH125NYBH12BR £14.80 BZHH160NYBH16BR £29.50 BZHH200NYBH16BR £53.60

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS

42

Order Picking Trolleys

10-15 DAYS

The perfect answer for manual order picking, ideal for warehouses, stores and libraries BC51/S Integral spring loaded steps - Steps act as a firm brake when stood on

760 x 460mm surfaces in choice of materials: White powder coated steel trays 40mm deep or ply decks with 15mm retaining lip

125mm rubber castors Non-slip safety treads

2 Shelf Low Model Plywood Decks

Overall 1520H x 480W x 1350Lmm

Tray heights 310, 970mm

Steel Trays

BC51

£397

Tray heights 310, 970mm

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

BC52

Plywood Decks

Tray heights 310, 640, 970mm

£490

BC53/S

Powder coated steel shelves

3 Shelf High Model

3 Shelf Low Model Plywood Decks

BC51/S

BC52

£443

Steel Trays

£557

Tray heights 310, 640, 970mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

BC52/S

Plywood Decks

BC53

£446

Tray heights 310, 860, 1420mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

Steel Trays

BC53/S

£561

Tray heights 310, 860, 1420mm

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 43

Folding Crane

7-10 DAYS

Self standing and completely mobile when in the folded position

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) 1000 2000

OVERALL SIZE L x W (mm) 1630 x 1120 1900 x 1165

HOOK HEIGHT (mm) FLOOR - 2445 FLOOR - 2705

12 MONTH

ORDER REF WRSC1000 WRSC2000

MARKED

PRICE £582 £718

FOLDING CRANE

• 1000kg or 2000kg maximum capacities • 3 position telescopic jib 1000kg model: 700/800/1000kg positions 2000kg model: 1500/1700/2000kg positions • Double acting pump unit • Heavy duty swivel hook with safety catch • Pressure relief valve to prevent overloading

WRSC1000

£582

1000

KG CAPACITY

Heavy duty swivel hook with safety catch

Double acting pump unit

KG CAPACITY

Folds for compact storage!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

UP TO

2000

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

H a n d Pa l l e t T r u c k s

44

Hand Pallet Trucks

5-7

DAYS

Adjustable Hand Pallet Truck

Mini Hand Pallet Truck 500kg capacity, weight only 35kg. Light and compact design makes it an ideal companion for van or small lorry drivers

Highly versatile, can be adjusted to suit different pallet sizes

• Heavy duty, robust design • Width over forks 400-520mm, and 530-680mm • Fork lengths 910, 1060, 1160mm • Raised height of forks 196mm • Lowered height 76mm for easy pallet entry • Hard wearing, easy rolling polyurethane wheels • High quality hydraulic pump with controlled lowering • Ergonomic comfortable steer handle

• Designed for light to medium use • Highly manoeuvrable, turning radius 700-800mm • Width over forks 380mm, length 800mm • Polyurethane steer wheel and single nylon load wheels LLT500 • Lift height 60-170mm

£199

FROM

500

£295

KG CAPACITY

FORK LENGTH (mm) 800

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 380

2500

KG CAPACITY

ORDER REF

PRICE

LLT500

£199

FORK LENGTH (mm) 910 1060 1160 910 1060 1160

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 400-520 400-520 400-520 530-680 530-680 530-680

FORK WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

ORDER REF

PRICE

PTA25MS PTA25M PTA25ML PTA25LS PTA25LM PTA25L

£349 £295 £295 £295 £295 £295

Extra Long Hand Pallet Truck Top quality pallet truck ideal for warehouse, industrial and agricultural environments

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Manufactured in high grade steel with powder coated finish • Ergonomic comfortable steer handle • Lift height 85-210mm • Fork widths 520 to 680mm • Fork lengths 1500, 1800, 2000, 2300, 2500, 3000mm • Smooth running nylon load & steer wheels • Polyurethane, rubber and steel wheels available on request F ORK LENGTH (mm) 1500 1800 2000 2300 2500 3000 1500 1800 2000 2300 2500 3000

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 540 540 540 520 520 520 680 680 680 680 680 680

ORDER REF

PRICE

MA205415 MA205418 MA205420 LLT235223 LLT235250 LLT235230 MA206815 MA206818 MA206820 LLT236823 LLT236850 LLT236830

£345 £435 £545 £955 £1040 £1320 £345 £435 £545 £955 £1070 £1360

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

MA206818

£435

2000

KG CAPACITY

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 45 474

Hand Pallet Trucks FROM

£204

• Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • 85mm load rollers and 200mm steer wheels in nylon • Pump unit fitted with a pressure relief valve to prevent overloading • Ergonomic pump handle, rubber grip • 3-position trigger; lift, lower and neutral • CE marked, comply with all current safety regulations FORKS L x W (mm) 600 x 450 1000 x 450 1000 x 540 1150 x 540 1000 x 685 1150 x 685

2000kg CAPACITY ORDER REF PRICE - - - - BFE5401000 £204 BFE5401150 £204 - - - -

Quick Lift BFQL

£43

2500kg CAPACITY 3000kg CAPACITY ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE BF25450600 £312 - BF254501000 £247 - BF255401000 £211 - BF255401150 £211 BF305401150 £277 BF256851000 £217 - BF256851150 £217 BF306851150 £290

Footbrake Option BFFB

£53

Long Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

Reinforced A frame, strengthened legs, bushed pivot points

TO

KG CAPACITY

MARKED

Progressive Braking BF2000P

Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle

• Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • Ideal for non-standard loads • Safety overload valve • Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle • Trucks carry CE mark, comply with all current safety regulations

2000 3000

The robust pump unit features protection around the main spring. Rubber wheels provide a smoother ride.

FROM

£355

£149

F ORK DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 1500 x 540 1800 x 540 2000 x 540 2500 x 540 3000 x 540 1500 x 685 1800 x 685 2000 x 685 2500 x 685 3000 x 685

ORDER REF

PRICE

BF2054150 BF2054180 BF2054200 BF2054250 BF2054300 BF2068150 BF2068180 BF2068200 BF2068250 BF2068300

£355 £423 £475 £1127 £1340 £382 £438 £501 £1196 £1370

2000

5-7

DAYS

KG CAPACITY

H a n d Pa l l e t T r u-c ks Trucks &Trolleys Container Trolleys

Hand Pallet Trucks

MARKED

Low level Hand Pallet Trucks

APACITY C (kg) 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 1000

FOR MORE

INFO

FORK MIN / MAX FORK L x W (mm) HEIGHT (mm) 1000 x 540 51 / 165 1150 x 540 51 / 165 1000 x 685 51 / 165 1150 x 685 51 / 165 1150 x 540 36 / 90 1150 x 685 36 / 90

please enquire

3-position trigger; Lift, lower and neutral

ORDER PRICE REF LP1000540 £319 LP1150540 £319 LP1000685 £332 LP1500685 £332 SLP540 £501 SLP685 £529

FROM

£319

Extremely reliable pump fitted to robust chassis

EE FDR ELIV

MARKED

E RY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Steer & load wheel options on all pallet trucks can be nylon, rubber polyurethane or steel (tandem or single)

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Low and super low profile hand pallet trucks with a low clearance have been developed for handling products like low line crates that only counterbalanced stackers can usually move • Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

E L EC T R I C Pa llet T r u c k s

46

Electric Pallet Trucks Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks

2-3 DAYS

1000kg/1500kg capacity. Compact pallet truck with electric drive for easy and economic pallet handling

1000 1500 TO

• Economical upgrade from a hand pallet truck • Reduces risk of injuries caused by pulling heavy loads • Minimum maintenance • Manual Lift / Electric Drive • Built in charger • Very low noise levels • Highly manoeuvrable with 180º steering CAPACITY FORK LENGTH WIDTH OVER ORDER REF (kg) (mm) FORKS (mm) 1000 1000 545 LEMP10-5410 1000 1150 545 LEMP10-5411 1500 1150 545 LAEMP15-5411

NEED MORE

KG CAPACITY

Highly manoeuvrable with 180º steering Built in charger PRICE FROM

£1645

£1645 £1645 £1895

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

Stainless steel version available, please enquire

Reel handling version available, please enquire

Driver platform and side protection, please ask for more information

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Fully Powered Pallet Trucks • Capacities up to 6000kg • Smooth travel and lift combined with excellent controls reduces risk of product damage and increases productivity • Electronic control is programmable for specific tasks or operator skill levels • Drive unit is equipped with electro-magnetic brake, which is activated by the control handle position

CAPACITY (kg) 1500 2200 3000 4000 5000 6000

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150

FORK WIDTH (mm) 540 540 540 580 580 580

MIN / MAX FORK HEIGHT 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205

• Ergonomic control handle with buttons for raising / lowering • Lift limit switch at maximum lift shuts off pump motor • WP-LPT22/30 can be equipped with driver platform and side protection bars making the operator feel more comfortable • Other lengths and widths available • Stainless steel and reel handling models available (price on application - please enquire)

ORDER REF

PRICE

SQR15 SQR22 SQR30 SQR40 SQR50 SQR60

£3529 £5115 £10254 POA POA POA

6000

KG CAPACITY

SQR15

£3529

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections. Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 47 474

High Lift Pallet Trucks

5-7

DAYS

High lift pallet trucks can be used as pallet trucks, with the added benefit of also being an ideal work positioner, designed to reduce fatigue and increase operator safety • When raised, the truck locks itself to the floor with extended outriggers, this along with a long wheel base makes it particularly stable • Maximum lift height 800mm, with 1000kg + 1500kg capacities • 200mm diameter nylon steel wheels and load rollers • Electric models also include easy to use automatic 12v / 10ah battery charger • Automatic brake when forks raised above 330mm

FORK DIMENSIONS LIFT TYPE L x W (mm) 1170 x 540 MANUAL 1170 x 680 MANUAL 1200 x 540 MANUAL 1200 x 680 MANUAL 1170 x 540 ELECTRIC 1170 x 680 ELECTRIC 1200 x 540 ELECTRIC 1200 x 680 ELECTRIC

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1500 1500 1000 1000 1500 1500

ORDER REF HMX540 HMX680 RHL540 RHL680 HEX540 HEX680 RHLE540 RHLE680

HMX540

£513

High Lift Pallet Trucks Trucks &Trolleys - Container Trolleys

High Lift Hand Pallet Trucks Automatic brake when forks raised above 330mm

PRICE £513 £535 £1141 £1208 £1339 £1430 £2558 £2619

1000 1500 TO

KG CAPACITY

Stainless Steel High Lift Pallet Trucks

HMXSS-SEMI

£3043

Perfect for use in environments with severe hygiene demands, e.g. food or pharmaceutical industries

FORK DIMENSIONS LIFT TYPE CAPACITY L X W (mm) (kg) 1150 x 540 MANUAL 1000 1150 x 540 MANUAL 1000 1150 x 540 ELECTRIC 1000 1150 x 540 ELECTRIC 1000

ORDER REF PRICE HMXSS-SEMI HMXSS-PLUS HEXSS-SEMI HEXSS-PLUS

£3043 £4275 £4228 £6974

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1000

NEED MORE

INFO?

KG CAPACITY

info@storage-design.co.uk

CALL US

NOW!

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Acid resistant and corrosion resistant • Maximum lift height 800mm, with 1000kg capacity • SEMI - Stainless steel fork chassis, handle, axles, wheel holder and thrust shoes, all other parts are hot dip galvanised or chromite treated PLUS - Stainless steel fork chassis, handle and forks partly stainless, lift cylinder and pump chromite treated

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

E L EC T R I C S TA C K E R S

48

Electric Stackers

Electric Mini Lifters

Electric and Mechanical Mini Lifters

WPM 100kg & 200kg

• M anual models: Operated via hand winch, with auto brake system • Electric models: Automatic electronic overload protection system

WPE 100kg & 150kg

WEEKS

CAPACITY

CAPACITY

Electric

WPE-100

• T he built in battery charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Attachments are easily and quickly changed with simple tools

6

Simple to use, can be operated in tight areas

£903

• S imple controls all mounted within easy reach of the operator • Attachments are easily and quickly changed with simple tools • Fully floating castors allow for operation in very tight areas • The built in battery charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket

FROM

£2913

ITE-Inox stainless steel version available

Lift heights 1500mm or 1700mm

• Front swivel wheels • Fully floating castors allow for operation in very tight areas

Lift heights 1500mm or 2000mm

100kg

& 200kg CAPACITY

REF WPVB V Block

£311

Manual

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

WPM-100

REF WPSB Single Boom

REF WPDS Double Spindle

REF WPR Rotator

£164

£555

£263

£623

APACITY (kg) MAX LIFT H (mm) C 100 1500 200 1500 100 1700 150 1500

£113

REF itec Roller Bed Platform

£924

REF itep Work Platform

£227

REF iter Drum & Roller Turner

£1307

REF iteg Jib Crane Arm

£707

REF iteb Bevelled Platform

£201

REF ITES Roll & Coil Holder

LIFT MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

ORDER REF PRICE WPM-100 £555 WPM-200 £645 WPE-100 £993 WPE-150 £1332

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CAPACITY (kg) 100 100 200 200 100

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1500 2000 1500 2000 1500

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF ITE10015 ITE10020 ITE20015 ITE20020 ITE10015SS

PRICE £2913 £3445 £3313 £3963 £5367

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 49 474

Stackers

7-10 DAYS

FROM

£913

A solid construction manual stacker suitable for many applications such as off loading lorries or vans, warehouse and production use • Turning radius of 1088mm • Hard wearing polyurethane 150mm steer wheels and 80mm load rollers • High quality, ergonomically designed hand pump • Capacity 500kg or 1000kg • Lift heights, 1600mm or 3000mm • Wrap over fork design for euro pallets • Optional straddle leg type on 1000kg models to suit 800mm, 1000mm and 1200mm pallets

Straddle legs for closed board pallets

EE R F DEL

CAPACITY (kg) 500 1000 1000 1000 1000

IVER

Y

MAX LIFT H (mm) 1600 1600 3000 1600 3000

MODEL REF WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER STRADDLE STRADDLE

ORDER

PRICE

CTM0516 CTM1016 CTM1030 CTMS1016 CTMS1030

£913 £959 £1500 £1367 £1727

Semi Electric Stackers

FROM

£2064

1000 1500

INFO?

CAP. (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1500 1000 1000

CALL US

NOW! MAX LIFT H (mm) 1600 2500 3000 3500 2500 3000

MODEL REF WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER STRADDLE STRADDLE

ORDER

PRICE

CTE1016 CTE1025 CTE1030 CTE1535 CTES1025 CTES1030

£2064 £2329 £2455 £2880 £2691 £2815

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Strong robust and classical design

1600mm to 3500mm lift heights

Hard wearing polyurethane 180mm steer wheels and 74mm load roller

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• 1000kg and 1500kg capacity TO • 1600mm to 3500mm lift heights • Wrap over fork design for euro pallets KG CAPACITY • Strong robust and classical design • Durable and serviceable, easy to operate complete with 12v / 50ah battery and built-in charger • Hard wearing polyurethane 180mm steer wheels and 74mm load rollers • Available with adjustable forks for wrap over and straddle stackers • Optional adjustable forks version • Optional straddle legs available for closed board pallets

NEED MORE

Sta c k e&Trolleys rs Trucks - Container Trolleys

Manual Stackers

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S ta c k e r s

50

Stackers

7-10 DAYS

Fully Powered Stacker

CLC1016

• Ergonomic design, smooth controls • CURTIS controller unit enables variable speed control

£4413

Lift height 1600mm

1000

KG CAPACITY

CAPACITY MAX LIFT (kg) HEIGHT (mm) 1000 1600

FORKS L x W (mm) 1150 x 540

ORDER REF CLC1016

Complete with 24v / 100ah battery and 24v automatic charger

PRICE £4413

Straddle Leg Versions CAPACITY MAX LIFT INNER STRADDLE ORDER (kg) HEIGHT (mm) GAP (mm) REF 1000 1550 1000 - 1370 CLC1016S

PRICE £5075

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Heavy Duty Fully Electric Stackers

CLC1229

£5316

• Capacities 1200kg, 1500kg and 2000kg • 12 hours automatic charger • Heavy duty ZF drive • Ergonomically designed handle, excellent stability in operation • Full guarding • 1200kg model with 2900mm full free lift • Straddle leg version available • Options: shown with side protection bars and footplate, lift heights up to 5500mm CAPACITY MAX LIFT (kg) HEIGHT (mm) 1200 2900 1200 3515 1500 2800 1500 3500 1500 4500

FORKS L x W (mm) 2850 x 570 1100 x 570 1150 x 570 1150 x 570 1150 x 570

ORDER REF CLC1229 CLC1236 CPC1529 CPC1536 CPC1546

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections. Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

PRICE £5316 £6127 £7797 £7824 £9193

24 volt battery

Straddle Leg Versions CAPACITY (kg) 1200

LIFT HEIGHT INNER STRADDLE ORDER PRICE (mm) GAP (mm) REF 2850 1103 - 1394 CLC1229S £5747

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 51 474

Stackers

5-7

DAYS

Sta c k e&Trolleys rs Trucks - Container Trolleys

Ultra Compact Counterbalanced Stackers

ITBC0616

£10858

• Lift heights 1600mm or 3000mm • The 1600mm lift model has a slim line simplex mast, whilst the 3000mm model has a high visibility duplex mast • Manufactured in Europe • Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallets • Excellent aisle and turning radius • Uses AC control technology for superior control and battery life • Built in charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Ergonomic drive controls • Smooth stepless drive controls with microprocessor control • Trucks carry CE mark and comply with all current safety legislation • Larger capacity models available up to 1500kg • Tilting mast available

Lift heights 1600mm or 3000mm

Smooth stepless drive controls with microprocessor control

600

KG CAPACITY

CAPACITY (kg) 600 600 600

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 2400 3000

ORDER REF ITBC0616 ITBC0624 ITBC0630

PRICE £10858 £11382 £12028

Heavy Duty Counterbalanced Stackers • Heavy duty battery and built in charger • Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallet types • Uses latest AC control technology for superior control and battery life • Smooth stepless drive controls • Duplex mast configuration allows good sight through the mast uprights LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 3000 4500 1600 3000 4500 1600 3000 4500

ORDER REF ITBC1016 ITBC1030 ITBC1045 ITBC1216 ITBC1230 ITBC1245 ITBC1516 ITBC1530 ITBC1545

£12990 Capacities 1000kg, 1200kg and 1500kg Lift heights up to 4500mm

PRICE £12990 £14001 £16154 £14032 £14832 £16832 £15632 £16154 £18914

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

NEED MORE

INFO?

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

CALL US

NOW!

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500

Duplex / Triplex masts with full free lift available. Options; Side shift, boom, jib / hook and electric winch - please call for details

ITBC1016

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 52

Drum Trolleys

10-15 DAYS

DRUM TROLLEYS

2081

• 2 080/2081 designed for 120-220 litre plastic drums, all other models designed for 200 litre rimmed drums • Welded tubular steel construction with durable powder coated finish • Tension belt safely secures drums • Support wheels are fitted to some models for stability • Plastic drum trolley can be rested horizontally to allow easy drum dispensing. Supplied with tension belt to secure drums

£229 1072

£257

Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres

Suitable for all rimmed 200 litre drums DESCRIPTION CAPACITY (kg) STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, NO SUPPORTING CASTOR WHEEL 300 300 STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, 1 SUPPORTING CASTOR 200x50mm 300 300 STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, 2 SUPPORTING CASTORS 160x40mm 300 300 TROLLEY FOR 120-220 LITRE PLASTIC DRUMS 250 250

SIZE SOLID RUBBER PNEUMATIC WEIGHT ORDER REF PRICE H x W (mm) TYRES (mm) TYRES (mm) (kg) 1600 x 680 250 x 60 - 17.5 1065 £242 1600 x 680 - 260 x 85 15 1066 £242 1600 x 680 250 x 60 - 23.5 1071 £257 1600 x 680 - 260 x 85 21 1072 £257 1600 x 680 250 x 60 - 24.5 2078 £313 1600 x 680 - 260 x 85 22 2079 £313 1300 x 640 250 x 60 - 20.5 2080 £229 1300 x 640 - 260 x 85 18 2081 £229

Drum Trucks

5-7

DAYS

A modern design of truck with optional load support wheels

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Designed for 210 litre steel drums • Epoxy powder coated finish • Rear wheel attachment can be added at any time • Capacity 270kg • Weight 21kg • 1520L x 620W x 420Hmm • 250mm rubber tyred wheels

2-Wheel Drum Truck Drum Truck with Rear Wheels with 80mm rubber load castors Rear Wheel Attachment Kit for 2-wheel model

DT/1

£195 Weight 21kg

250mm rubber tyred wheels

DT/1

£195

1520L x 620W x 420Hmm

DT/RW

£265

RW/DT

£77

270

KG CAPACITY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Rear wheel attachment

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Drum Handling

53

12

7-10 DAYS

MARKED

MONTH

Drum Porter Plus

• Drum caddy will handle 140/210 litre steel & plastic drums • Removable handle is used to tilt drums for positioning and doubles up as a bung key • Weight 17kg Tilt handle also acts as drum key

drum handling

Drum Caddy

Will handle 210 litre drums on and off bund pallets as well as regular pallets

450

KG CAPACITY

WRDC500

£226 WRDTF450

£1415

• Weight 165kg • Drum lift 500mm • Lift per stroke 12mm • Max drum size 915L x 572mm dia • Dimensions 900L x 1020Wmm • Max height in lowered position 1250mm • Max height in raised position 1380mm

500

KG CAPACITY

Overall size 950H x 750W x 570Dmm

WRDTW250

£551

WRDTR250

£624

WRDT250

£507

250

KG CAPACITY

• Easy to use it lifts the drum hydraulically off the floor for transportation and smoothly lowers it via a spring return knob • Weight 40kg • Max drum size 915L x 572mm dia • Drum lift 345mm • Lift per stroke 22mm 1000H x 780W x 810Lmm

KG CAPACITY

Wide Straddle Drum Porter • Enables lifting of 210 litre drums off 800mm wide Europallets • Fitted with parking brake • Max drum dia 572mm • Drum lift 345mm • Lift per stroke 22mm • Inside straddle 850mm • Outside O/A straddle 1015mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Override Drum Porter • Wide straddle & cantilever frame to pass over Europallets (800mm max width) • Also allows drums to be lifted from corners of spillage containment units • Max drum dia 572mm • Max drum height 1180mm • Min drum height 910mm • Inside straddle 850mm • Outside O/A straddle 980mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Drum Porter

250

250

KG CAPACITY

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

A CC E S S P L AT F O R M S & t i lt i n g b ox es

54

Access Platforms

iap-6

£500

A proven and safe method for which to carry out routine maintenance, inspection and stock-taking • • • • •

DEL

IVER

10-15

Painted bright orange for safety

D

DAYS

Y

Automatic locking/unlocking gates (IAP-7 & IAP-8 only) Hinge back guard for ease of transportation and storage Safety harness attachment rings Self draining non-slip floor Zinc plated steel pins for safe attachment to truck

Fully compliant to PM28 third edition personNEl access LIFT-UP BAR SIDE GATE SIDE GATE

no. of persons 2 2 2

platform l x w x d (mm) 950 x 950 x 2120 950 x 950 x 2120 1250 x 950 x 2120

Self Tilting Boxes

6060TB

• • • •

max fork fork ORDER PRICE (mm) centres ref 150 x 50 525 IAP-6 £500 150 x 50 525 IAP-7 £551 150 x 50 525 IAP-8 £610

Colour

£955

Self-tilting, fully-emptying boxes for tipping bulk goods, even extremely light goods, automatically

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

R

I AP

Powder coated blue RAL5007

Sturdy welded 3mm sheet steel design Standard fitted forklift sleeves, anti-roll safety device and tilt lock Link chain as anti-skidding and anti-tilting safety device Traction cable to activate tilting mechanism, operated from forklift truck driver’s seat

REF //A Draining Tap

£33

For separating liquids from solids Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 CAPACITY WEIGHT contents (kg) (kg) (litres) 1000 103 350 1500 131 600 2000 156 900 2500 188 1200

outer dimensions l x w x d (mm) 1300 x 730 x 830 1300 x 1120 x 830 1300 x 1620 x 830 1758 x 1182 x 1125

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

edge height ORDER PRICE (mm) ref 720 6030TB £840 720 6060TB £955 720 6090TB £1055 1015 6120TB £1205

info@storage-design.co.uk

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 55

Fork Truck Attachments Extending jibs

from

EXTBEAM

£458

£164

from

£595

Fork Mounted Jibs

Low Profile Jibs

Designed to convert a forklift truck into a long reach mobile crane • Multi-hook positioning from 1000-1750mm load centres • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with single swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use • Max fork 150 x 50mm • Fork centres 435mm CAPACITY (kg) @ CENTRES 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm 1000 800 600 300 1500 1000 800 400 2000 1500 1000 600 3000 2000 1500 1000 4000 3000 2500 2000 5000 4000 3300 2800

ORDER REF IFJ-1.0-OP IFJ-1.5-OP IFJ-2.0-OP IFJ-3.0-OP IFJ-4.0-OP IFJ-5.0-OP

PRICE £595 £627 £651 £678 £727 £778

Forklift crane where a height restriction may apply • Multi-hook positioning up to 1750mm load centres • All models maximum 150 x 50 forks • Fork centres 281mm • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use CAPACITY (kg) @ CENTRES 500mm 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm 1000 700 500 400 250 1500 1100 800 650 450 2000 1600 1200 900 600 3000 2100 1600 1100 850 4000 3200 2500 1900 1100

from

PRICE £458 £487 £512 £537 £575

Ifmm-1200

from

£606

ORDER REF ILP-1.0 ILP-1.5 ILP-2.0 ILP-3.0 ILP-4.0

F O R K T R U C K AT TA C H M E N T S

Convert your fixed jib by adding a load beam

£357

£280

Fork Mounted Sweepers

BRUSH ORDER WIDTH (mm) REF 1500 IFMS-1500 1800 IFMS-1800 2450 IFMS-2450

PRICE £606 £760 £914

Fork Mounted Hooks • Economical and safe method of converting a forklift truck into a mini mobile crane • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use CAP MAX FORK FORK ORDER PRICE (kg) SIZE (mm) SPREAD (mm) REF 1000 125 x 50 600 IFH-1 £280 2000 125 x 50 600 IFH-2 £308 3000 150 x 60 650 IFH-3 £333 4000 150 x 60 650 IFH-4 £370

Fork Mounted Magnet • Ideal for clearing factory floors, car parks and goods yards of unwanted steel debris • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment • Facility to hang from the fork sweepers • Polished stainless steel finish • Max fork size 150 x 60mm • Fork centres 683mm MAGNET WIDTH (mm)

1200

Snow Plough Easily fork mounted can provide instant pedestrian and vehicle access • Fixed left hand sweep angle – 15 degrees • Detachable steel bolted wear strip included with plough (optional rubber blade inserts available, as shown) • Stand skids to ensure level scraping • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment to truck Optional rubber inserts not included, available separately

BLADE MAX FORK FORK CENTRES WIDTH (mm) (mm) (mm) 1250 150 x 50 683 1500 150 x 50 683 1800 150 x 50 683

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PLOUGH REF PRICE ISP-1 £621 ISP-2 £653 ISP-3 £689

info@storage-design.co.uk

from

£621

RUBBER INSERTS REF PRICE WEARSTRIP2 £109 WEARSTRIP1 £109 WEARSTRIP £109

TRUCKS AND TROLLEYS

• An excellent solution to re-heaping your granule product i.e. sand and top soil • 8 removable/interchangeable nylon brushes • Zinc plate thumb screws for safe attachment • Max fork size 150 x 60mm • Fork centres 683mm

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

scissor lifts

56

Scissor Lifts Specialised Scissor Lifts We have a huge and diverse range of lifting platforms including lorry loaders and goods lifts as well as tilt and rotating units. Take advantage of our knowledge! Our specialists are on-hand to help you make the right choice. • Expert technical advice and on-going back-up • Lowest cost of ownership • Unrivalled customer support • Proven reliability

FREE site visits, demonstrations, trials and showcase visits.

Budget Scissor Lift Tables

TY • stru

AN

u

l ura WARR

• Premium quality products • Ex stock supply • 415V 3-phase or 230V single phase, at no extra charge • Tables comply with EN1570 European Standard £ • Low voltage control circuits • Key switch prevents unauthorised use • Easy push-button controls with emergency stop • Safety trip bars lock table if descent is obstructed • Fail safe automatic pressure relief valve • Hose failure safety valve • Mechanical stays for safe maintenance access

5

YEAR

ct

On site demo available

ural WARR

• str

YEAR

ct

TY AN

3

Popular scissor lift models, competitively priced, and supplied from stock!

cl1001

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

2334

CALL FOR

free site survey & QUOTATION

APACITY CLOSED C (kg) HEIGHT (mm) 500 160 1000 160 1000 180 1500 210 2000 200

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 760 760 1000 1500 1020

500 2000 TO

KG CAPACITY

4-35 DAYS

TOP SIZE RISE TIME (mm) (seconds) 900 x 600 12 900 x 700 23 1200 x 800 15 1500 x 1000 17 1300 x 800 17

info@storage-design.co.uk

MARKED

ORDER REF PRICE CR500 CR1000 CL1001 CB1500B CL2000

£2120 £2418 £2334 £3260 £2917

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 57

Scissor Lifts

4-35 DAYS

3

• Low voltage control circuits • Key switch prevents unauthorised use • Easy push-button controls with emergency stop • Safety trip bars lock table if descent is obstructed

ct

5

YEAR

u

AN

ural WARR

• str

Scissor Lifts are normally supplied for use on 380/420V 3-Phase supplies. Please enquire for 230V single phase

ct

TY AN

TY • stru

YEAR

scissor lifts

For machine feeding, stacking and loading, palletising and loading bays Safety is paramount, all models comply with EN1570 European Standard

l ura WARR

Single Scissor Lifts • Our most widely used design • May be used on the factory floor, or installed in a pit • Special platform sizes quoted upon request • Suitable for indoor or outdoor use APACITY FOLDED STROKE PLATFORM RISE C (kg) (mm) (mm) L x W(mm) (secs) 1000 180 820 1300 x 700 15 1000 180 820 1300 x 1000 15 1000 200 1300 2000 x 800 16 1500 230 1100 1700 x 1000 17 1500 230 1100 1700 x 1200 17 2000 200 820 1300 x 800 17 2000 220 1000 1500 x 1200 26 2000 250 1500 2200 x 1200 27

ORDER REF TL1000 TL1000XB TA1000 TM1500 TM1500B TL2000 TB2000B TS2000

Double Vertical Scissor Lifts

PRICE £3043 £3239 £4728 £4451 £4662 £3849 £4871 £6916

Low Profile Scissor Lifts

CAPACITY FOLDED STROKE (kg) (mm) (mm) 200 280 1170 500 275 1100 1000 320 1600 1500 450 3000 2000 360 1600

MARKED

PLATFORM RISE ORDER PRICE L x W(mm) (secs) REF 900 x 600 12 CRD200 £2466 900 x 700 42 TRD500 £3375 1300 x 800 29 TLD1000 £4420 2200 x 1200 55 TSD1500 £10001 1300 x 800 34 TLD2000 £5634

Double Horizontal Scissor Lifts CAPACITY FOLDED STROKE (kg) (mm) (mm) 2000 180 820 2000 200 1300

PLATFORM RISE ORDER PRICE L x W(mm) (secs) REF 2600 x 800 30 TLH2000 £5543 4000 x 800 32 TAH2000 £9095

Low Profile Scissor Lifts CAPACITY FOLDED STROKE PLATFORM RISE ORDER PRICE (kg) (mm) (mm) L x W(mm) (secs) REF 500 80 630 900 x 600 9 TCR500 £3429 600 80 720 1500 x 900 13 TCB600 £4361 600 80 970 1500 x 900 19 TCB600H* £4481 1000 80 820 1350 x 800 13 TCL1000 £4703 1000 80 820 1350 x 1000 13 TCL1000B £4923 1000 80 820 1350 x 1270 13 TCL1000GB £5535 2000 100 820 1350 x 800 24 TCL2000 £5945 2000 100 820 1350 x 1000 24 TCL2000B £6070 2000 100 820 1350 x 1270 24 TCL2000GB £6252 *This model must be securely fixed to ground or floor

600 2000 TO

KG CAPACITY

U- and E- Shaped Low Profile Scissor Lifts

TY • stru

5

YEAR

u

AN

ural WARR

ct

ct

l ura WARR

• Easily relocatable within the workplace • Convenient remote enclosed power/controls pack • Special platform sizes quoted upon request

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Ramps RAMPS TO SUIT DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) ORDER REF TCR500 600 x 600 TCRR TCB600 & TCB600H 600 x 750 TCBR TCL1000 650 x 800 TCL1R TCL1000B & TCL1000GB 650 x 1000 TCL1B/GBR TCL2000 & TCL2000B 800 x 800 TCL2/BR TCL2000GB 800 x 1000 TCL2GBR

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £221 £207 £240 £308 £325 £325

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

YEAR

• str

On site demo available

3

STYLE CAP LOWEST STROKE PLATFORM RISE ORDER PRICE (kg) HT (mm) (mm) EXT/INT L xW (mm) (secs) REF E-SHAPED 600 80 720 1450/1200 x 900/580 13 TUB600 £4552 E-SHAPED 600 80 970 1450/1200 x 900/580 19 TUB600H* £4674 U-SHAPED 1000 80 820 1350/1145 x 1060/585 13 TUL1000 £4820 U-SHAPED 2000 100 820 1350/1145 x 1145/585 24 TUL2000 £6070 *This model must be securely fixed to ground or floor

TY AN

Patented lift mechanism allows a very low closed height, eliminating the need for a pit installation U- and E- shaped models are specifically designed to lift 2-way entry pallets straight from the pallet truck

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 58

Safety Clothing

2-3 DAYS

s a f e t y C LOT H I N G

Ideal for working outdoors in poor light conditions Concealed Hood

Phone pocket on right breast

Padded and lined

2 Outer pockets and stud flaps 1 Inner pocket and stud flaps 1 Zipped inner pocket

£40

Unisex Road Safety Jacket

£30

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

• P added, lined and packed with all the prerequisites and necessary standards. • 2 Retro Reflective Strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around body, arms and 1 over each shoulder with draw cord under collar. • 100% Polyester PU Coated Fabric. • Outer Fabric 300 Denier. • Waterproof Taped Seams. • Embroidery Access. • Washable 25X. MEDIUM LARGE EXTRA LARGE

SAFETY

Hi-Vis Rain Trousers • C an be layered over the wearer’s own trousers for complete waterproof protection • 100% Polyester PVC coated plain weave fabric. • Lightweight 170g • EN471 Class 1:2 and EN343 Class 3:1 MEDIUM LARGE EXTRA LARGE

SK3913M SK3913L SK3913XL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EN471 Class 3. Conforming to 89/686/EEC.

SK3912M SK3912L SK3912XL

Hi-Vis Waistcoat • C onforms to EN471 Class 2, available in Hi-Vis Yellow • 100% Polyester fabric with Velcro® fastening • 50mm width reflective tape around the body and each shoulder MEDIUM LARGE EXTRA LARGE

SK3911M SK3911L SK3911XL

info@storage-design.co.uk

£10

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 59

Safety Clothing

2-3 DAYS

Endurance Safety Helmet • L ow profile shell design helmet constructed using high-density polypropylene. • Suspension harness with foam sweatband • Rain gutter and ear protector slots. • Suitable to be worn at temperatures up to 30 degrees. • Compatible with Clip-on Ear Protector. • Adjustable 52-62cm.

s a f e t y C LOT H I n G

SK3915

£15

Direct Vent Goggles • D irect vent goggles designed to restrict the influx of liquids and dust. • Manufactured in clear polycarbonate.

SK3916

£15

Ecogrip Gloves • E conomy grip glove manufactured from mixed fibres with latex dipping. • One size

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

SAFETY

NEED MORE

E E FR DEL

IVER

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

SK3914

£10

Y

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 60

Ear Muffs & Plugs

2-3 DAYS

e ar M u ffs & p lu g s

Earplugs Disposable Comfortable PU foam earplugs suited to protect against long-term exposure Soft material that is easy to insert

SK1024

£86

500 pairs

Spark Plugs

MelLows

Colourful and appealing

Protection against lower noise level

• C omfortable PU foam • Easy to insert

• C omfortable PU foam • Easy to insert

SK1023

Spark Plugs

SK1025

£57

£57

STOCK DESCRIPTION ORDER REF EAR PLUGS (35 DEC) SMALL STATION 250 PAIRS* SK1023 EAR PLUGS (35 DEC) LARGE STATION 500 PAIRS* SK1024

PRICE £57 £86

MelLows STOCK DESCRIPTION ORDER REF EAR PLUGS (22 DEC) SMALL STATION 250 PAIRS* SK1025 EAR PLUGS (22 DEC) LARGE STATION 500 PAIRS* SK1026

Mounting brackets

SK1027

* Mounting bracket comes separately and is needed for all stations

Earplugs Reusable SK1028 £86 Rockets

Banded Earplugs

Suited to protect against long term exposure Washable and reusable

• Dual material design • No contact point • 27 Decibels

50 pairs

• M ade of soft, TPE material which is gentle to the skin • Solid handle ensures easy insertion and removal of plugs • 30 Decibels

Protects against intermittent noise

Jazz-Band Protects against intermittent noise

SAFETY

SK1058

£90

SK1029 PACK 8

SK1031

£69 PACK 8

• N eck cord with safety release mechanism, 23 Decibels

Replacement Ear Pods

• T o suit Jazz-Band (23 Decibels)

SK1030

£69

PACK 50 SK1032

£72

PACK 50

Ear Muffs Ideal to protect from intermittent noise for people who cannot achieve a safe and comfortable fit with earplugs • 28 Decibels

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£21

£43

• T o suit Banded Earplugs (27 Decibels) Corded (50 pairs)

PRICE £57 £86

info@storage-design.co.uk

SK1033

£80 PACK 5

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 61

Masks

Compliant with EN149:2001 IAI:2009

2-3 DAYS

Filtering Face Piece EE R F

Individually packaged Easily unfold in a quick 1 step process Quick and simple fitting removal Protects the wearer against dust, mist and fumes

DEL

IVER

Y

M AS K S

• • • •

ACTIVEFORM Automatically adjusts to different face types no nose clip needed

Comfortable nose seal

LOOP STRAP Quick, simple and safe on and off

FFP

Filtering Face Piece Levels 1-3 3 being the highest level of filtration

DURAMESH Strong and durable structure keeps the mask in shape Ventex-Valve

Clip

Classic Series

Air Series

• Proven shape • With valve • Durable and comfortable • FFP Level 3 • One size • Non-reusable

• S ignificantly lower breathing resistance • High filter capacity- longer usage time • Adjustable clip • FFP Level 3 • Non-reusable • Sizes M/L - S/M • With valve

SK1034

£143 box 20

£93 box 10

Medium/LARGE SK1035 SMALL/MEDIUM SK1036

Half Masks

Full Face Mask

Reusable half masks offering minimum maintenance, different gas and particulate filters can be combined

Panoramic lens made from scratch resistance poly carbonate with periphery vision side panels

Series 9000 • Extremely lightweight • Low maintenance • Lens directly bonded to mask body • Pre-assembled in aluminium bag

Clean design Easily accessible components Safe and comfortable Pre-assembled in re-sealable box

SAFETY

Series 7000 • • • •

SK1060

£71

SK1037

£186 Replacement Filter • Suitable for SK1037 & SK1060

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

SK1059

£30 box 6

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

First Aid Kits

62

HSE Workplace Standard First Aid Kits

2-3 DAYS

PGB Kit • • •

First aid for up to 50 persons available in the first aid Green Box Meets the minimum approved code of practice 50 Persons contains : 20 x Alcohol free wipes 6 x Gloves (pair) 1 x Guidance leaflet 4 x Large dressing 12 x Medium dressings 6 x No. 16 eyepads 60 x Plasters 12 x Safety pins 8 x Triangular bandages

Health and Safety Executive Compliant First Aid Kit

British Standard Compliant BS-8599-1 First Aid Kit

FROM

£22

Description 10 Person First Aid Kit 20 Person First Aid Kit 50 Person First Aid Kit

Order Ref SK3006 SK3007 SK3008

Price £22 £25 £30

Mezzo First Aid Kit • First aid for up to 10/20/50 persons available • Mezzo Dispenser

SAFETY

FROM

£25

DESCRIPTION 10 PERSON HSE STANDARD FIRST AID KIT 20 PERSON HSE STANDARD FIRST AID KIT 50 PERSON HSE STANDARD FIRST AID KIT

ORDER REF SK3000 SK3001 SK3002

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £25 £27 £30

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 63

Vehicle First Aid Kits

2-3 DAYS

RAC Van & Truck First Aid Kit

• •

• C ontains the HSE recommended first aid components for travelling employees, with additional content

Ideal for travelling throughout Europe and internationally Contains essential items such as a high visibility waistcoat, headlamp convertors and a warning triangle

VEHICLE first aid kits

RAC European Standard Motoring Kit

SK3020

£22

SK3083

£34 DESCRIPTION RAC EUROPEAN MOTORING KIT

ORDER REF SK3083

PRICE £34

RAC Car First Aid Kit • C ontains the HSE recommended first aid components for travelling employees, with additional content

DESCRIPTION RAC VIVO VAN & TRUCK FIRST AID KIT REFILL

SK3014

£22

ORDER REF SK3020 SK3018

Passenger Vehicle First Aid Kit

PRICE £22 £18

SK3013

£21

• C ompliant with Road Traffic Act Regulations

SAFETY

DESCRIPTION AC FIRST AID KIT R REFILL

ORDER REF SK3014 SK3015

PRICE £22 £18

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

DESCRIPTION 10 PERSON PUBLIC CARRYING VEHICLE (PCV) REFILL

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SK3013 SK3012

PRICE £21 £19

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

B U R N S F i rs t A i d

64

Burns First Aid

2-3 DAYS

Standards Burns First Aid Kit

Burn Bandages

• O ur burns dispenser contains Sterikool and Hydrogel burns dressings • Sterikool is made up of 96 parts water, 3 parts Polyvinyl Alcohol and one part Sodium Borate in a non woven carrier • Sterikool reduces pain in partial thickness burns, by protecting the exposed nerve endings from the environment • Hydrogel moisturises, cools and soothes, minimising trauma and help prevent infection • Non-adherent and non-toxic

• Sterile gelled water wraps • The 7.5cm wrap can be cut for use on hands, feet or as a wrap dressing for arms or small legs

SK3017

£39

2.5cm Finger Wrap DESCRIPTION STERIKOOL BURN BANDAGE 2.5CM X 1M STERIKOOL BURN BANDAGE 20CM X 1M STERIKOOL BURN BANDAGE 7.5CM X 1M DESCRIPTION MEDIUM BURNS KIT BURNS REFILL KIT

ORDER REF SK3017 SK3011

PRICE £39 £22

Compact Burns Dispenser • C ompact burns dispenser ideal for use in the home, workplace or on holiday • Suitable for emergency care on burns, scalds and sunburn • Burn gels moisturise, cool and soothe, minimising trauma and help prevent infection • Non-adherent and non-toxic • Contains Australian Tea Tree Oil

ORDER REF SK3039 SK3041 SK3043

PRICE £9 £16 £11

Burn Gel • S uitable for emergency care on burns, scalds and sunburn. • Moisturises, cools and soothes, minimises trauma and helps prevent infection • Non-adherent and non-toxic • Contains Australian Tea Tree Oil

SK3010

SAFETY

£22

SK3048

DESCRIPTION PICCOLO BURNS DISPENSER BURNS REFILL KIT

ORDER REF SK3010 SK3009

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £22 £22

£25 DESCRIPTION ELASTOPLAST BURN RELIEF SPRAY

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SK3048

PRICE £25

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Kids & Sport First Aid Kits

SK3004

£29

DESCRIPTION EZZO CHILDCARE FIRST AID KIT M

ORDER REF SK3004

DAYS

kids and sport first aid kits

• C hildcare first aid kit which contains the essential items for children for use in nurseries, schools and home. • The contents contain first aid for up to 10 persons plus a digital thermometer, ice pack and children’s character plasters in our standard mezzo dispenser, ideal for all the little bumps!

65

2-3

PRICE £29

Sports First Aid Kit Competitors Sports Bags. Ideal for football and rugby clubs

SK3026

£107

• O ur premier sports first aid kit has been developed to meet the demands of most popular sports including contact sports such as rugby. • This kit complies with both the football and rugby association guidelines plus includes additional first aid essentials.

DEL

IVER

SAFETY

EE R F Y

Competitors Sports Kit Bag Description PREMIER COMPETITORS SPORTS KIT BAG PREMIERS COMPETITORS REFILL

ORDER REF SK3026 SK3027

Price £107 £50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 66

Eyewash

2-3 DAYS

E Y E WA S H

Eyewash First Aid Kit

Large Emergency Eyewash Station

• O ur Standard dispenser complies, plus includes additional recommended HSE items • Rapid response is required for any eye injuries sustained in the workplace

• Emergency eyewash station complies with HSE regulations and includes additional recommended HSE items. • Includes new Twist ‘n’ Open eyecare dispenser with 8 x Saline eyepods and 2 x eyepads • Comes with wall fixings • Easy access, theft-proof and dustproof

SK3016

£27

SK3086

£51 DESCRIPTION TWIN EYEWASH STATION - WITH SOLUTION STERILE EYEWASH - PACK OF 3 EYEWASH MINI PODS 1ml - PACK 20 TISSUES - PACK 10 (CARTON 10 PACKS)

ORDER REF SK3016 SK3049 SK3052 SK3082-10

PRICE £27 £19 £15 £19

Standard Steriflow Eyewash Pods 20ml

DESCRIPTION LARGE EMERGENCY EYEWASH STATION 500ML EYEWASH BOTTLE TWIST ‘N’ OPEN PK 3 EYE PAD REFILL PK 6 20ML EYEPOD REFILL X 25

ORDER REF SK3086 SK3112 SK3109 SK3111

PRICE £51 £21 £20 £26

Small Emergency Eyewash Station

• Contains sodium chloride in a phosphate buffer solution • Can be used if the eye is splashed with acid or alkali. The buffer immediately forms a barrier between the surface of the eye and the foreign substance, eliminating further damage and returning the eye to normal PH • Contains 10 x 20ml pods

• The new Twist ‘n’ Open eyewash bottle allows immediate access to eyewash. Simply open by turning the yellow handle and the semi-automatic action opens the bottle and drops it down for immediate use • Complies with HSE regulations • Comes with wall fixings • Easy access, theft-proof and dustproof

SK3093

£32 SK3051

£16 DESCRIPTION S aline Eyewash Pods 20ml Pk 10

ORDER REF SK3051

PRICE £16

Standard Saline Eyewash Pods

SAFETY

• Contain Sodium Chloride • Can be used within the wall mountable dispensers, as and for refilling additional kits

SK3050

£16

DESCRIPTION 0ml - 25 PODS 2 500ml - PK2

ORDER REF SK3050 SK3042

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £16 £20

DESCRIPTION ORDER REF Small Emergency Eyewash Station SK3093 500ml Eyewash Bottle Twist ‘n’ Open Pk 3 SK3112

PRICE £32 £21

Twist ‘n’ Open Dispenser • Includes new Twist ‘n’ Open eyecare dispenser with 8 x Saline eyepods and 2 x eyepads • Comes with wall fixings • Easy access, theft-proof and dustproof DESCRIPTION ORDER REF PRICE T WIST ‘N’ OPEN EYECARE AND EYEPOD DISPENSER SK3101 £26 EYE PAD REFILL PK 6 SK3109 £20 20ML EYEPOD REFILL x 25 SK3111 £26 TWIST ‘N’ OPEN STERIFLOW PODS x 10 SK3110 £19

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 67

Emergency Eye Wash & Shower

2-3 DAYS

Eye Washes

REF SE505

Wall Mounted

£461

REF SE545

Pedestal Mounted

£637

REF SE565

Countertop Fitting

Deluge Showers & Emergency Stations

Drench Hose

REF SE920

Hand Held

£411

PRICE

£197

Eye and Face Washes

PRICE

REF SE253

Freestanding

£479

REF SE220

Bench Mounted SE921

£249

WMB

For washing eyes or removing chemical splashes from body or clothing

Ceiling Mounted

• • •

With 1.5m reinforced hose Max water flow 11 litres/minute Squeeze handle activates self closing valve

£200

Countertop Fitting

£668

£211

Wall Mounted

£936

For situations where chemicals can damage the skin as well as the eyes

REF SE616

REF SE603

Freestanding + Eye/Face Wash

£1047

For emergency decontamination Impeller action head causes the water to swirl, softening the impact of the water and providing better, more intensive decontamination Stay-open valve leaves the user’s hands free Emergency stations have an eye or eye/face wash combined with a shower

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£757

REF SE400

REF SE227

Wall Mounted

• • •

Pedestal Mounted

£579

• Two triple nozzle outlets give a ‘carpet’ of aerated water • Stainless steel bowl and push handle • Adjustable volume regulator minimises water splash • Push handle activates stay-open valve, leaving user’s hands free to hold the eyelids open in the water flow • Maximum water flow 45 litres/ minute NEED MORE

INFO?

info@storage-design.co.uk

SAFETY

£20

PRICE

REF SE420 REF SE460

Freestanding + Eye Wash Optional Wall Mounting Bracket

• Two single nozzle outlets • Stainless steel bowl • Adjustable volume regulator keeps water flow within the bowl • Stainless steel trigger bar activates stay-open valve, leaving user’s hands free to hold eyelids open in the water flow • Max water flow 11 litres/minute

E M E R G E N C Y E Y E WA S H & sh o wer

Immediate & Effective First Aid for eyes, face and body from chemical attack

CALL US

NOW! www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

first aid cabinets

68

First Aid Cabinets

15-20 DAYS

An attractive & highly visible range of cabinets for safe storage of first aid supplies

protected for the highest hygiene standards • Strong robust construction • All cabinets feature adjustable shelves • Two point locking on all two door cabinets • Reinforced doors for extra strength • High visibility 270 degree labelling complies to BS5499-1

99.9% REDUCTION OF E-COLI & MRSA SUPER BUG

Model MEX-U small medical cabinet has a dished top including rubber mat

MED-T

£273 MEX-U

NEED MORE

SAFETY

INFO?

3

YEAR

CALL US

NOW!

£151

FULLY LOCKABLE

MED-WS/2D

£298

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Description dimensions shelves ORDER REF PRICE H x W x D (mm) SINGLE LOCKABLE DOOR 890 x 460 x 460 2 MEX-UD £132 DISHED TOP MODEL 890 x 460 x 460 2 MEX-U £151 DOUBLE LOCKABLE DOOR 1015 x 915 x 460 1 MED-T £273 LOCKABLE WORKSTATION 1060 x 915 x 460 1 MED-WS/2D £298

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 69

Hazardous & COSHH Cabinets

2-7 DAYS

For any substances harmful to health STANDARD COLOURS Acids (A) White Pesticide (P) Red Flammable (F) Yellow COSHH (C) Grey Hammer COLOUR OPTIONS

Cabinets comply with: • Guide to the Regulations No 5 (17) • Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No 1, parts 3 and 4

- Please specify! No extra charge!

Seam welded steel construction SU08A

Highly Flammable Liquids & Liquid Gases Regulations, section 5 (1.D)

£481 Reinforced doors with 2-point locking

SU13F

£137

SU01C

£150

H a z a r d o u s & COS H H C a b i n e t s

• Shelves adjustable on 25mm centres • Built-in sump to collect any spillage • Hazard warning signage on every model

Hazardous / COSHH Storage Cabinets CABINET SIZE SUMP DEPTH DOORS SHELVES H x W x D (mm) (mm) 457 x 457 x 305 50 1 1 457 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 609 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 609 x 609 x 305 50 1 1 609 x 609 x 457 50 1 1 711 x 355 x 305 50 1 1 762 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 915 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 711 x 915 x 457 50 2 1 900 x 600 x 500 50 2 1 915 x 915 x 457 50 2 1 1219 x 915 x 457 150 2 2 1524 x 915 x 457 150 2 2 1829 x 915 x 457 150 2 3

ACID REF PRICE 1 SU13A £169 SU14A £176 SU15A £187 SU03A £199 SU16A £228 SU20A £200 SU01A £181 SU02A £197 SU04A £251 SU22A £227 SU05A £294 SU06A £376 SU07A £416 SU08A £481

PESTICIDE (VENTED) REF PRICE 1 SU13P £166 SU14P £174 SU15P £183 SU03P £200 SU16P £214 - - SU01P £179 SU02P £188 SU04P £266 - - SU05P £310 SU06P £343 SU07P £374 SU08P £402

FLAMMABLE REF PRICE 1 SU13F £137 SU14F £145 SU15F £154 SU03F £171 SU16F £188 SU20F £166 SU01F £15 SU02F £161 SU04F £222 SU22F £189 SU05F £238 SU06F £300 SU07F £331 SU08F £359

Cabinet Stand

Flammable Storage Bins

• Height 503mm, for sizes 04-07 • Colour options as cabinets

£85 *Surcharge for Acid

DESCRIPTION FLAT TOP BINS SLOPING TOP BINS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

SU09F

£145 DIMENSIONS H x W x D x (mm) 508 x 609 x 330 609 x 1168 x 457 660 x 609 x 330 762 x 1168 x 457

• Seam welded steel construction • Flat or sloping top designs • Built-in 150mm deep sump collects spillage • Provision for padlock (not included) ORDER REF SU09F SU10F SU11F SU12F

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE

SAFETY

SU12F

£300 SCST*

COSHH REF PRICE 1 SU13C £137 SU14C £145 SU15C £154 SU03C £171 SU16C £188 SU20C £166 SU01C £150 SU02C £161 SU04C £222 SU22C £189 SU05C £238 SU06C £300 SU07C £331 SU08C £359

£145 £282 £158 £300

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

CC T V S I G N S & S A F E T Y M I R R O R S

70

CCTV Signs

2-3 DAYS

Help you comply with Data Protection legislation. If your business operates a CCTV system, the 1998 Data Protection Act requires that suitable advisory signs are placed around the area where cameras are located. Available in self adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene.

GN00733 400x300

GN03033 400x300

GN03333 400x300

HAZ8210 150x300

GN03533 400x300

IZE (mm) SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL POLYPROPYLENE S SUFFIX S SUFFIX R 150 x 300 £5.70 £8.50 400 x 300 £9.40 £17.30

Safety Mirrors

For Security Mirrors see pages 214/215 CMT60P

£135

CMT8350P

£200

CME60P

£100

Blind Spot Mirror with Hood

SAFETY

Totally weatherproof Hi-viz orange housing • Superior optical quality • Prevents accidents, injuries and deters theft • Moulded polypropylene shell with integral hood • Durable 1.5mm thick polycarbonate mirror • Mirror sealed within an extruded nylon channel • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment DIMENSIONS 450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

ORDER REF CME45P CME60P

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £85 £100

Traffic Mirrors Red & White 3M reflective edging for day and night safety • Durable GRP moulded housing • UV treated polymer surround • 1.5mm polycarbonate mirror is virtually unbreakable • Rectangular or circular designs • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings for post mounting DIMENSIONS 600mm DIAMETER 800mm DIAMETER 550mm x 830mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF CMT60P CMT80P CMT8350P

PRICE £135 £200 £200

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Clinical Waste Bins

3-4 WEEKS

71

2

YEAR

FROM

£200

Silent Closing Option All products except Plastic Sackholder range

FROM

£97

sc

£39 HFOM1037

Plastic Sackholder • Suitable for medical or hazardous waste • Removable base and lid • Easy to manoeuvre • Bag holder 460 x 300mm epoxy powdered galvanised steel • Opening dimensions 435 x 270mm CAP DIMS LID ORDER PRICE (Litres) H x W x D(mm) COLOUR REF 50 690 x 560 x 550 GREY 57299 £200 110 920 x 560 x 550 GREY 57292 £225

Non Fire Retardant Sackholders • For areas of minimal fire risk • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Pull out handle • Foot operation • Bungee bag holder CAPACITY DIMENSIONS (Litres) H x W x D (mm) 20 575 x 220 x 350 70 780 x 425 x 440 90 860 x 425 x 440

ORDER PRICE REF FSS1008 £97 FSM1009 £111 FSL1010 £119

Front Opening £162 Sackholder

c l i n i c a l wa s t e b i n s

ALL products on this page!

• Front opening allows forward lifting of sack • Fire retardant, corrosion resistant materials • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Pull out handle • Foot operation • Bungee bag holder APACITY DIMENSIONS C ORDER PRICE (Litres) H x W x D (mm) REF 70 810 x 410 x 440 HFOM1037 £162

FROM

£108 FROM

£136

Hands Free Lid Sackholders Solid body, hands free lid

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE (Litres) H x W x D (mm) REF 20 575 x 220 x 350 HSBS1026 £108 50 640 x 410 x 440 HSBMM1027 £131 70 810 x 410 x 440 HSBM1030 £136 90 870 x 410 x 440 HSBL1031 £138

Standard Lid Sackholders

FROM

£126

Hands free, solid body, standard lid • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Pull out handle • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Bungee bag holder APACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE C (Litres) H x W x D(mm) REF 50 630 x 425 x 440 FR-SB1034 £126 70 780 x 425 x 440 FR-SB1012 £129 90 860 x 425 x 440 FR-SB1013 £131

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Hands free sackholders, operation using only the foot pedal • Minimises the risk of cross infection • Removable body to facilitate easy cleaning and sterilisation • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Protective rubber feet

SAFETY

• Ideal for domestic areas and clinical waste • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Pull out handle • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Bungee bag holder

Removable Body Sackholders

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE (Litres) H x W x D(mm) REF 20 575 x 220 x 350 HRBS1028 £136 50 640 x 410 x 440 HRBMM1029 £148 70 810 x 410 x 440 HRBM1032 £154 90 870 x 410 x 440 HRBL1033 £166

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

F I R E & S A F E T Y CO N D I T I O N S I G N S

72

Fire & Safety Condition Signs 3-5

For excellent comprehension and legibility in the event of an emergency

DAYS

FX05111 - 150 x 450

Fire Safety Signs Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996 Inform your staff & visitors of all fire exit locations Signs with an arrow should be used where the escape route from a building is not conspicuous or confusion could occur Changes in direction in corridors, stairways and open spaces forming part of the escape route should be marked with additional signs Self adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

FX04711 - 150 x 450

FX04011 - 150 x 450

FX04211 - 150 x 450

FX04111 - 150 x 450

FX04411 - 150 x 450

FX04611 - 150 x 450

FX04311 - 150 x 450

FX04511 - 150 x 450

FX04910 - 150 x 300 FX04810 - 150 x 300 Figures moving to the right indicate an escape route where no change of direction to the right or the final exit

FX00108 200 x 200 FX00128 300 x 300

FX06808 150 x 150

FX00215 200 x 200 FX00228 300 x 300

FX06908 150 x 150

Safe Condition Signs

SAFETY

FA01029 - 300 x 500 SIZE (mm) 70 x 50 75 x 600 150 x 50 150 x 125 150 x 150 150 x 200 150 x 300 150 x 450 200 x 200 250 x 350 300 x 200 300 x 250 300 x 300 300 x 500 400 x 300 450 x 600 600 x 450

SELF- ADHESIVE (suffix s) £0.70 £6.60 £2.50 £3.60 £2.90 £3.90 £5.50 £7.20 £5.40 £9.40 £8.00 £8.30 £8.40 £9.20 £9.40 £19.50 £19.50

polypropylene (suffix R) £2.50 £9.90 £4.20 £5.40 £5.40 £6.80 £8.20 £11.60 £7.90 £17.30 £13.90 £14.30 £13.10 £15.40 £17.30 £31.90 £31.90

MS04340 - 600 x 450 FA01926 - 300 x 200 FR09710 - 150 x 300 FR09722 - 250 x 350 FX05312 150 x 50

FA00607 - 150 x 125 FA00627 - 300 x 250

FA00526 - 300 x 200

FR04536 - 450 x 600

MS07609 - 150 x 200

FX05512 150 x 50

You can complete these signs with a pen and photograph FA01733 - 400 x 300

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

MA00943 - 70 x 50

FX05645 - 75 x 600

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 73

Night-glow Safety Signs & Tape

2-3 DAYS

FX04011 150 x 450

FX04511 150 x 450

FX05111 150 x 450

FX04111 150 x 450

FX04611 150 x 450

FX04711 150 x 450

FX04211 150 x 450

FX04311 150 x 450

FX04411 150 x 450

FX06610 150 x 300 FX06630 300 x 600

FX05910 150 x 300 FX05930 300 x 600

FX06210 150 x 300 FX06230 300 x 600

FX06510 150 x 300 FX06530 300 x 600

Nite Glo 10m Roll Safety Tapes REF NGT7 40mm x 10m

£100

REF NGT103 40mm x 10m RIGHT REF NGT204 40mm x 10m LEFT

FR03827 300 x 250

£100 £100

REF NGT105 40mm x 10m

£100

REF NGT109 40mm x 10m

£100

REF NGT107 40mm x 10m

£100

N i g h t- g lo W S a f e t y S i g ns & TA P E

All warning safety sign designs are guaranteed to comply with the relevant UK & EC legislation

FX05645 75 x 600

FX04810 150 x 300 FX04830 300 x 600

FX04910 150 x 300 FX04930 300 x 600

Photoluminescent Safety Signs • Highly resistant to UV breakdown • Extremely resistant to shrinkage • Suitable for both indoor & outdoor use • White appearance during the day yet glows when lighting is no longer available SELF- ADHESIVE (suffix s) £12.50 £7.20 £8.00 £8.20 £12.20 £17.90 £10.00 £18.60 £10.70 £25.10 £25.00

polypropylene (suffix R) £19.30 £8.70 £10.00 £9.80 £15.70 £21.90 £14.00 £24.00 £16.50 £32.40 £47.00

FR03527 300 x 250 FX06308 150 x 150

£42 £83 £107

Floor & Switch Markers

FR07615 200 x 400 FX06808 150 x 150

FR03703 100 x 200 FX05307 150 x 125

Heavy duty NITE-GLO self-adhesive vinyl REF ngd1/a

75mm Dot Pack of 20 FX05507 150 x 125

FR07203 100 x 200

£48.50

REF ngd2/a

75mm Arrow Pack of 20

SAFETY

SIZE (mm) 75 x 600 100 x 200 150 x 125 150 x 150 150 x 300 150 x 450 200 x 200 200 x 400 300 x 250 300 x 300 300 x 600

REF NGT101 20mm x 10m REF NGT101 40mm x 10m REF NGT102 80mm x 10m

£49.30

REF ngT3

100mm Arrow FR00208 150 x 150 FR00228 300 x 300

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FR04415 200 x 200

FR07215 200 x 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

Sheet of 6

£40.20

(Supplied 6 per A4 Sheet)

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 74

Hazardous Substance Labelling

2-3 DAYS

H a z a r d o u s S u b s ta n c e L a b e ll i n g

Hazard Warning Diamonds • I nternationally recognised symbols for packages, road tankers and freight containers • Labels are printed on self-adhesive vinyl • Conform to BS5609 British Standard which specifies both material and ink withstand 3 months continuous immersion in sea water

SIZE (mm) 100 x 100 200 x 200 250 x 250 300 x 300

QUANTITY 10-99 PRICE EACH £1.20 £3.50 £4.80 £5.40

QUANTITY 100+ PRICE EACH £1.00 £2.80 £3.90 £4.40

A primary hazard warning diamond has a hazard class number at the base of the diamond. This denotes the substances primary hazard.

SAFETY

Hazard Warning Diamonds in rolls • 1 00 x 100mm hazard warning diamonds are available in roll format • Printed on self-adhesive vinyl tape, overlaminated with polypropylene and perforated between labels • 310 labels per roll • Do not conform to BS5609 (3 months continuous immersion in sea water)

To order select the 100 x 100mm code and suffix the letter R 100 x 100mm ROLL PRICE

£38.80

EXAMPLE: C41AR

C21BR

C20BR

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 75

Wallcharts

2-3 DAYS

wa l lc h a r t s

Health & Safety Wall Chart • T he Health & Safety Executive (HSE) released a new design of this statutory poster which takes effect from the 6th April 2009 and replaces all old versions • All employers are required to display a Health & Safety Law Poster, to inform employees and visitors of their duties • Includes a serial numbered hologram to ensure its authenticity • Easier to read and understand providing benefits from increased awareness to both workers and employers H x W ORDER REF PRICE 595x415mm FWC30 £17.30

NEED MORE

INFO?

Wallcharts

£23.90

Always available for quick reference, pocket guides are an invaluable source of up to date safety information

Display on a notice board or in a production area Supplied in semi-rigid PVC to withstand grease and dirt

COSHH - DO YOU KNOW ALL YOU NEED TO KNOW? Wall Chart 600x420mm PG29 Pocket Guide 120x80mm PG35

CALL US

NOW!

Pocket Guides

each

Wallcharts are an ideal way to communicate safety information or emergency procedures

New updated version legally required

each

£3.50

Printed both sides of hard wearing semi-rigid PVC

Know your Fire Extinguisher Colour Code Wall Chart 600x420mm WC156 Pocket Guide 120x80mm PG5

FIRST AID AT WORK Wall Chart 600x420mm WC61 Pocket Guide 120x80mm PG61

Storage of hazardous substances Wall Chart 600x420mm WC-87

DEL

RISK ASSESSMENT Wall Chart 600x420mm WC121 Pocket Guide 120x80mm PG-121

Manual handling operations regulations 1992 Wall Chart 600x420mm WC-96 Pocket Guide 120x80mm PG96

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

IVER

Y

SAFETY

EE R F

The personal protective equipment at work (PPE) regulations 1992 Wall Chart 600x420mm WC-97 Pocket Guide 120x80mm PG97

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

m a n d ato ry S i g n s

76

Mandatory Signs

2-3 DAYS

Sign Pack • 4 general service signs • Includes 1 wall mount signboard, 1 double sided hanging signboard, 2 window stickers with fixings • White on navy blue CL377

ma06233 400x300

ma06333 400x300

ma04640 600x450

fr07151 210x148 fr07133 400x300

fr06804 100x75

md05851 210x148

ma06433 400x300

ma00633 400x300

ma02251 210x148

fx07233 400 x 300

ma06507 150x125 ma06033 400x300 MA06533 400x300

ma01440 600x450

ma01204 100x75 ma01251 210x148 Ma01233 400x300

ma06633 400x300

ma07051 210x148

ma02133 400x300

ma04933 400x300

ma00333 400x300

ma00233 400x300

ma03633 400x300

ma03351 210x148 ma03333 400x300

fr09927 300x250

fr03520 250x200 fr03533 400x300 fr03540 600x450

£25

450 x 250mm

Mandatory Safety Signs To convey actions that must be carried out and to outline procedures in the event of a fire Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996 • Signs consist of a blue background with white graphic symbol and text • Self adhesive vinyl or 1.2mm polypropylene

SAFETY

SIZE (mm) 100 x 75 100 x 100 150 x 125 210 x 148 250 x 200 300 x 250 300 x 500 400 x 300 600 x 450

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX S) £2.10 £2.30 £3.60 £3.90 £5.20 £8.30 £9.20 £9.40 £19.50

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX R) £3.10 £2.90 £5.40 £6.80 £8.80 £14.30 £15.40 £17.30 £31.90

EE FDR ELIV

NEED MORE

INFO?

E RY

CALL US

NOW! ms03929 300x500

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ms05729 300x500

info@storage-design.co.uk

ms07129 300x500

fr07002 100x100

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 77

Danger Signs

• S igns consist of a yellow background with black triangular band and black graphic symbol and text • Available in self adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

MS02729 300x500

HA17151 210x148 HA17133 400x300

HA16451 210x148 HA16433 400x300

HA04151 210x148

HA17343 70x50 HA17351 210x148

HA23851 210x148 HA23833 400x300

HA07951 210x148

HA08051 210x148

HA23933 400x300

HA13133 400x300

HA13051 210x148 HA13033 400x300

HA25551 210x148 HA25533 400x300

HA10751 210x148 HA10733 400x300

DANGER SIGNS

To warn staff of potential dangers they face in and around the workplace Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

HA13829 300x500

MS02636 450x600

SAFETY

MS04834 400x600 SIZE SELF-ADHESIVE POLYPROPYLENE (mm) (SUFFIX S) (SUFFIX R) 70 x 50 £0.70 £2.50 210 x 148 £3.90 £6.80 300 x 300 £8.40 £13.10 300 x 500 £9.20 £15.40 400 x 300 £9.40 £17.30 400 x 600 £17.60 £30.60 450 x 450 £14.70 £26.80 450 x 600 £19.50 £31.90

HA18828 300x300 HA18835 450x450

2-3 DAYS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Safety Signs

78

Safety Signs

2-3 DAYS

Prohibition Safety Signs To convey prohibited actions, reduce the risk of fire and prevent personal injury Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) regulations 1996

PH04739 50x50 PH04702 100x100 PH04715 200x200

• S igns consist of a circular band with cross-bar, white text on red background and black graphic symbol • Available in self-adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene SIZE (mm) 50 x 50 100 x 75 100 x 100 100 x 200 200 x 200 200 x 400 210 x 148 250 x 300 280 x 90 297 x 210 300 x 300 300 x 500 400 x 300

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX S) £0.60 Min order 10 £2.10 £2.30 £4.10 £5.40 £7.90 £3.90 £8.30 £3.30 £10.30 £8.40 £9.20 £9.40

FX05233 400x300

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX R) £3.10 £2.90 £5.40 £7.90 £12.20 £6.80 £14.30 £5.70 £15.90 £13.10 £15.40 £17.30

ML02051 210x148 ML02033 400x300

PH04851 210x148 PH04833 400x300

PH04933 400x300

PH05104 100x75

PH05051 210x148 PH05050 297x210

FR08651 210x148

ML01551 210x148 ML01533 400x300

PH05951 210x148

PH00204 100x75

PH04333 400x300

ML01733 400x300

ML01929 300x500

MS05529 300x500

MS05428 300x300

Fire Equipment Safety Signs Provides essential information about the contents of the extinguisher and location of your fire alarms Guaranteed to comply with relevant UK and EC legislation • S igns consist of a red background with white graphic symbol and text • Available in self-adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

FR06603 100x200

FR07918 200x400

FR03703 100x200

FR07203 100x200 FR07218 200x400

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

SAFETY

FR07202 100x100 FR07215 200x200

FR08721 250x300

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FR09424 280x90

FR02624 280x90

info@storage-design.co.uk

FR08024 280x90

FR02124 280x90

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 79

Scafftag Status Management

3-5 DAYS

• E nsures your company complies with key working legislation; Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999, Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1996 • The ‘DO NOT USE SCAFFOLD’ holder is used in conjunction with a choice of three inspection inserts; Prohibition, Standard Inspection and Load Classification • The Scafftag kit (SCF01) includes 10 holders, 20 standard inserts and 2 pens Replacement inserts available in packs of 10 and 50 • Recommended for use with the Wallchart and Pocket Guide (semi rigid PVC) INSTANTLY VISIBLE Fitted to all legal access points the unique holder and insert ensure that the latest scaffold status is instantly visible from the scaffold build stage to dismantle

THE TAGGING SYSTEM The tagging system comprises of two components; a permanent holder which is attached to the equipment and a replaceable status insert

SAFEGUARDING The Scafftag allows the tracking, useage, maintenance and inspection status of equipment, helping safeguard the safety of employees and others

Stanchion

Very light duty Light duty General purpose Heavy duty Special purpose DESCRIPTION PACK ORDER PRICE QTY REF SCAFFTAG KIT EACH SCF01 £62.30 PROHIBITION INSERTS 10 SCF02A £14.70 PROHIBITION INSERTS 50 SCF02B £56.60 STANDARD INSPECTION INSERTS 10 SCF03A £14.70 STANDARD INSPECTION INSERTS 50 SCF03B £56.60 LOAD CLASSIFICATION INSERTS 10 SCF04A £14.70 LOAD CLASSIFICATION INSERTS 50 SCF04B £56.60 POCKET GUIDE, 201 x 82mm 5 SCF05 £11.30 WALLCHART 600 x 420mm EACH WC209 £24.60 SCAFFTAG HOLDERS 10 SCF28 £49.10

STA1

Black Marker Pens

Single sided metal stanchion Folds flat for easy storage Sign retaining clips are provided Accommodates one sign from the range illustrated below

Oil Based (Permanent) WATER BASED (TEMPORARY)

Signs

WALLCHART

£44.10

Effectively displays safety signs on a temporary basis • • • •

Load Classification Inserts please specify colour when ordering

S C A F F TA G • S TA N C H I O N

An innovative scaffold tagging system which allows complete safety management

wpt02

£5.30 each wpt01

£2 EACH

£2.30 each

£43.70 EACH

Tough and durable to withstand constant handling HA10236D 450x600

HA23836D 450x600

MS02736D 450x600

HA25336D 450x600

GCS06 450x600

ML01736D 450x600

HA07236D 450x600

MA02936D 450x600

MA02236D 450x600

HA13836D 450x600

SAFETY

• Simple to assemble • Sign designs are guaranteed to comply with the relevant UK and EU legislation • Can be suspended or displayed in a frame • Ideal for indoor and outdoor use • Can be quickly positioned near to a potential hazard • Manufactured from 2mm PVC

REF T35A

Blank Sign (Use with Marker Pens shown above)

£17.20 HA14336D 450x600

HA22236D 450x600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PH01536D 450x600

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Fire Extinguisher Stands & CabinETS

80

Fire Extinguisher Stands & Cabinets Double Extinguisher Cabinet

Single Extinguisher Cabinet

• • • • •

• • • • • •

Accommodates 2 x 9kg extinguishers igh impact strength and resistance to most chemicals H Suitable for wall, floor or vehicle mounting Ultra-tough rotationally moulded plastic Twin vision panels fitted as standard

2-3 DAYS

Accommodates 1 x 6kg extinguisher High impact strength and resistance to most chemicals Ultra-tough rotationally moulded plastic Twin vision panels fitted as standard Neoprene weather seal Internal equipment retaining strap

SK5312

£68

SK5313

£106 Size: 720H x 585W x 270Dmm

Polyethylene Extinguisher Stands • • • •

Heavy duty stand Suitable for siting of fire extinguishers in open plan areas Suitable for use in clean or food preparation areas Attractive and clearly visible

SK5308

£60

Vehicle Extinguisher Cabinet • • •

SK5307

SAFETY

Size: 700H x 320W x 255Dmm

£44

Accommodates 1 x 9-12kg extinguisher High impact strength and resistance to most chemicals Includes internal spring to locate extinguisher SK5314

£105 Size 750H x 320W x 300Dmm

Size 750H x 620W x 300Dmm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Size: 750H x 300W x 300Dmm

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 81

Fire Accessories

DAYS

Plastic ‘D’ Shape Fire Bucket

F I R E A CC E S S O R I E S

Fire Log Book Fire log book for recording all the details which you are required to record by law • Servicing • Testing • Inspection of fire extinguishers • Fire alarms • Emergency lights • Fire Officer visit • Training

2-3

• Suitable for use with water or sand • Holds 2.5 gallons of water or 25lb sand • Ideal for use in spillage clearance • Complete with lid

SK5301

£35

SK7089

£15

Galvanised Steel Fire Bucket

Wall Bracket for Fire Buckets

• Suitable for use with sand • Holds 2.5 gallons of water or 25lb sand • Ideal for use in spillage clearance • Complete with lid

• •

SK5302

Suitable for plastic ‘D’ shaped fire bucket Suitable for galvanised steel fire bucket

SK5305

£45

£15

Life Hammer

Fire Blanket

• • •

Domestic and light industrial use. Can also be used on fires involving personal clothing.

Steel tip to shatter car windows Protected blade to cut through seat belts Supplied with self-tapping screws and self adhesive pads

Manufactured in the UK BSI certified to BS EN 1869:1997 and Kitemarked Supplied in red hard plastic container for easy surface mounting

SAFETY

• • •

SK7092

£18 SK7091

£20 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 82

Safety Cans

3-5 DAYS

safety cans

Dispenser Bottle

Funnels and Hoses

Easy, one handed dispensing of liquids directly onto work surfaces • Polyethylene body • Self closing brass valve • Finger operated 14411

14010

£45 OMINAL LTRS dia x HT (mm) N 0.25 80 x 140 1.0 102 x 267

11201

11202Y*

11089

* To suit metal cans above 4 ltr

ORDER REF 14004 14010

DESCRIPTION H x DIA (mm) LIP-ON POLYETHYLENE FUNNEL S METAL CANS 280 x 19 OVAL CANS 152 x 13 BOLT-ON GALVANISED HOSES METAL CANS 356 x 25 HDPE ROUND CANS 343 x 25

PRICE £43.00 £45.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

11202Y 11201

£22.70 £20.00

11089 14411

£24.00 £25.30

10 YEAR

Call us for assistance with any safety related issue. Our consultants will be pleased to advise you or arrange a FREE site survey

SAFETY

Metal Safety Cans

7125100z

£67

Non-Metallic Safety Cans

Chemical resistant, stands up to heavy abuse

For the transfer of flammable liquids

• • • •

• • • • •

Heavy duty double seamed terne plate Double wire mesh flame arrestor Self closing vapour seal lids Free swinging handle on sizes 7.5 to 19 litres

OMINAL LTRS dia x HT (mm) N 0.5 117 x 172 1.0 117 x 210 4.0 241 x 279 7.5 241 x 349 9.5 298 x 292 19.0 298 x 429

ORDER REF 10001Z 10101Z 7110100Z 7120100Z 7125100Z 7150100Z

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £68.00 £69.00 £60.00 £64.00 £67.00 £68.00

14065z

£84

Dent & puncture resistant Tough impervious HDPE body Double wire mesh flame arrestor Self closing vapour seal lids Stainless steel fittings

DESCRIPTION NOMINAL LTRS ROUND 9.5 19.0 OVAL 1.9 3.7

info@storage-design.co.uk

BASE x HT(mm) ORDER REF 273 DIA x 362 14261 324 DIA x 406 14561 117 x 194 x 240 14065Z 117 x 194 x 324 14160Z

PRICE £129.00 £159.00 £84.00 £85.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 83

Safety Cans

3-5 DAYS

Bench Cans

Plunger Cans

• • • •

• • • •

Quickly and easily moisten cleaning cloths and swabs

Also for saturating wipes Terne plate body Fully submersible dasher 10370 includes a parts washing basket

safety cans

Provides an easy means of cleaning small parts

Brass & Ryton smart pump Perforated steel dasher Terne plate body Steel cans, except 14018 which has a H.D.P.E body, with perforated brass dasher

10175

£49

10008

NOMINAL LTRS 1.0 1.9 3.8 4 8 11.5

dia x HT (mm) 124 x 140 238 x 83 238 x 114 238 x 114 292 x 150 343 x 152

ORDER REF 10175 10295Z 10370 10375Z 10575Z 10775

PRICE £49 £61 £75 £60 £96 £117

Oil Waste Cans • For used solvent wipes etc. • Ventilated base reduces risk of spontaneous combustion

dia x HT (mm) 125 x 133 185 x 143 141 SQ x 210 185 x 187 185 x 267

ORDER REF 10008 10108Z 14018Z 10208Z 10308Z

PRICE £53 £65 £76 £64 £72

£91 ORDER REF PRICE 09110 £72 09310 £83 09710 £164 09100 £79 09300 £91 09500 £115 09700 £163

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• • • • •

ide mouth for easy filling W Perforated steel flame arrestor Latchable, self closing lid Tough impervious H.D.P.E. body 14762z Plated steel or stainless steel £ fittings

191

NOMINAL dia x HT FITTINGS LTRS (mm) 7.5 305 x 375 CP 19 305 x 508 CP 7.5 305 x 375 SS 7.5 305 x 375 SS 19.0 305 x 508 SS *14265 is provided with a level gauge

info@storage-design.co.uk

BOTTLE COLOUR RED RED RED WHITE WHITE

ORDER REF 14762Z 14765Z 14265* 12751 12754

PRICE

SAFETY

09300

NOMINAL LTRS DIA x HT (mm) 23 302 x 403 38 355 x 464 80 467 x 595 20 302 x 403 34 355 x 464 52 408 x 514 80 467 x 595

NOMINAL LTRS 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 4.0

Liquid Disposal Cans

Hand or foot operated for easy access & disposal

CAN TYPE HAND OPERATED FOOT OPERATED

£53

£191 £245 £188 £155 £215

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

I B C S TAT I O N S & PA L L E T S

84

IBC Stations & Pallets • P olyethylene sumps have a high resistance to acids and alkalis • Welded steel sumps suit oil-based products • Designed for transport by forklift • Removable polyethylene or galvanised grids for easy cleaning • Dispensing platform option provides gentle slope for safe emptying of containers

5-7

DAYS

114-596

£894

Environmental Regulations demand that potential water pollutants are stored and dispensed safely. Designed to meet the regulations these stations and pallets are ideal for use with 1000 litre IBC containers.

114-596 Twin IBC pallet, painted steel. For the storage of two IBCs or up to 8 x 205 litr drums on pallets. 114-595

£1106 114-711

£1250

114-595 Single IBC extra depth pallet, painted steel. Complete with galvanised dispensing platform and splash guard. 114-591 Single IBC pallet, painted steel, without dispensing accessories. Also available galvanised, model 114-465

114-711 Single IBC station, polyethylene sump. Complete with polyethylene grid and sloping dispenser platform, also with polyethylene grid. 114-706 is as above, but with galvanised grids.

SAFETY

Steel Sump IBC Pallets, 1100 litres capacity dimensions ibc sump tyPe ORDER PRICE w x d x h (mm) capacity & features REF 1350 x 1300 x 920 1 PAINTED STEEL SUMP+GALVANISED GRID 114-587 £710.00 1350 x 1300 x 920 1 GALVANISED STEEL SUMP+GALVANISED GRID 114-461 £900.00 1350 x 1650 x 700 1 EXTRA DEPTH PAINTED STEEL SUMP 114-591 £686.00 +GALVANISED GRIDS 1350 x 1650 x 700 1 EXTRA DEPTH GALVANISED STEEL SUMPS 114-465 £834.00 +GALVANISED GRID 1350 x 1650 x 700 1 AS 114-591, PLUS GALVANISED DISPENSING 114-595 £1106.00 PLATFORM AND SPLASH GUARD 2680 x 1300 x 485 2 PAINTED STEEL SUMP+GALVANISED GRIDS 114-596 £894.00 2680 x 1300 x 485 2 GALVANISED STEEL SUMP+GALVANISED GRIDS 114-468 £966.00

Polyethylene Sump IBC Pallets, 1100 litres capacity dimensions ibc sump tyPe ORDER PRICE w x d x h (mm) capacity & features REF 1410 x 1760 x 660 1 polyethylene sump+galvanised grid 114-702 £860.00 1410 x 1760 x 660 1 polyethylene sump+polyethylene grid 114-709 £940.00 1410 x 1760 x 1050 1 AS 114-702, PLUS POLYETHYLENE DISPENSING 114-706 £1120.00 PLATFORM WITH GALVANISED GRID 1410 x 1760 x 1050 1 AS 114-709, PLUS POLYETHYLENE DISPENSING 114-711 £1250.00 PLATFORM WITH POLYETHYLENE GRID

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

114-566

£43 Galvanised Dispensing Tray With slope for fluid return

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 85

Safety Racks & Sump Trays

5-7

DAYS

• Rigid galvanised steel construction, can be utilised with drum supports or grid bases for smaller items • Safe dispensing over the protruding PolySafe sump tray • Easily transported by forklift truck • Easy to order kits, or buy individual components as required

S A F E T Y R A C K S & S U M P T R AY S

A modular stackable racking system for the storage of 60/205 litre drums, plastic canisters and other smaller containers

114-698

£342

114-694

£357 B

C

A

MIXED DRUM STORAGE KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + racks 114-535 and 114-538

210 LITRE DRUM STORAGE KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + two racks 114-535 (Note dispensing tray and can are not included) Accessories Polyethylene Dispensing Tray

Polyethylene Canister, 2 litres 114-693

114-902

£43

117-409

£12.80

£511 E D 114-696

£505 E E

A A

CANISTER / SMALL ITEM KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + racks 114-540 and 114-560

Stackable Racking – Individual Components pic A B C D E

item description POLYSAFE SUMP DRUM RACK DRUM RACK CANISTER RACK SMALL ITEM RACK

storage capacity 235 LITRES 2 x 205 LITRE DRUMS 3 x 60 LITRE DRUMS 4 x 30 LITRE / 3 x 60 LITRE CANS SMALL ITEMS AS REQUIRED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

dimensions w x d x h (mm) 1200 x 1200 x 210 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 1120 x 790

info@storage-design.co.uk

order ref 114-810 114-535 114-538 114-560 114-540

price

SAFETY

SMALL CONTAINER KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + two racks 114-540

£130.00 £172.00 £187.00 £250.00 £256.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

m o d u l a r M at t i n g

86

Modular Matting

3-5 DAYS

Flexi Deck Tiles

Tough Lock

Lightly textured non-slip surface Flexible PVC interlinking tile insulates cold surfaces and comfortable to walk on

Ideal for heavy & light industrial usage Simple interlocking system for easy installation

• S uitability: Industrial and leisure applications such as shower areas • Can easily be rolled up for cleaning purposes • Bevelled edges and corner pieces are available • Studs on underside assist drainage properties • Thickness: 13mm

Colours

• • • • •

Manufactured from hard wearing PVC Available with 2 different surface finishes, studded or textured Effective for laying over damaged or dangerous floor surfaces Will withstand most forklift truck use Thickness 7mm

Colours Black, grey, blue, red, yellow and green

Black, grey, blue, red and green

Textured surface

Studded surface

GUIDE PRICE

GUIDE PRICE

per square metre

per square metre

£35

DESCRIPTION QUANTITY 300 x 300mm TILE 9 300mm FEMALE EDGE 6 300mm MALE EDGE 6 CORNER PIECE 4

£64

ORDER REF FD0/0001 FD0/0002FP6 FD0/0002P6 FD0/0004

PRICE £27.70 £11.70 £11.70 £2.90

ORDER REF TL500S TL500T TL500E TL500C

PRICE £16.00 £16.00 £22.40 £22.40

High Temperature Mat

Drainage Mats

Provides fatigue relief and comfort during prolonged standing Can withstand high temperatures

A tough and comfortable anti-fatigue mat suitable for the most demanding applications Ribbed surface and smooth drainage holes ensure a firm footing even in wet and slippery conditions

• Suitability: Heavy duty industrial environments • Hard wearing rubber and Nitrile, giving resistance to oils and grease • Diamond surface provides excellent slip resistance • Interlocking modules offer any length of matting in 700mm widths • Thickness: 12.5mm

WORKSHOP

DESCRIPTION (mm) 500 x 500 TILE, STUDDED SURFACE 500 x 500 TILE, TEXTURED SURFACE 500 EDGE (PACK OF 4) 585 CORNER EDGE (PACK OF 4)

GUIDE PRICE

Colour

£60

per square metre

DESCRIPTION 700 x 800mm END 700 x 800mm MIDDLE 700 x 800mm EDGED ALL ROUND

Black

ORDER REF CL010001 CL010002 CL010004

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £33.20 £33.20 £33.20

• M oulded rubber compound mats interlock to provide coverage of any desired length, in both 900 and 1500mm widths • Suitability: Wet, dry and high use areas where people stand at work • Thickness: 12.5mm

GUIDE PRICE

Colour

per square metre

Black

£89

DIMENSIONS EDGING (mm) 900 x 1500 EDGED ALL ROUND 900 x 1500 EDGED 2 LONG & 1 SHORT SIDE 900 x 1500 EDGED 2 LONG SIDES 900 x 1500 EDGED 1 LONG & 2 SHORT SIDE 900 x 1500 EDGED 2 SHORT SIDES

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF HI0100001 HI0100002 HI0100003 HI0100004 HI0100005

PRICE £120 £120 £120 £120 £120

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 87

Packing Anti-Fatigue Matting

5-7

DAYS

Dual layer anti-fatigue matting. Combines optimum comfort with maximum durability, increases productivity and employee welfare, whilst standing up to heavy use in multi-shift areas • C onstruction: High density 2mm wear surface/11mm air-cushioned base • Applications: High use areas where people stand for prolonged period • Wet/Dry: For mainly dry areas (withstands moderate liquid spillage) • Wear rating: Heavy • Thickness: 13mm • Guarantee: 2 years

2

YEAR

NEED MORE

Colours

CALL US

NOW!

INFO? Charcoal, blue or green

DIMENSIONS COLOUR W x L 610 x 910mm CHARCOAL 910 x 1520mm CHARCOAL 910mm x 3.66m CHARCOAL 610mm x 18.29m CHARCOAL 910mm x 18.29m CHARCOAL 910mm x 18.29m GREEN 910mm x 18.29m BLUE 1220mm x 18.29m CHARCOAL

ORDER PRICE CUT LENGTH OFF ROLL REF MIN 1.22 LINEAR METRES FF23 £46.30 FF35 £93.00 FF312 £224.00 FF260 £652.00 FF2/C £43 / LINEAR METRE FF360 £978.00 FF3/C £64 / LINEAR METRE FF360G £978.00 FF3G/C £64 / LINEAR METRE FF360B £978.00 FF3B/C £64 / LINEAR METRE FF460 £1304.00 FF4/C £86 / LINEAR METRE

pa c k i n g A n t i-Fat i g u e M at t i n g

Fatigue Fighter 2

GUIDE PRICE

£59

per square metre

Ortho Mat Original ‘Original’ improves the working environment, reduces absenteeism and increases productivity • Construction: Air-cushioned vinyl with embossed wear layer • Applications: Wherever people stand for long periods • Wet/Dry: For mainly dry areas (withstands minor liquid spillage) • Wear rating: Moderate • Thickness: 9.5mm

Colours

IMENSIONS W x L D 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m

Colour CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL/YELLOW CHARCOAL/YELLOW CHARCOAL/YELLOW

1

YEAR

ORDER REF OMO23 OMO35 OMO360 OMY23 OMY35 OMY360

PRICE £31.80 £64.00 £671.00 £34.10 £69.00 £721.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

GUIDE PRICE

WORKSHOP

Charcoal, Charcoal with 100mm yellow safety border

£41

per square metre

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Laboratory Matting

5-7

DAYS

Electrical Safety Rubber Matting

l a b o r ato ry m at t i n g

88

Safe, secure, economical By the roll or cut to length, sold per linear metre • Safe and sure for work with electrical equipment • 6mm thick: Maximum working voltage 450V Tested to 11,000V. • 9mm thick: Maximum working voltage 650V Tested to 15,000V • Voltage tested flooring BS921 (1976) t hickness roll dimension (mm) (mm) 6 900mm x 10m 6 1200mm x 10m 9 900mm x 10m 9 1200mm x 10m

GUIDE PRICE

£66

full roll per linear metre ref price ref price CEM69 £589 CEM69/M £65 CEM612 £783 CEM612/M £86 CEM99 £783 CEM99/M £86 CEM912 £1044 CEM912/M £115

per square metre

Standard Grade Fine Fluted Rubber Matting • Traditional industrial rubber matting with fine fluted surface t hickness roll dimension (mm) (mm) 3 900mm x 10m 3 1200mm x 10m 6 900mm x 10m 6 1200mm x 10m

FROM

£135

per roll

full roll ref price CFF39 £135 CFF312 £179 CFF69 £336 CFF612 £449

per linear metre ref price CFF39/M £14.80 CFF312/M £19.70 CFF69/M £37.00 CFF612/M £49.30

Fluted Matting

Laboratory Matting

Durable PVC fluted surface for demanding industrial conditions

Relief from standing fatigue in healthcare, pharmaceutical, laboratory, commercial and retail applications. Supremely comfortable and hardwearing, permanently anti-microbial

• Foam backing provides a good level of comfort • Reduces fatigue from long periods of standing • Bevelled edges reduce tripping and allow easy trolley access • Suitability: Heavy duty dry production areas • Thickness: 10mm

• Tough 3mm vinyl surface with Nitricell air-cushioned base • Excellent abrasion and chemical resistance • Ramped safety edges fit flush to subfloor

Colours

GUIDE PRICE

Black, charcoal, grey and blue

£68

Thickness: 13mm

3

per square metre

WORKSHOP

YEAR

GUIDE PRICE

£70

per square metre

DIMENSIONS (MM) ORDER REF PRICE 600 x 900 FA010001 £45.80 900 x 1500 FA010002 £98.00 900 x 3000 FA010003 £183.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

MAT DIMENSIONS ORDER REF PRICE W x L (mm) 610 x 910 TT6191 £40 910 x 1520 TT9115 £96

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 89

PVC Matting

14

DAYS

Colourful and hygienic. Debris falls through to give a safe walking surface • • • • • • •

Cross-ribbed both ways for added grip Insulates from a cold underfloor Fights against operator fatigue Resists most oils and solvent Easily cleaned with hot, soapy water or pressure washer By the roll or cut to length Fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102

NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

P V C m at t i n g

Woven PVC Matting

Mat Colours

Edging Colours

INTERMEDIATE: Motor Manufacturing

STANDARD: Engine Assembly Plant Hole size 22x22mm

Hole size 30x10mm

Regular grade for most industrial floors

HEAVY: Engineering Production

Samples of all these mats are available please call us

Hole size 22x10mm

High user comfort, even when barefoot

Close pitch allows use of trucks & trolleys

Woven PVC Matting - Full Roll Prices. Please Enquire For Cut Lengths ROLL WIDTH LIGHTWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE 600mm x 5 metres CL605 £167 600mm x 10 metres CL6010 £335 900mm x 5 metres CL905 £251 900mm x 10 metres CL9010 £502 1200mm x 5 metres CL1205 £335 1200mm x 10 metres CL12010 £670 BEVELLED EDGING (MUST BE FACTORY FITTED) CLE £6.80 / LIN M

STANDARD WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CS605 £200 CS6010 £401 CS905 £301 CS9010 £601 CS1205 £401 CS12010 £802 CSE

£7.70 / LIN M

INTERMEDIATE WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CI605 £247 CI6010 £494 CI905 £371 CI9010 £741 CI1205 £494 CI12010 £988 CIE

Workshop Mats • Manufactured from black flexible vinyl • Debris falls through to give safe operating surface • Coloured bevelled edges prevent tripping • Helps reduce fatigue. Resists grease and oils • Easy to clean with hot soapy water

GUIDE PRICE

£13.00 / LIN M

HEAVYWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CH605 £286 CH6010 £571 CH905 £428 CH9010 £857 CH1205 £571 CH12010 £1142 CHE

£13.00 / LIN M

Standard Workshop Mats DESCRIPTION (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 600 x 1200 CWS612 £82 1000 x 1500 CWS1015 £154 1200 x 1800 CWS1218 £210

Heavy Duty Workshop Mats

£98

PER SQ. METRE

Work Deck Tile

GUIDE PRICE

£47

PER SQ. METRE

• Interlocking polyethylene floor tile • Insulates feet from cold, hard concrete floors • Grid design allows swarf and liquid to drain through tile • Suitable for trucks and trolleys • Easy to fit and clean • Product height 25mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £123 £227 £311

Heavy duty tile with a point loading of 40,000kg/m2 Ideal for machine tool environments and many other industrial areas DESCRIPTION (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 600 x 1200 TILE WDT600 £33.50 600 EDGE WDT600E £5.30 112 CORNER PIECE WDT600C £2.70

WORKSHOP

DESCRIPTION (mm) ORDER REF 600 x 1200 CWH612 1000 x 1500 CWH1015 CWH1218 Edges available in yellow, blue, green, red, and black 1200 x 1800

Edges available in blue, green, and orange

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

pa c k i n g A n t i-Fat i g u e M at t i n g

90

Packing Anti-Fatigue Matting Food Packing

Warehouse Packing

Great fatigue relief for all those people who stand at their work in the food production industry Easy cleaning and anti-bacterial, resistant to vegetable oils, animal fats, citrus, even fish oils

Comfortable enough to stand on all day Robust enough to withstand heavy wheeled traffic

• 100% nitrile with permanent anti-bacterial protection • Smooth drainage holes and simple underside supports for effective drainage of fluids • Ramped safety edges • Wear rating: Heavy Colour Thickness: 14mm

Terracotta

• E rgonomic benefits: Maintains the comfort and productivity of people who stand at their work for prolonged periods • Easy installation: Large 457 x 457mm modules quickly and easily cover large areas, saving time and labour costs with minimal disruption • Secure connection: Locksafe, a unique integral interlocking system, locks and keeps the modules securely in place under heavy continuous use. Easy unlocked and repositioned to create different configurations • Wheeled traffic: Engineered to withstand wheeled traffic (excluding forklift trucks) up to 45 tonnes/m2 • Safety: Optional high visibility, wide ramped edges and corners allow safe access for people and wheeled traffic • Wear rating: Heavy • Sold in packs of 10

Ergodeck Open

Ergodeck Solid

457 x 457mm

ErgoDeck Open 560 • Suitability: Wet but non-oily areas, or dry areas where it’s desirable for small debris to drop through the drainage holes

ErgoDeck Open Gritworks 561 • Suitability: Wet and potentially slippery areas where extra traction is important

ErgoDeck Solid 562

WORKSHOP

• Suitability: Mainly dry areas where tools or small components may be dropped

ErgoDeck Solid Gritworks 563 • Suitability: Areas where overspray or tracking of oil or other fluids may cause a slip hazard

ED560/10

£175.60 ED561/10

£273.80 ED562/10

£175.60 ED563/10

£273.80

Ramps and Corners GUIDE PRICE

TYPE RAMP OUTER CORNER INNER CORNER

£66

per square metre

MAT DIMENSIONS W x L (mm) 760 x 910 760 x 1520

ORDER REF FZ910 FZ1520

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £50 £76

SIZE PACK ORDER (mm) QUANTITY REF 152 x 457 10 EDR/10 152 x 381 4 EDOC/4 152 x 229 1 EDIC

PRICE £69.00 £100.60 £25.40

Why not use our specialists to help you find the right matting for your application. Custom sizes available - call us for details

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 91

Wooden Workbenches

14

DAYS

W O O D E N wo r k b en c h e s

D J

E

F

G

B A FROM

£343 K

Accessories Supplied pre-assembled ready for use

Timber workbenches Quality timber benches suitable for a wide range of industrial and commercial applications

PIC DESCRIPTION A CUPBOARD UNIT B DRAWER UNIT C SECURITY CUPBOARD D TOOL RACK E SAW RACK F PLANE STOP G RECORD VICE

• H ard wearing construction from 25mm hardwood veneered, 30mm vinyl or beech hardwood top • Adjustable foot for stability • All exposed surfaces are double varnished

H

PRICE £157.00 £185.00 £130.00 £18.60 £10.50 £29.00 £184.00

Standard Timber Workbenches

PLEASE CALL FOR FURTHER DETAILS

VINYL SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT067 £400 EAT068 £439 EAT069 £483 EAT070 £439 EAT071 £483 EAT072 £532 EAT073 £483 EAT074 £532 EAT075 £585

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

HARDWOOD SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT076 £467 EAT077 £513 EAT078 £565 EAT079 £513 EAT080 £565 EAT081 £621 EAT082 £565 EAT083 £621 EAT084 £683

PIC DIMENSIONS LENGTH x HEIGHT H 1200 x 75mm H 1500 x 75mm H 1800 x 75mm J 1200 x 305mm J 1500 x 305mm J 1800 x 305mm

ORDER REF EAT017 EAT018 EAT019 EAT020 EAT021 EAT022

PRICE £26.00 £34.00 £41.90 £42.30 £51.00 £59.70

Bottom Shelf PIC DIMENSIONS LENGTH x HEIGHT K 1200 x 750mm K 1200 x 900mm K 1200 x 1200mm K 1500 x 750mm K 1500 x 900mm K 1500 x 1200mm K 1800 x 750mm K 1800 x 900mm K 1800 x 1200mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF EAT023 EAT024 EAT025 EAT026 EAT027 EAT028 EAT029 EAT030 EAT031

PRICE £47.80 £50.20 £52.70 £58.00 £59.90 £61.90 £63.80 £65.70 £67.70

WORKSHOP

Replacement worktops to suit most brands of workbenches

HARDWOOD VENEERED ORDER REF PRICE EAT001 £343 EAT002 £378 EAT003 £415 EAT004 £378 EAT005 £415 EAT006 £457 EAT007 £415 EAT008 £457 EAT009 £503

ORDER REF EAT010 EAT011 EAT012 EAT013 EAT014 EAT015 EAT016

Back Lip / Panel

C

SIZES L x D (mm) 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 750 1800 x 900 1800 x 1200

Supplied factory fitted and ready for use, this wide range of accessories enables the bench you choose to be tailored for your specific applications.

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

build a workbench

92

Build a Workbench

10-14 DAYS

A range of simple and economic solutions to meet the needs of production, assembly, maintenance and despatch personnel • • • •

Work surface max load capacity up to 300kg Upper shelf can carry up to 150kg Supplied as easy self-assembly kits All models feature 18mm chipboard working surfaces at 914mm height • Only a rubber mallet is required to build • Finished with a choice of upright colours and light grey beams • Upper shelves are 370mm deep

See page 80 for containers

300

Workstations Style A

KG CAPACITY

• W orkstations with 2 upper shelves, operator can be seated • Four generous sizes

FROM

£198.50 DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAWA7518 JAWA7524 JAWA9018 JAWA9024

£198.50 £219.50 £208.50 £244.00

Workstations Style B • 2 upper shelves, full size undershelf for extra storage • Larger sizes make excellent packaging and despatch benches

JAWC7515

£180.50

Workstations Style C • L arge work surface with louvred panels at rear • Containers and spigots are not included • Top shelf at 1980mm height IMENSIONS ORDER REF PRICE D W x D (mm) 1500 x 750 JAWC7515 £180.50 NEED MORE

WORKSHOP

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

EE R F DEL

IVER

Frame Colour Options Y

Add-On Benches • U seful extra working area, easily moved around as required, undershelf is ideal for tools • 914mm high

FROM

£229 IMENSIONS D W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF JAWB7518 JAWB7524 JAWB9018 JAWB9024

PRICE £229.00 £271.00 £243.00 £287.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

IMENSIONS ORDER REF D W x D (mm) 600 x 450 JAT6045 900 x 450 JAT9045 600 x 600 JAT6060 900 x 600 JAT6090

PRICE £54.50 £71.00 £66.00 £76.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Add suffix when ordering Red (RD), blue (GB), dark grey (GX) and light grey (GU) uprights, light grey beams

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 93

Build a Workbench Bench with T-bar construction allows user to be seated or standing on either side of the bench

IMENSIONS ORDER D W x D (mm) REF 1800 x 750 JABC7518M 2400 x 750 JABC7524M 1800 x 900 JABC9018M 2400 x 900 JABC9024M

DAYS

PRICE £116.00 £158.00 £124.00 £151.00

Benches Style C Bench with T-bar construction allows user to be seated or standing on either side of the bench

IMENSIONS ORDER D W x D (mm) REF 1800 x 750 JABC7518 2400 x 750 JABC7524 1800 x 900 JABC9018 2400 x 900 JABC9024

18mm FSC chipboard worktop

Wipe clean melamine worktop

285 FROM

£90

£116

Half depth lower shelf allows user to be seated and gives additional storage

IMENSIONS ORDER D W x D (mm) REF 1800 x 750 JABD7518 2400 x 750 JABD7524 1800 x 900 JABD9018 2400 x 900 JABD9024

PRICE £107.00 £127.50 £115.50 £134.00

Benches Style E Two half depth lower shelves allow user to be seated whilst maximising storage

IMENSIONS ORDER D W x D (mm) REF 1800 x 750 JABE7518 2400 x 750 JABE7524 1800 x 900 JABE9018 2400 x 900 JABE9024

18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

FROM

£107

Benches Style B Full size undershelf for extra storage, undershelf height adjustable

£90.00 £104.50 £96.50 £109.50

KG CAPACITY

FROM

Benches Style D

PRICE

build a workbench

Benches Style C

10-14

PRICE £143.00 £168.50 £154.50 £182.00

18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

Lower shelves will carry a maximum UDL of 35kg

PRICE £131.50 £152.50 £145.50 £168.50

£143

Benches Style B Full size undershelf for extra storage, undershelf height adjustable

IMENSIONS ORDER D W x D (mm) REF 1800 x 750 JABB7518M 2400 x 750 JABB7524M 1800 x 900 JABB9018M 2400 x 900 JABB9024M

18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

FROM

£131.50 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £170.00 £214.50 £182.50 £231.00

Wipe clean melamine worktop and shelf

WORKSHOP

IMENSIONS ORDER D W x D (mm) REF 1800 x 750 JABB7518 2400 x 750 JABB7524 1800 x 900 JABB9018 2400 x 900 JABB9024

FROM

FROM

£170 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

94

Infinite MODULAR

1

WORKBENCH SYSTEM

STARTER BENCHES Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench

HD Workbench System Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a variety of combinations to suit individual applications

Unit accessible from both sides

15

DAYS

for two people working together

SOME ITEMS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Height adjustable from 840-940mm in 25mm increments

MDF, veneer and lino worktop options Heavy duty modular design

Easy to add accessories Pre-punched to accommodate pipe work

Steel work powder coated dark grey (RAL 7031) Base shelf supplied in 18mm plain cut MDF irrespective of finish of top shelf

Use starter and extension method to mix and match depths

WORKSHOP

Benches BENCH DESCRIPTION STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE

DIMENSIONS L x D (mm) 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1400 2000 x 1400 3000 x 700 3000 x 700 3000 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3000 x 1400 3000 x 1400 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1400 2000 x 1400

MDF WORKTOP 25mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078A £370 KDB2078BSA £440 KDB2028A £473 KDB2028BSA £576 KDB2048A £516 KDB2048BSA £681 KDB3078A £597 KDB3078BSA £683 KDB3028A £734 KDB3028BSA £833 KDB3048A £835 KDB3048BSA £1060 KDA278A £317 KDA278BSA £385 KDA228A £399 KDA228BSA £502 KDA248A £442 KDA248BSA £607

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

VENEER WORKTOP 30mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078B £450 KDB2078BSB £519 KDB2028B £538 KDB2028BSB £642 KDB2048B £595 KDB2048BSB £761 KDB3078B £709 KDB3078BSB £795 KDB3028B £915 KDB3028BSB £1014 KDB3048B £1069 KDB3048BSB £1294 KDA278B £396 KDA278BSB £463 KDA228B £465 KDA228BSB £568 KDA248B £521 KDA248BSB £686

info@storage-design.co.uk

LINO WORKTOP 30mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078C £469 KDB2078BSC £539 KDB2028C £609 KDB2028BSC £713 KDB2048C £676 KDB2048BSC £842 KDB3078C £727 KDB3078BSC £841 KDB3028C £960 KDB3028BSC £1112 KDB3048C £1336 KDB3048BSC £1496 KDA278C £485 KDA278BSC £536 KDA228C £602 KDA228BSC £640 KDA248C £601 DA248BSC £767

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

2

95

EXTENSION BENCHES THEN use add-on workbenches as required TO CREATE A RUN WITH INFINITE COMBINATIONS

with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer & leg socket COMPLETE

DAYS

3

ACCESSORIES Combine with easy to add accessories

Bench Accessories

KDB2078BSA + C/1 + D3 + LS1

£843

C/1 Cupboard Unit D1 Single Drawer D2 Two Drawer D3 Three Drawer CD/1 Cupboard / Drawer TR20 2000mm Tool Rail LTR20 2000mm Light & Tool Rail USS235 2000mm Upper Shelf USS335 3000mm Upper Shelf SD20 2000mm Service Duct SD30 3000mm Service Duct

3000 x 1200mm WORKBENCH with MDF worktop & base shelf

KDB3028BSA

£833

3000 x 1200mm WORKBENCH with MDF worktop

£131 £99 £178 £248 £262

HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

2000 x 700mm STARTER WORKBENCH

15

£128 £234 £138 £234 £162 £213

KDB3028A

£734

3000 x 1200mm WORKBENCH with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf and combined cabinet and drawer unit COMPLETE

KDB3028BSA + C/1

£964

REF LS1 13 Amp Socket

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WORKSHOP

We can modify a standard model or custom build to your own specifications - please call for details.

£24

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 96

Square Tube Workbench

15-20 DAYS

s q ua r e t u b e w o r k b e n c h

Modular square tube benches High quality, value for money workbenches • Medium duty, ideal for assembly work • Fully welded framework • Levelling feet ensure a steady work area whatever the floor surface

Complete workbench • Shown with optional accessories A • Drawer B • Cabinet C • Steel upper shelf D • Louvred panel • Overhead light unit (unwired) E F• Electrical services duct (unwired) • Only available in colour shown, bins not included

E

FROM

£226 C

Framework RAL Grey 7001 D

Door/Drawer Fronts F

RAL Blue 5015

Height 840mm

A B

450

WORKSHOP

KG UDL

Worktop options 18mm MFC W x D (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 600 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

18mm Laminate ORDER REF 45F96H 45F126H 45F127H 45F129H 45F156H 45F157H 45F159H 45F186H 45F187H 45F189H

PRICE £226 £239 £257 £257 £278 £276 £294 £303 £294 £305

W x D (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 600 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF 45F96C 45F126C 45F127C 45F129C 45F156C 45F157C 45F159C 45F186C 45F187C 45F189C

18mm ESD Laminate* PRICE £239 £265 £302 £324 £303 £317 £352 £313 £317 £356

W x D (mm) ORDER REF 900 x 600 45F96G 1200 x 600 45F126G 1200 x 750 45F127G 1200 x 900 45F129G 1500 x 600 45F156G 1500 x 750 45F157G 1500 x 900 45F159G 1800 x 600 45F186G 1800 x 750 45F187G 1800 x 900 45F189G * ESD accessories available on request

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £290 £346 £373 £404 £374 £456 £467 £449 £467 £496

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 97

Square Tube Bench Accessories Accessories

15-20 DAYS

Cabinet

Steel Base Shelf DESCRIPTION 1200mm STEEL BASE SHELF 1500mm STEEL BASE SHELF 1800mm STEEL BASE SHELF

ORDER REF ST/BS12 ST/BS15 ST/BS18

ST/C1

PRICE £67 £73 £79

100mm Diameter Castor (set of 4)

£122

ST/C100

£80

• Nylon: 2 swivel, 2 braked

Upper Steel Shelf DESCRIPTION 1200mm UPPER SHELF (STEEL) 1500mm UPPER SHELF (STEEL) 1800mm UPPER SHELF (STEEL)

Accessory Posts ORDER REF ST/USS12 ST/USS15 ST/USS18

Drawer unit

PRICE £47 £56 £67

DESCRIPTION 1200mm HIGH ACCESSORY POSTS 1500mm HIGH ACCESSORY POSTS 1800mm HIGH ACCESSORY POSTS

ORDER REF ST/AP1 ST/AP2 ST/AP3

PRICE £58 £62 £65

Colours

• Single drawer that can be locked • Supplied with 2 keys Grey, red, blue, green • Mounted on roller slides • Available in a choice of coloured drawer fronts

DESCRIPTION SINGLE DRAWER DOUBLE DRAWER TRIPLE DRAWER FOUR DRAWER

ORDER REF ST/D1 ST/D2 ST/D3 ST/D4

PRICE £92 £166 £232 £337

£92

£244

100mm Retaining Lip (3 Sides)

Upper Shelf (ESD Laminate)

DESCRIPTION ORDER REF 100mm RETAINING LIP FOR 1200mm BENCH ST/SL12 100mm RETAINING LIP FOR 1500mm BENCH ST/SL15 100mm RETAINING LIP FOR 1800mm BENCH ST/SL18

PRICE £39 £40 £41

PRICE £97 £98 £101

DESCRIPTION 1200mm SERVICE DUCT 1500mm SERVICE DUCT 1800mm SERVICE DUCT

Light Unit (1200mm Light Bar Unwired) ORDER REF ST/LU12 ST/LU15 ST/LU18

DESCRIPTION 1200mm UPPER SHELF 1500mm UPPER SHELF 1800mm UPPER SHELF

ORDER REF ST/USAL12 ST/USAL15 ST/USAL18

PRICE £122 £138 £154

ORDER REF ST/SD12 ST/SD15 ST/SD18

PRICE £66 £70 £73

Service Duct (Unwired)

Perforated Panels (450mm High) DESCRIPTION 1200mm PERFORATED PANEL 1500mm PERFORATED PANEL 1800mm PERFORATED PANEL

ORDER REF ST/TP12 ST/TP15 ST/TP18

PRICE £66 £80 £100

FROM

£66 Louvred Panels (450mm High)

FROM

£66

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

DESCRIPTION 1200mm LOUVRE PANEL 1500mm LOUVRE PANEL 1800mm LOUVRE PANEL

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF ST/LP12 ST/LP15 ST/LP18

WORKSHOP

DESCRIPTION 1200mm LIGHT UNIT 1500mm LIGHT UNIT 1800mm LIGHT UNIT

ST/D1

ST/CD1

Cabinet/Drawer

s q ua r e t u b e BE N C H a cc e s s or i e s

• Light bar with strip light and diffuser • Upper steel shelf • Louvred and perforated panel 450mm high • Electrical services duct, complete with 2 x 13amp double switched sockets • Light bar, shelf and louvre panel require accessory posts

PRICE £66 £80 £100

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

W o r k s tat i o n s

98

Workstations

7-10 DAYS

TP/TPH Series Modular Benches

E F

The definitive modular system Designed for today’s production and assembly environments Customise your own workstations • H eight adjustable by Allen key within range 650 to 900mm • Basic, extension and mobile benches with comprehensive system accessories • Epoxy coated steel in dark grey RAL7045 • 25mm laminated particle board worktops and shelves • Working loads up to 300kg, dependent on bench size

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL OPTIONS ARE READILY AVAILABLE

G

D Workbench Cabinets, see page 110

A

B

C

ALL ITEMS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

UP TO

Picture shows Schuco European power trunking. See facing page for UK specification alternative.

300

KG CAPACITY

Basic Benches

A

Benches with Shelf

Tilting Metal Shelves

WORKSHOP

• 310mm deep shelf adjusts 1080-1550H

IMENSIONS D W x D (mm) 700 x 500 1000 x 500 1500 x 500 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

LOAD (kg) 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300

ORDER REF TP507 TP510 TP515 TP710 TP712 TP715 TP718 TP915 TP918

• Suits most stacking and picking bins • All steel construction in grey RAL7035 • Has continuous height adjustment for height and angle • For TPH benches only

PRICE £202 £222 £265 £245 £255 £276 £306 £311 £340

30

IMENSIONS D W x D (mm) 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF TPH712 TPH715 TPH718 TPH915 TPH918

KG CAPACITY

PRICE £408 £432 £479 £473 £514

DIMENSIONS FOR W x D (mm) BENCH 1119 x 145 TPH712 1419 x 145 TPH715/915 1719 x 145 TPH718/918

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF TH120 TH150 TH180

PRICE £46 £51 £56

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 99

Workstations B

Extension Benches

7-10 DAYS

D

Bin Rails

E

WIDTH (mm) 1115 1415 1715 TYPE DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) ANGLE 1000 x 500 ANGLE 1200 x 700 IN LINE 1200 x 700 IN LINE 1500 x 700 IN LINE 1800 x 700 IN LINE 1500 x 900 IN LINE 1800 x 900 C

ORDER REF TP510K TP712K TP712L TP715L TP718L TP915L TP918L

PRICE £185 £216 £219 £244 £271 £275 £302

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF BP120 BP150 BP180

PRICE £45.10 £51.60 £54.00

Swivel Arm with Tray • S wivel arm with lockable, angle adjustable steel tray in grey RAL7035 • Swivel radius 360º, length of swivel arm 590mm • Mount on C-profile • For TPH benches only

CKV400

£151

Mobile Benches

• Height adjustable as TP benches • 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes • Lower shelf at extra cost

15

G

• C ompact aluminium power trunking unit, complete with 4 single switched sockets • Wired with 3 metre mains lead and plug, tested and ready for use

MOBILE BENCH LOWER SHELF REF PRICE REF PRICE SAP507 £239.00 AT507 £52.10 SAP710 £281.00 AT710 £78.00 SAP715 £330.00 - -

• T o allow power and data cables to be mounted securely under worktop • Made of perforated steel construction in mid grey RAL7045 • Mounted under worktop on leg profiles • For TPH benches only

WIDTH (mm) 1200 1500 1800

F

Overhead Lighting

275

Electrical Trunking

Cable Tidy

IDTH FOR ORDER PRICE CROSSBARS W (mm) BENCH REF REF PRICE 1200 TPH712 KT120 £119 SPR120 £26.50 1500 TPH715/915 KT150 £124 SPR150 £33.00 1800 TPH718/918 KT180 £128 SPR180 £38.00

• T win 54W fluorescent tubes with flicker-free electronic ignition • Pre-wired with UK plug • For TPH benches only OL254/GB • 1200mm long £

KG CAPACITY

DIMS x D (mm) W 700 x 500 1000 x 700 1500 x 700

Tool & Lighting Support

• S upplied with one crossbar (order another if both light and tool support is required) • For TPH benches only

ORDER REF TJK1204 TJK1504 TJK1804

PRICE £187 £197 £209

Louvred Panels

WIDTH (mm) 1200 1500 1800

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF SH120 SH150 SH180

PRICE £112 £119 £123

Magnifying Glass With Light • D esk-mounted lamp for precise work • Large built-in magnifying glass, six LED bulbs and independent left/ right dimming functionality • Max light intensity 2800 lux • Easy to secure on any work surface of 70 mm or less ZL3 • Infinitely adjustable

IMENSIONS D W x H (mm) 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF LP1200 LP1500 LP1800

PRICE

WORKSHOP

• R obust, louvred steel panel, in RAL7035 grey • For TPH benches only

Auxiliary Shelves

• E xtra height adjustable shelf, 310mm deep • For TPH benches only

£328

DIMS FOR ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) BENCH REF 205 x 1115 x 45 TPH712 TPHCT120 £91 205 x 1415 x 45 TPH715/915 TPHCT150 £99 205 x 1715 x 45 TPH718/918 TPHCT180 £105

W o r k s tat i o n s

• For most types of plastic parts bins • For TPH benches only

£52 £68 £79

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 100

Workstations

7-10 NEED MORE

NOW!

INFO?

W o r k s tat i o n s

DAYS

CALL US

F

• S tylish design with L-shaped frame for good leg room and stability • Height adjusts 700 to 1100mm to suit seated to standing positions • Electric motor option takes just 19 seconds, min to max height • Comprehensive system accessories • Mobile bench option • 25mm laminated particle board worktops • Epoxy coated steel in grey RAL 7035 • Working load 250kg (Allen key) or 200kg (electric motor drive & retractable handle) • A cable tidy is standard equipment on motor and retractable handle benches

G

A

C

E

WB Cantilever Workbenches

J

D B

H REF ctr705

£340

wb benches from

£498

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL OPTIONS ARE READILY AVAILABLE

Drawer & cupboard units, see page 110

SUPPLIED FLAT PACKED

Mobile Bench • 7 00 x 500mm height adjustable (690-990 by Allen key) bench with lower shelf • 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes • 75kg UDL

WORKSHOP

WB Height Adjustable Benches DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800

BENCH ADJUSTMENT

ORDER REF

PRICE

ALLEN KEY ALLEN KEY ALLEN KEY RETRACTABLE HANDLE RETRACTABLE HANDLE RETRACTABLE HANDLE ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR

WB811 WB815 WB818 WB811C WB815C WB818C WB811EL WB815EL WB818EL

£498 £509 £531 £1037 £1060 £1100 £1530 £1590 £1600

Allen Key Adjustment

Retractable Handle Adjustment

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

wb815

£509

Electric Motor Adjustment

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Workstations Modular Accessories

• 1 073mm wide benches accept size 100 module only • 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x size 70 modules • 1800mm wide benches take one each size 70 and size 100 A

Upright Profiles

• Needed for mounting accessories • Two 900H vertical profiles plus horizontal linking profile

101

Tilting Shelves

• A djust for height, depth and angle • 400mm laminated board with lipped front edge • Mounts on accessory frame

35

KG CAPACITY

WIDTH (mm) 660 960 E

FOR BENCH 1500/1800 1073/1800

ORDER REF ASH70 ASH100

7-10 DAYS

H

Cable Tidy

• P erforated panel accepts cables held by nylon ties • Included as standard on electric and handle operated benches

PRICE £109 £121

Bin Rails

• A luminium profile which accepts bins with rear lip • Mounts on accessory frame

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

ORDER REF WBCT110 WBCT150 WBCT180

PRICE

W o r k s tat i o n s

Full width over-bench accessories are mounted on upright profiles, and smaller modules on accessory frames.

D

£53.30 £58.00 £62.00

Electrical Trunking • C ompact aluminium power trunking unit, complete with 4 single switched sockets • Wired with 3 metre mains lead, tested and ready for use

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800 B

ORDER REF AL2X110W AL2X150W AL2X180W

PRICE £149 £151 £160

Accessory Frames

• D ivides the space between upright profiles into two modules • Usable height 500mm

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1500 1800 C

ORDER REF AKK150 AKK180

PRICE £83 £97

Upper Shelves

F

FOR BENCH 1500/1800 1073/1800

ORDER REF BP70 BP100

PRICE £41.00 £45.10 FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

Overhead Support

• S teel bracket for suspending lighting or power tools • Mounts on upright profiles

J

50

SHELF W x D (mm) 1073 x 310 1500 x 310 1800 x 310

ORDER REF ALH110 ALH150 ALH180

LCD bracket

PRICE £187 £197 £209

REF:MH £714

• T o suit mounting holes at 75mm and 100mm centres • Mounts on upright profiles FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800 G

ORDER REF HSB110 HSB150 HSB180

PRICE £112 £115 £123

LCD Swivel Arm

Sidelight • C onstruction as SL224/GB overhead light assembly £ • 590mm long • Mounts on upright profiles • Pre-wired with UK plug

REF:MA £205

• A s above with double articulated arm • 180º turn and 95-425mm extension

Overhead Light

• F licker free and anti-dazzle with 3m mains cable • Adjustable angle. Length 1200mm • See page 99

198

KG CAPACITY

ORDER REF TJK-904 TJK-1504 TJK-1804

5

KG CAPACITY

PC Stand

REF:CPU £84

• A n adjustable holder for either vertical or horizontal CPU, to mount underneath the bench

Keyboard Shelf • P ull out shelf with integral wrist support, mounts underneath the bench • 110H x 500L x 250Dmm

PRICE £112 £147 £162

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

WORKSHOP

• H eight adjustable full width shelves in 25mm laminated board • Mounts on upright profiles

WIDTH (mm) 685 985

NT-500ESD

£141

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S TO R A G E B E N C H E S

102

Storage Benches

Frame Workstand • 30mm thick mpx or wisa worktop • Robust steel section framework • Storage units are 500mm wide x 550mm deep with lockable 50kg UDL capacity drawers • RAL5010 blue / RAL7035 grey

Compact workbench system with storage modules enclosed. Two different widths with a variety of in-built storage combinations. Shelving areas, drawer stacks or cupboard sections. Worktop is 40mm thick multiplex. The raised storage area allows access for cleaning underneath. Units are finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035/RAL5010 and are delivered fully assembled ready to use. • Overall load capacity 1.5 tonne • Shelves & drawers adjustable on 25mm pitch • Shelf and drawer capacity of 100kg UDL. 100% extension

600 x 600 x 780mm high

1500

KG CAPACITY

Width 1500mm or 2000mm x depth 750mm x 840mm high

1500mm Wide Benches

14

2000mm Wide Benches

DAYS

16901001.16

£160

41002022

41002049

£689 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 2 SHELVES

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 500 HIGH -

£858 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 1 CENTRAL SHELF

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF PRICE 16901000.16 £149 16901001.16 £160 16901030.16 £182 16901031.16 £193

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 500 HIGH -

16901100.11

£302

41002025

41002055

£797

WORKSHOP

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 CUPBOARD 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 500 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

£993 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

41002064

41002031

£1097

£864 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 500 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 4 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 350 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

info@storage-design.co.uk

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF PRICE 16901100.11 £302 16901102.11 £313 16913400.11 £335 16913420.11 £346

16913401.11

£429

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF PRICE 16901101.11 £396 16901103.11 £407 16913401.11 £429 16913421.11 £440

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 103

Welded Steel Workbench

15-20 DAYS

Welded steel for strength and durability Accessories DESCRIPTION CABINET SINGLE DRAWER DOUBLE DRAWER TRIPLE DRAWER FOUR DRAWER CABINET/DRAWER 1200mm STEEL BASE SHELF 1500mm STEEL BASE SHELF 1800mm STEEL BASE SHELF 100mm RETAINING LIP FOR 1200mm BENCH 100mm RETAINING LIP FOR 1500mm BENCH 100mm RETAINING LIP FOR 1800mm BENCH VICE PLATE

Worktop options • 3mm Steel - reinforced painted steel • 24mm Plywood • 20mm Laminate

Fully welded for extra strength

ORDER REF HD/C1 HD/D1 HD/D2 HD/D3 HD/D4 HD/CD1 HD/BS12 HD/BS15 HD/BS18 HD/SL12 HD/SL15 HD/SL18 HD/VP

PRICE £122 £92 £166 £232 £337 £244 £67 £73 £79 £39 £40 £41 £13

Height 840mm

750

Retaining lip

WELDED STEEL WORKBENCH

• Made from high quality mild steel for strength and durability • Workbench height - 840mm • 50 x 50 x 5mm angle iron • Supplied fully assembled

KG UDL

Single Drawer

Steel Base Shelf

W x D (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 600 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

ORDER REF 42126 42127 42129 42156 42157 42159 42186 42187 42189

24mm Plywood PRICE £275 £288 £301 £293 £308 £324 £308 £326 £343

W x D (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 600 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF 44126B 44127B 44129B 44156B 44157B 44159B 44186B 44187B 44189B

Laminate PRICE £337 £352 £377 £372 £442 £448 £387 £450 £457

W x D (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 600 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 44126L 44127L 44129L 44156L 44157L 44159L 44186L 44187L 44189L

PRICE £298 £307 £338 £312 £341 £369 £325 £332 £377

WORKSHOP

Worktop options Steel

Cabinet

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

W o r k s h o p S to r a g e C u p b o a r d s

104

Workshop Storage Cupboards

15-20 DAYS

Workcentres Perfect for control and documentation areas • Two point locking reinforced doors • Roller bearing internal drawers • Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch

Features a sloping top writing surface with pen tray

16911575.11

£300

16911574.11

£350

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1130 x 500 x 550 1130 x 750 x 550

SHELVES (CAPACITY) 1 (50kg) 1 (50kg)

DRAWERS (CAPACITY) 1 (50kg) 1 (50kg)

ORDER REF 16911575.11 16911574.11

PRICE £300 £350

Economy Workcentres Standard duty range without writing surface

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

16912009.11

£198

WORKSHOP

16912017.11

£331

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1000 x 500 x 550 1000 x 1000 x 550

SHELVES (CAPACITY) 1 (35kg) 2 (35kg)

NEED MORE

INFO?

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DRAWERS (CAPACITY) 1 (10kg) 2 (10kg)

ORDER REF 16912009.11 16912017.11

PRICE £198 £331

CALL US

NOW!

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Workshop Cupboards

21

105

DAYS

Heavy duty industrial cupboards with double locking doors

3 Point locking system as standard

EE FDR ELI V

• Shelves and drawers are adjustable on a 25mm pitch

E RY

40021160

£1026

Workshop Cupboards

Heavy Duty Workshop Cupboards

40021101

£735 CONFIGURATION 4 x 125mm HIGH DRAWERS 1 x SHELF 1 x WOOD TOP 1 x PERFO BACKPANEL 1 x LOUVRE BACKPANEL

CONFIGURATION 4 x SHELVES

Quality powder coat finish in epoxy powder coat RAL7035 with doors in blue RAL5010

Tools / bins not included. Drawer dividers are available, please contact us for information

40021108

£941

WORKSHOP

40021114

£1337

CONFIGURATION 4 x DRAWERS 2 x SHELVES OVERALL H x W x D 2000 x 1050 x 650mm

CONFIGURATION 9 x DRAWERS 3 x SHELVES SHELF H x W x D 25 x 970 x 593mm

DRAWER H x W x D 122.5 x 968 x 549mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CAPACITY PER SHELF 100kg

CAPACITY PER DRAWER 75kg

info@storage-design.co.uk

OVERALL CAPACITY 1500kg

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

W O R K S H O P S TO R A G E C A B I N E T S

106

Workshop Storage Cabinets

DAYS

Polypropylene parts bins (page 131)

Workshop Cupboards 2000mm high • A vailable fitted with containers, tool hook sets and shelved models (tools not included) • Perfo panel system for optimum storage capacity

from

from

£679

£689

A

B

from

£818

FAA1403S101

£952

C

from

FAA13000104

£537

G

FAA1303S108

£817

D

WORKSHOP

15-20

£1134

E

FAA14000204

£738

F

£566

H

item DESCRIPTION A SLIDING DOOR CABINET SLIDING DOOR CABINET SLIDING DOOR CABINET B PERFO PANEL TOOL STORAGE CABINET PERFO PANEL TOOL STORAGE CABINET + 156 TOOL HOOK KIT C COMPLETE MINI WORKSHOP WITH WOODEN WORKTOP D VIEW CABINET VIEW CABINET + 32 TOOL HOOK KIT E VIEW CABINET VIEW CABINET + 142 TOOL HOOK KIT F TOOLS & PARTS STORAGE CENTRE + 92 TOOL HOOK KIT G WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD H WORKSHOP CUPBOARD I HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

From

I DIMENSIONS BIN SELECTION SHELVES DRAWERS ORDER REF PRICE H x W x D (mm) 2000 x1023 x450 - 4 - FAB33000104 £679 2000 x1023 x450 - 6 - FAB33000404 £710 2000 x1023 x450 12 GREY + 16 BLUE (SIZE 3) 6 - FAB33000S151 £726 2000 x1023 x400 - 1 - FAA13030204 £689 2000 x1023 x400 - 1 - FAA13035204 £1294 2000 x1023 x555 12 (SIZE 1) + 48 (SIZE 2) BLUE 5 3 FAA1403S101 £952 2000 x1023 x555 - 4 - FAA14020404 £818 2000 x1023 x555 6 (SIZE 4A2) BLUE + 6 (SIZE 4) GREY 4 - FAA14025404 £991 2000 x1023 x400 - 1 - FAA13020204 £817 2000 x1023 x400 - 1 - FAA13025204 £1329 2000 x1023 x400 8 (SIZES 1, 3A2, 3) + 20 (SIZE 2) 4 - FAA1303S108 £1134 2000 x1023 x400 - 4 - FAA13000104 £537 2000 x1023 x555 - 4 - FAA14000104 £564 2000 x1023 x555 - 4 1 FAA14000704 £622 2000 x1023 x555 - 4 2 FAA14000804 £680 2000 x1023 x555 - 4 3 FAA14000204 £738 2000 x1023 x400 - 6 - FAA13000204 £566 2000 x1023 x400 28 (SIZE 3) GREY 6 - FAA13005204 £638 2000 x1023 x400 - 7 - FAA13000304 £580 2000 x1023 x400 12 (SIZE 3A2) BLUE + 20 (SIZE 3) GREY 7 - FAA13005304 £700 2000 x1023 x400 - 8 - FAA13000404 £595

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 107

Coloured Workshop Cupboards

10-14 DAYS

• High rigidity welded door frames • Doors have full height stiffeners • Six-lever locks operate espagnolette bolts

CO LO U R E D W or k s h o p C u p b o a rd s

Attractive, robust design made to withstand the wear and tear of industrial use

PTC351818IND

£93

lp4A

£184

65kg

SHELF LOADING

LC403618IN

£183

99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

Phosphated and powder coated prior to assembly

Quality powder coat finish on steel carcass construction

Door Colours

Carcass Colours

Red, blue, green, yellow, smoke white and silver grey

Black, smoke white and silver grey

lp1

£240

lp8

£338

lp6

£269

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF LP1 LP1A LP4 LP4A LP6

PRICE

LP7 LP8 LC403618IN PTC351818IND

£296 £338 £183 £93

£240 £229 £172 £184 £269

WORKSHOP

DIMENSIONS ADJUSTABLE DESCRIPTION H x W x D (mm) SHELVES 1780 x 915 x 460 3 DOUBLE DOOR STORAGE CUPBOARD 1780 x 915 x 460 1 DOUBLE DOOR WARDROBE CUPBOARD: FULL WIDTH SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL 1780 x 610 x 460 1 SINGLE DOOR WARDROBE CUPBOARD: FULL WIDTH SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL 1780 x 610 x 460 3 SINGLE DOOR STORAGE CUPBOARD 1780 x 915 x 460 3 COMBINATION CUPBOARD & WARDROBE: CENTRAL PARTITION, HALF SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL BENEATH + 3 HALF SHELVES 1780 x 915 x 460 6 8-COMPARTMENT CUPBOARD: CENTRAL PARTITION WITH 6 ADJ SHELVES 1780 x 915 x 460 9 12-COMPARTMENT CUPBOARD: 2 PARTITIONS WITH 9 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 1015 x 915 x 460 1 LOW CUPBOARD TWIN DOORS 890 x 460 x 460 2 LOW CUPBOARD WITH SINGLE DOOR

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

D r aw e r C a b i n e t s

108

Drawer Cabinets

21

DAYS

High Capacity Drawer Cabinets Create a clean, safe & well organised storage space with drawer cabinets • • • •

High capacity units in two different plan sizes All drawers have 100% extension and 100kg capacity Overall load capacity of 1.5 tonne Drawer dividers are available - steel slotted or plastic box kits see facing page

525W x 525Dmm Cabinets

40010033

40010023

£546

ONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) C OVERALL SIZE 800 x 525 x 525 4 DRAWERS 100 HIGH 2 DRAWERS 150 HIGH

800W x 750Dmm Cabinets 40028019

£837

£470

40010029

£409

CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 800 x 525 x 525 1 DRAWER 100 HIGH 1 DRAWER 175 HIGH CUPBOARD 400 HIGH

Quality epoxy powder coat finish RAL7035 grey with RAL5010 blue fronts

Fully lockable

ONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) C OVERALL SIZE 900 x 525 x 525 1 DRAWER 100 HIGH 1 DRAWER 125 HIGH 1 DRAWER 150 HIGH CUPBOARD 400 HIGH

40010041

£599

ONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) C OVERALL SIZE 900 x 525 x 525 5 DRAWERS 100 HIGH 2 DRAWERS 150 HIGH

40028037

£1157

40028029

£904

40028039

WORKSHOP

£1185

CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 1000 x 800 x 750 2 DRAWERS 100 HIGH 2 DRAWERS 150 HIGH 2 DRAWERS 200 HIGH

ONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) C OVERALL SIZE 1000 x 800 x 750 2 DRAWERS 75 HIGH 4 DRAWERS 100 HIGH 1 DRAWER 150 HIGH 1 DRAWER 200 HIGH

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) C OVERALL SIZE 1200 x 800 x 750 8 DRAWERS 100 HIGH 2 DRAWERS 150 HIGH

info@storage-design.co.uk

ONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) C OVERALL SIZE 1600 x 800 x 750 2 DRAWERS 100 HIGH 4 DRAWERS 150 HIGH 2 DRAWERS 200 HIGH 1 DRAWER 300 HIGH

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 109

Drawer Divider Kits

14-21 DAYS

EE FDR

• Steel variable divider kits manufactured from galvanised sheet steel or plastic box kits in RAL7011 impact resistant polystyrol

Metal Dividers

ELIV

from

Plastic Boxes

£22.10

525W x 525Dmm

E RY

from

£18.20

525W x 525Dmm

5 Compartment

7 Compartment

10 Compartment

11 Compartment

RAWER D REF PRICE Height 75mm 43020229.51V £22.10 100mm 43020232.51V £23.10 150mm + 43020235.51V £26.30

RAWER D REF PRICE Height 75mm 43020230.51V £27.30 100mm 43020233.51V £30.50 150mm + 43020236.51V £34.70

DRAWER REF PRICE Height 100mm 43020458 £18.20 150mm + 43020486 £21.50

DRAWER REF PRICE Height 100mm 43020459 £21.00 150mm + 43020487 £24.30

650W x 650Dmm

D R AW E R D I V I D E R K I T S

Customise your storage system with a high quality range of drawer division accessories

650W x 650Dmm

8 Compartment

9 Compartment

13 Compartment

17 Compartment

RAWER D REF PRICE Height 75mm 43020265.51V £32.60 100mm 43020268.51V £33.60 150mm + 43020271.51V £41.00

RAWER D REF PRICE Height 75mm 43020266.51V £34.70 100mm 43020269.51V £35.70 150mm + 43020272.51V £43.10

DRAWER REF PRICE Height 100mm 43020464 £26.50 150mm + 43020492 £30.90

DRAWER REF PRICE Height 100mm 43020465 £28.70 150mm + 43020493 £33.10

800W x 750Dmm

800W x 750Dmm

14 Compartment

18 Compartment

25 Compartment

RAWER D REF Height 75mm 43020313.51V 100mm 43020316.51V 150mm + 43020319.51V

RAWER D REF Height 75mm 43020314.51V 100mm 43020317.51V 150mm + 43020320.51V

DRAWER REF PRICE Height 100mm 43020472 £38.10 150mm + 43020500 £45.80

DRAWER REF PRICE Height 100mm 43020473 £43.00 150mm + 43020501 £47.50

PRICE £39.90 £42.00 £49.40

PRICE £54.70 £56.80 £66.20

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WORKSHOP

9 Compartment

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

W O R K S TAT I O N C A B I N E T S

110

Workstation Cabinets

7-10 DAYS

LMC Series Light Duty Cabinets

Cover Plate required for use on WB benches

Suitable for TP / TPH / WB / LB benches shown on pages 98 and 100 • Drawer fronts are composite board with aluminium handles Drawer internal dimensions • Drawers open to 75% of their depth 70H x 302W x 425Dmm • Mounting brackets are included.

Epoxy coated steel cabinets (RAL 7045)

15kg DRAWER CAPACITY

lmc04d

lmc02

£285

£252

lmc01

lmc04

£147 Single Drawer

LMCK

£19

£348

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL OPTIONS ON ALL MODELS

Double Drawer

1 x 100mm drawer 140H x 370W x 460Dmm

Four Drawer

2 x 100mm drawers 245H x 370W x 460Dmm

ML Series Heavy Duty Cabinets • C entral locking with single key • Full width aluminium handles with integral label holders • Smooth and quiet telescopic ball race drawer runners • ML05D has fixed shelf, door opens to left • Suitable for WB and TP / TPH benches of minimum 700mm depth shown on pages 98 and 100

Drawer & Cupboard

4 x 100mm drawers 455H x 370W x 460Dmm

1 x 100mm drawer 300H cupboard 455H x 370W x 460Dmm

Drawers open to give 405mm clear access

Epoxy coated steel cabinets (RAL 7045)

Internal Drawer Sizes 406W x 500Dmm *Internal height is external height minus 10mm B

A

60 120 60

120

120

120

D

C

120

120

180

60 120 360 120

180

180

F

E 60

WORKSHOP

G *4-DRAWER MOBILE • 100mm castors • Fluted rubber top mat • Pull handle

H

Cover Plate required for use on WB benches

I

DRAWER CAPACITY

MLS

£14.60

divider H (mm) ORDER ref PRICE Fixed Plastic 50 MLX1 £24 Adjustable Steel 38 MLX2/50 £63 Adjustable Steel 68 MLX2/100 £79

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

35kg

120

Accessories H I I

140

120

MODEL A 4 DRAWER MOBILE* B 5 DRAWER C 4 DRAWER D 2 DRAWER E 3 DRAWER F SINGLE DRAWER G CUPBOARD

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 670 x 490 x 580 762 x 490 x 580 532 x 490 x 580 532 x 490 x 580 351 x 490 x 580 142 x 453 x 580 532 x 490 x 580

ORDER REF ML04 ML06 ML03 ML05 ML02 ML01 ML05D

PRICE £511 £573 £416 £332 £325 £149 £377

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 111

Workshop Vacuum Cleaners

7-10 DAYS

SC Vacuums

Unique amongst British vacuum manufacturers, NUMATIC welcomes enquiries for special purpose products.

Ideal for use in engineering workshop environments

Workshop Vacuum, 15 Litres

ARE YOU SURE YOU HAVE THE RIGHT VACUUM CLEANER? DO YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE PICKING UP? Health & safety is of upmost importance in any place of work. Therefore careful consideration must be made before selecting a Vacuum cleaner for industrial use. Some dusts and debris may need to be picked up using Hepa Filter or Balance Vac. For a free site survey and advice on the correct machine for your environment, just call us!

WV570SC

£386

Designed for the removal of mineral based coolants, wet swarf removal and wet use 15.5kg

Twin Drum Machines For Fine Dust Applications

• Secondary filtration system • Complete with hose, stainless steel gulper and crevice tool • Power 1200 watts • Airflow 42 litres per second

In addition to the examples shown here, we have produced machines for Building Industry, Sports Centres indoor tennis & bowls, Dental Industry

15

litre

capacity

Workshop Vacuum, 30 Litres

WVD900SC

£579

w o r k s h o p Va c u u m C l e a n e r s

Specialised Vacuum Cleaners

Twin bypass motors deliver smooth and efficient output with increased airflow

• Blower attachment is fitted to 22.5kg the head assembly which can be used to duct air away from the work area • Complete with floor/machine cleaning kit litre • Power 2400 watts capacity • Airflow 80 litres per second

30

Workshop Utility

Workshop Vacuum, 70/30 Litres

Swarf / Coolant

Rucksack Vac RSV130 Move and clean within confined areas - theatres, conference rooms, fixed seating areas • U seful to clean high levels such as racking & overhead beams • Ergonomically designed harness system • High efficiency Tritex filter • 6 litres capacity. Weight 6.4kg RSV130

£209

NEED MORE

INFO?

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CALL US

NOW!

SSIVD1800PH

£965

• Complete with floor/ machine cleaning kit • Power 2400 watts • Airflow 80 litres per second

info@storage-design.co.uk

37kg

70/30

WORKSHOP

High output pump system, particle separation allows coolant to run freely which can then be discharged using the pump

litre

capacity

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 112

Stools

7-14 DAYS

s to o l s

Saddle Stools

Colours

Designed to help people with back problems. The seating position both straightens and strengthens the spine • Other options available feet, castors, arms, back rest, adjustable seat angle and height adjustment by foot operation • Ideal for use in all types of environments • Fully upholstered or cushioned polyurethane

SA.PU

£102

Black, white, beige, lime green, mint green, red, pink, lilac, pale blue, blue, dark blue

SA.DX

£237 SA.BR

£312

Polyurethane Saddle Stool

Fully Adjustable Saddle Stool

Saddle Seat & Backrest

• Ideal for industrial environments • Supplied with fixed seat angle and castors • 530-720mm seat height, black only

• Upholstered saddle stool • Adjustable seat angle mechanism, chrome gaslift, base and castors • 550-740mm seat height

• Upholstered seat, adjustable backrest and seat angle mechanism, chrome gaslift, base and castors • 550-740mm seat height

DESCRIPTION ORDER PRICE REF POLYURETHANE SADDLE STOOL SA.PU £102

DESCRIPTION ORDER PRICE REF ADJUSTABLE SADDLE STOOL SA.DX £237

DESCRIPTION ORDER PRICE REF SADDLE SEAT & BACKREST SA.BR £312

Tool Stools High comfort seating for continuous duties • Designed for industrial and workshop applications • Sculptured black polyurethane foam

• Gas lift height adjustment • High stability swivel stool suits many production tasks • Seat design promotes air-flow around body

88601002

T-4

WORKSHOP

£87

£163

88601003

£153

Handy small parts tray included

Industry Stool • 550-800mm seat height, height adjustable chromed footring and 5-star black glide base DESCRIPTION INDUSTRY STOOL

ORDER REF T-4

PRICE £87

Low Rollerstool

High Rollerstool

• 360-475mm seat height • 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes

• 510-770mm seat height • 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes

DESCRIPTION LOW ROLLERSTOOL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF 88601003

PRICE £153

DESCRIPTION HIGH ROLLERSTOOL

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 88601002

PRICE £163

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 113

Industrial Seating

7-14 DAYS

Seating to suit most users, all sharing the same top quality adjustment features

88601007

88601008

88601010

£226

£218

£202

88601009

£264

EE FR DEL

Low Lift Comfort 430-560mm seat height, with 5-star glide base

IVER

i n d u s t r i a l s e at i n g

• Back rest column rake adjusts up to 10º. Back rest is height adjustable • Back rest pad pivots to automatically adjust to individual posture • Seat squab inclination can free float or be fixed at angle to suit the user • Seat height adjustment by top quality gas lift. Ring type footrest (Comfort models) is adjustable in height

Y

High Lift Comfort

Low Lift Classic

550-800mm seat height, with 5-star glide base & footring

430-560mm seat height, with 5 star glide base

High Lift Classic 550-800mm seat height, with 5 star glide base & fixed footrest

Cushioned Polyurethane Operator Seating

PU-3

Wipe-clean seating for industrial environments

£135

• Tough black cushioned polyurethane seat and back • Gas lift height adjustment. Height adjustable backrest • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors. High lift models with footring

PU Operator High Lift

PU Operator Low Lift

PU Low Operator with Castors

550-800mm seat height, with 220H footring & glides

430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base.

450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base.

pu-2

pu-2c

£118

£118

Polypropylene Seating £74

• Suitable for the food industry and the factory floor • Strong grey, blue or red polypropylene moulded one piece shell • Gas lift height adjustment. High lift models with footring • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors

Polypropylene Low Lift with Castors 450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Polypropylene Low Lift 430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base pp-2

£74 info@storage-design.co.uk

Grey, blue, and red

Polypropylene High Lift Gas lift height adjustment 550-800mm seat height, with 170H footring and glides

WORKSHOP

PP-2C

Colours

Hard wearing seats which can be washed or steam cleaned

pp-3

£91 www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

U P H O L S T E R E D I n dustri a l S e ati n g

114

Upholstered Industrial Seating

5-7

DAYS

ESD Upholstered Chairs

EE FDR

• Purpose designed for the electronics industry • Pass European standard EN61340-5: 2001 (ESD protective item requirements) • Adjustable gas lift seat height • Back rest optional • Cushioned hardwearing upholstered seat and back rest

ELIV

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL OPTIONS ARE READILY AVAILABLE

E RY

GREAT VALUE AS-3

£111 ESD Fabrics

AS-2

£99

Charcoal, blue

ESD Vinyl Black vinyl

DESCRIPTION SEAT HEIGHT ORDER PRICE (mm) REF LOW LIFT / GLIDE BASE 430-570 AS-2 £99

AS-2C

Supplied with glides or castors

£121

WORKSHOP

Fixed height steel foot ring

DESCRIPTION HIGH LIFT

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 550-800

ORDER REF AS-3

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £111

DESCRIPTION SEAT HEIGHT ORDER PRICE (mm) REF LOW LIFT / CASTOR BASE 450-590 AS-2C £121

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 115

Upholstered Industrial Seating

5-7

DAYS

• P urpose designed for the electronics industry • Pass European standard EN61340-5: 2001 (ESD protective item requirements) • Fully ergonomic chair mechanism allowing the following adjustment, gas lift seat height, seat tilt, back rest height and back rest angle • Cushioned hardwearing upholstered seat and back rest that can be washed clean • Supplied with glides or castors • Chrome height adjustable foot ring

AS-SP2

£204

AS-SP3

£215

430-570mm seat height

500-690mm seat height

Colours Charcoal or blue fabric Or black vinyl

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

High Lift / Glide Base

Upholstered Operator Seating

Regular Lift / Castor Base Fabric Colours

Economical, fabric and vinyl covered multi-purpose chairs • Ideal for industry, offices and shops • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors • Fully padded seat and back in hard wearing fabric or vinyl upholstery • Adjustable backrest • High lift models with footring

Charcoal, red, brown, and royal

Vinyl Colours

Optional Arms • Available for all these chairs /A

Black, port red, and blue

£21.00

550-800mm seat height

Gas lift height adjustment

430-570mm seat height

• With 5-star glide base

REF B-2

£77

450-590mm seat height

Low Lift with Castors • With 5-star castor base

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

REF B-2C

£77

High Lift

REF B-3

• With 5-star glide base

info@storage-design.co.uk

WORKSHOP

220mm high footring

Regular Low Lift

U P H O L S T E R E D I n dustri a l S e ati n g

ESD Fully Ergonomic

£97

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 116

Drawer Cabinets

21

DAYS

D r aw e r C a b i n e t s

Full Extension Drawer Cabinets Full extension drawer cabinets, extendable by 100% and fully lockable • High quality drawer cabinets constructed from cold pressed quality sheet steel • The full extension drawers run on 4 ball bearings for a smooth free running action • Safety single drawer locking mechanism prevents more than one drawer opening at once • Drawers can be sub divided. • Blue as standard; grey, green and light grey also available

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 920 x 792 x 600 890 x 428 x 675 910 x 1072 x 600

900

KG CAPACITY

70KG

DRAWER CAPACITY

FDFB 5600204

FDAD5600204

FCBH4200404

£688

£577

£882

CONFIGURATION DRAWER HEIGHT (mm) 2 x 75 1 x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 200 MOBILE CABINET 1 x 100, 1 x 200, 1 x 300 MOBILE CABINET 2 x 100, 2 x 200, 1 SHELF MOBILE CABINET

ORDER REF FDFB5600204 FDAD5600204 FCBH4200404

PRICE £688 £577 £882

Mobile Cabinets

FROM

£622 FROM

FROM

WORKSHOP

£537

Top Tray and Mat

925H x 750W x 550Dmm 4 x 175mm Drawers WORKTOP TOP TRAY & MAT MULTIPLEX WISA

ORDER REF 16913006.11 16913007.11 16913008.11

PRICE £537 £573 £585

£708

MPX

WISA

955H x 750W x 550Dmm

WISA: Laminated birch ply core with mid grey polypropylene face. An easy clean worktop with good resistance to oil, grease, mild alkalis and acids MPX: Laminated bi-directionally bonded beech veneer. For general purpose use

955H x 750W x 550Dmm

2 x 75mm, 3 x 125mm, 1 x 175mm Drawers

6 x 75mm, 2 x 125mm Drawers

WORKTOP TOP TRAY & MAT MULTIPLEX WISA

WORKTOP TOP TRAY & MAT MULTIPLEX WISA

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF 16913012.11 16913013.11 16913014.11

PRICE £622 £658 £671

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 16913015.11 16913016.11 16913017.11

PRICE £708 £744 £757

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 117

Workshop Trolleys

5-15 DAYS

Modular Organisers • Manufactured in steel with grey powder coat finish • Rubber tray mat provides safe, non-stick work surface • Fitted with 2 swivel+brake and 2 fixed castors

Workshop Trolleys

Perfect for organising tools, fasteners and small parts. Build your own design with mix & match modules 82kg WEIGHT

Lockable Cabinet & Bin Cart

662-95

£715

• 12 bin compartments • 12 dividable drawers

QUICK AND

easy

CONSTRUCTION

All organisers are double sided for maximum storage space!

Lockable cabinet

915H x 610W x 610Dmm

24 Bin Mobile Organiser

80 Bin Mobile Organiser

• 1 2 compartments per side

• 40 compartments per side

63kg

72kg

WEIGHT

WEIGHT

663-95

664-95

£546

£565

810H x 610W x 610Dmm

Heavy Duty Mobile Storage Cabinets An engineered workshop solution

Cabinet colours

Or dark grey carcass with choice of doors:

Red RAL3020

Red RAL3020

Blue RAL5015

Blue RAL5015

Green RAL6032

Light Grey RAL7035

Light Grey RAL7035

Dark Grey RAL7031

NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

JBMC1296

£578

JBMC1596

£639

JBMC994

£462

JBMC996

£524

DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 900 x 900 x 450 2 JBMC994 £462 900 x 900 x 600 2 JBMC996 £524 900 x 1200 x 450 2 JBMC9124 £547 900 x 1200 x 600 2 JBMC9126 £575 1200 x 900 x 600 2 JBMC1296 £578 1200 x 1200 x 600 2 JBMC12126 £664 1500 x 900 x 600 3 JBMC1596 £639 1500 x 1200 x 600 3 JBMC15126 £744

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WORKSHOP

• Fully welded construction in 1.2mm sheet steel • Reinforced doors mounted on heavy duty piano hinges • Adjustable shelves • Secured by 3-point locking system • 125mm swivel castors, two with brake

810H x 610W x 610Dmm

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 118

Small Parts Storage

3-5 DAYS

S m a l l Pa r t s S to r a g e

Visible Storage Cabinets A comprehensive range which combines stylish industrial design with practical accessories to provide efficient high density small parts storage

Spacemiser Turntable • Requires only 0.2m2 of floor space • Provides locations for up to 4320 different components • Holds twelve 550 series cabinets • 1730H x 500W x 500Dmm • Load capacity 400kg

• Two cabinet sizes available, each with seven different drawer combinations

290 Series Cabinets

550 Series Cabinets

290-C3

£29.20

12-550-KIT

£704

COMPLETE WITH CABINETS

550-C3

£52.30 • Galvanised steel shelves • Crystal clear polystyrene drawers, complete with labels • Optional drawer dividers available, please enquire • Can be wall hung or placed on a worktop Combi Drawers 12 size 01 • 3 size 04 • 1 size 06

Robust grey polypropylene cases 290H x 310W x 180Dmm

• General specification as 290 series • Can be mounted on stands and trolleys • Twelve units can be used with a Spacemiser turntable Combi Drawers 24 size 01 • 6 size 04 • 2 size 06

12-550

Robust grey polypropylene cases 550H x 310W x 180Dmm

CABINET DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) NUMBER H x W x D (mm) OF DRAWERS 290 37 x 55 x 175 30 SIZE 00 291 37 x 69 x 175 24 SIZE 01 292 37 x 138 x 175 12 SIZE 02 294 59 x 92 x 175 12 SIZE 04 296 59 x 227 x 175 4 SIZE 06 297 81 x 138 x 175 6 SIZE 07 290 COMBI - 12x01 3x04 1x06

ORDER REF 290-3 291-3 292-3 294-3 296-3 297-3 290-C3

PRICE £29.20 £29.20 £29.20 £29.20 £29.20 £29.20 £29.20

£181

TURNTABLE ONLY

CABINET DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) NUMBER ORDER H x W x D (mm) OF DRAWERS REF 550 37 x 55 x 175 60 SIZE 00 550-3 551 37 x 69 x 175 48 SIZE 01 551-3 552 37 x 138 x 175 24 SIZE 02 552-3 554 59 x 92 x 175 24 SIZE 04 554-3 556 59 x 227 x 175 8 SIZE 06 556-3 557 81 x 138 x 175 12 SIZE 07 557-3 550 COMBI - 24x01 6x04 2x06 550-C3

PRICE £52.30 £52.30 £52.30 £52.30 £52.30 £52.30 £52.30

Stands Single Sided Stand

storage

• Holds four 550 series cabinets • Load capacity 50kg (cabinets not included)

Double Sided Stand • Holds eight 550 series cabinets • Load capacity 100kg (cabinets not included)

Single Sided Trolley • Holds eight 550 series cabinets • Four 100mm castors, 2 locking • Load capacity 150kg (cabinets not included)

BS-550L

£222

1585H x 760W x 420Dmm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

BS-550T

£234

1585H x 760W x 600Dmm

info@storage-design.co.uk

BT-550

£278

1700H x 760W x 600Dmm

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 119

Small Parts Storage

10-15 DAYS

Cabinets for safe storage of small-medium size static sensitive components • T wo cabinet styles, each with four different drawer combinations • All to BS EN 613405-1:2007 Standard

ESD Protected Shelf Bins Suit all standard shelves with depths 300, 400, 500 & 600mm

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL

TO SUIT DRAWER SIZE 01 04 3010, 4010 3020, 4020

Shelf Bin Backstops

DIVIDER REF V-1ESD V-4ESD D-10ESD D-20ESD

REF BS-6-ESD

£1.30

• • • •

Securely stack any bins of the same widths (pack of 10) Black semi-conductive polypropylene Corrugated base design eases picking of small items Full width label with protective shield included (non conductive) • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards

10 PACK PRICE £2.90 £5.00 £5.60 £9.80

Small Parts Cabinets, Polypropylene Housing

291ESD

294ESD

£65 CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 290 x 310 x 180 24 DRAWERS (01) 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

FROM

£5.30

£65 CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 290 x 310 x 180 12 DRAWERS (04) 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

554ESD

£102

551ESD

£102

OUTER DIMS INNER DIMS QTY SHELF BINS L x W x H (mm) L x W x H (mm) REF PRICE 300 x 92 x 82 257 x 75 x 70 30 3010-ESD £147 300 x 186 x 82 257 x 167 x 70 15 3020-ESD £102 400 x 92 x 82 357 x 75 x 70 30 4010-ESD £171 400 x 132 x 100 357 x 110 x 90 20 4015-ESD £154 400 x 186 x 82 357 x 167 x 70 15 4020-ESD £117 500 x 92 x 82 457 x 75 x 70 30 5010-ESD £219 500 x 132 x 100 457 x 110 x 90 20 5015-ESD £188 500 x 186 x 82 457 x 167 x 70 15 5020-ESD £150 600 x 132 x 100 557 x 110 x 90 15 6015-ESD £168 600 x 186 x 82 557 x 167 x 70 15 6020-ESD £171

CROSS DIVIDERS REF PRICE D-10ESD £5.30 D-20ESD £9.30 D-10ESD £5.30 D-15ESD £7.10 D-20ESD £9.30 D-10ESD £5.30 D-15ESD £7.10 D-20ESD £9.30 D-15ESD £7.10 D-20ESD £9.30

Co n ta i n e r s - S m a l l Pa r t s S to r a g e

ESD Component Storage

ESD Protected Stacking Bins For use in both production and store areas CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 550 x 310 x 180 48 DRAWERS (01) 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 550 x 310 x 180 24 DRAWERS (04) 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

Medium Parts Cabinets, Steel Housing

• O pen front design allows good access and the corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Suitable for louvred panel and bin rails • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards

0830ESD

1630ESD

£128

£145 CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 395 x 400 x 300 8 DRAWERS (3020) 82 x 186 x 300 (ext)

0840ESD

1640ESD

£160

£191 CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 395 x 400 x 400 16 DRAWERS (4010) 82 x 92 x 400 (ext)

CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 395 x 400 x 400 8 DRAWERS (4020) 82 x 186 x 400 (ext)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 165 x 105 x 70 192 x 149 x 105 250 x 149 x 130 300 x 186 x 156 400 x 186 x 156 500 x 186 x 182 500 x 310 x 182

INNER DIMS CARTON L x W x H (mm) QTY 105 x 90 x 65 60 130 x 125 x 90 45 185 x 125 x 115 30 230 x 155 x 140 24 330 x 155 x 140 24 400 x 145 x 165 12 400 x 270 x 165 8

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 1015-ESD 1520-ESD 1525-ESD 1930-ESD 1940-ESD 1950-ESD 3050-ESD

PRICE £132 £209 £195 £300 £353 £360 £272

storage

CONFIGURATION H x W x D (mm) OVERALL SIZE 395 x 400 x 300 16 DRAWERS (3010) 82 x 92 x 300 (ext)

FROM

£132

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Small Parts Storage

7-10 DAYS

High Density Storage

S m a l l Pa r t s S to r a g e

120

A compact storage system offering 336 different items stored on a floor area of only 0.25sqm 240kg load capacity, 30kg per shelf, mobile unit 150kg capacity • Robust construction for use in workshop or stores • Cabinets have grey epoxy enamelled steel frames • Shelf bins with backstops, labels and protective shields included • Adjustable feet for fine levelling

An efficient storage system saves space and increases your productivity!

FROM

£352

Bins have a corrugated base which eases the picking of very small items

Accessories

High Density Storage CABINET x W x D (mm) H 870 x 605 x 410 870 x 605 x 410

BINS (EXTERNAL) COLOUR REF PRICE H x W x D (mm) RED BLUE GREY (24) 82 x 186 x 400 2440-5 2440-6 2440-3 £352 (48) 82 x 92 x 400 4840-5 4840-6 4840-3 £386

DESCRIPTION ORDER REF 4 PIECE CASTOR SET, 100mm DIA, 2 WITH BRAKES PS-LH RETAINING BARS, 8 PIECES FOR BOTH CABINETS A-605 DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 2440 (10 PACK) D20 DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 4840 (10 PACK) D10

PRICE £79.00 £36.00 £6.60 £3.80

Shelf Bins NEED MORE

Ideal storage of small/medium workshop sized items in production and store areas

storage

• P articularly suitable for use in automated small parts retrieval systems, mobile or standard shelves with a depth 300, 400, 500, 600mm • The corrugated base design eases the picking of the smallest of items • These bins stack securely, as do bins of different depths when the width is the same • Coloured polypropylene, clear polystyrene • Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 300 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 300 x 186 x 82 400 x 92 x 82 400 x 132 x 100 400 x 186 x 82 500 x 92 x 82 500 x 132 x 100 500 x 186 x 82 600 x 132 x 100 600 x 186 x 82

INNER DIMS CARTON COLOUR SHELF BINS L x W x H (mm) QTY GREY RED BLUE PRICE 257 x 75 x 70 30 3010-3 3010-5 3010-6 £90 257 x 110 x 90 30 3015-3 3015-5 3015-6 £122 257 x 167 x 70 15 3020-3 3020-5 3020-6 £69 357 x 75 x 70 30 4010-3 4010-5 4010-6 £108 357 x 110 x 90 20 4015-3 4015-5 4015-6 £100 357 x 167 x 70 15 4020-3 4020-5 4020-6 £78 457 x 75 x 70 30 5010-3 5010-5 5010-6 £135 457 x 110 x 90 20 5015-3 5015-5 5015-6 £118 457 x 167 x 70 15 5020-3 5020-5 5020-6 £95 557 x 110 x 90 15 6015-3 6015-5 6015-6 £104 557 x 167 x 70 15 6020-3 6020-5 6020-6 £107

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

CRYSTAL CLEAR REF PRICE 3010-1 £99 3015-1 £126 3020-1 £72 4010-1 £117 4015-1 £106 4020-1 £86 5010-1 £150 - 5020-1 £101 - 6020-1 £113

Cross Dividers (Sold in packs of ten)

DIMS DIVIDER W x H (mm) REF 75 x 70 D.10 110 x 90 D.15 167 x 70 D.20

info@storage-design.co.uk

PACK PRICE £3.80 £5.00 £6.60 FROM

£3.80

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 121

Small Parts Storage

3-5 DAYS

Huge 800kg total load capacity

Container Colours

• Precision ball bearing base • Accommodate 16 cabinets of the 04, 08, 16 series Turntable for 300mm deep cabinets

(8 x 8 drawers, 8 x 16 drawers)*

Grey, blue and red

16-300

£380

1680H x 700W x 700Dmm

Turntable C/W 300mm deep cabinets

800

KG CAPACITY

16-300-kit

£1604

1680H x 700W x 700Dmm

Turntable for 400mm deep cabinets

SAVE

16-400

£255

£414

1680H x 800W x 800Dmm

Turntable C/W 400mm deep cabinets (8 x 8 drawers, 8 x 16 drawers)*

S m a l l Pa r t s S to r a g e

Turntables

16-400-kit

£1801

1680H x 800W x 800Dmm

COMPLETE 16-400-KIT

£1801

*Please state colours when ordering

Storage Bin Cabinets Grey epoxy enamelled cabinets for larger loads • C an be wall hung, stand on the worktop, stacked vertically, or mounted on a turntable

0830-6

1630-3

0840-3 Labels with protective shields are included

Corrugated bases for quicker small item picking

Optional retainer bars for mobile service and maintenance vehicles

0440-6 1640-5

Storage Bin Cabinets

Accessories

CABINET BINS (EXTERNAL) COLOUR REF PRICE H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm) RED BLUE GREY 395 x 400 x 300 (8) 82 x 186 x 300 0830-5 0830-6 0830-3 £87 395 x 400 x 300 (16) 82 x 92 x 300 1630-5 1630-6 1630-3 £95 395 x 400 x 400 (8) 82 x 186 x 400 0840-5 0840-6 0840-3 £96 395 x 400 x 400 (16) 82 x 92 x 400 1640-5 1640-6 1640-3 £110 395 x 400 x 400 (4) 180 x 186 x 400 0440-5 0440-6 - £94

SUITS CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) CABINET ORDER REF PRICE 0830 D-20 £6.60 1630 D-10 £3.80 0840 D-20 £6.60 1640 D-10 £3.80 0440 V-40 £15.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

RETAINING BARS (PACK OF 4) ORDER REF PRICE A-400 £10.60 A-400 £10.60 A-400 £10.60 A-400 £10.60 A-400 £10.60

storage

Cross dividers are available

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 122

Small Parts Storage

3-5 DAYS

S M A L L PA R T S S TO R A G E

Utility Storage Units

Optional doors with lock and key when security is important

This modular storage system can be stacked vertically or arranged horizontally • • •

Manufactured from prime cold rolled steel Grey powder coated finish Lip at base of each bin contains contents, provides space for identifying labels

4 extra large bin openings for storing big, bulky items

hxwxd bin dimensions 302 x 413 x 298mm overall dims 605 x 860 x 312mm

329

£123 338

£185 hxwxd bin dimensions 302 x 413 x 298mm overall dims 605 x 860 x 302mm

Supplied ready assembled

Manufactured from prime cold rolled steel

Heavy Duty Modular Parts Bins

Grey powder coated finish Ribbed dividers for extra strength

Specially Designed For Heavy Duty Use

20 BIN UNIT

£245

42 BIN UNIT

£284

72 BIN UNIT

STORAGE

£285

Interlink units as required, perfect for organising fixings, nuts, bolts and more Optional base stand raises units from floor

NEED MORE

INFO?

BASE STAND

£75

CALL US

NOW!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

number bin dimensions of bins h x w x d (mm) 12 168 x 203 x 302 20 216 x 203 x 302 40 114 x 102 x 302 42 140 x 137 x 302 72 114 x 102 x 302 BASE STAND -

info@storage-design.co.uk

overall dims h x w x d (mm) 606 x 857 x 305 1067 x 857 x 305 606 x 857 x 305 1067 x 857 x 305 1067 x 857 x 305 146 x 867 x 311

order ref D330 D351 D359 D360 D363 D364

price £155 £245 £186 £284 £285 £75

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 123

Compartment Boxes

3-5 DAYS

Two size ranges

• Reinforced racks support loaded boxes in open position • Steel boxes have divided high impact plastic inserts • Scoop compartments for easy removal of small parts • Prime quality steel with tough grey powder coated finish Boxes glide easily on coated slides and tracks

LARGE SLIDE IN RACKS, COMPARTMENTS BOXES & BASES 508mm WIDE item overall dimensions order h x w x d (mm) ref 4-DRAWER SLIDE-IN RACK (EMPTY) 381 x 508 x 400 D303 OPTIONAL LOCKING HINGE FOR ABOVE - D312 6 COMPARTMENT BOX 76 x 457 x 305 D125 16 COMPARTMENT BOX 76 x 457 x 305 D113 20 COMPARTMENT BOX 76 x 457 x 305 D111 24 COMPARTMENT BOX 76 x 457 x 305 D102 32 COMPARTMENT BOX 76 x 457 x 305 D107 ADJUSTABLE COMPARTMENT BOX 76 x 457 x 305 D119 BASE STAND 384 x 518 x 406 D304

price £113.00 £15.60 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £57.00

CO M PA R T M E N T B OX E S

4-Drawer Racks & Compartment Boxes

SMALL SLIDE IN RACKS, COMPARTMENTS BOXES & BASES 387mm WIDE item overall dimensions order h x w x d (mm) ref 4-DRAWER SLIDE-IN RACK (EMPTY) 286 x 387 x 299 D307 OPTIONAL LOCKING HINGE FOR ABOVE - D313 16 COMPARTMENT BOX 51 x 340 x 235 D209 20 COMPARTMENT BOX 51 x 340 x 235 D206 24 COMPARTMENT BOX 51 x 340 x 235 D202 ADJUSTABLE COMPARTMENT BOX 51 x 340 x 235 D215 BASE STAND 384 x 394 x 308 D315

D206

£25.50

Pull out prevented by positive stop

price £105.00 £15.60 £25.50 £25.50 £25.50 £25.50 £57.00

Order your own combination of racks and boxes COMPARTMENT CONFIGRATIONS

6

16

20

24

32

ADJ

Minimum order of any four compartment boxes

Modular Drawer Units

Easy

stack

REF D/002

£104

modular design

• Drawers open easily on two runners • Positive stop prevents pull out • Two snap-in plastic dividers for each drawer • Secure multi-stacking with profiled mountings • Durable powder coated finish on steel carcass

number of bin dimensions drawers h x w x d (mm) 6 70 x 137 x 286 18 70 x 137 x 286 24 70 x 137 x 286

£185 REF D/007

£225

STORAGE

REF D/005

overall dims order price h x w x d (mm) ref 102 x 857 x 295 D/002 £104.00 276 x 857 x 295 D/005 £185.00 365 x 857 x 295 D/007 £225.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

W O R K S H O P S TO R A G E c a b i n ets

124

Workshop Storage Cabinets

5-7

DAYS

Modular Storage System Modular sections are supplied ready assembled

Impact Desking is an affordable office furniture solution Designed to enable easy planning, maximum flexibility and optimum use of available office space

1447H x 857W x 311D mm

1880H x 857W x 311D mm

• R obust steel construction with durable grey powder coat finish Model 656-95 48 drawer cabinet with 18 parts bin

656-95

£532

• S ections are easily combined with supplied fixings Model 653-95 48 drawer cabinet with 40 parts bin

Jumbo Storage Cabinets

£565

£571

Model JC-171 171 hook-on bins

137 hook-on bins, 3 adjustable cabinet shelves h x w x d (mm) 76 x 101 x 127 76 x 101 x 177 178 x 203 x 381 178 x 406 x 381

655-95

All welded construction Grey powder coat finish 3-point locking handle with two keys Fully welded piano hinge, flush style double doors • High box style legs allow forklift entry

Model JC-137 no. BINS 64 64 3 6

Model 655-95 48 drawer cabinet with a multi-use, keyed & lockable utility cabinet

• • • •

STORAGE

• Huge storage capacity, minimum space used • Superstrong 14 gauge steel carcass

653-95

1543H x 857W x 311D mm

JC-137

£1397

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

2 models available complete with bins

1981H x 1219W x 609D mm

no. BINS 64 64 13 6 24

info@storage-design.co.uk

h x w x d (mm) 76 x 101 x 127 76 x 101 x 177 178 x 203 x 381 178 x 406 x 381 127 x 152 x 279

JC-171

£1429

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 125

Workshop Storage

3-14 DAYS

The tilt box system is based on a range of clip together injection moulded plastic housings. These contain transparent forward tilting boxes which give easy access to the components stored FROM

£30.20

W O R K S H O P s tor a g e

Tilt Box Visible Storage System GREAT VALUE

5 different bin sizes MODULE 3

MODULE 9

MODULE 4

MODULE 6

MODULE 5

Kitted rack

• • • • • •

Highly visibility, high density small parts storage Dust free protective storage Manufactured from high impact plastic Comfort grip handle with label holder All modules are 60mm wide 5 different bin sizes

Bench kit Starter kit

All modules are 600mm wide

DEL

module 9 6 5 4 3 STARTER BENCH EMPTY RACK KITTED RACK

housing size h x w x d (mm) 77 x 600 x 51 112 x 600 x 91 168 x 600 x 142 206 x 600 x 170 240 x 600 x 200 Mixed Kit Bench Stand Kit 1750 x 600 x 325 1750 x 600 x 325

IVER

Y

tilt boxes order ref price h x w x d (mm) 9 - 66 x 60 x 47 02513043 £30.20 (3 pk) 6 - 100 x 93 x 70 02513044 £38.40 (3 pk) 5 - 151 x 113 x 104 02513045 £40.30 (2 pk) 4 - 193 x 142 x 133 02513004 £28.90 3 - 225 x 191 x 154 02513005 £33.10 9 / 6 / 5 / 4 COMPARTMENTS 02513026 £69.80 5 x 9, 1 x 6 compARTMENTS 02513027 £95.60 USABLE HEIGHT 1650mm 11903090 £71.80 2x9, 3x6, 3x5, 2x4, 1x3 02513030 £252.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

tilt locking bars order ref price 12615002 £3.00 12615003 £3.00 12615004 £3.00 12615005 £3.00 12615006 £3.00 - - - - -

STORAGE

EE R F

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

lo u v r e d pa n e l & b i n k i t s

126

Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

10-14 DAYS

This selection of kits complete with wall panels and bins assists your choice, making ordering easy and ensures efficient use of all available panel area.

14030017

£274 GREAT VALUE

Panels are pre-punched for wall fixing

STORAGE

F

kit A B C D E F

panels supplied 2: 457W x 500Hmm 3: 457W x 500Hmm 2: 457W x 1000Hmm 3: 457W x 1000Hmm 2: 457W x 1500Hmm 3: 457W x 1500Hmm

A

B

C

D

bins included 32 x BIN 2 36 x BIN 2, 9 x BIN 3 18 x BIN 3, 8 x BIN 4 36 x BIN 2, 18 x BIN 3, 6 x BIN 4 54 x BIN 3 48 x BIN 2, 27 x BIN 3, 12 x BIN 4

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

order ref 14030012 14030013 14030014 14030015 14030016 14030017

E

price £58 £95 £128 £179 £193 £274

info@storage-design.co.uk

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 127

A range of pre-kitted louvred panels with Topstore Containers in blue or red • • • •

Louvre panels precision formed Unique double indented louvre provides extra strength All kits include 1 label per bin Finished in grey epoxy powder coat Individual panel size 641H x 457Wmm, can be arranged as required

010224B

£256 6 LOUVRED PANELS

2 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits containers 48 x TC2 24 x TC3 16 x TC4 12 x TC5 6 x TC6

blue bin ref 010205B 010206B 010207B 010208B 010209B

red bin ref 010205R 010206R 010207R 010208R 010209R

price £73 £75 £84 £88 £85

red bin ref 010210R 010211R 010212R 010213R 010214R

price £109 £113 £126 £132 £128

red bin ref 010215R 010216R 010217R 010218R 010219R

price £146 £151 £168 £176 £171

3 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits containers 72 x TC2 36 x TC3 24 x TC4 18 x TC5 9 x TC6

blue bin ref 010210B 010211B 010212B 010213B 010214B

4 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits containers 96 x TC2 48 x TC3 32 x TC4 24 x TC5 12 x TC6

blue bin ref 010215B 010216B 010217B 010218B 010219B

5-10 DAYS

6 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits containers 144 x TC2 72 x TC3 48 x TC4 36 x TC5 18 x TC6

blue bin ref 010220B 010221B 010222B 010223B 010224B

red bin ref 010220R 010221R 010222R 010223R 010224R

price £219 £226 £252 £265 £256

red bin ref 010225R 010226R 010227R 010228R 010229R

price £292 £302 £337 £353 £341

8 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits containers 192 x TC2 96 x TC3 64 x TC4 48 x TC5 24 x TC6

blue bin ref 010225B 010226B 010227B 010228B 010229B

3 Louvred Panels

4 Louvred Panels

Mesh Basket Louvred Panel Kits • Louvred panels 946H x 457Wmm • Grey epoxy powder coat Baskets small 200H x 460W x 200Dmm large 200H x 460W x 330Dmm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

NO OF NO OF BASKETS PANELS 3 1 6 2 9 3 12 4

STORAGE

Tough polypropylene bins suitable for industrial use

2 Louvred Panels

WALL MOUNTED louvred panel kits

Wall Mounted Louvred Panel Kits

8 Louvred Panels

SMALL BASKETS ref price 010230SB £147 010231SB £294 010232SB £441 010233SB £588

info@storage-design.co.uk

LARGE BASKETS ref price 010234LB £168 010235LB £335 010236LB £503 010237LB £670

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

louvred panels & bins

128

Louvred Panels & Bins

lpk1

£59

With decades of experience, we believe we know how best to kit out a storeroom! So, for immediate answers to urgent needs, just select the kit which suits your requirements, at very special prices!

Wall Mounting Bin Kit 1

Two Panel Kit, For Vertical Or Horizontal Mounting

EE R F IVER

2 panels each 457H x 436Wmm

8 x CP1 yellow bins, 16 x CP2 red bins, 6 x CP3 yellow bins

Y

LPK4

LPK2

£321

STORAGE

DAYS

SELLERs

Best Selling Bin Kits

DEL

10-14

Best

LPK3

£141

£413

Double Sided Trolley Kit 4

Freestanding Midi Kit 2

Freestanding Maxi Kit 3

Mobile storage for tools & components

A compact unit, to suit mechanical assembly work

Professional storage for maintenance & manufacture

Double sided trolley 457W x 1080Hmm

Freestanding panel 457W x 924Hmm

8 x CP1 yellow bins, 8 x CP2 blue bins, 6 x CP3 red bins, 4 x CP4 green bins, 2 x CP6 yellow bins REF: LPK4

size w x h (mm) 457 x 1080 877 x 1080

8 x CP2 yellow bins, 6 x CP3 red bins, 2 x CP4 blue bins

16 x CP1 yellow bins, 16 x CP2 blue bins, 18 x CP3 red bins, 8 x CP4 green bins, 8 x CP5 yellow bins, 2 x CP6 red bins

REF: LPK2

REF: LPK3

£141

£321

Freestanding Racks Without Containers

Mobile Trolley Without Containers order ref FT1GXGU FT2GXGU

price £254 £280

Freestanding panel 871W x 1838Hmm

description size order price w x h (mm) ref SINGLE SIDED 457 x 924 FSRS1GXGU £107 SINGLE SIDED 871 x 924 FSRS2GXGU £137 DOUBLE SIDED 457 x 924 FSRD1GXGU £163 DOUBLE SIDED 871 x 924 FSRD2GXGU £211

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£413

Freestanding Racks Without Containers description size order price w x h (mm) ref SINGLE SIDED 457 x 1838 FSRS3GXGU £171 SINGLE SIDED 871 x 1838 FSRS4GXGU £228 DOUBLE SIDED 457 x 1838 FSRD3GXGU £254 DOUBLE SIDED 871 x 1838 FSRD4GXGU £357

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Freestanding Bin Racks

Complete Bin Kits

DAYS

F R E E S TA N D I N G B I N R A C K S

Bin Racks

129

5-7

Single and double sided freestanding louvred racks • • • •

Single and double sided freestanding louvred racks Extension units for economical multiple runs Extra strength double indented louvres Epoxy powder coated blue and silver-grey

Single sided starter kits 1600H x 1000W x 500Dmm containers order containers order containers order price included ref included ref included ref RED BLUE 64 x TC2 RED/ 56 x TC2 BLUE 011514A 120 x TC2 011514B 120 x TC2 011514C £308 30 x TC3 RED / 30 x TC3 BLUE 011516A 60 x TC3 011516B 60 x TC3 011516C £310 20 x TC4 RED / 20 x TC4 BLUE 011518A 40 x TC4 011518B 40 x TC4 011518C £323 16 x TC5 RED / 12 x TC5 BLUE 011520A 28 x TC5 011520B 28 x TC5 011520C £343 8 x TC6 RED / 6 x TC6 BLUE 011522A 14 x TC6 011522B 14 x TC6 011522C £318

STARTER

010950NXT

£372

Designed for maximum capacity with Super Value Bins

Double Sided Bin Racks DIMENSIONS LOUVRE STARTER UNIT H x W x D (mm) VALUE ref price 1100 x 1000 x 750 480 010910NXT £251 1600 x 1000 x 750 720 010930NXT £301 2100 x 1000 x 750 960 010950NXT £372

EXTENSION UNIT ref price 010920NXT £211 010940NXT £261 010960NXT £331

Extension kits also available, please enquire

011528A

£536

1600H x 1000W x 750Dmm

Single Sided Bin Racks DIMENSIONS LOUVRE STARTER UNIT EXTENSION UNIT H x W x D (mm) VALUE ref price ref price 1100 x 1000 x 500 240 010810NXT £174 010820NXT £146 1600 x 1000 x 500 360 010830NXT £209 010840NXT £179 2100 x 1000 x 500 480 010850NXT £250 010860NXT £220

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

containers order containers order containers order price included ref included ref included ref RED BLUE 128 x TC2 RED / 112 x TC2 BLUE 011524A 240 x TC2 011524B 240 x TC2 011524C £528 60 x TC3 RED / 60 x TC3 BLUE 011526A 120 x TC3 011526B 120 x TC3 011526C £510 40 x TC4 RED / 40 x TC4 BLUE 011528A 80 x TC4 011528B 80 x TC4 011528C £536 32 x TC5 RED / 24 x TC5 BLUE 011530A 56 x TC5 011530B 56 x TC5 011530C £575 16 x TC6 RED / 12 x TC6 BLUE 011532A 28 x TC6 011532B 28 x TC6 011532C £525

STORAGE

Double sided starter kits

All spacemaster bin kits use 1600mm high units

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 130

Louvred Panels & Bins

7-10

1

DAYS

Lo u v r e d Pa n e l s & B i n s

Standard Plastic Containers • • • • •

2

Six sizes and four colours Tough co-polymer polypropylene Self stacking or fit to louvred panel Colour Options Card insert labels included Accessory tie bars and dividers. Hygienic and non-toxic SIZE DESCRIPTION H x W x D (mm) 1 PACK OF 20 BINS 50 x 100 x 90 100 EXTRA LABELS 2 PACK OF 20 BINS 75 x 102 x 165 100 EXTRA LABELS 3 PACK OF 20 BINS 130 x 148 x 240 100 EXTRA LABELS 4 PACK OF 10 BINS 130 x 207 x 350 100 EXTRA LABELS 5 PACK OF 10 BINS 175 x 207 x 350 100 EXTRA LABELS 6 PACK OF 5 BINS 175 x 416 x 375 100 EXTRA LABELS

ORDER REF CP1X20 C1LX100 CP2X20 C26LX100 CP3X20 C345LX100 CP4X10 C345LX100 CP5X10 C345LX100 CP6X5 C26LX100

3

PRICE

5

£12.50 £2.50 £22.50 £3.50 £49.50 £4.50 £50.00 £4.50 £64.00 £4.50 £57.00 £3.50

6

Container Accessories

Louvred Panels • • • • •

Strong steel pressings Full 9-size range Accepts all sizes of container Light grey stove enamelled Supplied in packs of two, for best protection in transit

DIMS W x H (mm) 228 x 457 228 x 914 228 x 1676 332 x 457 332 x 914 332 x 1676 436 x 457 436 x 914 436 x 1676

ORDER REF 2LP0018X2 2LP0036X2 2LP0066X2 3LP0018X2 3LP0036X2 3LP0066X2 4LP0018X2 4LP0036X2 4LP0066X2

CRCX100

£23

Retainer Clip

PACK OF 100

PRICE £16.00 £21.00 £34.50 £22.00 £25.50 £50.50 £21.50 £35.50 £80.00

CDX10

£21.50

Divider for Size 6 bins

PACK OF 10

For Size 5 Bins CTB5X10

£7

PACK OF 10

For Size 6 Bins CTB6X5

£8.50

storage

Tie Bars

Spigots

Wire Spigots

Welded Spigots

• D esigned to carry awkward shaped items on louvred panels. Wire spigots manufactured from 5mm wire. Two types of welded spigots with 16swg plate and16mm square tube or 12.7 dia. round tube

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

TYPE SINGLE PRONG DOUBLE PRONG

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PACK OF 5

ORDER REF WRS1 WRS2

PRICE £1.10 £1.40

TYPE 16 x 150 16 x 300 12.7 x 150 12.7 x 300

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF WLS1 WLS2 WLS3 WLS4

PRICE £3.00 £3.20 £2.90 £3.20

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 20

Louvred Panels & Bins

DAYS

Polypropylene Parts Bins

• Rigid polypropylene containers for all storage requirements • Sturdy, lightweight and easy to clean • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Adapt perfectly to standard pallets • Smooth base allows use on roller or belt conveyor systems

• Top value, quality semi open front containers • Ideal for use in workshops and warehouse • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Easy to access even when stacked • Double front walls provide extra rigidity • Larger sizes have carry bar which reinforces the container

5

YEAR

Colour Options

SIZE CAPACITY DIMENSIONS CARRY ORDER (litres) HxWxD (mm) BAR REF 01 0.08 32 x 45 x 72 - FPL0151 0 0.25 45 x 95 x 85 - FPL0951 1 1.0 75 x 95 x 160 - FPM1751 2 3.8 130 x 140 x 230 - FPM2551 3A2 9.4 145 x 200 x 350 - FPM3351 3 12.5 200 x 200 x 350 - FPM4151 4A2 20 145 x 300 x 500 - FPM5751 4 28 200 x 300 x 500 3 FPM6651 4 28 200 x 300 x 500 - FPM6551 4A5 42 300 x 300 x 520 - FPM7351 3L5 19 145 x 450 x 350 - FPL4951 5P4 63 300 x 450 x 520 3 FPL8151 5 88 300 x 450 x 700 3 FPL8951

Red, Yellow, Green, Blue*, Grey* *These colours can be used for foodstuffs CAPACITY (litres) 0.9 1.4 3.6 8.7 27 16.2 40.5 85

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 70 x 145 x 90 70 x 145 x 140 130 x 200 x 140 145 x 300 x 200 200 x 450 x 300 120 x 450 x 300 300 x 450 x 300 300 x 630 x 450

LO U V R E D PA N E L S & B I N S

Polypropylene Stacker Bins

ORDER PRICE MIN REF ORDER FPJ0151* £1.70 50 FPJ1751* £2.10 54 FPJ2551 £3.40 54 FPJ3351 £6.10 21 FPJ6551 £15.80 FPJ5751 £9.80 16 FPJ7351 £21.80 5 FPJ8951 £46.40 2

131

PRICE MIN EACH ORDER £0.70 100 £1.00 50 £1.20 50 £2.30 54 £6.80 21 £7.30 15 £11.10 14 £17.70 10 £15.40 10 £21.20 5 £13.40 14 £32.10 2 £40.00 2

*Only available in BLUE

Eurobox Containers High quality containers with unique features, extremely versatile as a small parts storage system. Boxes stack and interstack on a wide stacking ledge

A

B

STORAGE

• Available in 4 sizes and 2 colours • All sizes compatible with Europallets • Manufactured from high density food grade polypropylene – suitable down to -20ºC • Front pull-grip for easy removal • Rear lip on all types A, B and C for use with louvred panels • Removable transparent front panel can be used in the raised position to optimise bin capacity • Euroboxes come complete with label card • Optional close fitting vacuum formed lids available • Supplied in pack quantities as detailed below

Transparent Lids Close fitting vacuum formed lids available for all sizes TO FIT PACK BIN QUANTITY 0.75 48 2.50 24 6.50 12 18.0 6

ORDER REF 13003278 13003279 13003280 13003281

PACK PRICE £57.10 £36.80 £30.30 £24.60

Eurobox Containers PIC A B C D

VOLUME (litres) 0.75 2.50 6.50 18.0

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 80 x 100 x 150 125 x 150 x 200 160 x 200 x 300 210 x 300 x 400

PACK QUANTITY 48 24 12 6

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF BY COLOUR RED BLUE 13003165.04 13003165.03 13003166.04 13003166.03 13003167.04 13003167.03 13003168.04 13003168.03

info@storage-design.co.uk

PACK PRICE £78.00 £84.00 £80.00 £73.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

BIN CUPBOARDS

132

Bin Cupboards

7-10 DAYS

Robust all steel construction, ready assembled for immediate use

from

£324

• Epoxy coated silver with blue doors • Recessed door handle with 3-point locking mechanism • Shelves fully adjustable at 50mm centres

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

Cabinets DIMENSIONS no. of ORDER H x W x D (mm) shelves ref 1580 x 770 x 330 6 013005 1000 x 1015 x 430 3 013024 2000 x 1015 x 430 6 013051

price £359 £324 £459

Extra Shelves Description ORDER ref price 770mm WIDE CABINET 013004 £36.60 1015mm WIDE CABINET 013023 £46.80

Bins not included

Storage Cabinets & Bin Kits

Complete with super value bins

Cabinet Size: 1000H x 1015W x 430Dmm

Size 4 Bins Model 2 kits bins included 24 x TC4 WHITE 24 x TC4 BLUE 24 x TC4 RED

132H x 350D x 205Wmm

ORDER ref 013027 013026 013025

price £401 £401 £401

013008

STORAGE

£439

Cabinet Size: 1580H x 770W x 330Dmm

Cabinet Size: 2000H x 1015W x 430Dmm

Size 3 Bins Model 1 kits bins included 40 x TC3 WHITE 40 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC3 RED

132H x 240D x 150Wmm ORDER ref 013010 013008 013009

price £439 £439 £439

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Size 4 Bins Model 3 kits bins included 52 x TC4 WHITE 52 x TC4 BLUE 52 x TC4 RED

info@storage-design.co.uk

132H x 350D x 205Wmm ORDER ref 013057 013056 013055

price £649 £649 £649

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 133

Metal Containers Heavy Duty

3-5 DAYS

B

M E TA L Co n ta i n e r s

Rubber seal on body-lid point gives shower proof container

Aluminium Containers Ideal for transportation and storage of valuable or delicate items, especially where weight is an issue

FROM

• T remendous strength, but light in weight • Cast aluminium stacking locators in each corner • Over-centre clasps accept seals or padlock (3mm max shackle dia) • Recessed base prevents ingress of moisture when stored on damp floor • Retaining strap on lid prevents hinge damage

£135

E

A

G

D

35kg

Totally rust free – aluminium body with stainless steel hinges Tough plastic protected grip handles

HANDLE CAPACITY

I TEM EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm) A 250 x 585 x 385 220 x 550 x 350 B 410 x 585 x 385 380 x 550 x 350 C 340 x 785 x 385 310 x 750 x 350 D 410 x 785 x 585 380 x 750 x 550 E 610 x 785 x 585 580 x 750 x 550 F 380 x 885 x 485 350 x 850 x 450 G 510 x 1185 x 785 480 x 1150 x 750

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 5.3 6.1 8.1 9.6 7.7 15.4

F

C

ORDER REF

PRICE

02501001 02501002 02501003 02501004 02501005 02501006 02501007

£135.00 £160.00 £178.00 £236.00 £259.00 £224.00 £462.00

Galvanised Steel Bins

20

DAYS

Heavy duty bins for the most arduous use • Precision pressings stack securely • Open front bins allow access when stacked • Rectangular tote bins ideal for production line storage

Galvanised Steel Parts Bins DIMENSIONS CARRY H x W x D (mm) BAR 75 x 95 x 160 - 130 x 140 x 230 - 145 x 200 x 350 - 200 x 200 x 350 - 200 x 200 x 500 - 145 x 300 x 500 - 200 x 300 x 500 3 300 x 300 x 520 3 300 x 450 x 520 3 300 x 450 x 700 3

ORDER REF FLS1799* FLS2599* FLS3399* FLS4199* FLS4999* FLS5799* FLS6599 FLS7399 FLS8199 FLS8999

PRICE £24.90 £28.70 £37.30 £38.50 £46.60 £48.30 £47.90 £60.10 £76.90 £82.20

Galvanised Steel Stacker Bins PIC CAPACITY (litres) A 8.7 B 12 C 27 D 40.5 E 85

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 145 x 300 x 200 200 x 300 x 200 200 x 450 x 300 300 x 450 x 300 300 x 630 x 450

ORDER REF FLA33299* FLA41299* FLA65299 FLA73299 FLA89299

1 2 3A2

Galvanised finish as standard, green or grey painted finish available to order

A B

C

3

3P4

4A2

4

4A5

D PRICE £40.80 £45.60 £50.80 £64.00 £85.00

5A5

E

storage

SIZE CAPACITY (litres) 1 1.0 2 3.8 3A2 9.4 3 2.5 3P4 18 4A2 20 4 28 4A5 42 5P4 63 5 88

Suited to engineering and manufacturing industry

5

*NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Co n ta i n e r T r o l l e y s

134

Container Trolleys

10-20 DAYS

Colour Codeable Container Trucks

Tidy Trucks

• • • •

Highly manoeuvrable and particularly suited to food or medical waste applications

Tough powder coated steel chassis Tubular sides removable for transport and storage 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm corner mounted castors Removable tank in food grade polyethylene

Liquid fill line shown in red

845H x 730W x 1040Lmm

Red, yellow, dark blue, white and black DESCRIPTION CHASSIS TANK TANK + CHASSIS LID

ORDER REF OC0105 RD0303 OC0105+RD0303 RL0046

Red, yellow, green, blue, white, natural and black PRICE £195 £102 £263 £54

370 litre

capacity

CAPACITY INTERNAL EXTERNAL (inc LID) WEIGHT ORDER (litres) H x W x L (mm) H x W x L (mm) (kg) REF 350 580 x 620 x 1060 790 x 750 x 1160 22 RT0001 500 760 x 620 x 1060 980 x 750 x 1160 28 RT0002 750 810 x 750 x 1150 1015 x 920 x 1260 36 RT0003

Heavy Duty Mobile Trucks

STORAGE

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 735 x 735 x 380 510 x 920 x 580 810 x 735 x 570 785 x 840 x 585 760 x 1015 x 685 760 x 1320 x 710 760 x 1420 x 840 840 x 1500 x 990

£218 £246 £293

from

RB0403

RA0401 RB0303

RB0211

Heavy Duty Tapered Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 130 150 225 250 320 425 625 870

PRICE

£113

Heavy duty design to take the rigours of industrial use Food grade polyethylene • C ompletely smooth interior for easy cleaning • Reinforced with 12mm plywood base • Lids are available for many sizes • Tapered sides allow multiple stacking • Straight sides give maximum internal capacity

Removable, two-part, centre-hinged black lid

• F ood grade medium density polyethylene • Highly sanitary, easily cleaned • Suited to coldstore use, down to -20ºC • Fitted with steel baseplate for extra strength

RA0101

from

£86

Red, yellow, green, blue, white, natural and black

INTERNAL DIMS WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN TRUCK TRUCK LID LID H x L x W (mm) ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 660 x 660 x 305 50mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS RB0103 £86.00 RL0050 £33.00 380 x 840 x 510 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM RB0109 £101.00 RL0051 £39.00 710 x 650 x 495 65mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS RB0203 £111.00 RL0014 £33.00 660 x 760 x 510 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM RB0211 £131.00 RL0045 £43.50 610 x 915 x 610 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM RB0303 £135.00 RL0001 £47.00 610 x 1220 x 610 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM RB0403 £173.00 RL0048 £57.00 610 x 1370 x 760 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM RB0603 £195.00 RL0015 £60.00 685 x 1420 x 915 100/125mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM RB0801 £300.00 - -

Heavy Duty Straight Sided Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 165 255 335 485 520 625 785

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 735 x 635 x 485 750 x 910 x 560 760 x 1015 x 710 760 x 1120 x 890 840 x 1090 x 785 890 x 1370 x 710 815 x 1475 x 940

INTERNAL DIMS WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN H x L x W (mm) 610 x 610 x 455 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 630 x 800 x 530 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 610 x 915 x 610 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 610 x 1015 x 785 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 710 x 1015 x 725 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 760 x 1295 x 635 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 685 x 1370 x 840 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

TRUCK TRUCK LID LID ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE RA0101 £113.00 RL0025 £33.00 RA0201 £135.00 - RA0305 £173.00 RL0011 £48.00 RA0401 £210.00 - RA0503 £218.00 - RA0601 £225.00 - RA0701 £257.00 - -

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 135

Container Trolleys

10-20 DAYS

Premium Tapered Trucks General purpose industrial and catering trucks Nestable for compact storage

£62

RB0317

RB0412

• Food grade polyethylene • Lids available for all models

Best

Co n ta i n e r T r o l l e y s

FROM

RB0121 RB0227 RB0120

SELLERs

Colours RB0003 Red, Yellow, Green, Blue, White, Natural, Black

Premium Tapered Trucks * These models are fitted with a plastic base, for extra strength CAPACITY EXTERNAL DIMS (litres) H x L x W (mm) 72 510 x 460 x 460 118 760 x 460 x 460 135 690 x 620 x 530 200 750 x 825 x 480 320 735 x 1010 x 685 455 780 x 1320 x 735

INTERNAL DIMS WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN H x L x W (mm) 410 x 410 x 410 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 660 x 410 x 410 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 580 x 550 x 465 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 645 x 740 x 410 4 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 595 x 905 x 585 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 630 x 1225 x 615 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS

Recycled Tapered Trucks General purpose industrial trucks Nestable for compact storage

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0003 RB0120 RB0121 RB0227 RB0317* RB0412*

TRUCK PRICE £62.00 £71.00 £78.00 £101.00 £134.00 £168.00

RB0412K-RC

RB0227K-RC

RB0121K-RC

NOW!

RB0120K-RC

FROM

£51

RB0003K-RC Available in black only

CAPACITY EXTERNAL DIMS (litres) H x L x W (mm) 72 510 x 460 x 460 118 760 x 460 x 460 135 690 x 620 x 530 200 750 x 825 x 480 320 735 x 1010 x 685 455 780 x 1320 x 735

INTERNAL DIMS WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN TRUCK TRUCK H x L x W (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 410 x 410 x 410 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS RB0003K-RC £51.00 660 x 410 x 410 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS RB0120K-RC £60.00 580 x 550 x 465 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS RB0121K-RC £65.00 645 x 740 x 410 4 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS RB0227K-RC £87.00 595 x 905 x 585 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS* RB0317K-RC £107.00 630 x 1225 x 615 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS* RB0412K-RC £132.00 * These models are fitted with a plastic base, for extra strength

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

LID LID ORDER REF PRICE RL0087K-RC £21.00 RL0087K-RC £21.00 RL0088K-RC £24.00 RL0089K-RC £25.50 RL0090K-RC £30.00 RL0091K-RC £37.50

storage

INFO?

CALL US

LID PRICE £25.50 £25.50 £28.50 £30.00 £39.00 £45.00

RB0317K-RC

• 100% recycled polyethylene (not food grade) • Lids available for all models

NEED MORE

LID ORDER REF RL0087 RL0087 RL0088 RL0089 RL0090 RL0091

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 136

Bar Trolleys

5-15

£56

Recycled Trolleys bar trolleys

DAYS

each

Designed for use in bars, hotels and restaurants, also suits many commercial and industrial applications • A vailable in 100% recycled polyethylene • Four 50mm nylon swivel castors

RB0111K-RC RB0118K-RC

RB0115K-RC RB0113K-RC RB0119K-RC

STACKABLE for easy storage

Recycled trolleys in black only Recycled trolleys in black only

UP TO

45

KG CAPACITY

Food Grade Trolleys • Available in 100% food grade polyethylene • Four 50mm nylon swivel castors

each

£67

RB0115 RB0118

GREAT VALUE

Colours

RB0111 RB0113

storage

RB0119

Stock Colours

5-7

DAYS

apacity c litres 135 150 165 185 165

Other Colours

external dims h x l x w (mm) 660 x 700 x 485 750 x 680 x 485 620 x 875 x 495 620 x 720 x 670 620 x 1030 x 430

10-15 DAYS

internal dims h x l x w (mm) 550 x 610 x 400 700 x 560 x 400 550 x 760 x 400 550 x 610 x 560 550 x 915 x 330

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

recycled bar trolleys order ref price RB0111K-RC £56 RB0113K-RC £56 RB0115K-RC £56 RB0119K-RC £56 RB0118K-RC £56

info@storage-design.co.uk

food grade trolleys order ref price RB0111 £67 RB0113 £67 RB0115 £67 RB0119 £67 RB0118 £67

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 137

Food Containers

10-15 DAYS

Ingredients Trucks & Dispensers F O O D CO N TA I N E R S

• Fitted with transparent shatter proof lids • Food grade polyethylene • Non-stick white scoops • Four 75mm castors on trucks

Ingredients Dispensers CAPACITY (kg) 8 15 40

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 250 x 295 x 400 500 x 500 x 250 640 x 685 x 300

ORDER REF

PRICE

R10006 R10001 R10002

£57 £60 £87

Trucks

Dispensers

Ingredients Trucks CAPACITY EXTERNAL DIMS (litres) H x L x W (mm) 61 740 x 590 x 290 87 740 x 590 x 380 132 740 x 590 x 530

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 600 x 510 x 200 600 x 510 x 285 600 x 510 x 430

ORDER PRICE REF RI0007 £83 RI0008 £98 RI0009 £113

Scoops

Ingredients Scoops WEIGHT (g) 100 185 385

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 150 x 250 x 110 187 x 310 x 138 230 x 355 x 167

ORDER REF OZ00277 OZ00278 OZ00279

Colours

PRICE £6.30 £8.40 £9.60

Natural, White, Red, Blue, Green, Yellow

Food Trays

Grey lid for food trays

Food grade polypropylene stacking trays • Three sizes, from 22 to 48 litres capacity • Fully solid or ventilated versions • Ideal for the storage, handling, transportation and display of confectionery and morning goods

litre

£17.20

£14.30

RB318304AA

RB318501AA

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS TYPE H x L x W (mm) 92 x 762 x 457 VENTILATED 92 x 762 x 457 SOLID 123 x 762 x 457 VENTILATED 123 x 762 x 457 SOLID 176 x 762 x 457 VENTILATED 176 x 762 x 457 SOLID

WEIGHT (kg) 1.4 1.8 1.9 2.2 2.1 2.6

info@storage-design.co.uk

RB318704AA ORDER REF

PRICE

RB318301AA RB318304AA RB318501AA RB318504AA RB318701AA RB318704AA

£17.20 £19.50 £20.30 £22.10 £23.40 £25.40

storage

RB318701AA

RB318504AA

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FROM

LI301804AA

capacity

RB318301AA

CAPACITY (litres) 22 22 32 32 48 48

22-48

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 138

Cardboard Containers

C A R D B O A R D CO N TA I N E R S

Fibre Board Bins

FROM

3-5

£23.40

DAYS

Strong corrugated fibre-board, a durable and cost effective storage solution • Easy-write identity panels • Supplied Supplied flat from packed stock!

Made up in seconds with self-locking tabs

NO GLUE NO TAPE required

Standard Open Fronts - 100mm high width pack (mm) qty 50 50 75 50 100 50 150 50 200 50 250 50

150mm deep ref price A1505 £23.40 A1507 £25.00 A1510 £27.40 A1515 £29.00 - - - -

200mm deep ref price A2005 £30.00 A2007 £30.50 A2010 £28.50 A2015 £33.60 A2020 £36.70 - -

300mm deep ref price A3005 £30.50 A3007 £31.60 A3010 £30.00 A3015 £34.20 A3020 £36.20 A3025 £39.70

400mm deep ref price - - - - A4010 £35.70 A4015 £37.70 A4020 £41.20 - -

450mm deep ref price - - - - A4510 £39.30 A4515 £40.80 A4520 £43.40 - -

450mm deep ref price B4515 £44.40 B4520 £45.40 B4525 £46.50 B4530 £47.90

500mm deep ref price - - B5020 £46.50 - - B5030 £48.50

600mm deep ref price B6015 £46.50 B6020 £47.40 B6025 £49.40 B6030 £51.50

500mm deep ref price - - - - A5010 £43.40 A5015 £43.90 A5020 £47.00 - -

600mm deep ref price - - A6010 £47.00 A6015 £48.50 A6020 £50.10 - -

Jumbo Open Fronts - 200Mm High

width pack (mm) qty 150 25 200 25 250 25 300 25

300mm deep ref price B3015 £41.30 B3020 £43.40 - - B3030 £45.90

400mm deep ref price B4015 £44.40 B4020 £43.90 B4025 £44.90 B4030 £47.00

Cardboard Storage Trays

Economy Archive Box

Maximise your storage space

GREAT VALUE

from

£20.80 PACK OF 25

STORAGE

Supplied flat packed

• Heavy duty cardboard • Designed with a finger hole so the boxes can be pulled off the shelf • Supplied flat packed to save valuable space when not in use • Easy to assemble - no need for tapes, glues etc Tote handles for easy carrying

Storage trays can also be made in a ‘conductive’ material, ideal for the storage of electronic components, subject to a minimum order

Large labelling area

AB02

xternal dimensions e h x w x d (mm) 110 x 115 x 300 110 x 175 x 300 110 x 235 x 300 110 x 355 x 300 *Minimum order of 2 packs

pack qty* 25 25 25 25

order ref T113011 T113017 T113023 T113035

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

price £20.80 £23.80 £28.00 £36.20

£66

Supplied flat packed

PACK OF 25

External 260H x 445D x 350W mm Internal 252H x 405D x 325W mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Plastic Containers Stacker Boxes

3

DAYS

Supplied flat packed

• • • •

Strong twin wall fluted polypropylene Oil, grease and moisture resistant Resists most chemicals Self adhesive labels included 100mm High

Supplied flat packed

Colours

10 boxes or lids per pack Sold in packs of 25 (min order 2 packs, same size & colour)

Folds Quickly To Shape

A

C

B

150m m

225m m

IC REF WIDTH P order price ref 25 Pack^ A 75mm TPA1507/25 £25.40

W

IC REF WIDTH P order price ref 25 Pack^ B 100 TPA2210/25 £28.50 B 150 TPA2215/25 £30.50 C 200 TPA2220/25 £32.60

W

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

300m m

450m m

W

W

F IC REF WIDTH P order price ref 25 Pack^ D 100 TPA3010/25 £28.90 E 150 TPA3015/25 £31.50 E 200 TPA3020/25 £33.50

STORAGE

E

D

external dimensions order price h x w x d (mm) ref 125 x 255 x 375** SBP112/10 £44.40 150 x 295 x 465 SBP215/10 £50.50 225 x 295 x 465 SBP222/10 £58.20 300 x 295 x 465 SBP230/10 £68.90 LID FOR SBP2 BOXES* SBP2LID/10 £14.90 300 x 355 x 425 SBP330/10 £71.50 LID FOR SBP3 BOX* SBP3LID/10 £15.60 *Carriage is extra if lids are ordered separately from boxes **Lids not available

GREAT VALUE

P L A S T I C co n tai n e r s

Flat-packed, for easy assembly when required, wipe clean surfaces

Lightweight, durable corrugated polypropylene • A ll supplied with black injection moulded handles for stable handling • Colour options: blue, silver/grey SBP330 in silver/grey only, lids black only

139

Polypropylene Parts Bins

IC REF WIDTH P order price ref 25 Pack^ F 100 TPA4510/25 £34.60 F 150 TPA4515/25 £36.60 F 200 TPA4520/25 £39.70 ^ Minimum Order 2 Packs

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S u p e r m a r k e t B ox e s

140

Supermarket Boxes

2-3 DAYS

Securely stack with lids closed & nest with lids open, saving space on return transport • P imple-pads, on ends and lid, allow easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue • Integral lid cannot become separated from container, inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals • Drop-in card label holders on both ends can be fitted with a clear cover to retain and protect card

Coloured lids, great for colour co-ordinating product lines

FROM

£10 Wide, comfortable handholds

Container Accessories Hot-foil printing

STORAGE

Company logo and message increases brand awareness and clearly identifies the container as the owner’s property Minimum order of 50

capacity litres 4 6 20 25 40 54 64 80 80

external h x l x w (mm) 130 x 300 x 200 200 x 300 x 200 252 x 400 x 300 320 x 400 x 300 250 x 600 x 400 320 x 600 x 400 365 x 600 x 400 368 x 710 x 460 368 x 710 x 460

£42

£35

00701 Security Seals

00473 Label Cover

Tamper-evident security seals for all attached lid containers. Two required per container Pack of 1000

internal features colour options h x l x w (mm) 101 x 245 x 160 STACK 2-UP ON 400 x 300 SIZE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN 174 x 235 x 152 & 4-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN 222 x 325 x 246 STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN 295 x 321 x 244 STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN 215 x 515 x 343 - FULL RANGE AS BELOW* 285 x 508 x 335 - FULL RANGE AS BELOW* 330 x 501 x 328 - DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN 330 x 597 x 374 DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN 330 x 597 x 374 NO DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN

Label holder cover for refs 10020, 10025, 10A5B, 10A6B Pack of 50 weight nest kg ht (mm) 0.70 80 0.85 80 1.65 100 1.87 100 2.78 85 3.20 85 3.38 85 3.70 80 3.70 80

order ref 10005 10010 10020 10025 10040 10A5B 10A6B 10082 10083

price £10.00 £11.60 £16.10 £17.50 £21.00 £21.60 £22.80 £28.00 £28.00

*10040 & 10A5B are available in DARK GREEN Body / LIGHT GREEN Lid, GREY Body / BLUE Lid, GREY Body / YELLOW Lid, GREY Body / RED Lid, GREY Body / GREEN Lid

10005

10010

10020

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

10025

10040

info@storage-design.co.uk

10083

10A6B

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 141

Supermarket Boxes

7-10 DAYS

A range of stacking and nesting trays designed to save maximum space when not in use or in return transit Ideal for temperature controlled environments and fresh produce • Safe stacking • Good air circulaton • Coloured stacking bars for identification of version APACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE C LITRES H x W x L (mm) REF 15 180 x 300 x 400 SN431802 £10.10 16 106 x 400 x 600 DH641002 £11.70 28 167 x 400 x 600 DH641602 £12.10 35 199 x 400 x 600 SN641902 £12.50 44 253 x 400 x 600 SN642402 £15.80 - 162 x 402 x 604 91.005 £64.00

SN431802

DH641002

DH641602

SN641902

S U P E R M A R K E T B OX E S

Maxi-Nest Containers

250

KG CAPACITY

SN642402

91.005

FROM

£13.70 G

E

C

H D

F

B A

600 x 400 Stack & Nest Containers

70% Space saving when nested!

PIC A B C D E F - G H

CAPACITY (litres) 18 18 32 32 50 50 70 70 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 117 x 600 x 400 117 x 600 x 400 200 x 600 x 400 200 x 600 x 400 300 x 600 x 400 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 40 x 614 x 412

INTERNAL DESCRIPTION COLOUR OPTIONS WEIGHT NEST ORDER H x L x W (mm) (kg) HT (mm) REF 102 x 458 x 338 SOLID SIDES & BASE GREY 1.18 34 11018 102 x 458 x 338 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE GREY 1.09 34 11020 177 x 457 x 338 SOLID SIDES & BASE GREY/RED, GREY/LIGHT GREY 1.84 60 11032 177 x 457 x 338 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE GREY/LIGHT GREY 1.60 60 11034 270 x 460 x 340 SOLID SIDES & BASE GREY/RED, GREY/LIGHT GREY 2.30 85 11051 270 x 460 x 340 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE GREY/LIGHT GREY 2.10 85 11052 370 x 460 x 340 SOLID SIDES & BASE GREY 3.06 115 11065* 370 x 460 x 340 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE GREY 2.65 115 11066 - SECURITY LID GREY 0.98 - 61046

PRICE £13.70 £13.00 £21.90 £21.40 £26.00 £25.30 £32.00 £31.20 £13.70

storage

These containers both stack and nest by rotating through 180º Bicolours show ‘striped’ when nested and ‘checkered’ when stacked

* Minimum order 30

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

E U R O Co n ta i n er s

142

Euro Containers

7-10 DAYS

600 x 400 Euro Stacking Containers

FROM

European standard modular dimensions for palletisation

£11

• V ertical sides provide maximum usable volume • Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Lids, dollies and trolleys available for Euro containers • Please enquire for hot foil marking of your company name

21008

20028

20029

61045

06032

ES641704

2A044

2A045

21060

21064

20085

61060

storage

91005

CAPACITY (litres) 8 12 12 28 28 32 33 45 45 45 52 60 60 75 75 - - -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 50 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 175 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 280 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 30 x 600 x 400 39 x 613 x 411 162 x 604 x 402

INTERNAL DESCRIPTION H x L x W (mm) 40 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE 62 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE 62 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21013) 139 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE 139 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE 158 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE 164 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE 215 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE 220 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE, CLOSED HANDLES 220 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES 255 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21054) 300 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES 294 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES 394 x 555 x 355 SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES 394 x 555 x 355 VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE, OPEN HANDLES - LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS - SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS - DOLLY WITH 4x NYLON SWIVEL CASTORS

COLOUR WEIGHT OPTIONS (kg) GREY 0.80 GREY 1.08 GREY 0.96 GREY 1.48 GREY 1.25 GREY 1.22 GREY, RED 1.70 GREY 1.83 GREY, RED 2.18 GREY 2.14 GREY 2.18 GREY, RED 2.75 GREY 2.33 GREY 3.66 GREY 3.08 GREY, RED 0.87 GREY 0.87 RED 4.00

ORDER REF 21008 ES640704 ES640701 20028 20029 06032* ES641704 2A044 2A045 2A049 21055 21060 21064 20085* 20086 61060 61045 91005

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £12.60 £15.00 £14.90 £17.10 £18.00 £18.20 £20.00 £19.80 £20.80 £24.10 £23.80 £29.70 £28.90 £12.00 £12.00 £64.00

* Minimum order 30

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 143

Euro Containers

7-10 DAYS

61.020

21005

21010

Inter-stacking containers for building compact and stable loads • Solid or ventilated base and sides • Ventilated containers are ideal for cold storage • Reinforced ergonomic handles We can indelibly mark containers with your company name or logo - please enquire! CAPACITY (litres) 5 6 10 10 15 20 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 118 x 300 x 200 74 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 175 x 400 x 300 235 x 400 x 300 30 x 400 x 300

ES431704 FROM

£7.20

21006

21009

INTERNAL DESCRIPTION H x L x W (mm) 108 x 257 x 159 SOLID SIDES & BASE 64 x 355 x 255 SOLID SIDES & BASE 105 x 355 x 255 VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21010) 105 x 355 x 255 SOLID SIDES & BASE 164 x 355 x 255 SOLID SIDES & BASE 220 x 355 x 255 VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE (STYLE AS 21020) - LID FOR 400 x 300 CONTAINERS

COLOUR WEIGHT OPTIONS (kg) GREY, RED 0.42 GREY 0.48 GREY 0.66 GREY, RED 0.80 GREY, RED 1.02 GREY 1.18 GREY, RED 0.36

ORDER REF 21005 21006 21009 21010 ES431704 ES432304 61.020

800 x 600 Euro Stacking Containers Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads

CAPACITY EXTERNAL (litres) H x L x W (mm) 87 235 x 800 x 600 125 319 x 800 x 600 162 412 x 800 x 600 - 33 x 800 x 600 - 48 x 809 x 607 *minumum order 12

£7.20 £10.20 £12.60 £13.10 £13.60 £13.70 £6.60

61086

21090

• V ertical sides provide maximum usable volume • European standard modular dimensions for palletisation • Dollies, trolleys and lids available

PRICE

21135

21162

FROM

£34.40

INTERNAL DESCRIPTION COLOUR H x L x W (mm) 205 x 755 x 555 SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES GREY 295 x 755 x 555 SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES GREY 382 x 755 x 555 SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES GREY - STANDARD LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS GREY - SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS GREY

WEIGHT (kg) 3.85 4.65 5.63 1.86 2.26

ORDER REF 21090 21135* 21162 61087 61086

PRICE £34.40 £39.90 £45.00 £18.30 £17.80

£30

Pack of 50

• Polypropylene partitioning system • Divider strips snap to size and interlock to give variable compartment sizes

HEIGHT LENGTH PACK ORDER PRICE (mm) (mm) QTY REF 45 1100 60 OT800404AA £212 88 1100 30 OT800804AA £128 190 1100 20 OT801904AA* £129 *minimum order of 20 packs

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Stainless Steel Label Clip

storage

REF OPE90

Divider Strips

E U R O Co n ta i n er s

Small Euro Stacking Containers

Stainless steel label holder for easy identification 76 x 13mm. (loose, without rivets)

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Co n ta i n e r s

144

Containers

7-10 DAYS

Topstore Euro Containers FROM

Outstanding quality Excellent impact strength

£11

• C ontainers can be used for a variety of heavy-duty applications • Internal walls of the containers have a smooth surface finish • Design saves space and can be stackable in modular formations • Good at withstanding both low and high temperatures • All containers manufactured from polypropylene

E6432-11

E6420-11 E4322-11

NEED MORE

INFO?

DESCRIPTIOn EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER

CALL US

NOW! EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 400 x 300 x 220 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 320

INTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 365 x 265 x 207 555 x 355 x 112 555 x 355 x 158 555 x 355 x 187 555 x 355 x 307

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 22 33 40 60

Order Picking Truck Big 885 litre truck for order picking and many other warehouse tasks Unique design allows for easy loading, storage and transportation of goods

GREAT VALUE

CONTAINERS ORDER REF PRICE E4322-11 £11.00 E6412-11 £13.00 E6417-11 £15.00 E6420-11 £15.00 E6432-11 £19.00

LIDS (10 PACK) ORDER REF PRICE E4301-44/10 £58.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00

RB0903

£243

storage

• Colour codeable for product segregation • Food grade polyethylene • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors, corner mounted

Truck colours 1180H x 1255W x 785Dmm external

1045H x 1175W x 720Dmm internal

Red, Yellow, Green, Blue, White, Natural, Black

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 145

Folding Containers

5

DAYS

Fold flat to save up to 80% of space, stackable, folded or open

UP TO

450

KG CAPACITY

from

£15 CS-643-61/BU/01 CS-643-61/YE/01 CS-643-66/01 CS-643-110/01 DOLLY CS-643-66D/01 CS-432-22D/01 CS-643-66/01 CS-432-22D/01 CS-643-89/01 DOLLY

• • • •

f o l d i n g co n ta i n e r s

Re-useable Folding Distribution Euro Containers

Manufactured from recyclable polypropylene Lightweight, space saving and re-usable Complete range of interstacking sizes Lids, dollies and accessories available

*Subject to a minimum order quantity of 5, except dolly which is minimum of 2

ISO STANDARD MODULAR SYSTEM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

volume external internal capacity description colour order ref price* (litres) h x l x w (mm) h x l x w (mm) (kg) 22 220 x 400 x 300 215 x 370 x 270 25 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX BLUE CS-432-22/01 £15 22 230 x 400 x 300 210 x 370 x 270 25 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX WITH LID BLUE CS-432-22D/01 £18 40 275 x 530 x 350 260 x 500 x 320 40 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX BLUE CS-532-40/01 £20 44 220 x 600 x 400 215 x 570 x 330 40 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX BLUE CS-643-44/01 £19 44 220 x 600 x 400 210 x 570 x 330 40 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX WITH LID BLUE CS-643-44D/01 £26 60 315 x 600 x 400 300 x 570 x 370 60 PERFORATED SIDE FOLDING BOX BLUE CS-643-61/BU/01 £24 60 315 x 600 x 400 300 x 570 x 370 60 PERFORATED SIDE FOLDING BOX YELLOW CS-643-61/YE/01 £24 65 320 x 600 x 400 315 x 570 x 370 60 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX BLUE CS-643-66/01 £24 65 330 x 600 x 400 295 x 570 x 370 60 SOLID SIDE FOLDING BOX WITH LID BLUE CS-643-66D/01 £31 DOLLY 165 x 600 x 400 - 250 OPEN DECK, SUITS ALL 600 x 400 CONTAINERS BLACK CS-643-110/01 £55 DOLLY 200 x 800 x 600 - 450 SOLID DECK, DOUBLE STACK 600 x 400 CONTAINERS BLACK CS-643-89/01 £12 TAMPER EVIDENT LID STOPPERS (PACK OF 100) SNAP-OFF SECURITY SEAL, SUITS ALL CONTAINERS WITH LIDS RED CS-643-210/01 £70

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

CO N S T R U C T I O N T U B E

146

Construction Tube

7-10 DAYS

Simple, rapid assembly. Sketch your design, cut tube to length, and tap it together!

Caps, wheels and castors available. Please call.

Plain & Perforated Tube

Tube Connecting Joints

• 2 5mm plain square tube, also perforated one or two sides

B

D

C

E A

Tube Connecting Joints

G

F

Plain Tube DESCRIPTION ORDER REF BLACK PLAIN 3m LENGTH TSBK3 RED PLAIN 3m LENGTH TSRD3 BLUE PLAIN 3m LENGTH TSBU3 NATURAL ALUMINIUM PLAIN 3m LENGTH TACA LIGHT GREY PLAIN 3m LENGTH TSGU3 ZINC PLATED PLAIN 3m LENGTH TSZC3 BLACK ALUMINIUM PLAIN 3m LENGTH TABK

PRICE £17.00 £18.00 £18.00 £28.50 £18.00 £19.50 £32.50

• A ssists in cutting of tube by hand saw

STORAGE

ORDER REF 2WBK 3WBK 3WFBK 4WBK 4WFBK 5WBK 6WBK

PRICE £5.10 £6.40 £6.40 £7.40 £7.40 £9.10 £9.80

HSF

£22 • S oft and hard plastic headed hammer

£8

Clips Items marked (PERF) for use with perforated tube only

Perforated Tube DESCRIPTION BLACK PERF 1 SIDE 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 2 SIDES 3m LENGTH

DESCRIPTION 2-WAY 3-WAY 3-WAY FLAT 4-WAY 4-WAY FLAT 5-WAY 6-WAY

Jig & Hammer

TJC

IC P A B C D E F G

ORDER REF PRICE TS1PBK £26.50 TS2PBK £31.00

DESCRIPTION ORDER REF PRICE CUTTING JIG TJC £8.00 SOFT FACED HAMMER HSF £22.00

IC P DESCRIPTION A ADJUSTABLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) B INVISIBLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) – HIDDEN SUPPORT FOR 15mm BOARD C BENCH OR TROLLEY CLADDING CLIP

B

ORDER PRICE REF CSA/1 £1.30 CI15/1 TCC/1

£0.80 £0.70

C

A

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 147

Slotted Angle Shelving

10-15 DAYS

Robust multi-purpose contruction system

S LOT T E D A N G L E s h elv i ng

• S imple and economic - cut and bolt together no welding required • No painting or drilling required • A versatile construction system; ideal for work benches, shelving, trolleys, partitions and framework

NEED MORE

INFO?

FDREE

CALL US

NOW!

ELIV

ERY

Slotted Angle Cold rolled mild steel, pierced on 3” pitch, phosphated, electrostatically sprayed and stove enamelled graphite grey. 1 ½“ x 1 ½“ DESCRIPTION LENGTH 2 ¼” x 1 ½” 14 SWG 10’ 2 ¼” x 1 ½” 14 SWG 12’ 3” x 1 ½” 14 SWG 12’ 6” 1 ½” x 1 ½” 14 SWG 10’ 1 ½” x 1 ½” 14 SWG 12’

ORDER (FEET) E22510GX E22512GX E300125GX E15010GX E15012GX

PRICE REF £22.00 £26.50 £38.50 £17.50 £21.00

3“ x 1 ½“

2 ¼“ x 1 ½“

Castors

A

• 2½” nylon wheel castor • 120lbs per wheel load

SFSGX

£7.50

Nuts & Bolts Zinc passivated and laquered

Slotted Strip • 1 3/8” x 12 SWG steel for joining angle together. 6’ Gray.

DESCRIPTION 5/16” x 5/8” 5/16” x 15/16”

ORDER REF NB56HH58ZG NG56HH10ZG

PRICE £0.25 £0.30

B

• 2½” steel wheel castor • 160lbs per wheel load

Heavy Duty Tension Plate • H eavy duty tension plate for use with 2¼” and 3” angle. Painted in graphite grey with light grey reverse

C

ETPGT

£0.40

Tension Plate • T ension plate for use with 1½” angle. Painted in graphite grey and light grey reverse

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• 5” rubber wheel castor • 130lbs per wheel load TYPE A B C

FIXED ORDER PRICE REF CBF £9.50 CCF £12.00 CEF £23.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

SWIVEL ORDER PRICE REF CBS £12.00 CCS £14.50 CES £24.00

storage

UCPHDGX

£2.20

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 148

10-15

S h e lv i n g

DAYS

Shelf connectors for creating space-efficient open corners

Aluminium Shelving Aluminium frame with lift out polyester decking for a cost effective combination of strength and hygiene • • • •

Rust free anodised aluminium S imple and quick assembly Smooth section beams adjust on 150mm pitch Can be connected at 90 degrees to form space efficient open corners • Moulded polyester shelf panels provide tough and hard wearing shelf decking • Ventilated to improve airflow • Easily lifted out for cleaning

Castors

storage

• Plug in 100mm rubber swivel castors • In sets of 4, two of which are braked • Maximum load 200kg per set BAY DEPTH 400mm 500mm 600mm

WIDTH STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

746mm ARSA400 £189.00 AREA400 £140.00 A400 £35.00 ARSA500 £258.00 AREA500 £202.00 A500 £36.60 ARSA600 £280.00 AREA600 £225.00 A/600 £41.90

970mm ARSC400 £293.00 AREC400 £236.00 C400 £45.50 ARSC500 £289.00 AREC500 £232.00 C500 £44.00 ARSC600 £320.00 AREC600 £265.00 C/600 £52.10

W5125

Right Angle Shelf Connectors • L oadings are reduced by 25% when angle connectors are used

£88.00 1089mm ARSD400 £312.00 ARED400 £257.00 D400 £50.30 ARSD500 £316.00 ARED500 £260.00 D500 £51.10 ARSD600 £356.00 ARED600 £300.00 D/600 £61.20

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1201mm ARSE400 £327.00 AREE400 £272.00 E400 £54.10 ARSE500 £338.00 AREE500 £282.00 E500 £56.60 ARSE600 £425.00 AREE600 £362.00 E/600 £74.60

1313mm ARSF400 £343.00 AREF400 £288.00 F400 £58.10 ARSF500 £350.00 AREF500 £294.00 F500 £59.60 ARSF600 £434.00 AREF600 £355.00 F/600 £76.70

1425mm ARSG400 £367.00 AREG400 £311.00 G400 £67.00 ARSG500 £363.00 AREG500 £306.00 G500 £62.40 ARSG600 £407.00 AREG600 £352.00 G/600 £74.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

FOR SHELF DEPTH 400mm 500mm 600mm 1653mm ARSI400 £373.00 AREI400 £317.00 I400 £65.10 ARSI500 £399.00 AREI500 £342.00 I500 £71.60 ARSI600 £459.00 AREI600 £403.00 I/600 £87.00

ORDER PRICE REF AC40 £12.40 AC50 £13.00 AC60 £15.70

Castors can be added to create mobile units

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 149

Longspan Shelving

5-7

DAYS

from

from

£146

£122

STARTER

For large quantities please call for a quotation

EXTENSION

QUICK &

easy PUSH FIT ASSEMBLY

• • • • • •

LO N G S PA N s h e lv i ng

A robust, simple and economical system for office and industrial applications

Very

strong up to 250kg per shelf UDL

2000mm high bays in two widths Open access all round – no cross bracing Tubular grid shelves in a range of sizes Optional hardboard shelf covers Shelves adjustable to 62.5mm pitch Epoxy coated in blue and grey

1000mm Wide Bays with 5 Shelf Levels starter bay K24105BCS £146 K25105BCS £159 K26105BCS £171 K28105BCS £185

extension bay K24105ACS £122 K25105ACS £135 K26105ACS £148 K28105ACS £163

extra shelf K4010XSCS £26 K5010XSCS £27 K6010XSCS £29 K8010XSCS £31

Hardboard Shelf Covers • • •

Adapts shelving to take the smallest loads Lightweight, low cost Simple to replace if damaged • Sold in packs of 5

1250mm Wide Bays with 5 Shelf Levels shelf depth (mm) 400 500 600 800

starter bay K24125BCS £159 K25125BCS £174 K26125BCS £189 K28125BCS £206

extension bay K24125ACS £135 K25125ACS £151 K26125ACS £166 K28125ACS £182

extra shelf K4012XSCS £27 K5012XSCS £30 K6012XSCS £32 K8012XSCS £34

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

1000MM WIDE ref price 270300CS-5 £34 270301CS-5 £39 270302CS-5 £42 270303CS-5 £48

info@storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

shelf depth (mm) 400 500 600 800

1250MM WIDE ref price 270304CS-5 £39 270305CS-5 £42 270306CS-5 £48 270307CS-5 £51

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

q u i c k b u i l d s h e lv i n g

150

Quick Build Shelving

5-7

DAYS

Budget Range Impact Desking is an affordable office furniture solution Designed to enable easy planning, maximum flexibility and optimum use of available office space • Quick and easy to assemble, less than 10 minutes to build each shelving unit • No nuts and bolts, clips or fixings, only four simple components that just tap into place • Fully adjustable shelves at 1.5” (38mm) increments

Tie plates lock individual units together (4 required to link 2 units)

Upright Tie Plate REF RB060130CS

£1.80 EACH

All shelf supports in pale grey

RB6153CS

£139

Uprights to 8’ high & tie plates are available in 3 colours

AFTER 2 MINUTES

AFTER 4 MINUTES

AFTER 7 MINUTES

COMPLETED AFTER ONLY 10 MINS!

QUICK &

easy to

STORAGE

assemble

Three shelf units - height 6’6” (1980mm) Decked with 18mm high density chipboard

Bay Width 6’ (1830mm)

bay depth 15” 18” 24” 30” 36” (380mm) (458mm) (610mm) (762mm) (915mm) SHELF LOADING 450kg 450kg 450kg 410kg 410kg (UDL) 3 SHELF RB6153CS RB6183CS RB6243CS RB630CS RB636CS LEVEL UNIT £139 £158 £160 £174 £199 EXTRA RB615XSCS RB618XSCS RB624XSCS RB630XSCS RB636XSCS SHELF LEVEL £37 £39 £40 £50 £52

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10’ Upwards) upright height 8” 10” 12” 15” extended to (2440mm) (3050mm) (3660mm) 4570mm) ORDER REF -8RB -10RB -12RB -15RB ADDITIONAL UNIT COST/BAY £25 £31 £55 £80

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 151

Quick Build Shelving

5-10 DAYS

Standard Duty Shelving • Take a standard bay and tailor it to your needs by adding shelf levels • Maximises the storage of archive boxes, box files, arch files and many packaged stock items • 5-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks • Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels with J-beams, feet and assembly instructions.

QUICK AND

easy ASSEMBLY

• S imple tap-together construction • No fiddly nuts and bolts • Bays assembled within ten minutes 1

2 ...with the framework complete, just drop the shelves into position.

Unpack and assemble the framework by simply tapping together...

Maximum bay load for bays 1980mm high - 2000kg UDL Maximum bay load for bays over 1980mm high - 1500kg UDL Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise

Frame Colours Red, blue, light grey, dark grey

q u i c k b u i l d S H E LV I N G

Tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage solutions

ESX005CGS

£135

Beam Colour light grey

SX001GBGU

£118

Standard duty shelving

*RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. Substitute GB for blue, GX dark grey or GU light grey

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Galvanised frame shelving bays SHELVES MAX SHELF LOAD (kg) 3 CHIPBOARD 375 3 CHIPBOARD 375 3 CHIPBOARD 375 5 STEEL 68 5 STEEL 68 5 CHIPBOARD 320 5 CHIPBOARD 320

DIMENSIONS H X W X D (mm) 1980 x 1500 x 600 1980 x 1800 x 600 1980 x 2100 x 600 1980 x 900 x 300 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 1200 x 450

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER ref price ESX021CGS ESX024CGS ESX027CGS ESX001MGS ESX004MGS ESX004CGS ESX005CGS

STORAGE

dimensions MAXIMUM SHELVING bay extra shelf LEVEL H x w x d (mm) SHELF LOAD ref* price ref price 1980 x 900 x 300 360kg SX001RDGU £118 SX101GU £16 1980 x 1200 x 300 350kg SX002RDGU £148 SX102GU £21 1980 x 1500 x 300 175kg SX003RDGU £162 SX103GU £25 1980 x 900 x 380 300kg SX192RDGU £125 SX195GU £18 1980 x 1200 x 380 350kg SX193RDGU £160 SX196GU £28 1980 x 1500 x 380 175kg SX194RDGU £200 SX197GU £33 1980 x 900 x 450 320kg SX004RDGU £124 SX104GU £19 1980 x 1200 x 450 350kg SX005RDGU £157 SX105GU £24 1980 x 1500 x 450 175kg SX006RDGU £181 SX106GU £29 1980 x 900 x 600 180kg SX007RDGU £140 SX107GU £21 1980 x 1200 x 600 200kg SX019RDGU £175 SX119GU £28 1980 x 1500 x 600 175kg SX008RDGU £202 SX108GU £33 2438 x 900 x 600 180kg SX198RDGU £142 SX107GU £21 2438 x 1200 x 600 200kg SX199RDGU £178 SX119GU £28 2438 x 1500 x 600 175kg SX200RDGU £205 SX108GU £33

£125 £141 £152 £97 £112 £106 £135

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

FST Bolt-Free Shelving

152

S H E LV I N G

• • • • •

3-4

WEEKS

Shelf widths 1000mm plus extra-wide 1300mm Five standard depths and heights Wide range of accessories Tough galvanised finish as standard Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

Complete 2-Bay Run • 2000H x 2100W x 500Dmm • 5 shelf levels per bay • Max load 300kg per shelf • Max load 2300kg per bay

S2005899

£510

COMPLETE

£

S2005899

£510

Complete 3-Bay Run

Price savings for larger quantities, please call for more details

S2005699

• Details are as above with extra bay

£658

Colours Finishes Galvanised, Blue RAL5012, Grey RAL7035

2000mm high x 1000mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Starter Bay with back panel

Extension Bay with back panel

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* A2003099 £269 400 A2004099 £290 500 A2005099 £303 600 A2006099 £313 800 A2008099 £373

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* B2003099 £213 400 B2004099 £234 500 B2005099 £245 600 B2006099 £253 800 B2008099 £310

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref - - 400 C2004099 £249 500 C2005099 £260 600 C2006099 £268 800 C2008099 £325

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* D2003099 £310 400 D2004099 £331 500 D2005099 £345 600 D2006099 £354 800 D2008099 £415

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* E2003099 £269 400 E2004099 £290 500 E2005099 £301 600 E2006099 £309 800 E2008099 £366

STORAGE

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 120kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. 400/500/600/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 300kg

2000mm high x 1300mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Starter Bay with back panel

Extension Bay with back panel

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* F2003099 £280 400 F2004099 £306 500 F2005099 £323 600** F2006099 £336 800 F2008099 £401

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* G2003099 £224 400 G2004099 £250 500 G2005099 £264 600** G2006099 £275 800 G2008099 £337

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref - - 400 H2004099 £265 500 H2005099 £279 600** H2006099 £291 800 H2008099 £352

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* L2003099 £334 400 L2004099 £360 500 L2005099 £376 600** L2006099 £390 800 L2008099 £455

DEPTH ORDER price (mm) ref 300* M2003099 £293 400 M2004099 £319 500 M2005099 £333 600** M2006099 £344 800 M2008099 £406

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 100kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. **600mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 200kg. 400/500/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 230kg

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 153

FST Bolt Free Shelving Options & Accessories

3-4

weeks

s h e lv i n g

A versatile shelving system to create open shelving or total clad secure shelving. Unique features and options designed to be easily fitted such as drawers, sliding doors both solid and ‘clearview’ polycarbonate, 3 colour options, perforated end panels to hang tools etc. • • • • • •

Side & back panels Perforated panels for tool hanging Hinged doors Sliding doors Shelf panels & dividers Drawers

• Multibox containers • Two width options available 1000mm and 1300mm • Five depths & five heights available • Heavy duty shelf loadings to 300kg • Heavy duty bay loading 2300kg

This system can be tailored to suit your requirements, please contact us for more details

Back Panels

Side Panels

Leaf Doors

DESCRIPTION FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300

100mm Drawers, available in blue or light grey

ORDER

PRICE

FST20201099 FST20201399

£64.00 £76.00

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W (mm) HIGH NORMAL EXTENSION DRAWER 1000 x 500 FST85100004 £96.00 HIGH FULL EXTENSION DRAWER 1000 x 500 FST86100004 £114.00

Galvanised Side Panels* DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS ORDER H x W (mm) FOR 300mm DEEP BAY 2000 x 300 FST22203099 FOR 400mm DEEP BAY 2000 x 400 FST22204099 FOR 500mm DEEP BAY 2000 x 500 FST22205099 FOR 600mm DEEP BAY 2000 x 600 FST22206099 FOR 800mm DEEP BAY 2000 x 800 FST22208099

Doors, available in blue or light grey PRICE £37.00 £41.00 £45.00 £48.00 £57.00

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) LEAF DOORS - 1000mm WIDE BAY 2000 x 1000 LEAF DOORS - 1300mm WIDE BAY 2000 x 1300 SLIDING DOORS - 2x1000mm WIDE BAY 2000 x 2000 SLIDING DOORS - 2x1300mm WIDE BAY 2000 x 2600

ORDER

STORAGE

Galvanised Back Panels*

Sliding Doors

PRICE

FST51200004 £322.00 FST52200004 £354.00 FST57200004 £806.00 FST58200004 £939.00

*Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 154

Bin Units

10

DAYS

Bin Units

Stormor Bin Units • Stable, strong and no sharp edges • Closed sides and ends keep items neatly together • Shelves are pierced every 75mm to accept dividers Overall bay size 1850H x 900W x 300Dmm

sbu18593/18s

£183

sbu18593/32s

storage

£233

SBU18593/12S

£165

comps 12 18 32

nominal starter bay extension bay h x w x d (mm) ORDER REF price ORDER REF price 300 x 450 x 300 SBU18593/12S £165 SBU18593/12E £144.50 300 x 300 x 300 SBU18593/18S £183 SBU18593/18E £162.50 225 x 225 x 300 SBU18593/32S £233 SBU18593/32E £212.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 155

Document Storage Shelving

5-10 DAYS

Single Depth Units

d o c u m e n t s to r a g e s h e lv i n g

• Quick and easy to assemble • Fully adjustable • Can accommodate all storage box sizes • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard

450

KG CAPACITY

from

£171

Archive Boxes

Boxes not included

• Supplied in packs of 20

Single Depth Archive Storage Units 6’(1830mm) W x 18”(458mm Compartments 23”(590mm) H SHELF LEVELS 3 4 5

BOXES STORED H TO TOP PER UNIT OF BOXES 36 6’6”(1980mm) 48 8’8”(2640mm) 60 10’9”(3280mm)

H TO TOP OF UNIT 4’9”(1450mm) 6’11”(2110mm) 9’(2745mm)

Archive boxes are not included - please order separately!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

RAS6183SCS RAS6184SCS RAS6185SCS

£171 £205 £267

storage

270H x 290W x 400Dmm

020100CS

£54

PER PACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 156

Budget Longspan Shelving

7-20 DAYS

B U D G E T LO N G s pa n s h elv i ng

Fully adjustable heavy duty shelving • Stepped beams with flush fitting decks • Four shelf depths: 400, 600, 800, 900mm • Six bay widths: 950, 1150, 1350, 1500, 1850, 2400mm

GREAT VALUE Four shelf levels are normally supplied - you may add or deduct shelves as required

RH9540S

£170

RH1340/2/4

£344

COMPLETE

775

KG CAPACITY

4 Shelf Starter and Extension 1350W x 400Dmm

STORAGE

FOUR SHELF LEVEL BAYS - Stepped beams with flush fitting 18mm high density chipboard, unit height 2000mm width/ dESCRIPTION depth 400mm depth 600mm depth 800mm depth 900mm SHELF LOADING ref price ref price ref price ref price 950mm STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH9540S £170.00 RH9560S £184.00 RH9580S £199.00 RH9590S £210.00 1215kg per shelf EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH9540E £138.00 RH9560E £154.00 RH9580E £166.00 RH9590E £179.00 EXTRA SHELF LEVEL RH9540ES £42.00 RH9560ES £46.00 RH9580ES £50.00 RH9590ES £54.00 1150mm STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1140S £174.00 RH1160S £221.00 RH1180S £250.00 RH1190S £251.00 940kg per shelf EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1140E £143.00 RH1160E £190.00 RH1180E £228.00 RH1190E £229.00 EXTRA SHELF LEVEL RH1140ES £50.00 RH1160ES £54.00 RH1180ES £62.00 RH1190ES £62.00 1350mm STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1340S £187.00 RH1360S £231.00 RH1380S £267.00 RH1390S £268.00 775kg per shelf EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1340E £157.00 RH1360E £199.00 RH1380E £232.00 RH1390E £243.00 EXTRA SHELF LEVEL RH1340ES £51.00 RH1360ES £59.00 RH1380ES £65.00 RH1390ES £73.00 1500mm STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1540S £213.00 RH1560S £250.00 RH1580S £276.00 RH1590S £287.00 1025kg per shelf EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1540E £182.00 RH1560E £218.00 RH1580E £259.00 RH1590E £257.00 EXTRA SHELF LEVEL RH1540ES £57.00 RH1560ES £61.00 RH1580ES £72.00 RH1590ES £76.00 1850mm STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1840S £223.00 RH1860S £261.00 RH1880S £314.00 RH1890S £342.00 800kg per shelf EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH1840E £192.00 RH1860E £229.00 RH1880E £281.00 RH1890E £319.00 EXTRA SHELF LEVEL RH1840ES £61.00 RH1860ES £64.00 RH1880ES £75.00 RH1890ES £96.00 2400mm STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH2440S £284.00 RH2460S £317.00 RH2480S £344.00 RH2490S £403.00 505kg per shelf EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES RH2440E £253.00 RH2460E £286.00 RH2480E £311.00 RH2490E £381.00 EXTRA SHELF LEVEL RH2440ES £70.00 RH2460ES £78.00 RH2480ES £84.00 RH2490ES £100.00 TALLER SHELVING UNITS CAN BE SUPPLIED AS DETAILED BELOW

upright height extended to ORDER REF ADDITIONAL UNIT COST PER BAY

2500mm 3000mm -25 £17

-30 £23

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ACCESSORIES

3500mm 4000mm -35 £36

-40 £46

DESCRIPTION Aisle spacer 800mm Frame connector Decking support 600mm Decking support 800mm Decking support 900mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF PRICE RHAS £13.20 RHFC £13.20 RH6 £8.30 RH8 £9.90 RH9 £11.60

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 157 474

Tyre Racking

10-15 DAYS

Starter Bay

Extension bay FROM

FROM

£328

£233

Quality powder coat finish on shotblasted steelwork

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

2900mm high x 450mm deep

4 High BAY CAPACITY (tyres)

BAY LENGTH (mm)

28 40 60

STARTER BAY REF PRICE

1500 2000 3000

Starter Bay

TSS415 TSS420 TSS430

Extension Bay

£328 £364 £437

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE TSA415 TSA420 TSA430

£233 £269 £342

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

FROM

FROM

£276

£213

2 High

3 High

BAY CAPACITY BAY (tyres) LENGTH (mm) 1500 2000 3000

STARTER BAY REF PRICE TSS215 £213 TSS220 £227 TSS230 £264

2300mm high x 450mm deep

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE

BAY CAPACITY BAY (tyres) LENGTH (mm)

TSA215 £144 TSA220 £159 TSA230 £195

21 30 45

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1500 2000 3000

STARTER BAY REF PRICE TSS315 £276 TSS320 £297 TSS330 £355

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE

STORAGE

1700mm high x 450mm deep

14 20 30

T YRE RACKIN G Trucks &Trolleys - Container Trolleys

• Tyre capacities per bay calculated at average tyre sizes and mix • Bays are complete with floor fixings. Runs which exceed 4:1 height to width ratio should be floor secured in accordance with Storage Equipment Manufacturers Association (SEMA) Code of Practice

TSA315 £194 TSA320 £215 TSA330 £273

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

WA R E H O U S E S H E LV I N G

158

Warehouse Shelving

DAYS

From small parts to heavy, long or awkward shaped items, this heavy duty long span shelving system is perfect for all types of storage A level, flush surface is created, when shelves are installed, avoiding any intrusive or awkward edges, so you can utilise the full surface area of your shelf. The special fixing method allows the beam to be secured behind the upright creating a smooth flush face

Frames are supplied with a galvatite footplate. This can be bolted to the ground where required. Beams are stepped to provide a flush surface when a shelf is installed. To guard against accidental dislodgement, a safety pin is inserted through the beam bracket and concealed behind the upright.

STORAGE

10-14

3 BEAM STARTER BAY

3 BEAM EXTENSION BAY

SP-SB-002

£396 STARTER

Finish

SP-EB-002

£348

EXTENSION

Up to 1000kg per shelf

Bracings - zinc plated Frames and beams - RAL 5010

1800mm High Bays - 3 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels overall dims h x w x d (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 622 1800 x 1800 x 622 1800 x 2400 x 622 1800 x 1200 x 774 1800 x 1800 x 774 1800 x 2400 x 774 1800 x 1200 x 926 1800 x 1800 x 926 1800 x 2400 x 926

load capacity per shelf level (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

starter bay ref price SP-SB-001 £312 SP-SB-002 £396 SP-SB-003 £482 SP-SB-004 £334 SP-SB-005 £429 SP-SB-006 £526 SP-SB-007 £358 SP-SB-008 £463 SP-SB-009 £570

extension bay ref price SP-EB-001 £265 SP-EB-002 £348 SP-EB-003 £435 SP-EB-004 £286 SP-EB-005 £381 SP-EB-006 £478 SP-EB-007 £309 SP-EB-008 £414 SP-EB-009 £522

extra levels ref price SP-078 £72 SP-079 £100 SP-080 £129 SP-081 £80 SP-082 £111 SP-083 £143 SP-084 £87 SP-085 £122 SP-086 £158

2400mm High Bays - 4 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels

4 BEAM STARTER BAY

4 BEAM EXTENSION BAY

overall dims h x w x d (mm) 2400 x 1200 x 622 2400 x 1800 x 622 2400 x 2400 x 622 2400 x 1200 x 774 2400 x 1800 x 774 2400 x 2400 x 774 2400 x 1200 x 926 2400 x 1800 x 926 2400 x 2400 x 926

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

load capacity per shelf level (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

starter bay ref price SP-SB-010 £423 SP-SB-011 £535 SP-SB-012 £650 SP-SB-013 £454 SP-SB-014 £579 SP-SB-015 £709 SP-SB-016 £485 SP-SB-017 £625 SP-SB-018 £768

info@storage-design.co.uk

extension bay ref price SP-EB-010 £357 SP-EB-011 £468 SP-EB-012 £584 SP-EB-013 £386 SP-EB-014 £512 SP-EB-015 £641 SP-EB-016 £416 SP-EB-017 £556 SP-EB-018 £699

extra levels ref price SP-001 £72 SP-002 £100 SP-003 £129 SP-004 £80 SP-005 £111 SP-006 £143 SP-007 £87 SP-008 £122 SP-009 £158

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 159

Warehouse Shelving

WA R E H O U S E she lv i n g

Hand loaded, widespan heavy duty shelving system

from

£224 STARTER

from

15-18

£180

DAYS

EXTENSION

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Chipboard Decks

• • • • •

Unrestricted shelf levels allow for easy access Easy to install and adjust Bays are 1800mm high, supplied with 3 shelf levels Graphite grey steel uprights with galvatite braces and light grey beams Contains 2 frames (1 in an extension bay), feet, 3 pairs of beams, locking clips, cladding material and where applicable wire beam ties

dims l x d (mm) 1800 x 450 2100 x 450 2400 x 450 1800 x 600 2100 x 600 2400 x 600 1800 x 750 2100 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900* 2100 x 900* 2400 x 900*

load (kg) 780 590 464 397 463 464 228 266 304 345 403 460

starter bay ref price LS18418C £224.00 LS21418C £244.00 LS24418C £263.50 LS18618C £235.00 LS21618C £255.50 LS24618C £276.00 LS18718C £251.50 LS21718C £274.00 LS24718C £296.50 LS18918C £270.00 LS21918C £295.00 LS24918C £320.00

extension bay ref price LE18418C £180.00 LE21418C £199.50 LE24418C £219.00 LE18618C £188.00 LE21618C £209.00 LE24618C £229.50 LE18718C £203.00 LE21718C £225.50 LE24718C £248.00 LE18918C £219.50 LE21918C £244.50 LE24918C £270.00

extra levels ref price LL184C £45.50 LL214C £52.00 LL244C £58.50 LL186C £47.50 LL216C £54.50 LL246C £61.00 LL187C £54.50 LL217C £59.00 LL247C £67.00 LL189C £56.50 LL219C £65.00 LL249C £73.50

Bolt free construction for simple, rapid assembly

Steel decks add greater strength and rigidity

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

dims l x d (mm) 1800 x 450 2100 x 450 2400 x 450 1800 x 600 2100 x 600 2400 x 600 1800 x 750 2100 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2100 x 900 2400 x 900

load (kg) 379 596 469 379 596 469 379 596 469 379 596 469

starter bay ref price LS18418F £310.50 LS21418F £388.50 LS24418F £432.00 LS18618F £286.50 LS21618F £363.50 LS24618F £391.00 LS18718F £338.00 LS21718F £417.50 LS24718F £464.00 LS18918F £359.00 LS21918F £441.00 LS24918F £490.50

extension bay ref price LE18418F £266.00 LE21418F £344.00 LE24418F £388.00 LE18618F £240.00 LE21618F £317.00 LE24618F £345.00 LE18718F £289.50 LE21718F £369.00 LE24718F £415.50 LE18918F £308.50 LE21918F £391.00 LE24918F £440.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

extra levels ref price LL184F £74.00 LL214F £100.00 LL244F £114.50 LL186F £64.50 LL216F £90.50 LL246F £99.50 LL187F £80.50 LL217F £107.00 LL247F £122.50 LL189F £86.00 LL219F £113.50 LL249F £130.00

STORAGE

*25mm chipboard (chipboard stands proud of the beam by 7mm)

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Galvanised Steel Decks

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

h e av y d u t y s h e lv i n g

160

Heavy Duty Shelving

5-10 DAYS

Heavy duty shelving suitable for all applications with wide uninterrupted spans and a huge range of sizes available from

£117

Up to 2440mm (8’0” uninterrupted Span)

£1.80 EACH

REF 060130CS Upright Tie Plate Tie plates lock individual units together (4 required to link 2 units) NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

Three Shelf Level Units, Height 6’6’’ (1980mm)

STORAGE

• Decked with 18mm high density chipboard • Up to 810kg U.D.L. load per shelf bay width + depth shelf loading 4’ (1220mm) 3 SHELF 810kg LEVEL UNIT PER SHELF EXTRA U.D.L. SHELF LEVEL 5’ (1525mm) 3 SHELF 640kg LEVEL UNIT PER SHELF EXTRA U.D.L. SHELF LEVEL 6’ (1830mm) 3 SHELF 660kg LEVEL UNIT PER SHELF EXTRA U.D.L. SHELF LEVEL 7’ (2135mm) 3 SHELF 455kg LEVEL UNIT PER SHELF EXTRA U.D.L. SHELF LEVEL 8’ (2440mm) 3 SHELF 455kg LEVEL UNIT PER SHELF EXTRA U.D.L. SHELF LEVEL

15’ (380mm) R4153CS £117 R415XSCS £25 R5153CS £142 R515XSCS £34 R6153CS £185 R615XSCS £48 R7153CS £212 R715XSCS £54 R8153CS £222 R815XSCS £61

18’ (458mm) R4183CS £123 R418XSCS £27 R5183CS £148 R518XSCS £36 R6183CS £191 R618XSCS £50 R7183CS £202 R718XSCS £56 R8183CS £226 R818XSCS £67

24’ (610mm) R4243CS £126 R424XSCS £28 R5243CS £150 R524XSCS £37 R6243CS £194 R624XSCS £51 R7243CS £210 R724XSCS £57 R8243CS £228 R824XSCS £64

30’ (762mm) R4303CS £142 R430XSCS £34 R5303CS £182 R530XSCS £47 R6303CS £224 R630XSCS £61 R7303CS £242 R730XSCS £67 R8303CS £285 R830XSCS £77

36’ (915mm) R4363CS £149 R436XSCS £36 R5363CS £189 R536XSCS £49 R6363CS £233 R636XSCS £62 R7363CS £249 R736XSCS £69 R8363CS £277 R836XSCS £79

48’ (1220mm) R4483CS 163 R448XSCS £41 R5483CS £203 R548XSCS £54 R6483CS £246 R648XSCS £68 R7483CS £262 R748XSCS £74 R8483CS £296 R848XSCS £85

Patented, precision, rivet to eye secure fixing

Plastic feet supplied with all uprights

Shelf tie supports included where required

Double Level Workbenches (Grey Uprights Only 10’ Upwards) upright height 8’ 10’ 12’ 15’ extended to (2440mm) (3050mm) (3660mm) 4570mm) ORDER REF -8 -10 -12 -15 ADDITIONAL UNIT COST/BAY £25 £31 £55 £80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

All shelf supports in pale grey Red, blue, and dark grey

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 161

Heavy Duty Shelving SX024RDGU

1800 wide x 600 deep 3-shelf heavy duty bay

£185.50 QUICK AND

easy

ASSEMBLY ONLY Requires a rubber mallet!

h e av y d u t y s h e lv i n g

Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and production environments. This heavy duty design offers simple and fast assembly, giving you a quick solution to your storage needs.

• A fast and economic solution to everyday storage & production problems • Robust and colourful finishes suit any environment • Add extra shelves as required, or ask us to design a system which suits your specific needs Ask about our complete installation service

REF SXSRLGU CONNECTOR Plate Used to secure adjacent bays together. (4 required to link 2 units)

£1.50 EACH

Heavy Duty Three Shelf Bays, Max Bay load 3000kg UDL shelving bay ref price SX203RDGU £113.50 SX204RDGU £123.50 SX201RDGU £140.00 SX202RDGU £146.50 SX020RDGU £149.00 SX021RDGU £159.50 SX022RDGU £198.50 SX023RDGU £172.00 SX024RDGU £185.50 SX025RDGU £224.00 SX026RDGU £187.00 SX027RDGU £200.50 SX028RDGU £231.50 SX029RDGU £198.00 SX013RDGU £214.50 SX014RDGU £254.50

extra shelf level ref price SX207GU £22.00 SX208GU £25.50 SX205GU £31.00 SX206GU £33.00 SX120GU £37.50 SX121GU £41.50 SX122GU £47.00 SX109GU £41.50 SX110GU £46.00 SX111GU £56.50 SX126GU £46.00 SX127GU £51.00 SX128GU £63.50 SX112GU £50.50 SX113GU £56.00 SX114GU £69.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Shelving colours 5-8 DAYS

(GU) Light Grey

(GX) Dark Grey Specification Standard bays are 3-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties, feet and assembly instructions. Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise.

info@storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

dimensions maximuM h x w x d (mm) shelf load 1980 x 900 x 450 320kg 1980 x 900 x 600 180kg 1980 x 1200 x 450 350kg 1980 x 1200 x 600 200kg 1980 x 1500 x 450 510kg 1980 x 1500 x 600 275kg 1980 x 1500 x 900 104kg 1980 x 1800 x 450 635kg 1980 x 1800 x 600 365kg 1980 x 1800 x 900 210kg 1980 x 2100 x 450 650kg 1980 x 2100 x 600 400kg 1980 x 2100 x 900 210kg 1800 x 2400 x 450 600kg 1980 x 2400 x 600 445kg 1980 x 2400 x 900 210kg

(GB) Blue

(RD) Red

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 162

Hygienic Shelving

2-3 DAYS

h yg i e n i c s h e lv i n g

Hygienic Wire Shelving For clean, cold, wet & sterile environments • • • • •

Fast fit design for simple & safe installation Open access corners for space efficiency Metric to fit modern buildings better Maximum 100kg UDL shelf loading Nylon coated

FROM

£172 Airdeck Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves shelf dims w x d (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

starter bay ref price NQ17.459/4 £172 NQ17.4512/4 £203 NQ17.4515/4 £222 NQ17.4518/4 £259 NQ17.69/4 £191 NQ17.612/4 £234 NQ17.615/4 £264 NQ17.618/4 £323

extension bay ref price NQ17.459/4A £170 NQ17.4512/4A £198 NQ17.4515/4A £220 NQ17.4518/4A £257 NQ17.69/4A £189 NQ17.612/4A £230 NQ17.615/4A £271 NQ17.618/4A £320

extra shelf ref price NQ459 £33 NQ4512 £43 NQ4515 £48 NQ4518 £55 NQ69 £38 NQ612 £48 NQ615 £56 NQ618 £68

Airdeck grid shelves promote air flow

Stainless Steel Shelving Available with wire or solid shelves, ideal for cold, wet & sterile environments • M anufactured from 304 grade stainless steel • Shelves are electro polished for durability

STORAGE

RUBBER CASTORS

REF: CQ5R-S

Plug in expansion fit 125mm swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set. £88

FROM

£491

Stainless Steel Wire Shelving Bays

1700mm high, with four shelves shelf dims shelf w x d (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

starter bay ref price SQ17.459/4 £493 SQ17.4512/4 £540 SQ17.4515/4 £618 SQ17.4518/4 £649 SQ17.69/4 £537 SQ17.612/4 £657 SQ17.615/4 £720 SQ17.618/4 £822

extension bay ref price SQ17.459/4A £472 SQ17.4512/4A £519 SQ17.4515/4A £599 SQ17.4518/4A £673 SQ17.69/4A £516 SQ17.612/4A £636 SQ17.615/4A £700 SQ17.618/4A £802

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

extra ref price SQ459 £97 SQ4512 £123 SQ4515 £129 SQ4518 £148 SQ69 £108 SQ612 £139 SQ615 £154 SQ618 £180

Stainless Steel Solid Shelving Bays

1700mm high, with four shelves shelf dims w x d (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

info@storage-design.co.uk

starter bay ref price SPQ17.459/4 £491 SPQ17.4512/4 £597 SPQ17.4515/4 £701 SPQ17.69/4 £593 SPQ17.612/4 £716 SPQ17.615/4 £868

extra shelf ref price SPQ459 £97 SPQ4512 £123 SPQ4515 £149 SPQ69 £122 SPQ612 £153 SPQ615 £191

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 163

Kitchen Shelving

3-5 DAYS

Popular choice for stockrooms, kitchens and schools

100 300 TO

KG LOADING

From

£105

Instant mobility! Any chrome wire shelving bay can be made mobile by quickly fitting a set of castors

Castors 75mm rubber castors, max load 100kg per set.

caszd-3s

£25.10

FDREE ELIV

ERY

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

shelf dims starter bay extension bay extra shelf w x d (mm) REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE 910 x 450 L71.459/4 £105.00 L71.459/4A £109.00 LW.459 £20.90 1200 x 450 L71.4512/4 £126.00 L71.4512/4A £119.00 LW.4512 £26.60 1500 x 450 L71.4515/4 £162.00 L71.4515/4A £155.00 LW.4515 £33.00 900 x 600 L71.69/4 £151.00 L71.69/4A £144.00 LW.69 £24.60 1200 x 600 L71.612/4 £169.00 L71.612/4A £146.00 LW.612 £34.00 1500 x 600 L71.615/4 £191.00 L71.615/4A £184.00 LW.615 £40.20

info@storage-design.co.uk

storage

Chrome Wire Utility Shelving Bays 1800mm high, with four shelves

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

K I TC H E N S H E LV I N G

• Quick and easy to build • Hardwearing chrome finish shelves let light through • Will not harbour dust • Extension may be added at 90º to form space efficient corners

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S T E E L CO R E P L A S T I C s h elv i n g

164

Steel Core Plastic Shelving

3-5 DAYS

Versatile and flexible racks of refined polypropylene with a steel core for extra strength

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Polypropylene grille shelves

Solid polypropylene plate shelves

CORNER UNITS FROM

£336

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters.

STORAGE

Other sizes available please enquire We can offer alternative heights, widths & depths. Also, extra shelves, and castors for instant mobility. Just call us!

1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Grille BAY 300mm DEEP 400mm DEEP 500mm DEEP 600mm DEEP WIDTH STARTER EXTENSION CORNER STARTER EXTENSION CORNER STARTER EXTENSION CORNER STARTER EXTENSION CORNER 980mm DE983GS DE983GE DE983GC DE984GS DE984GE DE984GC DE985GS DE985GE DE985GC DE986GS DE986GE DE98GC £385 £323 £336 £406 £341 £353 £435 £367 £380 £462 £393 £405 1180mm DE1183GS DE1183GE DE1183GC DE1184GS DE1184GE DE1184GC DE1185GS DE1185GE DE1185GC DE1186GS DE1186GE DE1186GC £409 £347 £359 £437 £372 £385 £468 £401 £414 £498 £429 £424 1380mm DE1383GS DE1383GE DE1383GC DE1384GS DE1384GE DE1384GC DE1385GS DE1385GE DE1385GC DE1386GS DE1386GE DE1386GC £457 £395 £408 £486 £421 £434 £524 £457 £470 £561 £492 £504 1580mm DE1583GS DE1583GE DE1583GC DE1584GS DE1584GE DE1584GC DE1585GS DE1585GE DE1585GC DE1586GS DE1586GE DE1586GC £484 £421 £434 £520 £455 £467 £560 £493 £506 £603 £534 £547 1780mm DE1783GS DE1783GE DE1783GC DE1784GS DE1784GE DE1784GC DE1785GS DE1785GE DE1785GC DE1786GS DE1786GE DE1786GC £525 £463 £475 £568 £503 £516 £610 £543 £556 £656 £587 £600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 Anti-static for computer environments

In cold rooms and freezers down to -30°C

In wet areas – rustproof

In kitchens and food processing industry

• S pecial self-stabilising connection technique without the use of cross stays • 150kg UDL per shelf, 600kg UDL per section • Easy assembly without use of nuts & bolts • Steel cored for extra strength

Hygienic

STARTER BAYS FROM

• W eldless, tight polypropylene structure shelving more hygienic • Prevents liquid and dirt from entering the racks • Can be easily cleaned

£394

Shelving Units can be fitted with castors, for ease of cleaning particularly in coldrooms. Set of 4 Castor Wheels (2 braked / 2 unbraked) Order reference: CASTORS

CASTORS

1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Plate Shelves

info@storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

£87

BAY 300mm DEEP 400mm DEEP 500mm DEEP 600mm DEEP WIDTH STARTER EXTENSION CORNER STARTER EXTENSION CORNER STARTER EXTENSION CORNER STARTER EXTENSION CORNER 980mm DE983PS DE983PE DE983PC DE984PS DE984PE DE984PC DE985PS DE985PE DE985PC DE986PS DE986PE DE986PC £394 £332 £344 £415 £351 £363 £447 £380 £393 £478 £409 £421 1180mm DE1183PS DE1183PE DE1183PC DE1184PS DE1184PE DE1184PC DE1185PS DE1185PE DE1185PC DE1186PS DE1186PE DE1186PC £417 £355 £367 £445 £380 £393 £477 £409 £422 £511 £443 £455 1380mm DE1383PS DE1383PE DE1383PC DE1384PS DE1384PE DE1384PC DE1385PS DE1385PE DE1385PC DE1386PS DE1386PE DE1386PC £468 £406 £419 £498 £434 £446 £541 £473 £486 £581 £512 £524 1580mm DE1583PS DE1583PE DE1583PC DE1584PS DE1584PE DE1584PC DE1585PS DE1585PE DE1585PC DE1586PS DE1586PE DE1586PC £494 £432 £444 £529 £465 £477 £575 £513 £525 £617 £548 £561 1780mm DE1783PS DE1783PE DE1783PC DE1784PS DE1784PE DE1784PC DE1785PS DE1785PE DE1785PC DE1786PS DE1786PE DE1786PC £539 £477 £490 £577 £512 £525 £630 £563 £575 £680 £611 £623

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

S T E E L CO R E P L A S T I C S H E LV I N G

Stable

165

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

p l a s t i c s h e lv i n g

166

Plastic Shelving

15-20 DAYS

Extremely versatile and easy to use, modular shelving can form virtually any layout • • • •

Resistant to moisture and chemicals, corrosion resistant Lightweight and very strong Standard shelving is static but castors can be fitted at extra cost Can withstand low temperatures – ideal for coldroom storage

FROM

£176

Stores flat when not in use

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

SPECIFICATION Vertical space (between shelves) All modules are 400mm

Available in 5 colours

Horizontal space (between uprights) 1000mm wide 890mm clear space 1200mm wide 1090mm clear space 1500mm wide 2 x 675mm clear spaces 1800mm wide 2 x 825mm clear spaces 2000mm wide 2 x 925mm clear spaces

Red, cream, blue, grey and green Unless specified otherwise, cream will be supplied

STORAGE

Standard Bays - Height 1050 mm (3 Shelves)

width (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

depth 300mm ref price 310403 £176 312403 £202 315403 £256 318403 £292 320403 £317

depth 400mm ref price 310404 £218 312404 £252 315404 £317 318404 £368 320404 £402

* Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS depth 500mm ref price 310405 £249 312405 £295 315405 £364 318405 £437 320405 £485

depth 600mm ref price 310406 £280 312406 £326 315406 £413 318406 £485 320406 £533

depth 500mm ref price 410405 £326 412405 £380 415405 £489 418405 £582 420405 £646

depth 600mm ref price 410406 £375 412406 £450 415406 £566 418406 £655 420406 £748

Standard Bays - Height 1495 mm (4 Shelves)

width (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

depth 300mm ref price 410403 £234 412403 £269 415403 £343 418403 £393 420403 £427

depth 400mm ref price 410404 £293 412404 £347 415404 £432 418404 £498 420404 £576

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

depth 900mm ref price 310409 £391 312409 £459 315409 £587 318409 £689 320409 £757

depth 1000mm ref price 310410 £447 312410 £530 315410 £669 318410 £789 320410 £867

* Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS

info@storage-design.co.uk

depth 900mm ref price 410409 £530 412409 £622 415409 £796 418409 £932 420409 £1022

depth 1000mm ref price 410410 £604 412410 £647 415410 £905 418410 £1065 420410 £1169

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 167

Plastic Shelving • Hospitals and Health Industry • Food and Drinks • Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals • Catering

MOISTURE, CHEMICAL & CORROSION RESISTANT

180

IDEAL FOR COLDROOM STORAGE

KG CAPACITY LOAD BEARING PER SQUARE METRE LENGTH

depth 300mm ref price 510403 £292 512403 £335 515403 £407 518403 £471 520403 £514

depth 400mm ref price 510404 £361 512404 £419 515404 £497 518404 £603 520404 £661

* Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS depth 500mm ref price 510405 £409 512405 £485 515405 £610 518405 £727 520405 £808

depth 600mm ref price 510406 £470 512406 £550 515406 £680 518406 £800 520406 £879

depth 900mm ref price 510409 £669 512409 £783 515409 £966 518409 £1135 520409 £1247

depth 1000mm ref price 510410 £761 512410 £895 515410 £1103 518410 £1302 520410 £1432

STORAGE

width (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

Connectors give strength, stability and easy construction

• Laundries • Laboratories • Educational Establishments • Retail

Standard Bays - Height 1940 mm (5 Shelves)

Quick Build

P L A S T I C S H E LV I N G

The design and construction of these units make them ideal for use in the following environments and industries;

Rotating Castor Sets TO FIT BAY WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

ref CBR10 CBR12 CBR15 CBR18 CBR20

price £46 £46 £70 £70 £70

ROTATING CASTORS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

UNLOCKED

LOCKED

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Pa l l e t R a c k i n g

168

Adjustable Pallet Racking Simple and quick to install using standard tools

• • •

Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility yellow finish beams

STARTER from

£413.50

2000

KG PER LEVEL

2250mm Wide Bays

WAREHOUSE

Extra Level, 1 Pair of Beams & Clips DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 2250 x 900 2250 x 1100 2700 x 900 2700 x 1100

ORDER REF PL229 PL2211 PL279 PL2711

PRICE £82.00 £82.00 £112.00 £112.00

Galvanised Steel Decking DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 2250 x 900 2250 x 1100 2700 x 900 2700 x 1100

CAPACITY UDL (kg) 2000 2000 2000 2000

ORDER REF PSL2290 PSL2211 PSL2790 PSL2711

PRICE £94.50 £110.00 £132.00 £200.50

Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and load capacities are available. Please contact us for further information

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Carries two 1000mm wide x 1000 or 1200mm deep pallets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 3000 x 2250 x 900 4800 x 2250 x 900 6000 x 2250 x 900 3000 x 2250 x 1100 4800 x 2250 x 1100 6000 x 2250 x 1100

BEAM LEVELS 2 3 4 2 3 4

STARTER BAY REF PRICE PS22930 £413.50 PS22948 £604.00 PS22960 £758.00 PS221130 £421.00 PS221148 £614.00 PS221160 £771.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE PE22930 £291.00 PE22948 £427.00 PE22960 £545.00 PE221130 £295.00 PE221148 £432.00 PE221160 £551.00

2700mm Wide Bays Carries two 1200mm wide x 1000 or 1200mm deep pallets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 3000 x 2700 x 900 4800 x 2700 x 900 6000 x 2700 x 900 3000 x 2700 x 1100 4800 x 2700 x 1100 6000 x 2700 x 1100

BEAM LEVELS 2 3 4 2 3 4

STARTER BAY REF PRICE PS27930 £473.50 PS27948 £694.00 PS27960 £878.50 PS271130 £481.00 PS271148 £704.50 PS271160 £891.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE PE27930 £351.00 PE27948 £517.50 PE27960 £665.50 PE271130 £355.00 PE271148 £522.50 PE271160 £672.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 169

Pa l l e t R a c k i n g

It is recommended that all bays be securely floor fixed - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed upon them

‘U’ shaped protector gives 3-way protection to the upright

‘L’ shaped protector provides greater clearance from end of rack

EXTENSION from

£291

Upright Protectors • •

10-18 DAYS

Protects bottom of pallet racking uprights from accidental damage 4 fixings per protector required (sold individually)

DESCRIPTION ORDER PRICE REF U TYPE PROTECTOR, 400mm HIGH UP400YQ £43.50 L TYPE UPRIGHT PROTECTOR, 400mm HIGH UPRA400YQ £44.50 FIXINGS FOR U & L TYPE PROTECTOR FAS1515 £3.50 B3 FOOTPLATE B3SZC £7.00

Rack End Protection Kits WAREHOUSE

• •

Modular barrier system for protection against forklift truck damage Kits contain two protectors, a sigma rail and all fixings WIDTH (mm) 930 1130 2030 2430

U TYPE ORDER REF PRICE SSURPK930YQ £138.50 SSURPK1130YQ £140.50 SSURPK2030YQ £151.50 SSURPK2430YQ £156.00

L TYPE ORDER REF PRICE SSLRPK930YQ £140.00 SSLRPK1130YQ £142.50 SSLRPK2030YQ £153.00 SSLRPK2430YQ £158.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

R a c k I n s p ec t i o n s

170

Rack Inspections All companies have a duty of care to inspect and repair shelving and racking

WAREHOUSE

• The liability, should an accident occur, is legally with the directors of the company • Damage to shelving and racking is an everyday occurance and needs to be maintained regularly to comply with health and safety regulations • Our fully qualified SEMA approved rack inspectors are available throughout the UK • A detailed report explaining what exactly needs to be repaired and a cost will be included

CALL US

now

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

for a no obligation inspection from our fully qualified staff

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Anti-collapse Mesh

171

The pallet rack safety screen for essential protection

a n t i- co l l a p s e m e s h

• • • • •

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

Simple, strong and effective Spillage protection of palletised items Fully welded grid for maximum security Easily fitted to new or existing racking Durable epoxy powder coat RAL7037 finish

BUDGET PRICE

£34

per square metre

The ANTI-COLLAPSE SYSTEM is a simple and highly effective preventative measure, designed to combat the problems associated with spillage from the rear of racking.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

Each panel is constructed on a 19mm square section steel tube, with mesh apertures of 25 x 25mm, 50 x 50mm, or 100 x 50mm to suit various applications. The system is self supporting on its own stand-off brackets which provide maximum strength and space for projecting items.

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Netting

Netting

172

2-3

WEEKS

Pallet Rack Netting Prevents accidents and stock damage • • • •

Will withstand a full pallet impact at 1000kg Available in blue, green and yellow 45mm x 45mm gauge nets For new installations or can be retro-fitted

DESCRIPTION BUDGET PRICE (per square metre)

ORDER REF PRNET1

PRIC £18

The price above is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request.

Mezzanine Handrail Netting Prevents items falling from a Mezzanine floor • • • • •

Retains the use of the handrail Available in blue, green and yellow 45mm x 45mm gauge nets For new installations or can be retro-fitted Standard height 1.05m

WAREHOUSE

DESCRIPTION BUDGET PRICE (per square metre)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF HRNET1

PRICE £16

The price above is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request.

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 173

Wire Mesh Decking

10-15 DAYS

w i r e m e s h d ec k i n g

1000 1500 OR

KG CAPACITY UDL PER SHELF

Quality powder coated grey finish

F OR BEAM WIDTH 1350 2250 2700 3350 3600 3900

DESCRIPTION MESH DECK 1000KGS MESH DECK 1000KGS MESH DECK 1000KGS MESH DECK 1000KGS MESH DECK 1500KGS MESH DECK 1500KGS MESH DIVIDER MESH DIVIDER

DIMENSIONS ORDER REF PRICE 1-20 W x D (mm) 1118 x 910 ND355X44 £16.80 1118 x 1110 ND435X44 £19.30 1320 x 910 ND355X52 £18.20 1320 x 1110 ND435X52 £22.50 1320 x 910 ND355X52H £19.70 1320 x 1110 ND435X52H £24.00 HEIGHT 300 x 900 ND900X300 £7.00 HEIGHT 300 x 1100 ND1100X300 £7.90

Wire mesh dividers available

QUICK

easy

CONSTRUCTION

PRICE 51-100 SUFFIX /51 £16.10 £18.60 £17.50 £21.80 £19.00 £23.20 £6.60 £7.40

PRICE 101+ SUFFIX /101 £15.70 £18.20 £17.20 £21.50 £18.60 £22.90 £6.40 £7.20

Wire Mesh Decking Mesh decking will increase the versatility of pallet racking, great for cartons, irregular loads or individual components Superior finish - heavy gauge wire is welded first, then powder coated grey for maximum durability and rust-free life • • • •

Easy to install - drops into place, no fastening required Ideal for storage above walk aisles or high bay rack systems Will work with any top thickness of box or step down beam Fire retardant & maintains integrity of overhead sprinkler coverage - a fire safety choice • Other sizes are available to order

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

AND

PRICE 21-50 SUFFIX /21 £16.50 £19.00 £17.90 £22.20 £19.30 £23.60 £6.80 £7.60

WIRE MESH DECKING TO USE 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1118 wide 2 x 1320 wide 3 x 1118 wide 2 x 1118 wide & 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1320 wide & 1 x 1118 wide

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Pallet Racking

7-10 DAYS

Pa l l e t R a c k i n g

174

Galvanised Pallet Racking Extremely durable and long life span shelving, fully weather proof. Can be used internally or externally

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

• All beams supplied complete with safety clips • All frames supplied in made up form, floor anchors included • Frame loadings depend on first beam level height, contact us for more information

WAREHOUSE

Individual Frames

MINIMUM ORDER: 1 frame and 3 beams 3000H x 2700W x 900Dmm

Locking Pins • To suit all major pallet racking systems, i.e Dexion, Link, Redirack, Hilo etc. • Please specify racking model when ordering • If unsure, please call for assistance • Locking pins to suit most racking models available

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

REF CSPPIN

£42.90 (pack of 50)

IMENSIONS CAPACITY D H x W (mm) (kg) 2500 x 900 12000 2500 x 1100 12000 2500 x 1200 12000 3000 x 900 12000 3000 x 1100 12000 3000 x 1200 12000 4500 x 900 12000 4500 x 1100 12000 4500 x 1200 12000 5500 x 900 12000 5500 x 1100 12000 5500 x 1200 12000

ORDER REF NSEF2500X900G NSEF2500X1100G NSEF2500X1200G NSEF3000X900G NSEF3000X1100G NSEF3000X1200G NSEF4500X900G NSEF4500X1100G NSEF4500X1200G NSEF5500X900G NSEF5500X1100G NSEF5500X1200G

PRICE £102 £104 £107 £122 £124 £127 £182 £184 £187 £222 £225 £227

Individual Beams IMENSIONS CAPACITY D L x D (mm) (kg) 900 x 80 2900 1350 x 80 3280 2700 x 80 1643 2700 x 130 3270 3300 x 145 3548

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF NSEB900X80G NSEB1350X80G NSEB2700X80G NSEB2700X130G NSEB3300X145G

PRICE £29 £36 £50 £56 £70

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Pallet Racking Accessories

175

10-14 DAYS

• • • •

Ergonomic unit for the storage of heavy items allowing containers to be moved easily in and out of the racking for manual picking Load capacity up to 1000kgs Ball bearings for smooth operation Safety catch to prevent accidental movement

DESCRIPTION FLOOR MOUNTED UNIT RACK MOUNTED UNIT pa-cg-001

£35

ORDER ref PA-PO-001 PA-PO-002

PRICE £POA £POA

Mesh Panel Column Guards • • •

Protects pallet racking pa-cg-002 from collision damage £ Made from S235 steel, yellow RAL1004 finish Use M12 100mm fixing bolts

25

DESCRIPTION HEIGHT (mm) ORDER ref COLUMN GUARD 400 PA-CG-001 CORNER GUARD 400 PA-CG-002 pa-pi-004

£45

PRICE £35.00 £25.00

Protect-It Column Guard • Fast and easy to connect or replace, no additional fixings required • Made from thermoplastic materials • Passes FEM 10.2.02 frontal impact test • Each piece 100mm high, sold as kit of 4 (2 yellow and 2 black) DESCRIPTION ORDER REF PROTECT-IT (KIT OF 4) PA-PI-004

• • •

Ideal for creating picking areas at ground level or protection above tunnel bays Mesh 102 x 64mm, load capacity 1000kg UDL Allows air circulation, optimises sprinkler percolation and smoke detection

H x W (mm) 900 x 864 1100 x 864 900 x 1320 1100 x 1320

ORDER ref PA-MP-001 PA-MP-002 PA-MP-003 PA-MP-004

pa l l e t r a c k i n g a cc e s s o r i e s

Pallet Pullout Unit

PRICE £26.00 £27.00 £31.00 £34.00

PRICE £45.00

Tubular Barriers • • • •

Protects pallet racking end frames Made from 3mm thick mild steel 89mm diameter tube, yellow RAL1004 finish Use M12 100mm fixing bolts, 4 per plate ORDER ref PA-TB-0900 PA-TB-1100 PA-TB-2000 PA-TB-2100 PA-TB-2400

PRICE £127.00 £132.00 £154.00 £157.00 £164.00

FROM

£127

• •

Ideal for aiding the storage of damaged or small pallets 3mm thick pre galvanized steel, painted orange RAL 2004

PA-PSB

£POA

WAREHOUSE

Length (mm) 900 1100 2000 2100 2400

Pallet Support Bars

Heavy Duty Rack End Protector • • • •

Protects pallet racking PA-REP from collision damage £ Supports 5mm steel, drop in beam 3mm Steel painted RAL1004 finish Use M12 100mm fixing bolts (4 per plate)

POA

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Skid Support Bars • •

Skid support bars make storing metal box stillages with feet, quick and simple 4mm thick steel

info@storage-design.co.uk

PA-SS

£POA

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 176

Vertical Racking

Vertical Racking

Arms adjustable horizontally without using tools

10

DAYS

Vertical Racking is not designed for horizontal storage under any circumstances. See cantilever racking - facing page

Vertical Storage Racks Bays supplied with 8 adjustable arms per side (4 per level)

1000

Ideal for storage of items of long length giving quick and easy access • S ingle or double sided, starter and extension bays available • Strong, adjustable modular design

Extra Divider Arms

KG CAPACITY PER LINEAR METRE

FROM

£368 Standard bay width 3000mm x 930mm to 1493mm deep

(MINIMUM ORDER QUANTITY: 2)

ARM ORDER QTY 2-4 QTY 5-10 QTY 11+ L (mm) REF (SUFFIX /2) (SUFFIX /5) (SUFFIX /11) 450 VRA45 £16 £14 £11 600 VRA60 £18 £16 £14 750 VRA75 £20 £18 £16

Single Sided Vertical Storage Racks BACK DIVIDER ARM STARTER BAY HEIGHT (mm) LENGTH (mm) REF PRICE EACH 2-5 (SUFFIX /2) 6+ (SUFFIX /6) 2000 450 VR245SS £623 £488 £368 2000 600 VR260SS £631 £495 £375 2000 750 VR275SS £638 £502 £382 3000 450 VR345SS £674 £532 £403 3000 600 VR360SS £681 £539 £410 3000 50 VR375SS £688 £546 £418 4000 450 VR445SS £749 £603 £469 4000 600 VR460SS £756 £611 £476 4000 750 VR475SS £764 £618 £483 5000 450 VR545SS £804 £654 £512 5000 600 VR560SS £811 £661 £519 5000 750 VR575SS £818 £668 £526

REF VR245SE VR260SE VR275SE VR345SE VR360SE VR375SE VR445SE VR460SE VR475SE VR545SE VR560SE VR575SE

EXTENSION BAY PRICE EACH 2-5 (SUFFIX /2) 6+ (SUFFIX /6) £386 £303 £233 £393 £310 £240 £400 £317 £247 £415 £329 £255 £422 £336 £262 £429 £343 £269 £460 £373 £295 £468 £380 £302 £475 £388 £309 £495 £405 £323 £502 £412 £330 £509 £419 £337

REF VR245DE VR260DE VR275DE VR345DE VR360DE VR375DE VR445DE VR460DE VR475DE VR545DE VR560DE VR575DE

EXTENSION BAY PRICE EACH 2-5 (SUFFIX /2) 6+ (SUFFIX /6) £512 £412 £329 £526 £426 £343 £541 £440 £358 £535 £432 £343 £549 £446 £358 £563 £460 £372 £581 £476 £383 £595 £490 £398 £609 £505 £412 £616 £508 £412 £631 £522 £426 £645 £536 £440

WAREHOUSE

Double Sided Vertical Storage Racks BACK DIVIDER ARM STARTER BAY HEIGHT (mm) LENGTH (mm) REF PRICE EACH 2-5 (SUFFIX /2) 6+ (SUFFIX /6) 2000 450 VR245DS £772 £619 £480 2000 600 VR260DS £787 £633 £495 2000 750 VR275DS £801 £648 £509 3000 450 VR345DS £817 £656 £511 3000 600 VR360DS £831 £671 £525 3000 750 VR375DS £845 £685 £539 4000 450 VR445DS £894 £729 £576 4000 600 VR460DS £908 £744 £591 4000 750 VR475DS £922 £758 £605 5000 450 VR545DS £951 £781 £621 5000 600 VR560DS £965 £795 £635 5000 750 VR575DS £980 £809 £649

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 177

Cantilever Racking

15

DAYS

Cantilever Racks • H eight and arm levels variable to suit your need, standard vertical pitch is 150mm • Load notices for safe working load supplied with all racks • Black uprights and yellow arms as standard – other colours and finishes available (eg. galvanised) • All racks include shims and floor fixings • Experienced installation teams • Choose from the selection below or contact us with your specific requirements - double sided racks available

Arms are connected to uprights with two bolts and arm height is adjustable in 150mm increments

C a n t i le v e r R a c k i n g

Each rack manufactured to your specific requirements

WLD3

£1027

Heavy duty arm

250 1000 TO

KG ARM CAPACITY

Bespoke manufacturing with tailored designs to suit your particular application at a competitive price. Please call with your requirements.

INFO?

CALL US

Removable retaining pins

Tyre/Head guards available on all cantilever racking

NOW!

Cantilever Racking - 3 Upright Racks PRODUCT TYPE LIGHT DUTY MEDIUM DUTY HEAVY DUTY

UPRIGHT HEIGHT 2700mm 4500mm 6000mm

ARM LENGTH 800mm 1000mm 1200mm

UPRIGHT CENTRES 1000mm 1200mm 1500mm

ARMS ARM CAPACITY REF 3 250kg 4 500kg 5 1000kg

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER

PRICE

WLD3 WMD4 WHD5

£1027 £1500 £2213

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

NEED MORE

Light medium duty arm

Detail of bracing connection on galvanised rack

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 178

Pallet Boxes

7-14 DAYS

Pa l l e t B ox e s

Geobox Pallet Boxes High density polyethylene containers for bulk storage Suitable for meat storage, fruit & vegetable storage & waste products • • • • • •

Hygienic impact resistant design, light and strong Impervious to most forms of chemical erosion Ventilated sides and base ensure good airflow Safe and stable stacking Replaceable feet and runners Loading 450kg per box, stacked ten high (543 litre boxes only)

Lid For all 373/543 litre storage boxes

LIC40204

£80

27603

£229

750H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external 545H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal

543 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes CONSTRUCTION BASE WEIGHT ORDER PRICE FITTINGS (kg) REF SOLID BASE AND SIDES TWO RUNNERS 34 760604AA £247 VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES TWO RUNNERS 33 27601 £244 SOLID BASE AND SIDES SIX FEET 33 760904AA £244 VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SIX FEET 32 27603* £229 * Minimum order 4

Pallet Boxes

27270

High load capacity and long service life

£161

• Non-deforming one piece construction • Lightweight, empty containers can be handled without a lift truck • Optionally supplied with half-drop door, allows easy access to stock • Snag free internal sides

662H x 1000L x 600Wmm external 519H x 929L x 544Wmm internal SL86424k

£156

260 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES * Minimum order 6

SL86626K

SLD86421K

WAREHOUSE

£191 DESCRIPTION SOLID SIDES SOLID SIDES HINGED LID HINGED LID HALF OPEN SIDE (SHORT SIDE) HALF OPEN SIDE (LONG SIDE) HALF OPEN SIDE (SHORT SIDE) HALF OPEN SIDE (LONG SIDE) HALF DROP DOOR (SHORT SIDE) HALF DROP DOOR (LONG SIDE) HALF DROP DOOR (SHORT SIDE) HALF DROP DOOR (LONG SIDE) HALF DROP DOOR (SHORT SIDE), LID HALF DROP DOOR (LONG SIDE), LID

BASE WEIGHT ORDER PRICE FITTINGS (kg) REF TWORUNNERS 13.5 27250 £170 SIX FEET 12.7 27270* £161

£168

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 800 x 600 x 520 800 x 600 x 720 800 x 600 x 538 800 x 600 x 738 800 x 600 x 520 800 x 600 x 520 800 x 600 x 720 800 x 600 x 720 800 x 600 x 520 800 x 600 x 520 800 x 600 x 720 800 x 600 x 720 800 x 600 x 538 800 x 600 x 720

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

INNER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 573 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 573 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 573 725 x 525 x 573 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 573 725 x 525 x 573 725 x 525 x 373 725 x 525 x 573

CAPACITY (LITRES) 145 223 145 223 145 145 223 223 145 145 223 223 145 223

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SL86421K SL86621K SLD86421K SLD86621K SL86424K SL86426K SL86624K SL86626K SLK86424K SLK86426K SLK86624K SLK86626K SLDK86424K SLDK86624K

PRICE £146 £184 £168 £205 £156 £157 £192 £191 £209 £191 £226 £227 £209 £248

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 179

Dock Lights & Wheel Chocks

10-15 DAYS

Standard Plus Dock Light

• 1 00W tungsten halogen lamp in pivoting steel housing • Hinged steel bracket allows pivoting and 1m extension • Handle incorporated for safe and easy adjustment

• E asily positioned to illuminate the inside area of a vehicle • 80W halogen bulb • Standard 1060mm arm offers full three dimensional movement • Energy saving LED lamp option

Folds back for easy storage

NEED MORE

EE FDR ELIV

DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE (V) STANDARD STANDARD

SUPPLY WEIGHT ORDER PRICE (kg) REF 240 6.5 TWDL-1-240 £207 110 6.5 TWDL-1-110 £207

E RY

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

DOCK LIGHTS & WHEEL CHOCKS

Standard Dock Light

DESCRIPTION SUPPLY WEIGHT ORDER PRICE VOLTAGE (V) (kg) REF STANDARD PLUS 240 7.0 TWDL-3-240 £195 STANDARD PLUS 110 7.0 TWDL-3-110 £195 STANDARD PLUS (LED) 240 7.0 TWDL-3L-240 £270 STANDARD PLUS (LED) 110 7.0 TWDL-3L-110 £270

Wheel Chocks Prevent unexpected vehicle movement • Suit all vehicles up to heavy commercials • Moulded nitrile rubber or cast aluminium • Safety grip face for maximum adhesion between tyre and chock • Built-in lifting handles • Optional anti-theft chain

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

TWC-3 + chain

FROM

£24

DESCRIPTION ECONOMY RUBBER CHOCK STANDARD RUBBER CHOCK CAST ALUMINIUM CHOCK ANTI-THEFT CHAIN

DIMENSIONS WEIGHT H x W x L (mm) (kg) 200 x 160 x 240 4.5 190 x 190 x 270 6.0 180 x 180 x 400 3.3 5M LONG 1.0

ORDER PRICE REF TWC-4 £24 TWC-1 £29 TWC-3 £85 TWC-2 £31

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

WAREHOUSE

TWC-1 + chain

TWC-4 + chain

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 180

Dock Levellers

7-10 DAYS

Dock levellers

Dock Plates

IMENSIONS MAX HEIGHT CAPACITY WEIGHT ORDER PRICE D W x L (mm) DIFFERENCE (mm) (kg) (kg) REF 915 x 1220 178 770 32 3648 £497 915 x 1220 178 1360 44 H3648 £591 1220 x 610 76 2040 22 4824 £392 1220 x 915 127 1360 32 4836 £496 1220 x 915 127 2450 43 H4836 £591 1220 x 1220 178 1020 42 4848 £600 1220 x 1220 178 1810 56 H4848 £721 1220 x 1525 228 810 52 4860 £704 1220 x 1525 228 1450 70 H4860 £853 1525 x 915 127 1700 39 6036 £575 1525 x 915 127 3040 52 H6036 £688 1525 x 1220 178 1270 51 6048 £704 1525 x 1220 178 2270 69 H6048 £852 1525 x 1525 228 1020 64 6060 £835 OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) FTH-1 £111 OPTIONAL SIDE CURBS WITH CASTORS SCC-2 £183 OPTIONAL FIXED SPAN LOCKING LEGS FSL-1 £45

• S afe vehicle access from a loading dock • High tensile aluminium • Anti-slip tread surfaces • Loop-type lifting handle • Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning

Optional side curbs and castors for easy movement

Dock Boards • O ptional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for vehicle to stand away from loading dock • Optional fork lift handles for easy movement • Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level container loading FROM

£787 DOCK BOARD WITH ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCK OPTION other sizes

available please enquire

DIMENSIONS USABLE MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT ORDER W x L (mm) WIDTH (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) REF 1520 x 910 1450 130 3640 52 8-6036 1520 x 1220 1420 180 3640 73 8-6048 1520 x 1520 1420 230 3640 90 8-6060 1520 x 1830 1420 280 3640 115 8-6072 1520 x 910 1450 130 5450 62 12-6036 1520 x 1220 1420 180 5450 86 12-6048 1520 x 1520 1420 230 5450 115 12-6060 1520 x 1830 1420 280 5450 135 12-6072 1830 x 910 1750 130 5450 72 12-7236 1830 x 1220 1730 180 5450 100 12-7248 1830 x 1520 1730 230 5450 130 12-7260 1830 x 1830 1730 280 5450 155 12-7272 1520 x 1520 1390 230 6360 115 14-6060 1830 x 1830 1680 280 6360 160 14-7272 OPTIONAL ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCKS (PAIR) ASL/1 OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) FTH1 OPTIONAL GROUND LEVEL LOADING FITTINGS (SET) GLF1

PRICE £787 £932 £1096 £1276 £891 £1068 £1279 £1481 £989 £1198 £1440 £1685 £1281 £1698 £329 £111 £154

WAREHOUSE

Hinged Bridge Plates from

• A hinge rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates, which can be slid sideways into position as required • Locate into a hinge rail fixed to the loading dock • 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plate • Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking clamp is provided) DIMENSIONS SPAN MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1524 x 510 550 62 4000 32 1524 x 460 500 53 3250 22 1524 x 510 550 62 3000 26 1524 x 980 1020 145 2500 55 1220 x 980 1020 145 2250 44 1220 x 1280 1320 194 1000 48 1220 x 980 1020 145 1000 36 915 x 1420 1460 220 1000 50 1220 x 1280 1320 194 500 46 1220 x 1110 1150 164 500 30 HINGE RAIL WITH CLIPS & FIXINGS (in multiples of 2.5m lengths)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

£431

ORDER REF BH6020 B-6018 B-6020 BH6038 BH4838 BX4850 B-4838 BH3656 B-4850 BL4843 HRCF-1

PRICE £482 £427 £431 £730 £612 £666 £525 £674 £634 £464 £199

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Dock Bumpers

3-5

181

DAYS

DOCK BUMPERS

Reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by vehicle impact

FROM

£10 TWB-E-100

£60

per Metre

Rubber Dock Bumpers

Nylon Dock Bumpers DIMENSIONS NO. ORDER PRICE W x L x D (mm) HOLES REF 254 x 457 x 50 2 TWB-1018-2-N11Y £121 254 x 457 x 100 2 TWB-1018-4-N11Y £182 254 x 762 x 50 3 TWB-1030-2-N11Y £233 254 x 762 x 100 3 TWB-1030-4-N11Y £251 203 x 457 x 100 3 TWB-L-N11Y £243

D-Section Dock Bumper

DIMENSIONS NO. ORDER PRICE W x L x D (mm) HOLES REF 120 x 127 x 76 1 TWB-5-HF £10 120 x 254 x 76 2 TWB-10-HF £19 120 x 381 x 76 3 TWB-15-HF £26 120 x 508 x 76 4 TWB-20-HF £36 120 x 762 x 76 6 TWB-30-HF £55 254 x 335 x 101 2 TWB-1013-4 £43 254 x 457 x 101 2 TWB-1018-4 £55 254 x 762 x 101 3 TWB-1030-4 £70 254 x 457 x 150 2 TWB-1018-6 £66

BUMPER FIXINGS TWB-F1 (M12 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-5, 10, 15, 20 & 30 TWB-F4 (M16 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-6 and all Nylon and Sliding Nylon Dock Bumpers TWB-W (M16 zinc washer) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-6

£2.70 £4.00 £1.90

Supplied to length up to 3m IMENSIONS D H x D (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 200 x 200

ORDER PRICE REF PER METRE TWB-E-100 £60 TWB-E-150 £107 TWB-E-200 £190

Fixing holes 14mm to suit 12mm fixings REF TWB-EH PRICE per hole Optional fixing strip (to pass through centre) REF TWB-EST PRICE per metre

Rubber Packer - Extra absorption for bumpers TWB-1018-2-N11Y & TWB-1018-4-N11Y REF TWB-1018-2 TWB-1030-4-N11Y & TWB-1030-2-N11Y REF TWB-1030-2

£4.00

£12.00

£29.00 £41.00

Sliding Nylon Bumpers Four times the lifespan of traditional nylon fixed bumpers

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

£463

Designed to allow four different orientations, and hence four times the lifespan of a ‘traditional’ fixed nylon bumper. Patent GB 2468733 DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND BUMPER RIGHT HAND BUMPER

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 780 x 340 x 100 780 x 340 x 100

WEIGHT (kg) 40 40

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF TWB1030-4N13YLH TWB1030-4N13YRH

PRICE

WAREHOUSE

• H ousing allows bumper to move with the vehicle during un/loading operations, reducing wear on the bumpers front face • Bumper can be repositioned • Smooth face prevents snag • Thick rubber packer provides impact absorption to further protect the bumper, building and vehicle • Fixings will match most other dock bumpers and can be used in most situations

£463 £463

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 182

P V C S T R I P C U R TA I N S

PVC Strip Curtains

3-5 DAYS

Walk through / drive through curtains, for outside doors or internal barriers • • • • • • •

Easy to install Low maintenance Protection against wind and rain Helps maintain temperature within building Helps reduce noise between work areas Restricts entry to birds and insect pests Special versions for coldrooms and freezers

FROM

£44.40 PER SQ M

FROM

£55.50 PER SQ M

FREEZER

EXTERNAL

EE R F

WAREHOUSE

DEL

IVER

Y

HOW TO ORDER • Select your door according to application and type of traffic •

Measure the door aperture in metres, and calculate an all inclusive price per square metre (1 metre minimum width)

• Specify code, aperture width & height, and whether face or underside fixing

USAGE MAX PVC OVERLAP ORDER REF PRICE* HEIGHT (mm) STRIP (mm) SQ METRE EXTERNAL EXPOSURE DOORWAYS PEDESTRIAN 2.5 200 x 4 100% 200/4/100CL £60.00 VEHICLE 4.5 300 x 3 100% 300/3/100CL £55.50 VEHICLE 7.5 400 x 4 100% 400/4/100CL £57.90 FREEZER DOORWAY BARRIERS PEDESTRIAN 2.75 200 x 2 50% 200/2/50LT £44.40 VEHICLE 3.5 300 x 3 50% 300/3/50LT £50.50 VEHICLE 5.5 300 x 3 100% 300/3/100LT £64.00 INTERNAL DOORWAYS PEDESTRIAN 2.75 200 x 2 50% 200/2/50CL £38.60 VEHICLE 5.5 300 x 3 50% 300/3/50CL £43.90 VEHICLE 7.6 400 x 4 50% 400/4/50CL £48.20 INTERNAL SCREENS & PARTITIONS PARTITION 3 300 x 2 50% 300/2/50CL £38.10 THERMAL 10 400 x 2.5 50% 400/2.5/50CL £41.30 NOISE 10 400 x 4 100% 400/4/100-CL £57.90 *Remember this is a complete price, including all fixtures and fittings

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 183

PVC Strip Curtains • • • • • • •

PVC strips are supplied cut to length, with hangers pre-assembled Red marker strips are provided at each end, to act as guides for traffic Track is complete with necessary fixings, ready for face or under lintel fixing. Hook-on track is supplied for curtains up to 3.5m high Heavy duty aluminium track, suitable for fork trucks, is supplied for curtains over 3.5m high. The above track types may be specified on any size door without affecting the price - please state on order. Stainless steel track is supplied with low temperature curtains for freezer / food environments

Replacement PVC Strips For repairs to existing doors and for making your own screens

PVC SIZE & GRADE 200 x 2mm CLEAR 300 x 3mm CLEAR 400 x 4mm CLEAR 1000 x 2mm CLEAR 1200 x 2mm CLEAR

ROLL LENGTH 50 metres 50 metres 50 metres 20 metres 20 metres

ORDER REF R200/2/CL R300/3/CL R400/4/CL R1000/2/CL R1200/2/CL

PRICE PER ROLL £110 £245 £449 £383 £445

MWSB

£276

P V C S T R I P C U R TA I N S

How are the curtains supplied?

Why different overlaps? 50% Overlap • • •

Allows easier passage for pedestrians Provides a moderate thermal barrier Is an excellent internal divider and is a lower cost option

WELDING INTERNAL

100% Overlap • Suits exposed external doorways • Provides an excellent thermal barrier • Withstands heavy traffic use

(overlap is slightly reduced with this track)

1900H x 2000Wmm

Heavy Duty Aluminium Track

Opaque Green Welding Screen

Face Fixing (add FF to order code)

Under Lintel Fixing (add ULF to order code)

• Galvanised steel frame • Four castors for mobility • Self-extinguishing PVC • Green or bronze strips • Filters 99% of ALL ITEMS UV light SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

For routine manufacturing

MWSG

£276

Translucent Bronze Welding Screen NEED MORE

INFO?

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CALL US

NOW!

Gives adequate visibility for supervision and safety

info@storage-design.co.uk

MWSB

WAREHOUSE

Where can the door hang?

Medium Duty Hook-On Track

Mobile Welding Screens

£276

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

R A C K I N G L a b e lling

184

Racking Labelling Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip • • • •

Adheres to any steel surface Cut to any length to suit Write on, wipe off Five colours as shown, please specify when ordering

ROLL SIZE 10mm x 10m 15mm x 10m 20mm x 10m 25mm x 10m 30mm x 10m 40mm x 10m 50mm x 10m 60mm x 10m 70mm x 10m 80mm x 10m 90mm x 10m 100mm x 10m

2-3 DAYS

ORDER REF MSR1 MSR/15 MSR2 MSR25 MSR3 MSR4 MSR5 MSR6 MSR7 MSR8 MSR9 MSR10

PRICE

Beam & Shelf Code Labelling

£12.60 £17.90 £21.50 £25.80 £29.10 £37.20 £44.70 £45.00 £52.20 £56.10 £60.30 £65.40

Clear and precise identification for the modern warehouse • • • • •

Maximise your warehouse traffic & minimise costly picking errors Self adhesive, or magnetic for easy relocation Can include bar and colour coding Single or double code sequences, barcodes and directional arrows Installation Services are available We produce labels to your own design

NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

Magnetic Location Markers

Magnetic Numbers & Letters

• • • •

• • •

White face magnetic markers Locate on any steel surface Write on with wet-wipe pen – Wipe off Quick and easy relocation

Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets of a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits Black digits, white or yellow background Tile sizes 43mm with 39mm high digit or £ 23mm with a 17mm high digit

18.80

WAREHOUSE

REF PB/10 black wet-wipe pens

£18.80 pack of 10

DIMENSIONS (mm) 15 x 80 20 x 80 30 x 80 40 x 100 50 x 80 50 x 150 56 x 105 90 x 210 30 x 100

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 100

ORDER REF LM158 LM28 LM38 LM410 LM58 LM515 LM105 LM219 LM310

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PACK PRICE £14.30 £20.90 £27.00 £39.30 £39.90 £60.00 £54.60 £16.20 £29.10

COLOUR WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW

TILE HEIGHT mm 43 43 23 23 43 43 23 23

DIGITS PER SHEET 61 55 198 192 61 55 198 192

ORDER REF*

PRICE

M43MIXW/N M43MIXW/L M23MIXW/N M23MIXW/L M43MIXY/N M43MIXY/L M23MIXY/N M23MIXY/L

£18.80 £18.80 £18.80 £18.80 £18.80 £18.80 £18.80 £18.80

*L = Letters A-Z, N = Numbers 0-9

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Racking Labelling

2-3

Magnetic Label Holders, Brown

• I nstant identification for steel racking and shelving • Individual 80mm wide labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip • Magnetic or self-adhesive, protective transparent PVC strip included Self-adhesive

Magnetic

Self Adhesive Label Holders, White SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15mm x 1m 30mm x 1m 50mm x 1m

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS

ORDER REF AL18 AL38 AL58 AL1/10 AL3/10 AL5/10

PACK PRICE £38.40 £52.20 £64.50 £30.00 £40.80 £47.70

SIZE PACK HxW QUANTITY 15 x 80mm 100 20 x 80mm 100 25 x 80mm 100 30 x 80mm 100 40 x 80mm 100 50 x 80mm 100 15 x 500mm 20 20 x 500mm 20 25 x 500mm 20 30 x 500mm 20 40 x 500mm 20 50 x 500mm 20 60 x 100mm 100 60 x 200mm 50 30 x 1000mm 10 30mm x 50m 1 ROLL 40mm x 5m 1 ROLL 40mm x 10m 1 ROLL 50mm x 50m 1 ROLL 70mm x 100mm 100 70mm x 200mm 50

ORDER PACK REF PRICE ML18 £31.40 ML28X £35.70 ML28 £38.70 ML38 £42.90 ML48 £56.70 ML58 £69.90 ML150 £40.50 ML250X £45.00 ML250 £48.30 ML350 £52.80 ML450 £66.30 ML550 £85.50 ML610 £80.70 ML620 £79.20 ML3-10 £52.80 MLR3 £165.00 MLR4-5 £34.80 MLR4-10 £69.30 MLR5 £231.00 ML710 £97.50 ML720 £95.70

R A C K I N G L a b e lling

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders

Colour codeable - your choice of white, blue, green, yellow or red insert cards (white is supplied unless a colour is specified)

185

DAYS

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders Self Adhesive Ticket Holders

• Clear plastic ticket holders, quick and easy to update • Front pulls forward for card to be inserted • Special lengths can be supplied up to 3m

DIMS WHITE x W (mm) CARD INC H 25 x 100  25 x 200  25 x 1000  25 x 2000 - 38 x 100  38 x 200  38 x 1000  38 x 2000 - 54 x 100  54 x 200  54 x 1000  54 x 2000 - 80 x 100  80 x 200  80 x 1000  80 x 2000 -

Magnetic Ticket Holders DIMS WHITE x W (mm) CARD INC H 25 x 100  25 x 200  25 x 1000  38 x 100  38 x 200  38 x 1000  54 x 100  54 x 200  54 x 1000  80 x 100  80 x 200  80 x 1000 

PACK QTY 100 50 10 100 50 10 100 50 10 100 50 10

ORDER REF TS210M TS220M TS25-10M TS310M TS320M TS38-10M TS510M TS520M TS54-10M TS810M TS820M TS80-10M

PACK PRICE £69.60 £55.20 £48.30 £73.50 £59.10 £54.30 £87.30 £78.60 £76.50 £94.20 £85.80 £80.40

Ticket Holder Profiles

80 54

38 25

Height (mm)

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Pouches Supplied complete with white card inserts

DESCRIPTION SIZE PACK ORDER H x W (mm) QUANTITY REF SELF-ADHESIVE 30 x 100 100 SAP310 SELF-ADHESIVE 40 x 120 100 SAP412 SELF-ADHESIVE 60 x 100 100 SAP610 SELF-ADHESIVE 60 x 140 100 SAP614 MAGNETIC 30 x 100 100 MP310 MAGNETIC 40 x 120 100 MP412 MAGNETIC 60 x 100 100 MP610 MAGNETIC 60 x 140 100 MP614

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PACK PRICE £54.60 £57.60 £60.30 £67.50 £60.60 £72.30 £84.00 £96.30

ORDER REF TS210 TS220 TS25/10 TS25/20 TS310 TS320 TS38/10 TS38/20 TS510 TS520 TS54/10 TS54/20 TS810 TS820 TS80/10 TS80/20

PACK PRICE £39.60 £37.80 £30.90 £45.90 £42.90 £40.50 £35.70 £53.70 £59.40 £53.70 £51.30 £87.30 £64.50 £60.00 £56.10 £103.50

Wire Shelving Clip Holder • Easily identify locations on wire shelving • Pull forward front for loading & updating • Scan barcodes without removing them • Quick and easy to use “clip-on” system

SIZE PACK H x W QUANTITY 43 x 75mm 50

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF WSC47

WAREHOUSE

• A n economical range of flexible p.v.c ticket pockets, which have a clear front and yellow back designed for use on racking and shelving • The clear front enables barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket • The self-adhesive pocket enables it to be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic pocket can be easily relocated without removing the ticket

PACK QTY 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10

PACK PRICE £89.10

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

I d e n t i f i c at i o n & L a b e lli n g

186

Identification & Labelling

2-3 DAYS

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labelling

Self Adhesive Steel Tape

• • • • •

• • •

Easily applied peel-off labels Cleanly removed Black characters on yellow background For factories, warehouses and storerooms Supplied on cards in identical characters

Applied to non-metallic surfaces to accept magnetic products Easily cut to size Available in 3 sizes

SIZE WIDTH x LENGTH 12mm x 30m 20mm x 30m 25mm x 30m

ORDER REF PRICE ST/12 ST/20 ST/25

£44.10 £64.20 £82.50

Self Adhesive Magnetic Strip • • •

Locates on any steel surface Makes anything magnetic SIZE WIDTH x LENGTH Industrial quality 13mm x 30m 1.5mm 20mm x 10m thick 50mm x 10m

ORDER REF PRICE MSSA/13 MSSA/20 MSSA/50

£64.80 £34.50 £53.71

Warehouse Information Labels • • • • •

WAREHOUSE

Cards of Individual Characters (Numbers 0-9 or Letters A-Z) LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

ORDER REF F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

PRICE PER CARD £0.97 £0.97 £0.97 £0.97 £1.36 £1.86 £2.41 £2.41

Complete Letter & Number Sets LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

NUMBERS 0-9 SET OF 10 CARDS F1/0-9 £9.65 F2/0-9 £9.65 F3/0-9 £9.65 F4/0-9 £9.65 F5/0-9 £13.57 F6/0-9 £18.60 F7/0-9 £24.06 F8/0-9 £24.06

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

LETTERS A-Z SET OF 26 CARDS F1/A-Z £25.09 F2/A-Z £25.09 F3/A-Z £25.09 F4/A-Z £25.09 F5/A-Z £35.27 F6/A-Z £48.36 F7/A-Z £62.55 F8/A-Z £62.55

High visibility individual weight loading labels, Minimum order value suitable for both £25.00 racking and shelving Printed with the text of your choice Available in magnetic or self adhesive Printed in black on yellow or white background 70/90mm high labels may be printed on 2 lines

SIZE FIXING TYPE H x W (mm) 25 x 200 SELF ADHESIVE 50 x 300 SELF ADHESIVE 70 x 300 SELF ADHESIVE 90 x 300 SELF ADHESIVE 25 x 200 MAGNETIC 50 x 300 MAGNETIC 70 x 300 MAGNETIC 90 x 300 MAGNETIC

ORDER REF BL23 BL53 BL73 BL93 BL23M BL53M BL73M BL93M

PRICE £0.90 £1.82 £2.10 £2.52 £1.47 £2.78 £3.72 £4.64

Floor Location Labels • • • • •

High Visibility Floor Location Labels used where conventional labels cannot be applied to the racking structure Aggressive adhesive backing Printed to your design Choice of black text on yellow or white background Can be overprinted with company logo, address and contact details

call us

to order

info@storage-design.co.uk

with your: Quantity, size, colour, text and barcode details

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 187

Warehouse Signs

2-3 DAYS

Bay Markers

Magnetic & Self Adhesive High visibility to provide instant identification for all areas, saving time and reducing costs

Magnetic & Self Adhesive High visibility bay markers for clear identification in the warehouse

• F lange signs are designed for right angled display, and may be lettered both sides if required • High visibility white or yellow styrene • Flat types are corner drilled for easy fixing • We letter the signs for you, so quote your exact requirements!

• A luminium marker • Magnetic or self adhesive edge • Sizes for single and double digit signs

AM1

AM1F (state left or right)

Fixed within seconds no drilling required

AM3/3

Markers supplied blank, when ordering select type and size of marker and add F-8 characters specifying the numbers or letters required

AM1T AM2/2

AM4

wa r e h o u s e s i g n s

Aisle Markers

DESCRIPTION SIZE MAX ORDER PRICE H x W (mm) DIGITS REF EACH MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN 260 x 167 1 BM1 £16.20 MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN 260 x 310 2 BM2 £23.10 SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN 260 x 167 1 BA1 £16.20 SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN 260 x 310 2 BA2 £23.10 S/A VINYL LETTER OR NUMBER 230 x 140 - F-8 £2.40

AM6/1

Document Pockets

AM-4 available in YELLOW only STYLE MARKER SIZE H x W (mm) FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 95 x 160 SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED 95 x 130 MAGNETIC FLANGED 95 x 130 SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED 95 x 130 x 130 MAGNETIC FLANGED 95 x 130 x 130 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 220 x 270 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 220 x 270 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 220 x 450 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 220 x 450 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 220 x 450 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 300 x 300 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 300 x 300 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS* 660 x 343 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 600 x 600 FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS 600 x 600

DIGITS PROVIDED UP TO 3 (50mm) UP TO 3 EACH SIDE UP TO 3 EACH SIDE UP TO 3 EACH SIDE UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 1 (180mm) 2 (180mm) 1 (180mm) 2 (180mm) 3 (180mm) 1 (180mm) 2 (180mm) 1 x 500mm 1 x 450mm 1 x 450mm

ORDER PRICE REF EACH AM1 £6.50 AM1F £7.00 AM1FM £7.40 AM1T £11.00 AM1TM £12.60 AM2/1 £9.20 AM2/2 £12.60 AM3/1 £9.80 AM3/2 £13.80 AM3/3 £17.20 AM3X/1 £9.80 AM3X/2 £13.80 AM-4 £18.50 AM6/1 £45.30 AM6/2 £70.80

• Helps to prevent double stacking of pallets and to reduce damage that can occur during transit and storage • Suitable for strapping or shrink-wrapping to pallets • Supplied in packs of 100 PY1

£88.80 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

TO SUIT DOCUMENTS PACK MAGNETIC H x W (mm) QTY REF PRICE 60 x 110 100 MP7H/100 £72.00 110 x 110 10 MP1111/10 £19.90 110 x 215 10 MP1122/10 £24.60 150 x 110 10 MP6V/10 £20.60 110 x 155 10 MP6H/10 £20.60 155 x 230 10 MP5H/10 £21.50 155 x 230 50 MP5H/50 £78.60 215 x 160 10 MP5V/10 £21.50 215 x 160 50 MP5V/50 £78.60 215 x 310 10 MP4H/10 £26.10 215 x 310 50 MP4H/50 £98.40 310 x 220 10 MP4V/10 £26.10 310 x 220 50 MP4V/50 £98.40 436 x 316 10 MP3H/10 £54.60 316 x 436 10 MP3V/10 £54.60

info@storage-design.co.uk

SELF ADHESIVE REF PRICE AP7H/100 £53.60 AP1111/10 £16.50 AP1122/10 £23.40 AP6V/10 £19.90 AP6H/10 £19.90 AP5H/10 £15.00 AP5H/50 £62.10 AP5V/10 £15.00 AP5V/50 £62.10 AP4H/10 £17.90 AP4H/50 £78.60 AP4V/10 £17.90 AP4V/50 £78.60 AP3H/10 £49.20 AP3V/10 £49.20

WAREHOUSE

Stak Stopper

• I ndustrial quality products with folded edges ideal for when documentation needs to be kept clean • Choice of pockets to fit A3-A7 inserts available in portrait (v) or landscape (h) • Magnetic: locates on any steel surface • Self-adhesive: aggressive tape along top and bottom edges (A7 has a tape along the top edge only)

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

WA R E H O U S E S I G N S

188

Warehouse Signs

Hanging Pockets

Wrap-Around Pockets

• Suitable for industrial wooden cases, trolleys, stillages, pallet converters, and many more up to a maximum hanging rail of 25mm thick • Manufactured in tough plastic • Unique hooked header design

• Unique magnetic looped header wraps around the mesh of the cage • Designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers • Manufactured in tough plastic • Available in sizes A4, A5 and A6 • Suitable for all rollcages

SIZE H x W (MM) 210 x 297 210 x 297 155 x 220 155 x 220

QUANTITY/pack 10 100 10 100

ORDER ref WCP4H/10 WCP4H/100 WCP5H/10 WCP5H/100

PRICE £31.40 £270.00 £25.20 £202.00

SIZE H x W QUANTITY/ ORDER PRICE QUANTITY/ ORDER PRICE (mm) pack ref pack ref 297 x 210 10 WRP4V/10 £39.30 50 WRP4V/50 £168.00 148 x 210 10 WRP5H/10 £32.40 50 WRP5H/50 £138.60 105 x 210 10 WRP6H/10 £29.10 50 WRP6H/50 £123.00

Frames 4 Docs • C olour coded frames designed for easy and prominent document display • Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm in thickness • Self-adhesive frames are permanent, documents can be viewed both sides on glass • Single colour packs or mixed (contains 2 x each colour) TO SUIT QUANTITY/ SIZE PACK A5 10 (1 COLOUR) A4 10 (1 COLOUR) A3 10 (1 COLOUR) A5 10 (MIXED) A4 10 (MIXED) A3 10 (MIXED)

MAGNETIC ORDER REF PRICE MFD5-10 £45.00 MFD4-10 £55.80 MFD3-10 £84.90 MFD5MIX-10 £45.00 MFD4MIX-10 £55.80 MFD3MIX-10 £84.90

SELF-ADHESIVE ORDER REF PRICE SFD5-10 £43.50 SFD4-10 £54.00 SFD3-10 £82.80 SFD5MIX-10 £43.50 SFD4MIX-10 £54.00 SFD3MIX-10 £82.80

Colours Blue, green, yellow red and black

WAREHOUSE

Racksack Easy collection & segregation of warehouse waste • Simple fixing and trouble free handling, supplied with two strong ‘S’ hooks • Suitable for shelving 900mm to 1100mm deep • Made from tough waterproof polyester with carrying and emptying handles • Dimensions 1000H x 920Wmm • Available in 14 designs, please specify suffix

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

GW White

MP Blue

E Magenta

GLTurquoise A White

WT Brown

C Blue

M White

PS Red

MR Green

BK Blank

UANTITY/pack Q 1 5 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

P Red

BM Brown

SW Red

ORDER ref RSB1 RSB5 RSB10

PRICE £19.80 £93.00 £174.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 189

Floor Stickers

2-3 DAYS

Floor Graphic Markers

• H ighlight walkways, fork truck routes and pallet positions on the warehouse floor • Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing • Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively with no mess • Designed to withstand everyday warehouse traffic • Suitable for clean, flat, sealed surfaces

High visibility floor graphics to highlight warnings and operational hazards • Permanent adhesive • Graphics printed on the underside of a clear PVC film • Signs withstand everyday warehouse traffic FM1 to FM22

EE R F

Colours

DEL

Yellow, red, blue, green, white and black

IVER

£17.90

Y

FM2

FM7

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 10 10 100 100 10

ORDER REF FS/+ FS/T FS-L FS/O FS/A FS/F

EACH

430mm diameter

FM1

SIGNAL SIZE (mm) SHAPE CROSS 300 x 300 T 200 x 300 L 200 x 200 CIRCLE 90mm DIA ARROW 90mm HIGH FOOT 300 x 100

FM12

PRICE £19.80 £13.50 £13.50 £31.40 £31.40 £13.50

FM3

FM8

FM9

FM13

FM18

FM4

FM14

FM19

FM5

FM10

FM15

FM20

• A range of Weight Loading Notices, detailing the procedures for the maintenance of racking structures • Each sign can be supplied blank or printed black to your design • Signs can be overprinted with your company logo, address and contact details

FM21

SIZE SUITABLE LOCATION H x W (mm) 356 x 254 SHELF / PALLET RACKING 356 x 254 CANTILEVER RACKING 356 x 254 DRIVE THRU’ RACKING 356 x 254 MEZZANINE FLOOR 470 x 350 SHELF / PALLET RACKING 297 x 420 SHELF / PALLET RACKING

BLS5

ORDER REF BLS1 BLS2 BLS3 BLS4 BLS5 BLS6

PRICE £12.30 £12.30 £12.30 £12.30 £14.60 £15.60

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FM22

WAREHOUSE

EACH

BLS4

FM17

Floor Identification Markers

FMC

BLS3

FM11

FM16

£4.60 BLS2

FM6

• M anufactured to the same high standard as our graphic markers these 190mm diameter floor markers are printed with bold black alpha or numeric digits on a yellow background • They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces • Available in A-Z letters, single digits 0-9 and double digits 10-25 • Hi-visibility floor markers • Designed to identify aisle, bay or other warehouse floor areas

Weight Load Notices

BLS1

F LO O R S T I C K E R S

Floor Signals

Each marker is 190mm diameter Please state letter or number required

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 190

Scales

5-7

DAYS

Scales

Light Capacity Platform Scales • F our full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet • Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable • Wall or bench mount bracket included. • Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print • 160 x 80 x 30mm pod size with 17mm high digital display in kg or lb

NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

Postal Scale • Rate computing postal scale • PiP compatible • Simple operation, with auto switch-off • Metered and stamped mail • 120mm high letter rack • Displays price to pay

ws300-50

£220

5

200 x 135mm plate size

KG CAPACITY

315

£77 Stainless steel platform suits hygienic or general purpose weighing

Electronic Bench Scale

Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable CAPACITY 300kg x 50g 300kg x 50g 500kg x 100g

PLATFORM H x W x D (mm) 60 x 550 x 550 60 x 900 x 550 60 x 915 x 915

WEIGHT (kg) 15 17 42

ORDER REF WS300-50 WS300-90 WS500

PRICE £220 £245 £366

• A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas and warehouses • Tough ABS case with adjustable feet • Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life. Mains adapter also included • Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units Displays 7 digits in kg & g, lb & oz

Portable Bench Scales • A portable general purpose bench scale • Simple operation with four functions - on/off/zero and lb/kg • Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included) • Auto-off feature • UK&EU power adapter supplied as standard • Approvals CE & WEE directive • Bench or wall mount bracket supplied

ws/15

APACITY C DIMS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 6kg x 1g 95 x 250 x 300 405/6 £77 15kg x 2g 95 x 250 x 300 405/15 £77 Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable

Weighing & Counting Scales • Robust high impact ABS case • Battery powered, with 12V mains adaptor • Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting • Auto off feature with variable setting 3 displays -

£157

WAREHOUSE

EACH

£77

245 x 215mm stainless steel platform

Top plate 290 x 220mm

weight, piece, count - 15mm high

EACH

£148 Platform 380W x 300W x 27Hmm CAPACITY 15kg 60kg 120kg

RESOLUTION 5g 20g 50g

ORDER REF WS/15 WS60 WS/120

PRICE £157 £157 £157

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EE FR DEL

IVER

Y

info@storage-design.co.uk

APACITY C DIMS ORDER H x W x D (mm) REF 6kg x 1g 117 x 295 x 335 B120/6 15kg x 2g 117 x 295 x 335 B120/15 30kg x 5g 117 x 295 x 335 B120/30

PRICE £148 £148 £148

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 191

Heavy Duty Scales

5-10 DAYS

Portable Beam Scales

Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving, warehouse and dispatch

Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load

• M ild steel, thick safety tread top plate with powder coated paint finish • Low profile platform 4 Load cells IP65 rated • Overload protection 150% of rated capacity • Junction box - top access for easy installation and service • Complete with digital indicator up to 30.000 resolutions • Time and date display with six digit, 20mm high red LED • 4.6 m lead as standard from indicator to platform • RS232 connectivity • Shipping Weight 116kgs • Key functions: Gross/Net Weight /Counting Checkweighing/Peak Hold/Totalising/Print/Zero/tare/ Select Units/on-off

• • • • •

Mild steel beams Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg • 200% overload protection Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator. RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices

H E AV Y D U T Y S C A L E S

Platform Scale

DP90-1200

DSB4848-05

£616

£586 per sET

1200L x 100W x 60Hmm

DP90 Weigh Indicator NEED MORE

CALL US

INFO?

NOW!

CAPACITY 2500kg x 0.5g

PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) 1210 x 1210 x 102

WEIGHT ORDER PRICE (kg) REF 116 DSB4848-05 £616

• K ey functions gross, net weight, counting checkweighing, peak, totalising, print, zero, tare, units, on-off • Internal battery or mains operated • Stainless steel stand for desk, wall or pole mounting • 5 metre lead as standard

Drum Weigher / Floor Scale A portable drum weigher / floor scale for use in a wide range of applications • P owder coated steel with smooth top plate surface and two handles and wheels to easily relocate • Adjustable foot pads to work effectively on uneven floors • Built-in ramp ends for recessed floors • Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator with an LED display • Keys On/Off/Zero, Tare, Units, Hold/Print

Optional support stand for weight indicator - sold separately

WAREHOUSE

DS1000ST

£30

46H x 800W x 800Dmm UP TO 30 HOURS RUN TIME

DS1000

£488

500 0.2 X

KG CAPACITY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

965mm high

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

SAFETY STEPS

192

Safety Steps

10-15 DAYS

Medium Duty Safety Steps Popular design to industrial standards Wide range of sizes Rubber covered or nonslip punched metal treads

BC5831/R

£651

Kick plate on three sides of platform

Punched Metal Treads Give optimum grip even with smooth soled shoes

All-welded steel construction

Rubber Teads

Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform

Optional Safety Gate (factory fitted) See opposite

Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castors

Hand lever locking bar raises front castors

Colours

for stable floor contact when in use and lowers them for easy movement between positions Steps 559Wmm Rise 229mm Platform 559W x 600Dmm

Rubber covered feet

WAREHOUSE

559 Wide Punched Metal Treads No. OF TREADS (inc platform) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Rubber Treads

platform overall dimensions height (mm) H x W x D (mm) 1143 2057 x 787 x 1360 1372 2286 x 813 x 1510 1600 2514 x 864 x 1660 1829 2743 x 889 x 1810 2058 2972 x 914 x 1960 2286 3200 x 991 x 2110 2515 3429 x 1067 x 2260 2743 3657 x 1143 x 2410 2972 3886 x 1219 x 2560 3200 4114 x 1245 x 2710 3429 4343 x 1270 x 2860

order ref

price

ORDER REF PRICE

BC5801 BC5811 BC5821 BC5831 BC5841 BC5851 BC5861 BC5871 BC5881 BC5891 BC5899

£414 £443 £512 £591 £666 £735 £748 £837 £954 £1090 £1252

BC5801/R BC5811/R BC5821/R BC5831/R BC5841/R BC5851/R BC5861/R BC5871/R BC5881/R BC5891/R BC5899/R

£438 £479 £582 £651 £723 £787 £876 £980 £1114 £1272 £1352

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-tread will not be accepted

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 BC35110

10-14

£896

DAYS

Safety Steps option platform option

Extra wide

Extra deep

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads • Hand rails either side of steps to 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit • Tread widths 559mm or 762mm • Step rise 250mm • 400mm deep platform as standard, 600mm deep at extra cost • Rubber tyred wheels and nylon castors • Rubber covered feet

SAFETY STEPS

Heavy Duty Safety Steps

193

Colours

Safety Gates

Foldable option available. Please call us to enquire

Safety Step (factory fitted) WIDTH 559mm

OPTIONAL WIDTH 762mm

REF: XDP559 600mm Deep Platform

£36.10

REF: XDP762 600mm Deep Platform

£36.10

LLR

LIFT & LOCK RAIL

£29.90

LLR

LIFT & LOCK RAIL

£29.90

C/H

CHAIN

£30.90

C/H

CHAIN

£30.90

559 Wide Punched Metal Treads platform overall dimensions height (mm) H x W x D (mm) 762 1676 x 762 x 850 1016 1930 x 762 x 1000 1270 2184 x 787 x 1180 1524 2438 x 813 x 1300 1778 2692 x 864 x 1500 2032 2946 x 889 x 1650 2286 3200 x 914 x 1850 2540 3454 x 991 x 2050 2794 3708 x 1067 x 2150 3048 3962 x 1143 x 2350 3302 4216 x 1219 x 2500 3556 4470 x 1245 x 2650 3810 4724 x 1270 x 2800 4064 4978 x 1295 x 3000

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

WIDTH 762mm

SG559

£80 SG762

£85

EXTRA WIDE 762mm Treads order ref

price

BC3530 BC3540 BC3550 BC3560 BC3570 BC3580 BC3590 BC35100 BC35110 BC35120 BC35130 BC35140 BC35150 BC35160

£338 £364 £421 £517 £560 £643 £721 £779 £896 £957 £1064 £1239 £1417 £1516

OVERALL DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 1676 x 965 x 850 BC3530/30 £367 1930 x 965 x 1000 BC3540/40 £401 2184 x 965 x 1180 BC3550/50 £446 2438 x 965 x 1300 BC3560/60 £541 2692 x 965 x 1500 BC3570/70 £602 2946 x 965 x 1650 BC3580/80 £665 3200 x 1016 x 1850 BC3590/90 £753 3454 x 1092 x 2050 BC35100/100 £819 3708 x 1118 x 2150 BC35110/110 £936 3962 x 1168 x 2350 BC35120/120 £983 4216 x 1270 x 2500 BC35130/130 £1124 4470 x 1295 x 2650 BC35140/140 £1278 4724 x 1321 x 2800 BC35150/150 £1464 4978 x 1346 x 3000 BC35160/160 £1573

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

o. OF TREADS N (inc platform) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

WIDTH 559mm

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

SAFETY STEPS

194

Safety Steps

10-15 DAYS

Foot Lock Safety Steps

Easy Slope Safety Steps

Hands free lock and unlock Easy to move, easy to mount

• All welded steel construction • Fitted hand lever locking bar to mobilise and immobilise unit • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Gentle 45 degree slope

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads and platform • Simple to operate foot lock immobilises and mobilises the steps • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castor, rubber covered metal feet • 559mm wide steps, 250mm rise, 400mm platform depth

FROM

£442

Colours

FROM

£288

559mm wide steps Non Slip Punched metal treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads TREADS (inc plTFM) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Centrally placed foot lock is easy to use

600mm Deep Platform

price £442 £468 £554 £608 £686 £809 £890 £998 £1098 £1189

XDP/559

£36.10

EXTRA WIDE 1000mm Treads

EXTRA

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads

WAREHOUSE

platform overall dims order ht (mm) H x W x D (mm) ref 648 1562 x 762 x 1050 BC4530/559 864 1778 x 762 x 1250 BC4540/559 1080 1994 x 787 x 1450 BC4550/559 1295 2209 x 813 x 1650 BC4560/559 1511 2425 x 864 x 1850 BC4570/559 1727 2641 x 889 x 2050 BC4580/559 1943 2857 x 914 x 2250 BC4590/559 2159 3073 x 991 x 2450 BC45100/559 2375 3289 x 1067 x 2650 BC45110/559 2591 3505 x 1143 x 2850 BC45120/559

TREADS (inc platform overall dims order platform) height (mm) H x W x D (mm) ref 3 762 1676 x 762 x 850 BC44A3 4 1016 1930 x 762 x 1000 BC44A4 5 1270 2184 x 787 x 1180 BC44A5 6 1524 2438 x 813 x 1300 BC44A6 7 1778 2692 x 864 x 1500 BC44A7 8 2032 2946 x 889 x 1650 BC44A8

price £288 £310 £360 £458 £518 £567

OVERALL DIMENSIONS ORDER REF PRICE H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 1200 x 1050 BC4530 £569 1778 x 1200 x 1250 BC4540 £651 1994 x 1200 x 1450 BC4550 £733 2209 x 1200 x 1650 BC4560 £809 2425 x 1200 x 1850 BC4570 £908 2641 x 1200 x 2050 BC4580 £1054 2857 x 1250 x 2250 BC4590 £1164 3073 x 1300 x 2450 BC45100 £1316 3289 x 1350 x 2650 BC45110 £1419 3505 x 1400 x 2850 BC45120 £1553

Safety Gates (Optional) - Lifts and folds flat to the side of the steps 559mm Wide Safety Gate

SG/559

£80

1000mm Wide Safety Gate

SG/1000

£99

MANY MORE SIZES AND TREAD OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. CALL US NOW!

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 10-15

Access Platforms

DAYS

195

BC2133/30/5

£719

A CC E S S P L AT F O R M S

Single Ended Access Platforms Ideal for warehouse access or maintenance work

Handrails on both sides of steps Handrail at end and on one side of platform please specify left or right (as shown) side opening

Simple operation - hand lever immobilises and mobilises steps

TREADS (platform) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

platform DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1600 1016 x 762 x 1600 1270 x 762 x 1600 1524 x 762 x 1600 1778 x 762 x 1600 2032 x 762 x 1600 2286 x 762 x 1600 2540 x 762 x 1600

overall dims order H x W x D (mm) ref 1676 x 965 x 1981 BC2133/30/3 1930 x 965 x 2134 BC2133/30/4 2184 x 965 x 2286 BC2133/30/5 2438 x 965 x 2438 BC2133/30/6 2692 x 965 x 2591 BC2133/30/7 2946 x 991 x 2743 BC2133/30/8 3200 x 1016 x 2896 BC2133/30/9 3454 x 1092 x 3048 BC2133/30/10

price £655 £685 £719 £807 £854 £948 £1085 £1151

Mounted on two fixed wheels and two swivel castors

Double Ended Access Platforms For safe and secure high level maintenance

Generous platforms for efficient working

• S teps at both ends of platform with punched metal treads • Handrails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Models up to 6 treads have hand lever to lock/unlock all four castors • Models with 7-10 treads have adjustable screw jacks for stability

Colours

TREADS (platform) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

platform DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1600 1016 x 762 x 1600 1270 x 762 x 1600 1524 x 762 x 1600 1778 x 762 x 1600 2032 x 762 x 1600 2286 x 762 x 1600 2540 x 762 x 1600

overall dims order price H x W x D (mm) ref 1676 x 813 x 2438 BC3333/30/3 £789 1930 x 813 x 2743 BC3333/30/4 £817 2184 x 813 x 3048 BC3333/30/5 £926 2438 x 813 x 3352 BC3333/30/6 £966 2692 x 1016 x 3658 BC3333/30/7 £1046 2946 x 1016 x 3962 BC3333/30/8 £1151 3200 x 1016 x 4267 BC3333/30/9 £1245 3454 x 1016 x 4572 BC3333/30/10 £1292

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£966

WAREHOUSE

BC3333/30/6

WE CAN MANUFACTURE TO CUSTOMER SPECIFICATION - PLEASE ENQUIRE!

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

SAFETY STEPS

196

Safety Steps

10-15 DAYS

Best

Easy Action Safety Steps

SELLERs

Step on to immobilise, step off to mobilise • • • • •

BC5961

BC5941

£395

£320

All steel construction Rubber covered non-slip treads Single handrail on 2 step model Double handrails on 3-6 step models All swivel rubber tyred castors

BC5921

£242

IDEAL for NARROW AISLES NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

WAREHOUSE

FEET GRIP FIRMLY TO THE GROUND WHEN IN USE

381mm WIDE

559mm WIDE

REF BC5921 TREADS INC PLATFORM 2 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 460 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1370 x 520 x 800 PRICE £242

REF BC5951 TREADS INC PLATFORM 5 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1140 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1950 x 685 x 1050 PRICE £363

REF BC5931 TREADS INC PLATFORM PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL DIMS (mm) PRICE

REF BC5961 TREADS INC PLATFORM 6 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1370 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 2180 x 685 x 1200 PRICE £401

3 680 1600 x 520 x 890 £278

REF BC5941 TREADS INC PLATFORM 4 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 915 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1825 x 520 x 920 PRICE £323

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Colours

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 197

10-15 DAYS

FROM

£335

RW0104 Handrail only available in yellow

Fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips to aid safety

EE R F DEL

OPEN FRONT AS STANDARD

Lift & Push Steps • All welded steel construction • 400mm deep platform 559mm punched metal treads • Fitted with handlebars to move “wheelbarrow” style • 914mm high hand rails on either side of steps and platform • Rubber covered feet

Optional closed front

IVER

SAFETY STEPS

Fitted with tubular steel handrail

Y

CF38

£29 EXTRA

HEAVY DUTY

Colours Colours

Plastic Steps

GALVANISED FINISH

REF BC3830 TREADS INC PLATFORM 3 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 760 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1674 x 760 x 1070 PRICE £335

REF BC3830/G TREADS INC PLATFORM 3 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 760 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1674 x 760 x 1070 PRICE £383

REF BC3840 TREADS INC PLATFORM 4 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1020 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1934 x 760 x 1220 PRICE £374

REF BC3840/G TREADS INC PLATFORM 4 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1020 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 1934 x 760 x 1220 PRICE £423

REF BC3850 TREADS INC PLATFORM 5 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1270 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 2184 x 760 x 1370 PRICE £403

REF BC3850/G TREADS INC PLATFORM 5 PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1270 OVERALL DIMS (mm) 2184 x 760 x 1370 PRICE £457

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Step up safely to those out of reach items or surfaces • • • •

Moulded in tough, medium density polyethylene Resistant to most chemicals, ideal for wash down applications and wet/corrosive environments Conforms to BS EN 14183:2003E Certified max load capacity of 250kg

ORDER EXTERNAL DIMS WEIGHT PRICE REF H x W x D (mm) 1 STEP RW0101 300 x 485 x 310 5kg £51 2 STEPS RW0102 415 x 475 x 540 10kg £74 3 STEPS RW0103 620 x 440 x 795 15kg £99 4 STEPS RW0104 1620 x 490 x 1080 22kg £267

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

PAINTED FINISH

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

PA C K A G I N G

198

Packaging Equipment

2-3 DAYS

Modular, ergonomic packaging stations to increase your efficiency and output • Units can be adapted and re-sited as YOUR needs change • Stepless height adjustment TO suit all personnel AND all tasks • European quality manufacture

Maxi Packing Table

A

Complete Packing Station As A, B and C plus a 1200mm cutter

60-200

• 1600 x 800mm • Height adjustable 700-920mm

£394

PAKIT3

£995

Dual Shelf Top & Mandrel Set

B

• 2 vertical supports • Top carton shelf with 6 dividers • Steel cantilever mid shelf • Mandrel kit for small paper/film rolls

B

Underbench Mandrel

C

60-900

£294

60-703

• For large paper/film rolls • With all brackets and rollers

£97

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

A

A

Increased productivity on repetitive packaging tasks See page 203

WAREHOUSE

C

D

D

Undershelf

• 1600 x 600mm

60-955

£166

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Staplers & Tackers A full range of manual & electrical models available See page 205

info@storage-design.co.uk

Bubble Film & Corrugated Paper Range of sizes available See page 200

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 199

• •

Sturdy welded steel section construction with table and shelf edges set into the frame to avoid damage 920mm table height

Packing Table

PA C K A G I N G

Economy Packing Station

EB-250

£173

920H x 1800W x 780Dmm

Flow Pack Hopper Save your space and time packing goods with this storage facility for cartons, wrappings and equipment

• 2 x 15 cu ft bag capacity with valve • Polystyrene chips not included FPH

E

Supplied flat packed

£394

Chip Dispenser Section

E

• 800 x 800mm • Add-On Table + Hopper Frame • Excludes bag, valve & poly chips 60-105

£693

Packing Station

EB-251

£263

1500H x 1800W x 780Dmm

Cutters and Stands • • •

1200mm and 1500mm cutting widths Rotary cutter cuts in both directions Mobile stands include roll support mandrel

Legs (Pair) • To make frame freestanding

Add-on Table Packaging Tapes & Hand Dispensers Tapes & machines for every application See page 202

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• 800 x 800mm • Not free standing, this table has one leg frame only 60-102

£226

DESCRIPTION 1200mm WIDE CUTTER 1200mm WIDE STAND 1500mm WIDE CUTTER 1500mm WIDE STAND

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

60-940

£263

60-301

£289

60-941

£278

60-302

£294

WAREHOUSE

60-901

£85

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

pa c k a g i n g

200

Packaging

3-5 DAYS

Paper/Film/Foil Roll Holders

Corrugated Paper

• Quality packaging grade kraft paper in 4 widths • Roll holders to dispense most wrapping papers • Fitted with serrated blade

• Tough protection for industry • Biodegradable and recyclable

Max roll diameter 240mm

Wall Brackets

CRHSWB

£2.30

• 3 pack

Counter Roll Holders OLL WIDTH R (mm) 500 600 800 1000

ORDER REF CRHS500 CRHS600 CRHS800 CRHS1000

Hanging Brackets • 3 pack

75m Rolls

CRHSHB

£2.40

OLL WIDTH R (mm) 650 900

Brown Paper PRICE £58.00 £60.00 £67.00 £74.00

Stock Cartons

ROLL SIZE W x L 500mm x 275m 750mm x 275m 900mm x 275m

ORDER REF MG500 MG750 MG900

Bubble lined Postal Packs

• Popular sizes from stock

• Cost effective • Ultra lightweight • Self-sealing

warehouse

ORDER REF SW/1 SW/2 SW/3 SW/4

PACK PRICE £21.60 £22.50 £23.40 £51.00

Packs of 50

Double Wall Corrugated Cartons DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 450 x 400 x 550 500 x 500 x 750

ORDER REF DW/1 DW/2

Packs of 10

PACK PRICE £27.40 £44.00

PRICE £22.10 £30.80

PRICE

NEED MORE

£19.20 £28.70 £36.50

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

Bubble Film GREAT VALUE

• Soft, strong cushioned protection • Small and large bubble in rolls • Dispenser pack for smaller users

Small Bubble 75m Rolls

Single Wall Corrugated Cartons DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 76 x 225 x 300 (A4) 125 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 300 x 450

ORDER REF CP650 CP900

XT DIMS PACK E (mm) QUANTITY 120 x 225 200 140 x 275 200 170 x 275 100 200 x 325 100 240 x 325 100 240 x 400 100 250 x 400 100 290 x 420 100 320 x 505 50 370 x 530 50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF APP/1/SA APP/2/SA APP/3/SA APP/4/SA APP/5/SA APP/6/SA APP/7/SA APP/8/SA APP/9/SA APP/10/SA

PRICE £23.00 £26.80 £15.30 £18.90 £21.70 £24.80 £30.20 £40.00 £24.80 £32.90

ROLL WIDTH (mm) 600 750 900

ORDER REF SB/600 SB/750 SB/900

PRICE £16.10 £20.10 £24.10

Large Bubble 50m Roll ROLL WIDTH (mm) 750

Handy Pack

ORDER REF LMB/750

PRICE £21.30 QP/3035

£9.90

• 300mm x 35m small bubble, supplied with safety cutter

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 201

Packaging Machine

3-5 DAYS

Waste Management Pa c k a g i n g M AC H IN E

Cost effective solutions to utilise your waste cardboard and corrugated board • Make your own cushioning and void fill material • Dual action machines trim and converts in one operation • Single phase and three phase power options • Pay back in as little as one year

If you require an onsite demo please call us

Quality products, with full service backup

CP422S2-3PH

£5175

CP3162S2

Optimum product protection

We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

CARDBOARD THICKNESS UP TO 10mm UP TO 15mm UP TO 15mm UP TO 17mm

MAX CUT WIDTH 320mm 420mm 420mm 420mm

CUTTING SPEED 10 METRES PER MIN 12 METRES PER MIN 12 METRES PER MIN 14 METRES PER MIN

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 980 x 660 x 660 1060 x 660 x 660 1060 x 660 x 660 1100 x 750 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 92 120 120 260

POWER

ORDER REF

PRICE

230V SINGLE PHASE 230V SINGLE PHASE 415V THREE PHASE 415V THREE PHASE

CP3162S2 CP422S2 CP422S2-3PH CP430S2-3PH

£2088 £5963 £5175 £7796

info@storage-design.co.uk

warehouse

£2088

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

TA P E G U N S & D i spense r s

202

Tape Guns & Dispensers

3-5 DAYS

Adhesive Tapes & Dispensers D

C

F

B

H

A

E

G

Bench & Hand Tape Dispensers PIC A B C D E F G H

DESCRIPTION CLAMP ON BENCH TAPE DISPENSER BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP BRAKED TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER

MAX TAPE WIDTH (mm) 2 x 25 or 1 x 50 25 50 75 50 75 25 50

ORDER REF B3/TC B-25-BLK PD/332 PD/750 H11/CP H75 D2/25 D2/50

PRICE £9.20 £4.70 £12.90 £14.00 £5.40 £8.60 £10.70 £12.40

Adhesive Tapes DESCRIPTION CLEAR EASY-TEAR TAPE CROSS-WEAVE REINFORCED TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE FRAGILE - PRE PRINTED TAPE (RED ON WHITE)

DIMENSIONS W x L 24mm x 66m 25mm x 50m 25mm x 66m 50mm x 66m 75mm x 66m 50mm x 66m

CARTON QUANTITY 72 36 72 36 24 36

Gummed Paper Tapes & Dispensers

ORDER REF ET24 CW25/50 820/25 820/50 820/75 PPT/1

NEED MORE

80mm Pull & Tear

PRICE £42.10 £93.00 £48.60 £29.20 £39.60 £64.00

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

WAREHOUSE

Low cost gummed tape dispenser • R oller moistens as tape is pulled forward • Pull against blade to cut to length • Accepts gummed side in and gummed side out paper rolls

Gummed Paper Tape • S tandard Tapes (gummed side out) supplied in choice of paper weights

6

EPS/80

MONTH

£25

20-100mm Lever Operated • L ever operation dispenses pre-determined length of tape • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1100mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls

ROLL SIZE PAPER WxL WEIGHT 48mm x 200m 60g/m2 72mm x 200m 60g/m2 48mm x 200m 70g/m2 72mm x 200m 70g/m2

ORDER PRICE REF PER ROLL P60-48 £2.70 P60-72 £4.00 P70-48 £2.70 P70-72 £4.20

Reinforced Gummed Tape • H igh strength fibre mesh reinforced paper (gummed side out)

UNI/200/B6

£383

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

2

YEAR

ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 100m 70mm x 100m

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF P140-48R P140-70R

PRICE PER ROLL £3.60 £5.20

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 203

Tapes & Label Dispensers

DAYS

Pouch Tapes & Dispensers

Increased productivity and reduced wastage • • • •

Dispenses tape to the exact length required akes standard and reinforced adhesive tapes T Auto repeat facility Override button dispenses 50mm to infinity

SL/1

£43.40

APTD-150

£10.40 • Q uick and easy ‘documents enclosed’ pouches on a roll • Each pouch is 150 x 200mm, 330 pouches per roll

Pouch Tapes

SL/3

£95

(per roll)

APT/1x

£7.50

Pouch Tapes

APT1

(per carton of 12 rolls)

£72

Ta p e s & L A B E L D i s p e n s e r s

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

3-5

Label Dispensers • • • • •

UMET/75

£785 TAPE WIDTH (mm) 25 50-75 15-75mm

DISPENSED LENGTH (mm) 0-75 0-200 50-1300mm

ORDER REF SL/1 SL/3 UMET/75

PRICE

Rugged metal construction With anti-slip rubber feet Suitable for 25mm and 75mm cores Metal separators peel label backing effectively Can be used either wall mounted to save space or on a bench • Additional cores for multiple rolls

£43.40 £95.00 £785.00

20-100mm Electronic • M oistens, cuts and dispenses preprogrammed lengths of tape • Integral heating and moisture control for perfect adhesion • Maximum roll diameter 200mm C/25 • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed £ side in and gummed side out rolls

1110

Label Dispensers

Tape lengths adjustable 100-1150mm

ORDER ref WMD-100 WMD-160 WMD-200 WMD-315

PRICE £12.30 £13.40 £15.00 £20.00

Self Adhesive Labels • Printed RED on white • Each label 89 x 36mm • 2000 labels on each roll

18 MONTH

FRAGILE PL/R1 DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED PL/R4 (per roll)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

WAREHOUSE

Width (mm) 100 160 200 315

info@storage-design.co.uk

£19.50

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

glue guns & knives

204

Glue Guns & Knives

3-5 DAYS

For rapid and easy packaging assembly, plus all manner of bonding, sealing and reinforcing tasks. Work on card, wood, paper, fabrics, most plastics, ceramics, and many more materials. p/150

p/312

p/912eco

£33

£19.90

p600/g

£55

£79

Hobby Tec 150

Lightweight 312

Industrial 912

Gastec 600

Lightweight and comfortable

Lightweight but powerful

Lightweight cordless gun

• Narrow profile handle • Full-hand lever trigger • Self regulating heater • Built-in stand • Dispenses up to 400g adhesive per hour

• Double insulated for safety • Self regulating heater • Clip-on stand • Ready to go in 4/5 minutes • Dispenses 750g adhesive per hour

For continuous packaging and assembly

tm/1

12mm Hotmelt Adhesive Sticks grade weight set time General Purpose 5kg medium Packaging Grade 5kg rapid Clear General Purpose 5kg slow

• Runs on butane gas lighter fuel • Combined gas valve / piezo igniter • Runs for 1.5 hours • Accurate thermostat for consistent results • Heats for use in 5 minutes • Dispenses 1.5kg adhesive / hour

• Robust industrial quality • Unique design: can be left on for hours, with no glue melt back • Dispenses 1.8kg adhesive per hour

order ref 95/12/300-5 96/12/300-5 97/12/300-5

£6.80

price £39.80 £39.80 £39.80

Silicon Release Mat Prevents glue sticking to surface 200 x 200mm

Knives £4.80

£1.20

warehouse

PCC/R or PCC/L

C01

FCP

£2.40

FILM CUTTER

Carton Opener

Case Cutter (l or r handed)

Cuts stretchwrap, shrinkwrap, bubble film etc. - with reversible guarded blade

Cuts string, cord, tapes and plastic strapping - removes staples and opens taped cartons

Retractable blade has 3 lockable positions. Angled guide protects operator from blade and acts as guide whilst cutting case tops

PSC/1

Co/K2

£1.90

£2.40 NEED MORE

SAFETY CUTTER

Sectioned Blade Cutter

Multi-purpose tool, suitable for banding, strapping, string, tape, plastic film & sheet etc. Blunt edge blade opens taped boxes

Popular general purpose cutting tool. With sliding blade, blade lock and blade breaking device

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 205

Staplers & Tackers

3-5 DAYS

Carton Bottom Stapler • U ses 32mm wide crown carton staples in 15mm,18mm and 22mm lengths • Foot pedal operation for hands-free working (for closing bottoms of boxes prior to filling) • Sturdy construction, weighs 30kg • High capacity staple magazine

Stapling Plier Small, comfortable and easy to use. Staples up to 12 sheets of paper. (21/4 Staples)

REF PBS

£9.70

Carton Top Stapler

Air Operated Carton Top Stapler

• A ccurately seals flaps of assembled cartons • Uses 32mm wide crown carton staples in 15mm and 18mm length for secure fastening • 5 staple depth adjustments to avoid damage to packed goods • Weighs only 1.67kg

• P neumatic operation avoids operator fatigue • Uses 32mm wide crown carton staples in 15mm & 18mm leg length for secure fastening • 5 staple depth adjustments to avoid damage to packed goods • Attachment supplied for spring balancer • Weighs only 1.95kg

REF PTS

£91

SIZE/REF 140/14 21/4 26/6 26/8

R/83

£28.00 R/13

£22.30 Hand Tacker Ergonomic light duty tacker. ABS body with jamfree steel magazine (13/4-10 Staples)

PRICE £9.20 £2.40 £1.30 £4.80

SIZE/REF 73/8 73/10 73/12 300/15

PRICE £7.50 £8.30 £8.40 £5.90

P/11

£17.70

Hammer Tacker Simple, durable tacker for labels, insulation etc. (140/6-10 Staples)

Carton Staples (for PTS & PB-S) Packs of 2000 DESCRIPTION 15mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 15mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 18mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 18mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 22mm LEG (TRIPLE WALL, PB-S ONLY) 22mm LEG (TRIPLE WALL, PB-S ONLY)

QTY 1-9 PACKS 10 PACKS 1-9 PACKS 10 PACKS 1-9 PACKS 10 PACKS

REF 32/15 32/15/10 32/18 32/18/10 32/22 32/22/10

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £5.00 £4.50 £6.20 £5.40 £7.40 £6.40

R/34

£31.90

Hammer Tacker R/54 Heavy duty for thicker materials, inc roofing £78.00 (140/8-14 Staples)

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

PRICE £6.50 £6.10 £6.60 £7.60

Combination ABS body, fires staples or brads to 15mm. (13/6-14, 300/15 Staples)

Hand Tacker Heavy duty, for fixing insulation materials, carpet underlay etc. (140/6-14 Staples)

General Purpose Staples Packs of 5000 SIZE/REF 13/14 140/6 140/8 140/10

P-31-1

£23.10

R/33

£193

PRICE £6.60 £5.00 £5.60 £5.40

Stapling Plier Heavy duty packaging plier. Ideal for cartons and padded bags (73/8-12 Staples)

Hand Tacker Heavy duty steel model. £49.00 Adjustable driver for stapling into timber. (13/6-14 Staples)

REF PTS-A

SIZE/REF 13/4 13/6 13/8 13/10

Stapling Plier Regular office and packaging. Staples/pins up to 50 sheets paper. (26/6-8 Staples)

P-1-24

£365

R/51

£12.30

S ta p l e r s & Ta c k e r s

Staple Remover Ergonomic with firm handle grip. R/3 Removes almost £11.00 any staple

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 206

Shrink Wrapping

3-5

400mm Shrinkwrap System Shrink Wrapping

DAYS

COMPLETE P400/KIT

£267

Low cost introductory system, 400mm width machine • Ideal for small runs • Shrink wraps up to 120 per hour • 2-speed hot air blower with spreader nozzle and stand • Includes unroll device with film separator bar • Film not included - order from table below

Blower nozzle & stand included

800mm Shrinkwrap System

P800/SSP

The complete, low cost system for professional results. Handles many shapes and sizes of product

£309

• All-in-one unit: sealing bar with unroller and film separator • Adjustable timer for different thicknesses of film • Powerful hot air blower with spreader nozzle & gun stand • Uses up to 800mm centrefold film order from table below

Centre Folded Shrinkwrap film • 19 micron thickness • Supplied in 600m rolls

WAREHOUSE

FILM WIDTH (mm) 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800

ORDER REF MEC250/19 MEC300/19 MEC350/19 MEC400/19 MEC450/19 MEC500/19 MEC600/19 MEC700/19 MEC800/19

PRICE £31 £37 £43 £49 £55 £62 £74 £86 £99

Polyethylene Shrink Film load size (mm) order ref price per 25 1000 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1210/25 £88 1200 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1212/25 £100 Pallet covers are supplied in convenient tear-off rolls

Centre-Folded Sheeting film width folded width roll length order ref price 2m 1m 108m 125/1/2M/25 £91 3m 1.5m 74m 125/1.5/3M/25 £91 4m 2m 55m 125/2/4M/25 £91

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Easy use dispenser box, just open band and stretch around products • Ideal for stabilising pallets • Secures stacks of boxes, • 100% recyclable PE film 600mm long

100mm wide, 200 pieces on perforated roll 1200mm long

Pallet Covers

Each centre fold roll is approx 25kg weight

Sanstrap Pallet Bands

100mm wide, 100 pieces on perforated roll

SPB/200/DISP

£25.40 SPB/100/DISP

£25.40 PSS/1

Mobile Dispenser Stand

£133

• Adjustable up to 2 metres width • Wall or floor mounted • One spindle included, extras available

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 207

Shrink Wrapping

3-5 DAYS

Cylinder Trolley • A djusts to suit 13/19/47kg industrial propane bottles • Gun holster included

Professional quality packaging, easy and economical to use. Uses standard industrial propane gas. Water and tamper proof

Ripack 2200 Cold Nozzle Shrink Gun Kit • T he nozzle remains cool! • No risk of burns – no need fo protections • Fast heating over a large area • Power adjustable to suit all types of film • Rotating nozzle for all applications • Automatic regulator for total gas safety • Guard and dead-man device • Power developed 55kW

Shrink Wrapping

Polyethylene Shrink Wrapping

rip/2200

£567

GCT

£62

Pallet Shrink Gun Kit • Robust and reliable budget priced tool complete with 8m hose, regulator and oil • Suits all manner of industrial items • Large or small components • Hand tool weight 1kg

psg-1

£356

Bell Chamber Shrink Machine

• Digital display showing settings • Seals and shrinks simultaneously, with controllable solenoid to ensure perfect film finish every time • Mobile with lockable castors and easy to install, ready for immediate use with operator friendly controls

Packs individual items or collates several

Dimensions 1180H x 650W x 1100Lmm

Centre Folded Shrinkwrap Film • 19 micron thickness • Supplied in 600m rolls

£2323 Other models are available!

85kg WEIGHT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

MEC250-19 MEC300-19 MEC350-19 MEC400-19 MEC450-19 MEC500-19

£31 £37 £43 £49 £55 £62

We can provide a free DVD demonstration of this product, please enquire for more details

info@storage-design.co.uk

warehouse

AC-550

F ILM WIDTH (mm) 250 300 350 400 450 500

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S T R E TC H w r a p p i n g

208

Stretch Wrapping

3-5 DAYS

Stretchwrap Fast, clean, low cost wrapping. Film sticks to itself without damaging the product. A fraction of the cost of tapes or strapping. Tough enough to stabilise palletised cartons

Industrial Stretchwrap Dispensers • Accommodate 400-500mm wide stretch film rolls • Twist-grip handle controls tension • Regular (yellow) and heavy duty (red) models

£12.80

Heavy Duty Stretchwrap Dispenser

£12.80 HSR/500/HD-1

SR500

Regular Stretchwrap Dispenser

SR500

£23.70

Handy Stretchwrap Kits

HSR/500/HD-1

100mm Stretch Packer Kit Squeeze action hand tool plus twelve 150m long reels of stretch film

£23.70

Clear & Black Cast Stretchwrap Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 17 MICRONS 20 MICRONS 23 MICRONS 34 MICRONS 20 MICRONS 25 MICRONS

ROLL ORDER REF WIDTH & LENGTH 400MM X 300M 4030/17-6 400MM X 300M 4030/20-6 400MM X 300M 4030/23/B/EC-6 400MM X 200M 4020/34/B/EC-6 500MM X 300M 5030/20-6 500MM X 250M 5025/25BK-6

PRICE PER PACK OF 6 £40.30 £50.00 £52.00 £54.00 £61.00 £59.00

Bulk 100mm Stretch Film Pack of 36 x 150m reels 125mm Stretch Bundlers 200m long heavy duty film reel with squeeze grip disposable handle. Supplied in packs of five.

Industrial Stretch Wrappers

warehouse

Power Stretchwrap Machine Loading Ramp For Wrappers

PSW/E1

Standard Stretch Wrap 2053/20

PSW/EP2

500mm x 1700m, 20 microns Clear

£POA

PSW/ER

500mm x 1350m, 25 microns Black*

£POA

£5550 £236

2053/25/B

FROM

£3525

Clear & black* stretchwrap available

Clear & Black Pre-Stretch Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK* (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 20 microns 23 microns 28 microns 25 microns

HP/125

£13.80

£236

• Adjustable power pre-stretch 200 or 250% • Reliable build - inverter technology • On screen trouble shooting • 1650mm dia turntable, up to 12r/min • 180º rotating control box • Max wrapping height 2000mm, max load 1650kg • Selectable manual control of turntable and film carriage • Soft start and stop • Automatic and manual wrap modes and top sheet cycle

£3525

1015/36

£39.90

PSW/ER

12 month warranty A range of machines is available, including builds to customer specification

Spring Brake Stretchwrap Machine

HSP/100/12

£20.60

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 500mm x 1800m 500mm x 1550m 500mm x 1200m 500mm x 1350m

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF DXS/20 DXS/23 DXS/28 DXS/25/B

PRICE £POA £POA £POA £POA

info@storage-design.co.uk

Price includes delivery, installation and training. UK mainland * Black stretchwrap is available only in full pallet loads approx 46 rolls

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 209

Heat Sealers

3-5 DAYS

Time saving sealers and for all manner of industry and commerce. Tamper evident seals protect goods and enhance company image.

SPECIAL!

h e at s e a l e r s

Impulse Heat Sealers

300mm Sealer/ Cutter, with unroller device PAKIT6

• Suit most heat sealable materials polyethylene, polypropylene, PVC • Compact, reliable, easy to use

SPECIAL!

£172

COMPLETE

PAKIT7

480mm Super Magnet Sealer with unroller & worktable

£895

COMPLETE

Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers Magnetic hold for easy operation and consistent results • For use with plastic bags or layflat tubing up to 2 x 1000 gauge (2 x 250 micron) • Super strong 4mm seal, in four width versions • Hand operated with automatic weld and cooling cycle, adjustable to suit material • Illustrated above with optional unroller and worktable ODEL M 350 500 700 1000

MAX SEAL WIDTH (MM) 330 480 680 1000

SUPER MAGNET SEALER ORDER REF PRICE SMS350 £673 SMS500 £788 SMS700 £888 SMS1000 £1372

Unrollers Roller width 300 450 500 1000

OPTIONAL WORKTABLE ORDER REF PRICE WT350 £57 WT500 £60 WT700 £68 WT1000 £126

ORDER ref AR/LD300 AR/LD450 AR500 AR1000

PRICE £25.70 £34.80 £77.00 £165.00

Food & Drug Approved Layflat Polythene Tubing

Optional foot control available ref PD1 price £84

• 60 micron thickness (250 gauge) • Supplied in 150m dispenser packs tube width (mm) 75 100 150 300 400

FROM

PBS/400

£139

£103

Pack ORDER Qty ref 4 DP75/4 3 DP100/3 2 DP150/2 1 DP300/1 1 DP400/1

PRICE £40 £37 £35 £33 £45

Bag Sealers

Sealing without cutters with cutters width(mm) ref price ref Price 200 PBS/200 £59 PBS/200C £72 300 PBS/300 £85 PBS/300C £95 400 PBS/400 £103 PBS/400C £115 500 PBS/500 £116 PBS/500C £194 Stainless Steel Models

Sealing with cutters width(mm) ref 400 PBS/400/CSS 500 PBS/500/CSS

Price £212 £230

PCS/150F

£72

Manual Sealer / Cutters • Three sealing widths • Integral film cutter • Adjustable electronic timer adjusts to suit a wide variety of films • EU manufactured to CE approved standards Sealing width(mm) 200 300 400

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER ref P200/C P300/C P400/C

Price £139 £152 £162

Crimpers / Hand Sealers • Lightweight temperature controlled sealers. Seal width 150mm • Make air and water tight seals in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness • 150F model suits foils, cellophanes etc. Seal DIMENSIONS 150 x 2mm 150 x 15mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

warehouse

• Simple low cost sealers • Timer adjusts to suit various materials • Makes air and water tight 2mm seal in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness

ORDER ref Price PCS/150 £59 PCS/150F £72

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

P o ly p r o p y l e n e s t r a pp i n g

210

Polypropylene Strapping

3-5 DAYS

Polypropylene Strapping Equipment

Strapping Tools

Low cost, high efficiency 12mm plastic strapping • The industry standard system for routine cartons and pallets • Strapping is colour coded according to strength

• Tension, seals & cut with one tool

F REE DEL

I V ER

Y

30.10

£72

Special! 5-piece Strapping Kit

SAVE £21+

• Mobile stand • Tensioner/cutter and sealer • White strapping reel • 1000 metal seals PAKIT1

£135

COMPLETE

Light Duty Combi Tool

Sealer • For 12mm strapping

3012c/p

£95

3212/Bs

£23

Tensioner/Cutter • For 12mm strapping 2219/BT

warehouse

£31

Regular Combi Tool

Strap & Buckle Starter Kit

Strap & Seal Starter Kit

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 200 grip fast buckles • So simple to use - no tools required!

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 300 12x25mm metal seals • Tools are required: select tensioner plus sealer, or combination tool

12/SBK

£24 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

12/SsK

£23 info@storage-design.co.uk

30.45

£130

Heavy Duty Combi Tool

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 211

Polyester Strapping

3-5 DAYS

P o ly e s t e r STR A P P I N G

Woven Polyester Strapping System Woven polyester has a strength approaching steel strapping, with the added benefits of cleanliness and ease of use. Woven Polyester has the unique advantage that strapping can be re-tensioned if the load settles after banding • Unlike our steel and polypropylene strapping, the polyester system uses self locking wire buckles, which need no separate sealing device • Combined with the inherent strength of the strapping, this makes a polyester system a cost effective solution for industrial strapping

Starter Kit Everything necessary for high strength strapping in a convenient carry pack • 200m roll 16mm woven PE strapping • 16mm buckles (pack of 80) 16/PBK

£26.80

Trolley only, Strapping not included

Dispenser Stand • For PE strapping WPS/F

£65

Stand only, Strapping not included

DESCRIPTION 13mm x 1000m WOVEN STRAPPING, 410kg B/S 16mm x 850m WOVEN STRAPPING, 480kg B/S 19mm x 600m WOVEN STRAPPING, 540kg B/S 13mm METAL BUCKLES, PACK OF 1000 16mm METAL BUCKLES, PACK OF 1000 19mm METAL BUCKLES, PACK OF 1000

ORDER ref PW/40 PW/50 PW/60 PSB/13 PSB/16 PSB/19

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £66.00 £68.00 £58.00 £29.00 £36.00 £48.00

Mobile Dispenser Trolley • For PE strapping

info@storage-design.co.uk

wpm/f

£93

warehouse

Woven Strapping Consumables

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

STEEL STRAPPING

212

Steel Strapping The toughest strapping for the most demanding industrial jobs: heavy machinery, wooden cases and palletised loads. Oscillated wound steel strapping gives more strap per reel, and therefore will suit large volume users • Choose from 13, 16 or 19mm wide strapping according to the breaking strain necessary • The tensioner is a universal tool for all widths, but a separate sealer will be required for each width of tape used • Shears will suit all widths of strapping • The mobile trolley will also accommodate all widths of strapping up to 19mm, and has a generous seal holder box attached

3-5 DAYS

SPECIAL! 6-PIECE STRAPPING KIT PAKIT5

£281

SAVE £60+

COMPLETE

• Mobile stand • Tensioner and 13mm sealer • Safety shears • Two 341m reels 13mm steel strapping • 1000 13mm metal seals

Mobile Dispenser Trolley

rwm/30

£117

Sealer For steel strapping 13mm ref 4213/SS 16mm ref 4216/SS 19mm ref 4219/SS

£30

Safety Shears

Tensioner

For 13-16-19mm steel strapping

For 13-16-19mm steel strapping

SSC/30

£39

4219/st

£69

Steel Strapping Consumables Heavy Duty Safety Shears • For strapping up to 38mm MSC/38

£199

Steel Strapping Combi Tool

LMST-5

• A convenient alternative to separate tools, the COMBI tensions, seals and indents 13/16/19mm steel strapping. No need for seals, strap crimped to itself

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping

Seal Free Combi Tool

• Easily adjusts to suit 13, 16 or 19mm strapping • Brake prevents reels unwinding • Seal holder provided

w are h o u se

£463

SST/1319

£526

DESCRIPTION 13mm STEEL STRAPPING, 521KG B/S, 341m REEL 16mm STEEL STRAPPING, 651KG B/S, 337m REEL 19mm STEEL STRAPPING, 781KG B/S, 335m REEL 13 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 16 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 19 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000

• Rugged tool which tensions, cuts and seals steel strapping to itself giving an effective seal • Adjusts 13-19mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Bigger reels for larger users. Uses standard tools

Dispenser Trolley

ORDER ref RIB/13/W RIB/16/W RIB/19/W 13/25SS 16/25SS 19/25SS

PRICE £41.00 £51.00 £60.00 £9.50 £11.00 £13.00

owm

£165

For oscillated wound strapping

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping DESCRIPTION ref PRICE 12.7mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 521kg B/S, 965m REEL OSC/13 £115 16mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 651kg B/S, 763m REEL OSC/16 £115 19mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 781kg B/S, 643m REEL OSC/19 £115

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 213

Strapping Machines

5-7

DAYS

Automatic Strapping Machines

strapping machines

TP-202-CE

£618

Semi & automatic machines for high output repetitive strapping tasks • F ast and reliable strapping of single or multiple items • Easy operation for unskilled personnel • Automatic sealing and cutting of strap • Mobile on lockable castors • Full instruction manual and tool kit provided

Semi Automatic Strapping Machine • For 6mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping • Easily operated controls including manual tension adjustment • Adjustable table height from 760-930mm

12

MONTH

85

Overall 760H x 902W x 586Dmm

KG WEIGHT

Fully Automatic Strapping Machine TP-6000-CE

£2200

• F or 8mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping, set to 12mm - conversion kit may be required • Foot pedal operation • 27 cycles per minute • Maximum pack size with standard arch 850W x 600Hmm

12

MONTH

220

KG WEIGHT

CALL US

NOW!

INFO? Overall 1540H x 1430Wx 620Dmm

Machine Strapping Reels - White Polypropylene Semi Auto 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S)

9/100/MC

£53

Automatic 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S)

9/4000/MC

£53

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Semi Auto 12mm x 3000m (145kg B/S)

12/145/MC

£50

Automatic 12mm x 3000m (165kg B/S)

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAREHOUSE

NEED MORE

12/165/MC

£54

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S EC U R I T Y M I R R O R S

214

Security Mirrors

2-3 DAYS

Polycarbonate Mirrors Vandal resistant, virtually unbreakable • • • •

Powder coated steel backing 1.5mm thick polycarbonate mirror with grey PVC protective edge Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for 60mm post mounting Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment

450mm Diameter £55

REF CM45P 10m viewing distance

600mm Diameter

£90

REF CM60P 13m viewing distance

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

Superior optical quality

Hemispherical Mirrors Acrylic moulding gives bright, sharp image Full dome may also be suspended from higher ceilings Half and quarter hemispheres for wall or corner mounting

DEL

IVER

Y

FROM

£46

Prices Massively Reduced

QUARTER HEMISPHERE

HALF HEMISPHERE

FULL HEMISPHERE

SECURIT Y

£

£55

EE R F

All-round visiblity for safety and security use • • •

CM45P

Full APPLICATION DIMENSIONS CEILINGS 650mm DIA CEILINGS 800mm DIA

Half ORDER PRICE REF CS065F £90 CS080F £124

Half

APPLICATION DIMENSIONS WALLS 650 x 300mm WALLS 800 x 400mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER PRICE REF CS065H £75 CS080H £90

APPLICATION DIMENSIONS CORNERS 450 x 400mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER PRICE REF CS045Q £46

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Security Mirrors

2-3

215

DAYS

Anti-Vandal Stainless Steel Dome Mirrors

Suitable for looking under, over, around and into difficult to reach areas

Ideal for use in areas prone to vandalism such as subway / underpass locations, underground corridors

• Aluminium handle extends from 508mm to 3048mm • 300mm diameter convex mirror • Equipped with adjustable swivel for infinite adjustment • Heavy duty extruded rubber rim to help prevent damaging objects when manoeuvring • Tripod with ballbearing castor wheels allows full range of motion with effortless manoeuvring

• Unbreakable wall mounted dome gives 180° of vision • Highly polished stainless steel face for maximum clarity • Prevents surprise attacks and collisions Unbreakable wall mounted dome gives 180° of vision

S EC U R I T Y M I R R O R S

Portable Inspection Mirrors

Resistant to repeated blows

500 mm DIA

M16505W

£288 As seen on the London underground

Complete with aluminium carry case LED torch (requires 2 x AA batteries)

cskltc30

EE R F DEL

NEED MORE

INFO?

IVER

SECURIT Y

3048mm max handle length

£140 Y

CALL US

NOW! More safety mirrors, page 70

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Two-Way Radio

216

Two-Way Radio

Complete Kit includes:

£99

Motorola TLKR T8

COMPLETE KIT

High specification, rugged but easy to use the new TLKR T8 offers all the features you need for those extreme environments. Bursting with functionality including a range of up to 10km*, a handy built in LED torch and a splash proof exterior the TLKR T8 will keep you connected.

2-3 DAYS

2 x Radios 2 x Belt Clips 2 x Batteries 1 x Adaptor 1 x Instruction Manual

SK3506

Replacement Accessories DESCRIPTION BATTERY BELT CLIP CHARGER

• PMR446 radios - license free • Rechargeable NiMH batteries (supplied) • 8 Channels + 121 codes • Scan/Monitor. 10 call tones • Hands-free. LED Torch • Vibrate Alert. Splash Proof

ORDER REF SK3507 SK3508 SK3509

PRICE £25.00 £15.00 £45.00

Up to 10km range (subject to terrain and conditions)

Basic Information T8

Charging

MODEL TLKR-T8 COLOUR SILVER / BLACK FREQ BAND PMR446 TX POWER 500MW TYPE DESIGNATION TLKR-T8 BANDWIDTH 12.5KHZ CHANNELS 8 WEIGHT 170G (EXCLUDING BATTERIES) RANGE 10 KM* SIZE WXDXH (CM) 5.5 X 16.7 X 3.9 CODES 121 - PROVIDING 968 CHANNEL COMBINATIONS

• Twin Charger Pod (supplied) • AC Adaptor • Power source Rechargeable NiMH pack (supplied) • 4 x AAA Alkaline batteries (not supplied)

Motorola XTNi / XTNi D XTNi Series On-Site Two-Way Business Radios

Complete XTNi Kit includes:

Complete XTNi D Kit includes:

1 x Non Display Radio 1 x Li-Ion Battery 1 x Belt Clip 1 x Charging Adaptor 1 x Drop in Charging Tray 1 x Quick Ref Guide 1 x Safety Sheet

1 x Display Radio 1 x Li-Ion Battery 1 x Belt Clip 1 x Charging Adaptor 1 x Drop in Charging Tray 1 x Quick Ref Guide 1 x Safety Sheet

Exceptional Audio Quality

SECURIT Y

2000 mW audio output, speaker magnetic field reduction, wind-noise reduction and improved RF specifications deliver superior audio quality

• 16-position channel/ code selector • Accessory Mic Gain • Autoscan. Battery Save • 8 Channels. USB CPS Interface • Radio Mic Gain. Scan and Scan List • Scramble (XTNiD Only) • Time-Out Timer

SK3519

£180

COMPLETE KIT

SK3520

£190

COMPLETE KIT

Replacement Accessories DESCRIPTION Li-ION BATTERY RAPID CHARGER BELT CLIP

ORDER REF SK3521 SK3523 SK3524

PRICE

EE FDR

£45.00 £65.00 £25.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ELIV

info@storage-design.co.uk

E RY

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 217

Lockout Equipment

1830 mm CABLE LENGTH

Safety Lockout Hasps FROM

£4.80

JAW DIAMETER ORDER REF Safety Lockout Hasp 25mm 420 38mm 421 Labelled Lockout Hasp 44 x 54mm 427RED Plastic Lockout Hasp 25 x 63mm 428 Steel Lockout Hasp 25mm 430S

PRICE £6.10 £7.50

Cable Lockout

£13.00

Integrated safety hasp and cable is ideal for multiple circuit breaker panel and side-by-side gate valve lockouts

£4.80 £5.50

CABLE DIA 4mm

Group Lockout Key Cabinet Designed for use by multiple workers in isolating machinery / plant

ORDER REF 806S

LO C KO U T EQ U I P M E N T

Allows multiple workers to attach their padlocks to one isolation device

PRICE £18.70

Keys cannot be retrieved until all workers locks are removed EK1LO 3 key hooks & facility for up to 12 locks 155H x 166W x 40D £51 £54 503RED 12 key hooks & facility for up to 14 locks

FROM

£9.30

356H x 178W x 102D

Revolving Gate Valve Lockouts Surrounds the valve operating handle to protect against accidental valve opening

Rotating Electrical Plug Lockout

Lockout Padlocks Used in conjunction with lockout hasps for the isolation of machinery, plant and switchgear

Surrounds the electrical plug and protects against accidental reconnection FITS PLUGS 57mm DIA 76mm DIA

ORDER REF 487 488

PRICE £9.30 £15.20

Colours

REF 497A

FITS HANDLES ORDER REF PRICE 25 - 76mm DIA 480 £11.10 50 - 127mm DIA 481 £16.70 102 - 106mm DIA 482 £24.10 152 - 254mm DIA 483 £35.90 203 - 330mm DIA 484 £64 SET OF 5 (sizes as above) 485 £140

High visibility Xenex body in a choice of 9 colours: Black, blue, red, yellow, green, orange, purple, teal or white (please specify when ordering) SHACKLE HEIGHT 38mm 76mm

SHACKLE DIA 4.7mm 4.7mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF 31S 31STL

PRICE £12.80 £13.80

Heavy Duty Lockout Tags

£19.20

SECURIT Y

• All locks are keyed differently, each with 1 key

• Durable polyester laminate resists water, grease and extreme temperatures Complies with OSHA lockout / tagout standard

146 H x 78 W (mm)

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 218

Masterlock Padlocks

3-5

We have a much wider range than can be shown here, please call for details

DAYS

PA D LO C K S

A padlock to suit most applications

Brass Range

For general security

Brass • • •

Combination

FROM

3.10

Corrosion resistant brass body £ Simple locking steel shackle, double locking on all except 20mm Supplied with 2 keys

BODY WIDTH 20mm 30mm 40mm 50mm

SHACKLE DIA 4mm 5mm 6mm 7mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 11mm 16mm 22mm 25mm

• •

ORDER REF

PRICE

120D 130D 140D 150D

£3.10 £4.40 £5.50 £8.60

BODY WIDTH 20mm 30mm 40mm

SHACKLE DIA 3mm 5mm 6mm

EXCELL Range

Discus

• • • •

• • •

Laminated steel core for higher strength Stainless steel & zinc outer sleeve FROM for weather resistance Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide £ shackle for maximum cut resistance Double deadbolt locking for added protection from prying and hammering SHACKLE LENGTH 38mm 25mm 38mm

ORDER REF

PRICE

1MEURDLF 5MEURD 15MEURDLF

£10.90 £14.50 £23.70

PRO-SERIES

SECURIT Y

FROM

£23.90

Laminated steel body for added security Hardened Boron alloy ‘open’ shackle Weather Tough® cover protects lock from water, ice, dirt and grime High security 6-pin cylindermechanism Double ball bearing locking system, supplied with 2 keys

BODY WIDTH 55mm 61mm 67mm

BODY WIDTH 70mm 70mm x 2 80mm

Weather Tough • • • • •

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 10mm 11mm

ORDER REF

PRICE

620D 630D 604D

£7.50 £8.20 £10.30

SHACKLE LENGTH 29mm 35mm 35mm

FROM

Stainless steel body for corrosion resistance Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide shackle for maximum cut resistance Double deadbolt locking for added protection from prying and hammering • Covered keyway for better protection against dust and water

10.90

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 9mm 11mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 22mm 25mm 26mm

£7.50

For commercial installations

Laminated

BODY WIDTH 45mm 50mm 64mm

FROM

3 digit selectable combination offering 1,000 possible combinations Simple locking steel shackle

ORDER REF

PRICE

6121D 6125 6127D

£23.90 £27.70 £31.60

SHACKLE DIA 10mm 10mm 12mm

ORDER REF 40MEURD 40MEURT* 50MEURD

PRICE £13.60 £25.80 £16.60

*Pack contains 2 locks keyed alike

For heavy industrial applications

Pro-series • • • • •

£13.60

FROM

Laminated steel body for added security Hardened Boron alloy ‘closed’ shackle prevents cutting and prying Weather Tough® cover protects lock from water, ice, dirt and grime High security 6-pin cylinder mechanism Double ball bearing locking system, with 2 keys

BODY WIDTH 55mm 61mm 67mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 10mm 11mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 19mm 19mm 19mm

£35.70

ORDER REF

PRICE

6321D 6325 6327D

£35.70 £44.10 £47.00

Cable and Chain

Master Padlock

• I deal for securing outside equipment • Braided steel cable with loop clamps • Hardened steel chain, square link • Vinyl covering to prevent scratching

• A combination padlock without numbers or letters. Thumb control button slides in 4 1500IONE-BLK directions (up, down, left, right). Set your own number or movement combination to £ any length from 2 to 90 movements • 55mm body with protective aluminium finish, 7mm diameter hardened steel shackle • Available in 2 glossy colours - black or white • Shackle clearance 25H x 19Wmm

ITEM CHAIN CHAIN CHAIN CABLE CABLE CABLE

LENGTH 1000mm 1500mm 1500mm 4500mm 1800mm 1800mm

DIAMETER 6mm 8mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 15mm

ORDER REF SK8011D SK8017D SK8020D 72EURD 78DPF 79EURDPF

15.80

PRICE £11.90 £27.30 £38.90 £25.30 £12.90 £24.80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

COLOUR WHITE BLACK

ORDER REF 1500IONE-WHT 1500IONE-BLK

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £15.80 £15.80

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 219

Bike Lock & Postboxes

2-3 DAYS

Ideal to secure bikes and other valuable items • • • •

Double bolted mechanism Snaplock action Protective keyhole cover Weather resistant

EE R F

10 YEAR

DEL

IVER

SK1001

£35 NEED MORE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

DESCRIPTION PACK OF 2

SIZE 170 x 245 x 14

ORDER REF SK1001

PRICE £35

Y

bike LOCK & POSTBOXES

Universal D Lock

Postbox Large post box with special mail receptacle that prevents the mail from falling on the ground when the postbox is opened • • • •

SK3538

Clean and dry mail because of mail tray Designed to hold large quantities of post (XXL box size) Safety lock with 2 coded keys (500 different combinations) Suitable for wall or pole mounting 460H x 340W x 160Dmm 300 x 35mm aperture

Colours

£132.50

5

YEAR

White, dark grey, black

Deluxe Postbox Protect your mail from being stolen

SK3541

£224.50

377H x 435W x 203Dmm 340 x 35mm aperture

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

SECURIT Y

5

YEAR

• High grade steel postbox • Designed to hold large quantities of post (XXL box size) • Unique slide for pushing in mail which prevent the letters from being damaged • Special mail tray which keeps your mail clean and dry • Safety lock with 2 coded keys (500 different combinations) • Suitable for wall or pole mounting • Patented safety security slats protect Colours your mail from being stolen Grey, white

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Key Cabinets

KEY CABINETS

220

2-3 DAYS

5415D

5412D

£38.20

5401D

£39.40

£26.50

Dial Lock Key Box

Push Button Key Box

Select Access Lock

• Solid zinc body to resist attack • Weather resistant, suitable for outdoor use • 4-digit programmable combination offering 10,000 possible codes • Wider spaced dials for ease of use • Dual locking levers • Protective plastic door

• Large enough for bunches of keys, credit cards, small amounts of money and valuables • Solid zinc body to resist attack • Weather resistant, suitable for outdoor use • Up to 4,000 possible codes • Supplied with wall mount fixings

• Life time warranty, wall mountable key control access • Lock can be used for: children after school, cleaning service employees, maintenance personnel, elderly care provider • Simple 4 dial set-your-own combination • Weather resistant solid metal body

External 130H x 95W x 50Dmm, 1.48kg

External 140H x 102W x 75Dmm, 1.66kg

Combi Cabinets Ideal for storage of personal effects Electronic locking on main door

Key control cabinets with personal storage compartments

KCC0502ZE

KCC1004ZE

£412

DEL

50 Key Combi Cabinet 2 storage compartments with key locking, 2 keys supplied with each. 2 removable shelves DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 550 x 380 x 205

IVER

Y

100 Key Combi Cabinet 4 storage compartments with key locking, 2 keys supplied with each. 100 key capacity

CMPTS

ORDER REF

PRICE

2

KCC0502ZE

£412

SECURIT Y

KEY CAPACITY 50

£648

EE FR

KEY CAPACITY 100

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 550 x 730 x 205

CMPTS

ORDER REF

PRICE

4

KCC1004ZE

£648

Supplied with security lock and 2 keys

KCC2004ZE

KCC0004

£730

£412

200 Key Combi Cabinet

Extension Unit

4 storage compartments with key locking, 2 keys supplied with each. 200 key capacity

Expansion unit. 4 storage compartments with key locking, 2 keys supplied with each

KEY CAPACITY 200

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 550 x 730 x 205

CMPTS

ORDER REF

PRICE

4

KCC2004ZE

£730

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

KEY CAPACITY N/A

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 550 x 380 x 205

info@storage-design.co.uk

CMPTS

ORDER REF

PRICE

4

KCC0004

£412

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 221

Key Cabinets Budget Key Cabinets

KEY CABINETS

Simple and effective solution for control over the movement and whereabouts of keys

Attractive sleek design that is ideal for both home and office • • • • •

24-120 key models available All steel construction Rolled edge box section door Semi concealed welded hinges Fixed hook bars, colour coded & numbered with matching key tags • Magnetic door latch • 4-Point mounting holes

SECURE CYLINDER LOCK WITH 2 KEYS

Epoxy powder coat finish in light grey CAPACITY 24 KEYS 32 KEYS 48 KEYS 72 KEYS 96 KEYS 120 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 320 x 210 x 50 382 x 278 x 50 556 x 278 x 50 453 x 378 x 50 588 x 376 x 50 710 x 376 x 50

ORDER REF KB8701 KB8702 KB8703 KB8704 KB8705 KB8706

PRICE £25 £29 £49 £69 £79 £89

from

£25

Key Security Cabinets • • • • •

Colour coded numbered key tags to suit hook bars Removable control index Key location tabs give an instant visual check of ‘keys out’ Strong cylinder lock supplied with 2 keys Pre-drilled fixing holes for wall mounting

FROM

£34.10

Strong steel construction & durable powder coated paint finish

CAPACITY 20 KEYS 30 KEYS 48 KEYS 64 KEYS 100 KEYS 150 KEYS 200 KEYS 250 KEYS 300 KEYS 400 KEYS 500 KEYS 600 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 260 x 185 x 80 305 x 215 x 80 355 x 300 x 80 450 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 205 550 x 380 x 205 550 x 730 x 140 550 x 730 x 205 550 x 730 x 205

ORDER REF KC020 KC030 KC048 KC064 KC100 KC150 KC200 KC250 KC300 KC400 KC500 KC600

PRICE £34.10 £42.00 £78.00 £90.00 £94.00 £152.00 £201.00 £265.00 £315.00 £461.00 £461.00 £556.00

Key Security Vaults Cylinder Lock, locking by security deadlock with 5-pin Euro profile cylinder. 2 keys supplied

from

£90

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS EURO CYLINDER LOCK DEAD LOCK H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 30 KEYS 305 x 230 x 70 KV030 £90 KV030Z2200 £175 48 KEYS 355 x 300 x 80 KV048 £149 KV048Z2200 £233 100 KEYS 550 x 380 x 80 KV100 £261 KV100Z2200 £346 200 KEYS 550 x 380 x 140 KV200 £429 KV200Z2200 £514 400 KEYS 550 x 730 x 140 KV400 £715 KV400Z2200 £800 600 KEYS 550 x 730 x 205 KV600 £875 KV600Z2200 £960

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

LATCH LOCK ORDER REF PRICE KV030Z2200SL £175 KV048Z2200SL £233 KV100Z2200SL £346 KV200Z2200SL £514 KV400Z2200SL £800 KV600Z2200SL £960

Push Button Dead Lock, 8,000 possible combinations. Ideal for use by multiple users

Push Button Dead Lock, 8,000 possible combinations. Ideal for use by multiple users

La Gard Combination Lock, 3-wheel dial combination up to 1 million codes

Electronic Combination Lock, VdS class 1 safe lock, 6 digit code, 8 user codes. Lock out

DIAL COMBINATION ELECTRONIC COMBIN ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE KV030ZLG £172 KV030ZE £287 KV048ZLG £231 KV048ZE £346 KV100ZLG £343 KV100ZE £458 KV200ZLG £512 KV200ZE £626 KV400ZLG £798 KV400ZE £912 KV600ZLG £958 KV600ZE £1072

info@storage-design.co.uk

SECU SR EC I TUYR I T Y

• H eavy duty key cabinet designed to meet the growing need for added security • 2.5mm fabricated steel cabinet with flush closing door to resist forced entry • Adjustable colour coded and numbered hook bars • Ingenious key tabs are designed to hang so that the number is always visible • Removable control index • Durable light grey paint finish

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

KEY CABINETS

222

Key Cabinets

3-5 DAYS

FROM

£19.20 Emergency Key Cabinets Steel construction with 2mm break glass or solid front

Supplied with security lock and 2 keys

FROM

£68

• High visibility scratch resistant red finish

Padlock Cabinets For padlocks and keys

Dimensions 153H x 123W x 40Dmm Replacement seals and glass are available DESCRIPTION ORDER REF GLASS FRONT KEY BOX, TAMPER EVIDENT SEAL EK0 GLASS FRONT KEY BOX, CYLINDER LOCK EK1A GLASS FRONT KEY BOX, CYLINDER LOCK, HAMMER & CHAIN EK1AWH SOLID FRONT KEY BOX CYLINDER LOCK EK1SFA REPLACEMENT GLASS (PACK OF 5) EK0SGTH5 SECURITY SEALS (PACK OF 10) EK0S

PRICE £24 £19.20 £22.80 £19.20 £5.20 £2.50

• Steel cabinet with flush closing rim • Electronic camlock, padlock hasp and combination lock options available CAPACITY keys 24 50 100

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 355 x 300 x 120 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140

ORDER REF

PRICE

KP024 KP050 KP100

£68.00 £180.00 £377.00

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y Supplied with security lock and 2 keys

SECURIT Y

Supplied with security lock and 2 keys

FROM

£146

FROM

£104 Deep Cabinets

Key View Cabinets

Increased depth, ideal for bunches of keys

Ideal for use in controlled areas

• Steel cabinet with flush closing rim • Padlock hasp, combination and electronic locking options available

• Perspex front can be broken in emergency • Electronic camlock and padlock hasp locking options available

CAPACITY keys 48 100 200

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 355 x 300 x 120 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140

ORDER REF

PRICE

KD048 KD100 KD200

£104.00 £161.00 £342.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CAPACITY keys 32 40 50

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 450 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 80

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

KG032 KG040 KG050

£146.00 £156.00 £166.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 223

Key Cabinets High Security Cabinets

• Colour coded hook bars • Removable control index • Combination and electronic locking options available

Supplied with double bitted lock and 2 keys

CAPACITY KEYS DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF 60 436 x 460 x 120 KS060 100 636 x 460 x 120 KS0100 150 636 x 460 x 200 KS0150 200 636 x 460 x 200 KS0200 300 636 x 460 x 300 KS0300

FROM

£373

PRICE £373.00 £406.00 £487.00 £501.00 £648.00

KEY CABINETS

3mm welded steel plate body with a 6mm steel door with 3-way locking mechanism for added protection

Key Cabinet Locking Options

Key Cabinet Accessories

Optional locking options to replace standard locks, factory fitted

Key tags

Key tabs

La Gard Combination Lock, 3-wheel dial combination up to 1 million codes

Electronic Combination Lock, VdS class 1 safe lock, 6 digit code length, 8 user codes. Lock out 2 x AAA batteries included

Key tab numbers

Sign out tabs ORDER REF AKKTRS1 AKKTR

PRICE £2.00 £1.20

AKKTR100 AKKTN

£11.80 £0.20

AKSOT0100 AKSOT0250 AKSOT0500 AKSOT1000 AKHBNP10

£2.30 £5.20 £7.00 £19.70 £0.70

Colours Red, blue, yellow, green, and black

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Padlock Hasp, for padlocks with 7/8mm shackle diameter. Does not include padlock

DESCRIPTION PADLOCK HASP LA GUARD COMBINATION LOCK ELECTRONIC CAM LOCK ELECTRONIC COMBINATION LOCK

info@storage-design.co.uk

Electronic Cam Lock, Multi functional battery operated codelock, 10,000 operations

ORDER REF ALCPL ALZLG ALZECLIP54 ZE

SECURIT Y

DESCRIPTION COLOUR CODED KEY TAGS, 25 PACK* KEY TABS WITH RINGS, 10 PACK* KEY TABS WITH RINGS, 100 PACK (20 EACH COLOUR) KEY TAB NUMBERS, STRIPS OF 10 * Specify colour FOR USE WITH KEY CABINETS SIGN OUT TABS x 100 SIGN OUT TABS x 250 SIGN OUT TABS x 500 SIGN OUT TABS x 1000 HOOKBAR NUMBERS, STRIPS OF 10

PRICE £4.70 £92.00 £57.00 £219.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 224

Money Counters & Scanners

Money counters & scanners

Banknote Counter

2-3 DAYS

Safescan 2685 Banknote Counter

With 3-Fold Counterfeit Detection

SK5234

£919

Checks & counts value and units

• UV, infrared and magnetic ink detection • Counts 1000 notes/minute • Quick and easy to use • Auto start & stop function • For all currencies • Large and clear LCD display • Add and batch function

• Amount and unit counting for Great British Pounds and Euro banknotes • Tested by the European Central Bank • 6 default currencies for checking & counting : EUR, GBP, USD, PLN, SEK, NOK • Add and batch function • Adjustable counting speed

sK5233

£312 False Money Detector

False Money Detector

UV & watermark verification

UV detector SK5225

£65

SK5224

• Manual verification • For all currencies • For all identification documents • Automatic ON/OFF sensor • Powerfull UV lamp (9W) • Big white light area for watermark verification

Coin Counter and Sorter Counts and sorts GBP

£45 • Manual verification • Powerful UV lamp • Suitable for all currencies • Suitable for all driving licenses and official documents • Suitable for ID cards and credit cards

POS safe Reduces robbery damages

SECURIT Y

SK5232

£206

SK7097

£78 • Counts and sorts 220 coins/minute • Hopper capacity of 300-500 coins • With add and batch function • Total quantity and quantity per denomination • Total value and value per denomination • Autostop when the coin tray is full

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• Avoid robbery by storing banknotes safely at POS • Banknotes are neatly and jam-free stored • Easy mounting out of sight under the cash desk • All steel casing, no plastic parts

info@storage-design.co.uk

SK7096

£78

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 225

Counterfeit Scanners & Detectors

DAYS

counterfeit SCANNERS & DETECTORS

Hand Held UV Scanner

2-3

SK1006

£20

Useful for checking banknotes, credit cards, passports and driving licences • Compact and lightweight scanner that reveals all UV markings • Operated by 4 x AA batteries (not included) • Lightweight ABS plastic

160L x 52W x 24Dmm

Personal Metal Detector Hand held metal detector, designed for use by security personnel to check for undesirable metal objects on persons prior to permitting entry to premises. Easy to operate with a red LED and a sounder to clearly indicate the presence of metals.

Simple and reliable method for identifying forged bank notes

O/A 410L x 85W x 45Dmm

SK1004

£24.50

SECURIT Y

Fake Note Detector Pens

SK1000

£90

• Supplied with wrist strap and belt holster • Operated by 9v battery • Battery level indicator • Weight 0.41kg

PACK OF 10

• Ink reacts with the paper to leave either a very light yellow mark (which fades away in 5-10minutes) on a genuine note or a dark brown/grey mark (which remains permanent) on a suspect note • Works on most currencies, including the Euro

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

.~ f2-il

Door Access Kits

ro

Access Control Systems

0

Door Control Security Access Kits

Kl Kit with Standard Button

K3 Kit with Standard Button

12Vdc, 2Amp boxed power supply

EPX10 Proximity System, 2000 users

12Vdc, 2Amp boxed power supply DG-15LD digital keypad, 21 users

M1 Lock electric release

DRB001 N-PTE exit button CP-15 break-glass unit

M 1Lock electric release

DRB001 N-PTE exit button

CP-15 break-glass unit

KT10B tokens x 10pcs

Kl with Brushed Stainless Steel Button

K3 with Brushed Stainless Steel Button

Klwith Dome Release Button

K3with Dome Release Button

Kl with Disabled Button

K3 with Disabled Button

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 227

Door Entry

2-3 DAYS

Door Intercom door entry

Video door entry system See and talk to your visitors before opening the door

MONITOR: Monitor with button for electric door opener and panic button for unwanted visitors, Monitor, clear and sharp image, Option to peep outside anytime,

• Hidden pinhole lens for door frame installation • Night vision with IR LED • Auto focus • Bell button intercom • Button for electronic door opener DEL • Panic button for IVER Y unwanted visitors

EE R F

NEED MORE

INFO?

SK1010

£138

CALL US

NOW! DXLOCKITHB/B

Digital Door Locks

£55

Suitable for light duty applications

DXLOCKITHB/c

£47

DXLBG3700SCOR

£96

• Prevents unauthorised entry to restricted areas • Over 8,000 possible combinations with simple code change facility • Fail safe design gives free egress at all times • Mechanical operation, no wiring or batteries required • Snib holdback facility supplied as standard description BRASS LOCKIT DIGITAL LOCK CHROME LOCKIT DIGITAL LOCK SATIN CHROME LOCKIT DIGITAL LOCK WITH KEY OVERRIDE

order ref DXLOCKITHB/B DXLOCKITHB/C DXLBG3700SCOR

Door Closers • Universal application • Adjustable latch action and closing speed • Successfully tested to all requirements of EN1154: 1997 and EN1643 Part1: 2000 • Assessed for use on fire doors 30 minute, 1 hour & 2 hour rated

price £55 £47 £96

description door size ORDER PRICE REF ECONOMY DOOR CLOSURE 950mm MAX / 60kg WEIGHT DXLDC6800S £34 BUDGET DOOR CLOSURE 950mm MAX / 60kg WEIGHT DXLDC6900S £57 ARCHITECTURAL CLOSURE 1100mm MAX / 80kg WEIGHT DXLDC3500S £100

MARKED

£57

£100

DXLDC6800S

£34

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

SECURIT Y

DXLDC3500S DXLDC6900S

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 228

Van Vaults & Tool Boxes

2-3 DAYS

ActionPacker Storage Containers van vau lt s & to o l box e s

®

Organised tool storage and transportation for industry professionals • •

Durable, weather-resistant construction Tough, lockable latches keep contents secure

11920138

£108

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Colour Black 521H x 1111L x 436W mm DESCRIPTION ACTIONPACKER® CARGO BOX

MATERIAL POLYETHYLENE

Made of commercial grade polyethylene to withstand heavy duty use Easy grip handles for lifting and shifting Drain holes in handle reduce risk of bacterial build up Lid snaps tight, keeping contents secure Reinforced ribbed base 384H x 707L x 441W mm protects from drag damage Containers stack securely for efficient use of space

SECURIT Y

MATERIAL POLYETHYLENE POLYETHYLENE

Tool Boxes

ORDER REF 11920138

PRICE £108

COLOUR WHITE GREY

FG9S3000WHT-6

£127

271H x 707L x 441W mm

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 271 x 707 x 441 384 x 707 x 441

CAPACITY 53 L 75.5 L

PACK 6 6

REF PRICE FG9S3000WHT-6 £127 FG9S3100GRAY-6 £172

FG780200BLA-2

• Commercial grade strength • Sturdy structural construction with metal latches • Will not rust, dent or peel • Removable trays provide added compartment storage • Metal latches can be padlocked for security Description Material Tool Box Polyethylene

PACK 1

£172

The ultimate storage tote box

DESCRIPTION BRUTE® TOTE BRUTE® TOTE

CAPACITY 181.6 L

FG9S3100GRAY-6

BRUTE® Totes • • • • • •

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 521 x 1111 x 436

£118

Dimensions H x L x W (mm) Pack 283 x 660 x 292 2

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER Ref FG780200BLA-2

PRICE £118

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 229

Torches

3-5 DAYS

LED Headtorch

LED Headtorch

• Prosafe 80 lumen LED headlight • Uses 1 x AA battery (included) • Rubberised non slip headbands • 3M strips. Collimator lens • Cree LED • Emergency flash function

• Prosafe rechargeable 350 lumen LED headlight • Focus control function • 3M strips • Thermotec heat control system • Carry case, pouch and charger included • Extension cable, battery & helmet clips included

£19.20

To r c h e s

Floating Lantern • High visibility floating lantern • Floats beam upright in water • Uses 6v G966 lantern battery (not included) • Industrial strength co-polymer • Carry strap included • Beamaster lens PS-L1

PS-H2

£22.40 Weather Proof Torch

Lantern System

• Manufactured from synthetic rubberised PVC • Floats beam upright in water • Non-toxic finish, impervious to chemicals • Micro switch operation • 2.4v krypton bulb • Non-corrosive polypropylene battery tube • Enhanced performance from Beamaster lens • Operates 2 x D size batteries (not included)

• Made of industrial strength co-polymer plastic • Weatherproof and durable • Ideal for emergency use, electricians, plumbers, engineers, security & emergency services • Charging time 5 hours • Weight (including battery: 650g) • Dimensions: 135mm x 225mm HV-L2R

£78.50

PS-H6

£96

LED Flashlight • 100 lumen LED flashlight hi visibility • Waterproof to 30 metres • Magnetic switch • 4 x AA batteries included • Rubberised head PS-T1 for durability • Carry strap £ • Cree LED

23.20

UK302

£15.60

Batteries

LED Swivel Lantern

LED Bicycle Light Set

• 160 lumen LED swivel headed lantern • Industrial strength PS-L3 co-polymer plastic • Beamaster lens • Side charging point for use with rechargeable products • Uses 6v G966 lantern battery (not included) • Carry strap • Wall bracket included

• Front & rear light per set • 2 sets per pack SK1002 • Batteries included

£48

ORDER REF AABAT AAABAT CBAT DBAT 9VBAT G996-2 G996-6

PRICE £8.20 £7.30 £12.50 £19.00 £18.00 £11.40 £22.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

SECURIT Y

DESCRIPTION PACK QTY AA DURACELL 10 AAA DURACELL 10 C DURACELL 10 D DURACELL 10 9v DURACELL 10 6v LANTERN 2 6v LANTERN 6

£30

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 230

Safes

Domestic & commercial safes ideal for the safe keeping of cash, valuables, laptop computers & documents

A 4mm solid steel electrically welded body with 8mm thick door fitted with advanced electronic lock or double bitted key lock as standard ANCE RA T UR

G IN

£3,000

IN S

SAFES

Mini Vault Silver

£30,000 VALUABLES

FROM

£152

Mini Vault Gold FR Fire resistant infill offers 30 minutes fire resistance at 750 degrees, manufactured in accordance with VdS S2 construction ANCE RA T UR G IN

IN S

Registration system to prevent lockout (electronic model) Key storage hook bar on rear of door Suitable for rear or floor fixing - bolts supplied Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models Batteries and operating instructions included (electronic model)

model KEY LOCK KEY LOCK KEY LOCK ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC

OVERNIGHT CASH

£4,000

• • • • •

OVERNIGHT CASH

EXTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 250 x 374 x 274 294 x 374 x 325 532 x 374 x 425 250 x 374 x 274 294 x 374 x 325 532 x 374 x 425

VALUABLES

FROM

£184

ouble wall construction D 8mm thick anti-bludgeon shaped door Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models Available with double bitted key or advanced electronic locking • Key storage hook bar on rear of door

Euro Grade 1

EXCELLENT

EXTERNAL INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm) 250 x 374 x 274 138 x 304 x 168 294 x 374 x 325 182 x 304 x 220 532 x 374 x 425 420 x 304 x 320 250 x 374 x 274 138 x 304 x 168 294 x 374 x 325 182 x 304 x 220 532 x 374 x 425 420 x 304 x 320

PRICE £184 £212 £299 £225 £253 £341

RAL 7001 dark grey

EXCELLENT

Free delivery and installation ground floor only

IN S

ANCE RA T UR

ANCE RA T UR

£17,500

G IN

IN S

ORDER REF SFMV0FRK-G SFMV1FRK-G SFMV2FRK-G SFMV0FRZE-G SFMV1FRZE-G SFMV2FRZE-G

Euro Grade 2

• L ightweight construction, ideal for upper floor installation • Twin fixing positions, bolts are supplied

OVERNIGHT CASH

£100,000*

VALUABLES

G IN

£10,000

£175,000*

OVERNIGHT CASH

SECURIT Y

ORDER PRICE REF SFMV0K-S £152 SFMV1K-S £175 SFMV2K-S £253 SFMV0ZE-S £189 SFMV1ZE-S £212 SFMV2ZE-S £290

• • • •

model KEY LOCK KEY LOCK KEY LOCK ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC

£40,000

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 240 x 354 x 210 282 x 354 x 260 522 x 354 x 360 240 x 354 x 210 282 x 354 x 260 522 x 354 x 360

VALUABLES

• I ndependently tested and certified to EN1143-1 security grade 1 • 3-way square locking bolt work, with continuous hinge side protection

Euro Grade 1 VOLUME EXTERNAL (litres) H x W x D (mm) 37 410 x 415 x 425 56 585 x 415 x 425 87 585 x 515 x 495

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 334 x 355 x 305 509 x 355 x 305 509 x 455 x 375

• D oor opens to 205 degrees for maximum access • Supplied with adjustable / removable shelf • Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock & 2 keys ORDER REF EG1035N EG1055N EG1085N

PRICE £733 £863 £1006

• Optional combination & electronic locking • Internal door pan is locked to prevent tampering

Euro Grade 2 VOLUME EXTERNAL (litres) H x W x D (mm) 39 430 x 460 x 450 71 605 x 535 x 450 96 790 x 535 x 450

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 334 x 380 x 305 509 x 455 x 305 694 x 455 x 305

ORDER REF EG2040N EG2070N EG2095N

PRICE £1313 £1490 £1677

*Insurance ratings may change depending on location, please check with your insurers

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 231

Security Cabinets

2-3 DAYS

Sun Fire Resistant Filing Cabinets • • •

s ec u r i t y C A B I N ETS

Lloyd Fire Resistant Security Cabinets

Cylinder key lock (2 keys supplied) Accommodates A4 & foolscap files on adjustable rails 2 position drawer catch for individual locking

Suitable for exam papers

90 MINS APPROX FIRE RESISTANCE NT FIRE 017-90P

ANCE RA T UR

£2,000

G IN

IN S

• D ata box available - 60mins fire protection for CDs etc

30 MINS APPROX

OVERNIGHT CASH

£20,000

FIRE RESISTANCE

VALUABLES

• • • •

NT FIRE 017-90P

LLOYD120D

£1409

High quality double bitted key lock. Tested to VdS Grade 1 Heavy duty double wall construction Adjustable shelves 3 way locking, bolts inter door, top and bottom

EXTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 1200 x 670 x 520 1950 x 930 x 520 1850 x 958 x 545 1950 x 1200 x 520

INTERNAL WEIGHT SHELVES ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) (kg) (ltrs) REF 1035 x 570 x 400 91 3 LLOYD90A £899 1785 x 830 x 400 180 4 LLOYD90D £1059 1665 x 860 x 445 295 4 LLOYD100D £1341 1785 x 1100 x 400 220 4 LLOYD120D £1409

SUN4DWR

SUN2DWR

£1144

£691

EXTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 778 x 528 x 678 1506 x 528 x 678 FITS DRAWER

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 242 x 386 x 525 242 x 386 x 525 166 x 290 x 372

WEIGHT ORDER (kg) REF 145 SUN2DWR 270 SUN4DWR 10 SUNDATA

PRICE £691 £1144 £218

Fire Stor Security Cabinets Ideal in the office for the safe keeping of paper documents & valuables IN S

£2,000

FIRE RESISTANCE NT FIRE 017-90P

OVERNIGHT CASH

£20,000 VALUABLES

SECURIT Y

EXTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 860 x 600 x 520 1220 x 600 x 520 1580 x 600 x 520 1950 x 930 x 520 1950 x 1200 x 520

ANCE RA T UR

30 MINS APPROX

£929

G IN

• I ndependently tested and certified to EN 14450 S1 for £2000 cash insurance (£20,000 valuables) • Double wall construction with fire resistant fill to DIN4102 • Up to 30 minute protection for documents at 750 degrees • Heavy duty 3-way locking mechanism • Full height dog bar protects hinge side • Standard locking, CEN/VdS approved double bitted lock and 2 keys • Optional electronic locking

FROM

INTERNAL WEIGHT SHELVES VOLUME ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) (kg) (litres) REF 690 x 490 x 405 95 1 137 FCFS1023S1 £929 1050 x 490 x 405 120 2 208 FCFS1022S1 £1057 1410 x 490 x 405 145 3 280 FCFS1021S1 £1149 1780 x 820 x 405 215 4 591 FCFS1020S1 £1592 1780 x 1090 x 405 245 4 786 FCFS1024S1 £1825

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Deliveries are made to the ground floor only with no more than one step into the building

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Safes

10

DAYS

£3,000

IN S

ANCE RA T UR

ANCE RA T UR

£1,000

G IN

IN S

Sun Electronic Fire Resistant Safes

G IN

SAFES

232

OVERNIGHT CASH

OVERNIGHT CASH

£10,000

£30,000

VALUABLES

VALUABLES

Free delivery and installation ground floor only

60 MINS APPROX FIRE RESISTANCE NT FIRE 017-60P

FROM

£568

Steelstor Security Cabinets

A range of cabinets designed and tested to give maximum protection

EXTERNAL H x W X D (MM) 600 x 540 x 400 1000 x 600 x 450 1490 x 540 x 400 1600 x 600 x 450 1600 x 600 x 700 1800 x 850 x 700

INTERNAL H x W X D (MM) 565 x 520 x 320 965 x 580 x 370 1455 x 520 x 320 1565 x 580 x 370 1565 x 580 x 620 1765 x 830 x 620

• • • • •

Fitted with a VDS class 1 lock with 2 keys as standard 3 way locking bolt work 4mm body finished in light grey Shelves and door boxes as standard Available in six sizes with multiple locking options

WEIGHT SHELVES (kg) 67 1 154 2 158 3 192 3 235 4 302 4

VOLUME ORDER (litres) REF 94 SFSC060 207 SFSC100 247 SFSC149D 336 SFSC160 563 SFSC160D 908 SFSC180D

PRICE £568 £850 £868 £1016 £1249 £1370

£285

60mins protection from fire for valuables, documents & digital media • M odel ES-031D is deep enough to hold Lever Arch files • Digital combination lock LED display • Personal 6 digit code • 2 users code facility • No override key needed • Can be bolted down - Bolts supplied ES-020 £230 DIMENSIONS EXTERNAL 358H x 480W x 388D mm INTERNAL 220H x 355W x 260D mm WEIGHT 45 kg ES-031D £285 DIMENSIONS EXTERNAL 520H x 410W x 445D mm INTERNAL 415H x 305W x 320D mm WEIGHT 60 kg

Protector Safe Box Ideal small safe for protecting cash and valuables from theft, suitable for domestic and light commercial use Double bolted security lock Operated by 4 sided key (star shaped) Sturdily built in mild steel, door 3mm and walls 2mm Fixing kit supplied

ANCE RA T UR

£1,500

G IN

• • • •

IN S

SECURIT Y

• £ 3000 cash insurance guideline Ideal for secure storage of large bulky valuable items such as bags of loose change, cartons of cigarettes, power tools and mobile phones. • Independently tested and approved to withstand a 30 minute burglary attempt (FG test)

ES-031D

OVERNIGHT CASH

£15,000 VALUABLES

KEY LOCK MODEL

EF S-B1

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 250H x 350W x 250D mm INTERNAL DIMENSIONS 240H x 340W x 180D mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

8kg

£59

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 233

Security Enclosures

3-5 DAYS

from

£1654

SECURITY ENCLOSURES

Hot dip galvanised for outdoor use

Also available in Grey RAL7037 powder coated finish available for indoor use

Mini Box Hot dip galvanised for outdoor use

F36300608

£1247

Secure Storage Boxes The storage box is a flexible mesh storage system that is quickly installed on any solid surface indoors or outdoors • The system is available in a variety of sizes ranging from the MINIBOX at 1200 x 1200mm with a single door to the MAXIBOXES (see table) • All boxes come with a mesh roof over and a padlockable single or double door (MAXIBOXES only) fitted as standard

Grey RAL7037 powder coated finish for indoor use

F36300601

£977

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FINISH REF HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER PRICE F36300608 F36300601 F36300508 F36300501 F36300408 F36300401 F36300308 F36300301 F36300208 F36300201 F36300108 F36300101

GUIDE £1247 £977 £1654 £1293 £2314 £1787 £2972 £2280 £3630 £2774 £4289 £3269

SECURIT Y

2280H x 1200W x 1200Dmm

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS H* x W x D (mm) MINIBOX 2280 x 1200 x 1200 MAXIBOX NO.1 2280 x 2200 x 1200 MAXIBOX NO.2 2280 x 2200 x 2400 MAXIBOX NO.3 2280 x 2200 x 3600 MAXIBOX NO.4 2280 x 2200 x 4800 MAXIBOX NO.5 2280 x 2200 x 6000 *Nominal height shown

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S EC U R I T Y C A G E S

234

Best SELLER

PRE-DRILLED

Fitted with padbolt suitable for use with padlock

for easy on-site assembly

(padlock not supplied)

Cylinder Storage Cages

SECURIT Y

Designed for gas cylinders, tools or chemicals • S trong, all steel construction in 50 x 50mm 10 gauge welded mesh • Hot dip galvanised (ISO1461) after manufacture • For both internal and external use • Available in 3 sizes, delivered from stock • Steel pallet base capacity 500kg, 150mm high

EE R F DEL

NEED MORE

INFO?

IVER

Standard Cage

Pallet Base

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) kg 1825 x 1215 x 1265 91 1825 x 1520 x 1265 99 1825 x 1825 x 1265 105

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) kg REF PRICE 1975 x 1215 x 1265 149 BC005P £1139 1975 x 1520 x 1265 167 BC006P £1185 1975 x 1825 x 1265 183 BC007P £1278

REF BC005 BC006 BC007

PRICE £799 £835 £862

Y

CALL US

NOW!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

7-10 DAYS

FROM

£799

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 235

Gas Cylinder Cages with Roof

2-3 DAYS

Gas cylinder cages, completely hot-dip galvanised, with lockable double doors • Designed for external use • 350mm protruding roof for added weather protection • Available with or without raised base • Can be anchored to the ground for additional security • Folded doors can either be hung to the left or to the right • Single cylinder storage possible with the rail and chain system • Suitable for storing of gas cylinder pallets • Delivered flat-pack for self-assembly (minimal tools required)

115-863

113-516

£1740

£1118

with base

without base

Storage of: 1 gas bottle pallet and 4 gas bottles or 2 x 3 rows of 4 gas bottles 2250H x 1500W x 1300Dmm (Without protruding roof)

ALL ITEMS SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

gas cylinder cages WITH ROOF

Gas Cylinder Cages

By fitting shelving units, gas cylinder cages can have other uses, for example they can be used to store 11kg cylinders. This puts the height of the cages to the best possible use

Shelving Units 115-861

£1883

without base

Storage of: 2 gas bottle pallets and 8 gas bottles or 4 x 3 rows of 4 gas bottles 2250H x 3050W x 1300Dmm (Without protruding roof) 115-876

115-864

£226

£2536 with base

750H x 1440W x 1040Dmm

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

SECURIT Y

• Up to 2 shelving units can be stacked on top of each other to give three storage levels: ground, middle, and top • 500kg maximum Load

NOW!

Shelves not included

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

COLOURED SECURITY CAGES

236

Coloured Security Cages

GC4PC

DAYS

GC3+CC

£506

Supplied complete with padlock

12-15

£626

Castors Enclosures may be made mobile by adding castors. These are fitted in sets of four or six as necessary, always with two braked wheels

Expanded Mesh Modular Enclosures

cc (per set)

£68

A popular series of fully welded cages for storage of all manner of high value stock • Contents visible - ideal for safety products and high value stock • 40 x 40 x 3mm steel frames with mesh infill welded in position • Flattened mesh shelves and base panels • Hot dip galvanised to BS 729 or polyester powder coated • Optional castors for mobile applications

DIMENSIONS FINISH H x W x D (mm) 800 x 700 x 700 Galvanised 800 x 700 x 700 Powder Coated 800 x 1400 x 700 Galvanised 800 x 1400 x 700 Powder Coated 1600 x 1400 x 700 Galvanised 1600 x 1400 x 700 Powder Coated 1600 x 2068 x 700 Galvanised 1600 x 2068 x 700 Galvanised

ORDER REF GC4 GC4PC GC3 GC3PC GC2 GC2PC GC1 GC1PC

GC2PC

£920

PRICE £443.00 £506.00 £558.00 £646.00 £781.00 £920.00 £907.00 £1097.00

Mesh shelves are included with these cages, sizes GC1 & GC2

Polyester Powder Coat colour options Red 3020 Yellow 1003 Blue 5010 Black 9005 White 9016 – all other RAL colours are available to order! GC1PC+CC

SECURIT Y

£1165 Expanded Metal the Benefits • High impact resistance • Resists the most determined vandal attack • Sharp V-shape apertures mean cages are difficult or impossible to climb upon • Full visibility through mesh • Totally durable when galvanised or colour coated

Hot dip galvanised to BS 729 or polyester powder coated

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 237

Security Enclosures

12-15 DAYS

COMPLETE CA5

£2107

Totally weatherproof cages Designed to resist vandal and criminal attack Larger, walk-in cages which can be assembled to suit your specific requirements • Delivered flat packed, for easy on-site assembly • 1220 x 2440mm modular panels • Existing cages may be extended simply by adding extra panels • Fully welded panels are hot dip galvanised to BS 729 after manufacture • Anchor bolts are provided, to enable mounting to a prepared concrete base • Doors, single or double, can be placed on any side of the structure

Hot dip galvanised to BS 729 after manufacture

security enclosures

Expanded Mesh Modular Enclosures

Hasp, staple and padlock included

Special sizes and designs? The modular construction system means that virtually any size of cage is possible. Just call us for more info!

COSHH compliant

Optional additional powder coating in red, yellow, blue, black or white

2480H x 2520W x 1260Lmm Single door Galvanised Order ref CA1

Powder Coated Order ref CA1PC

£939 £1123

Double doors

Order ref CA4

Powder Coated Order ref CA4PC

Galvanised Order ref CA2

Powder Coated Order ref CA2PC

£1242

Galvanised

£1503

Powder Coated

2480H x 2520W x 6140Lmm Double doors

£1818

Galvanised

£2233

Powder Coated

£2107

Order ref CA5 Order ref CA5PC

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

2480H x 2520W x 3700Lmm Double doors

Order ref CA3 Order ref CA3PC

Two or three-sided cages can also be supplied

£1532 £1871

SECURIT Y

2480H x 2520W x 4920Lmm

Galvanised

2480H x 2520W x 2480Lmm Double doors

£2598

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

G r affi t i r e m oval

238

Graffiti Removal

2-3 DAYS

All Surfaces Kit

Designed for safe use by caretakers and tradesmen for the removal of graffiti from all types of surface • Contains all materials, tools, gloves, safety specs and easy to follow instructions to remove graffiti safely • Perfect for workman or community volunteer • Easy to carry waterproof box allows everything to be kept together

SK3837

£100

Graffiti Wipes SK3828

£25

For use on non-porous surfaces to remove spray paint and marker pen • Highly effective and polycarbonate safe • Ideal for washroom surfaces, shutters and street furniture • Packaged in easy to store sturdy cylinders • Will last for up to two years without drying out • Environmentally friendly • Packed in 50 wipe cylinders

EE R F IVER

Y

SECURIT Y

DEL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 239

Anti-climb Spikes

2-3 DAYS

Prikka-Strip Anti-Climb Spikes

An effective, non-harmful deterrent for birds up to seagull size

The effective, low-cost deterrent against unwelcome intruders

• S uitable for protecting all perching/roosting sites such as window sills, ledges, pipes, gutters, TV aerials, signs, chimney stacks & roofs • Polycarbonate base with either 4 point polycarbonate or stainless steel spikes

• F its to tops of fences, gates, pipes, walls, sills etc. • Designed to deliver maximum discomfort, but minimum harm • Unique multi-hinge design allows easy fixing to angled surfaces • Easy to use strips can be screwed, nailed or glued • Fit side by side to increase effective width on walls, ledges and sills • Made from polypropylene • Weatherproof and durable, re-usable and recyclable FROM

FROM

£25

anti-Climb spikes

Bird Anti-Perching Spikes

£23

Pigeon MODEL POLYCARBONATE POLYCARBONATE

METRE RUNS 2 6

SPIKE LENGTH (mm) 112 112

ORDER REF SK1016 SK1017

Colours

PRICE £25 £46

Brown, grey STRIP SPIKE PACK COLOUR L x W (mm) LENGTH SIZE 500 x 45 15mm 5 (2.5m run) BROWN 500 x 45 15mm 5 (2.5m run) GREY 500 x 100 25mm 6 (3m run) BROWN 500 x 100 25mm 6 (3m run) GREY

Seagull MODEL STAINLESS STEEL

METRE RUNS 10

SPIKE LENGTH (mm) 154

ORDER REF SK7095

PRICE £117

ORDER PRICE REF SK1003-BR £23 SK1003-GR £23 SK1003-BR £47 SK1003-GR £47

Jumbo Anti-Climb Fixed Spikes

Jumbo Anti-Climb Rotating Spikes

Jumbostrip is a row of uniquely configured flat plastic spikes that are designed for maximum effect against unwanted intruders

When fitted back-to-back and secured together with screws, Jumbostrip forms a rotating spiked deterrent

• T he centre hinge design allows it to be fitted neatly to irregular surfaces such as fence tops, coping stones and pipes • Jumbo is moulded from strengthened polypropylene with excellent UV weathering resistance • Each strip is 500mm long, 50mm across the base with 60mm high spikes • Can easily be cut to size using a suitable saw, and fitting is best achieved using rustproof nails or screws • Available in packs of 10 strips to achieve 5m run

• T he rotating deterrent is created by fixing two strips of Jumbo back-to-back with screws and then using two Jumbostrip rotation posts to allow the product to rotate on its newly created axis • 3 1/4 x 8 rounded strips required (not supplied) EE • Pack contents 20 strips + 11 posts FDR to achieve 5m run ELIV E RY

SECURIT Y

SK1012

£43

Colour

SK1014

Colour

£96 Black

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Black

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 240

Cigarette Bins

Wall Mount Ashtrays • • • •

cIGARETTE BINS

2 Litre Ashtrays • • • • •

Front panel in electroplated steel and body in polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) 57660 Wall mounted £ Weather protection Lock with triangular key Quick & easy to empty by just hooking

98

Powder coated or brushed aluminium, inside and outside the ashtray Simple and quick emptying by tipping Discreet locking system without key Wall protection panel with reversible smoking / no smoking symbols

GREY

282H x 230W x 60Dmm 58769

CHAMPAGNE

£98

No smoking sticker included

3 Litre Ashtray

6 Litre Ashtray

Quick & easy to empty by just unhooking

Suitable for outdoor use

REF 58691 0.5 LITRES BEIGE

£46

189H x 152W x 68Dmm REF 58692 0.5 LITRES BRUSHED ALUMINIUM

Empties via inner bucket

£56

189H x 152W x 68Dmm REF 58707 1.5 LITRES BRUSHED ALUMINIUM

£66

250H x 192W x 101Dmm

17.5 Litre Freestanding Ashtray & Bin

EE R F

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

DEL

IVER

Y

3 point ground fixing

• • •

Polyester powder coated electroplated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) Wall mounted on 2 points 3 litre capacity

• Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Lock with triangular key

550H x 120W x 50Dmm Manganese Grey Finish

970H x 200W x 200Dmm 58887

£80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• • •

58776

Manganese Grey Finish

£296

info@storage-design.co.uk

Black epoxy powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) Removable stubber top Plastic base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches 670H x 280Dia mm Litter bin opening : 170H x 185Wmm

58945

£78

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Smoking Bins

2-3

S m o k i n g B IN S

Sophisticated styling and all-metal construction for attractive and efficient smoking litter management • • • • • •

High-capacity receptacles for heavy traffic areas Stainless steel snuff plates Weighted bases and bolt-down options for added stability outdoors 360º disposal area Domed tops for weather resistance Integrated padlock tabs provide security against tampering and theft

EE R F DEL

Recessed extinguishing screen To snuff butts and avoid smouldering

IVER

Y

Genie

Wall Mount • 700 Butt capacity • Stainless Steel metal • Black/silver

FG9W3200SSBLA

£118

300Dia x 460H mm

FG9W3400BLA

£163

• • •

5,000 Butt capacity Metal Black

FG9W3300BLA

£153

330Dia x 1000H mm

Curved cap No items or waste can be placed on the top and prevents water from entering the unit

against tampering and theft.

£175

High Capacity 8,000 Butt capacity Metal Black 400Dia x 1010H mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Holes to bolt to ground help the container to remain stable and add security.

Stand Alone • 15,000 Butt capacity • Stainless Steel metal • Black/silver 400Dia x 1000H mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

FG9W3100SSBLA Integrated padlock tabs

• • •

241

DAYS

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 242

Cycle Shelters

2-4

WEEKS

C yc l e S H ELT E R S

Cycle Compounds Covered cycle storage for minimum of 16 bikes

FROM

£5352

• Stylish curved roof, manufactured from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate • Side panels made from tough clear Perspex • Gate with padlockable hasp • Optional central security canopy • Comes complete with twin level bike racks • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Delivered in knock down form for easy handling to site • Larger sizes available to accommodate almost any number of bikes in multiples of 16 DESIGN COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND & CANOPY COMPOUND & CANOPY COMPOUND & CANOPY

NUMBER OF CYCLES 16 - 2 x 8 RACKS 32 - 4 x 8 RACKS 48 - 6 x 8 RACKS 16 - 2 x 8 RACKS 32 - 4 x 8 RACKS 48 - 6 x 8 RACKS

ORDER REF SWC215530G2 SWC215560G4 SWC215590G6 SWC215530S2 SWC215560S4 SWC215590S6

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend additional weather treatment for steel work, please enquire.

PRICE £5352 £8417 £11331 £5716 £9145 £12367

For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Frame Colour Options

Light Grey (LXX) Dark Blue (BXX) Green (GXX)

Cycle Shelters Extremely strong shelters for all environments • Robust galvanised steel frame • Colour-coated plastisol, clear polycarbonate or galvanised steel roof • 3m inside length accommodates an 8-cycle Multirack • Flanged legs for bolting down, or ragged legs for grouting into concrete • Extension bays available to make longer shelters

CAMPCF

£2139

Cambridge Single Sided Shelters ROOF MATERIAL LEGS MAIN BAY REF PRICE CLEAR FLANGED CAMPCF £2139 POLYCARBONATE RAGGED CAMPCR £2139 COLOUR COATED FLANGED CAMCCF £2139 PLASTISOL RAGGED CAMCCR £2139 GALVANISED FLANGED CAMGSF £2041 RAGGED CAMGSR £2041

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CAMPCFE £1795 CAMPCRE £1795 CAMCCFE £1795 CAMCCRE £1795 CAMGSFE £1685 CAMGSRE £1685

Overall 3450L x 2670D x 2144H at front (Cambridge 1346mm rear height)

Double sided, standard Multirack

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Canterbury Double Sided Shelters ROOF MATERIAL LEGS CLEAR FLANGED POLYCARBONATE RAGGED COLOUR COATED FLANGED PLASTISOL RAGGED GALVANISED FLANGED RAGGED

MAIN BAY REF PRICE CANPCF £2442 CANPCR £2442 CANCCF £2387 CANCCR £2387 CANGSF £2238 CANGSR £2238

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CANPCFE £2238 CANPCRE £2238 CANCCFE £2138 CANCCRE £2138 CANGSFE £1989 CANGSRE £1989

CANPCF

£2442

Multiracks • Efficient multi-bike units, single or double sided • Custom built to your requirements • Ramps give maximum storage density DESCRIPTION STANDARD MULTIRACK STANDARD MULTIRACK MULTIRACK C/W RAMP MULTIRACK C/W RAMP

TYPE SINGLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED SINGLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED

ORDER REF MULTI1 MULTI2 MULTI1R MULTI2R

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £65 £65 £68 £62

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 243

Cycle Shelters

10-14 DAYS

C yc l e S H ELT E R S

Modular Cycle Shelters Low cost self assembly kits Extendible by 2.2 metre extension units • Each unit holds up to 6 cycles • Also suits scooters & motorbikes • 50mm tubular steel frame, galvanised for weather resistance • 4-point ground fixing • Translucent polycarbonate roof

Green polyester powder coated steel sides

Order cycle racks separately

DESCRIPTION STARTER UNIT EXTENSION UNIT 6 CYCLE FLOOR RACK

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 MOUNTS TO SHELTER FRAME

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

GREEN GREEN STEEL

MS800 MS801 B134V

£2044 £990 £233

ELIV

QUICK AND

easy

E RY

CONSTRUCTION

Colours

Premier Cycle Shelters Provides tidy and secure cycle storage for industry and commerce Designed to withstand whatever the British weather can throw at it • Constructed from powder coated steel frame • Shelters come with integral powder-coated cycle rack • Choice of transparent perspex sides or powder coated decorative side panels • Adjustable feet for on-site levelling • Parabolt fixings supplied. Units must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete All shelters are 2250H x 3000W x 2100Dmm

EE FDR

Light Grey (LXX). Dark Blue (BXX). Green (GXX) For required frame colours please add suffix to product code If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

QUICK AND

easy

CONSTRUCTION

SC223021P

SC223021X

£2264

£2515

Polycarbonate roof & Perforated sides DESIGN POLY ROOF & PERFORATED SIDE PANELS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2250 x 3000 x 2100

Polycarbonate roof & Perspex sides ORDER PRICE REF SC223021P £2264

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

DESIGN POLY ROOF & PERSPEX SIDE PANELS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2250 x 3000 x 2100

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER PRICE REF SC223021X £2515

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Cycle compounds For 8 bikes

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

BIKE RACKS

244

Bike Racks

3-15 DAYS

Excellent value wall and floor mounted designs with galvanised steel for long term external use

Adjustable Wall Rack

4 Cycle Wall Rack

Individual wall-mount units

90° wall mounting or space saving 45° angled designs

• A djustable angle of storage 0-180° • Suits all types of tyre up to 50mm • Easy installation with just two screws

Universal Floor/ Wall Racks

• Suits virtually all types of bike wheel • 50 x 25mm tubular support frame • Robust 16mm dia support bars

REF BO49Q Single Adjustable Rack

£31 REF BO49S3 Pack Of Three Racks

£72

• • •

For city and mountain type bikes with tyres from 35mm to 50mm Strong and rigid framework Robust 16mm dia support bars

REF B140V4 4 Cycle rack 90° 1400mm Long

£90

REF B127V 2 Bike Rack 500mm Long

£49

REF B141V4 4 Cycle rack 45° 1800mm Long

£90

REF B129V 5 Bike Rack 1600mm Long

£159

330H x 80W x 210Dmm

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Holds 2 or 5 cycles at staggered heights, self supporting on floor or may be bolted to a suitable wall

320H x 270Dmm fixed at 45° or 90° angle

490H x 390Dmm fixed at 90° angle

Versailles Cycle racks Crafted stylish appearance cycle stand for up to 5 bikes • • •

EE FDR

Accept all tyres up to 50mm Steel tube 20ø and 30mm with cast steel Epoxy powder coated

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ELIV

E RY

B131USRG

£310

REF B131US 350H x 1600L x 430Dmm

BLACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

£310

RUST

£310

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 245

Skips & Dump Trucks Sheet Metal Dump Trucks Constructed from 2mm thick steel sheet with double folded top rim, suitable for pushing

WHEEL LOCKS

YEAR

AS STANDARD

Colour Powder coated blue RAL5007

• • • • • •

Welded oil-tight Chassis with integrated fork truck guides 2 braked castor wheels & 2 fixed wheels Solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm with roller bearings Kickplate and tilt lock Tubular steel handle

OPTIONAL

skips & dump trucks

5

REF: //AA £33 Drainage Tap With filter to separate liquids from solids

REF 4703

REF 4701

£768

Please note these models are manual tipping not self tipping

CAPACITY (litres) 250 450 600 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 800

REF: 4707 Safety Chain Anti skidding and safety device

£606

BOX SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1202 x 655 x 390 1212 x 675 x 695 1320 x 800 x 715 1320 x 970 x 715

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1332 x 713 x 766 1353 x 732 x 1065 1465 x 858 x 1088 1465 x 1108 x 1088

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 766 721 828 828

Tidy Bins

Handy Bins

Environmentally friendly protection from fire and pollution. The fully enclosed top mounted fork guides allows a completely clear exit path for the waste load

Handy Bins enable fast and clean handling of lightweight and bulky production waste

Protects against fire and pollution Pedestrian operated drop bottom Self closing latches Castors for easy manoeuvrability No forklift modification required

REF ATB15-S

£1084

Safe and secure in use Open top for fast loading Drop bottom base with self-closing latches Reinforced fork guides to simplify unloading Castors ensure they are simple to move Note: Extra heavy duty model is not fitted with castors as standard.

Split bins feature 2 internal sections for separating waste

The standard colour is safety yellow, please enquire for optional finishes including environmetal green.

ORDER REF

PRICE

4701 4702 4703 4704

£606 £702 £768 £1018

STACKABLE for easy storage

REF AHB15

£834

Colours Red, blue, yellow, green, orange

MODEL TIDY BIN 10 TIDY BIN 15 SPLIT BIN 10 SPLIT BIN 15 CAPACITY (cubic meters) 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 MAXIMUM LOAD (kg) 350 350 350 350 BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) 1650 x1020 1650 x1020 1650 x1020 1650 x1020 HEIGHT (mm) 1120 1420 1120 1420 UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) 150 190 150 190 ORDER REF ATB10 ATB15 ATB10-S ATB15-S PRICE £800 £877 £1007 £1084

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

MODEL HANDY BIN 10 HANDY BIN 10 HANDY BIN 15 EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CAPACITY (cubic meters) 1.0 1.0 1.5 MAXIMUM LOAD (kg) 750 2000 750 BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) 1650 x1020 1150 x1130 1650 x1020 HEIGHT (mm) 970 1250 1320 UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) 150 340 190 ORDER REF AHB10 AXHB10 AHB15 PRICE £757 £1224 £834

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

• • • • •

• • • • •

£12

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 246

Clear Bins

10-15 DAYS

CLEAR BINS

Arkéa Bin with plastic body on stand 60L • Electroplated powder coated steel structure and see-through P.V.C body • Anti-terrorism • Four point fixing on the ground • Discreet & quick opening system without keys • Empty bin by pulling forward front panel • Sack holder with clamps for easy fitting and removal of bag • Small opening to limit insertions of bulky or hazardous objects (100mm) • Silk-screen inside the U.V resistant panels

58785

£431

1013Hmm x 528Wmm

60

litre

capacity

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

110L Sack Holders • Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the collector) • Bag held by rubber ring • Wall mounted or post mounted (Post adapter required) • Hinged lid models available • High resistance hot dip galvanised models 57115

Sack Holders FINISH BLUE MANGANESE GREY GREEN BEIGE HOT GALVANISED

DIMENSIONS H x D x DIA (mm) 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370

ORDER REF 57075 57097 57115 57116 57118

DIMENSIONS H x D x DIA (mm) 80 x 450 x 410 80 x 450 x 410

ORDER REF 57180 57190

PRICE £51.00 £51.00 £51.00 £51.00 £57.00

Sack Holders & Lid FINISH GREEN HOT GALVANISED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE

57190

£51

£58

Post Adapter Universal mounting for round post diameter over 50mm Theft proof, hidden mechanism Can be adapted to existing post For post, see page 247

£56.00 £58.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

58011

£73

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 247

Litter Bins

10-14 DAYS

Tulipe • • •

Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the bin) Vandal-proof: Thick reinforced steel 3 point ground fixing

60

800Hmm x 500Dia mm

litre

LITTER Bins

Round Bin 60L

capacity

57997

£203

Inner Sack Holder

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

50L Plastic Litter Bins

Universal Post

High density polyethylene plastic

Polyester powder coated steel or hot dipped galvanised. To be embedded. Height above ground 900mm, below ground 400mm. 50mm diameter

• High density polyethylene plastic • Easy emptying of bucket • Hidden locking system • Small opening to limit insertion of bulky or hazardous objects • 4 points wall mounted or post mounted

£28

£80

Overall 780H x 430W x 340Dmm

ORDER REF 59866 59864 59861 59868

PRICE £80 £80 £80 £80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

FINISH BLACK POWDER COAT GALVANISED STEEL

ORDER REF 57841 59465

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £28 £34

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

FINISH GREEN LID / GREEN BODY GREEN LID / GREY BODY GREY LID / GREEN BODY GREY LID / GREY BODY

FROM

Bin emptying by tilting and unhooking of the bucket

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 248

Grit Bins

5-10 DAYS

30

GRIT BINS

litre

capacity

Includes 25kg of rock salt and a small injection moulded scoop

Mini Grit Bin Manufactured from very tough, medium density recycled polyethylene • • • • •

Ideal for commercial and, in particular, domestic use Water tight - hinged lid protects contents from the elements RW0007 has a barrel lock fitted with 2 keys Very durable - won’t crack or discolour, can be left outside all year round Available in black (recycled) as standard. Other colours are available - please enquire 305H x 475W x 383Dmm Weight 5kg (bin only)

REF RW0007

Colour

REF RW0007

£59

£59

With lockable lid REF RW0007K-NL

£55

Without lockable lid

Black

Moulded tread pattern

Nestable Grit Bin An economy grit bin, nestable for easy transport & storage Manufactured in tough, medium density polyethylene with forklift recess for ease of handling with forks or straps REF RW0005

200

7 cubic feet

litre

• Weight 10kg (bin only)

capacity

750H x 1200W x 725Dmm

£90

REF RW0005S

Above filled with 200kg salt

£191

REF RW0006

350

12.2 cubic feet • Weight 20kg (bin only) 750H x 1200W x 725Dmm

litre

RW0005 nests 14 bins per std pallet RW0006 nests 9 bins per std pallet

capacity

£120

REF RW0006S

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Above filled with 200kg salt

£242

Colours

Supplied with the grit graphic as standard but no locks

Yellow (stock colour), green, red

Heavy Duty Grit Bins Ideal for roadside storage, car parks and company premises • • • •

Manufactured in tough, medium density polyethylene Hinged lid protects grit / salt from the elements Will not discolour or deteriorate Lockable clasps included (2 fitted to RW0002)

RW0001

£119 REF RW0001

200

7 cubic feet • Weight 14kg (bin only) 720H x 750W x 710Dmm

litre

capacity

£119

REF RW0001S

Above filled with 200kg salt

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

REF RW0002

14 cubic feet • Weight 22kg (bin only) 750H x 1260W x 710Dmm

400

RW0002

£164

litre

capacity

£164

Colours

REF RW0002S

£219

Above filled with 400kg salt

£312

info@storage-design.co.uk

Yellow (stock colour), green, red

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 249

Salt Spreaders & Shovels

5-10 DAYS

All-Purpose Spreaders • Precise distribution • Variable spreading quantities • Quick and easy assembly • For use in winter services, agriculture and industry • Robust construction

20

35

litre

50

litre

capacity

litre

capacity

8907

capacity

8065

£203

C10020

£314

£639

Model SW20-E

Model SW35-E

Model SW50-E

• Polyethylene hopper • 1 to 4m spreading width • Height adjustable handle • Plastic wheels with hard rubber tyres

• Polyethylene hopper • Stainless steel frame and axle • 1 to 4m spreading width • With additional anti-compression assembly • Pneumatic tyres with winter tread

• Polyethylene hopper • 1 to 4m spreading width • Height adjustable handle • Pneumatic tyres with winter tread • Anti-compression assembly • Aluminium gear and axle bearing

D-Handle Shovel D-grip handle Pack of 2

£47 320 x 260mm Length 1000mm

Robust shovel manufactured for use in the most demanding conditions

SK1107-1

£28

320 x 220 mm Length 1792mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Snow Shovel with Steel Ice Cutter

Telescopic Shovel D-grip handle

Wide mouth design Pack of 2

SK7072

£73 380 x 435 x 80mm Length 1320mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

SK7074

£26 310 x 2700 x 100mm Length 770 x 970

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

SK7073

Long Handled Metal Shovel

S a lt S p r e a d e r s & S h o v e l s

Suitable for corrosive spreading materials e.g. salt, fertilizer, binding agents and granules

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 250

Extension Ladders

3-5 DAYS

extension ladders

Double Extension Ladders • Box Section stiles for strength and rigidity • Non-slip D Shape rungs • Non-slip feet • Suitable for professional and domestic use

3.5m

SK3253

£150

4.1m

150

KG CAPACITY

5.5m

SK3255

£222.50

SK3258

£352.50

Box Section Double Extension Ladder HEIGHT (metres) 3.0 3.5 4.1 4.4 4.9 5.5

SECTION x RUNGS 2 x 10 2 x 12 2 x 14 2 x 15 2 x 17 2 x 19

ORDER REF SK3253 SK3254 SK3255 SK3256 SK3257 SK3258

PRICE

EE R F

£150.00 £187.50 £222.50 £255.00 £300.00 £352.50

DEL

IVER

Y

• Box section stiles for strength and rigidity • Non-slip D shaped rungs • Non-slip feet

Triple Extension Ladders • Box Section stiles for strength and rigidity • Non-slip D Shape rungs • Non-slip feet • Suitable for professional and domestic use

Reform Ladders

150

KG CAPACITY

150

KG CAPACITY

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

2.4m

3.5m

4.1m

SK3246

£119 sk3260

£225

sk3262

£337.50

sk3263

£367.50 Box Section Triple Reform Ladder

Box Section Triple Extension Ladder HEIGHT (metres) 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.5 4.1

SECTION x RUNGS 3 x 6 3 x 8 3 x 10 3 x 12 3 x 14

ORDER REF SK3259 SK3260 SK3261 SK3262 SK3263

PRICE £150.00 £225.00 £300.00 £337.50 £367.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EE FR DEL

IVER

Y

HEIGHT (metres) 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.5 4.1

info@storage-design.co.uk

SECTION x RUNGS 3 x 6 3 x 8 3 x 10 3 x 12 3 x 14

ORDER REF SK3246 SK3247 SK3248 SK3249 SK3250

PRICE £119.00 £158.00 £195.00 £265.00 £293.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 251

Stepladders

5-7

DAYS

stepladders

Fibreglass Swingback Stepladder • N on conductive fibreglass for electrical work • Conforms to EN131 • Large non-slip feet • Suitable for professional and domestic use

150

KG CAPACITY

GREAT VALUE TOP TREAD tread order price HEIGHT (mm) ref 950 4 SK3187 £75.00 1180 5 SK3188 £84.00 1420 6 SK3189 £105.00 1880 8 SK3190 £120.00 2340 10 SK3191 £150.00 2800 12 SK3192 £172.50 3260 14 SK3193 £202.50

EE FR DEL

IVER

from

£75 Y

Fibreglass Platform Stepladder • N on conductive fibreglass for electrical work • Conforms to EN131 • Large non-slip feet • Suitable for professional and domestic use

from

£105

PLATFORM tread order price HEIGHT (mm) ref 950 4 SK3194 £105.00 1180 5 SK3195 £120.00 1420 6 SK3196 £135.00 1880 8 SK3197 £157.50 2340 10 SK3198 £180.00 2800 12 SK3199 £203.00

NEED MORE

INFO?

GREAT VALUE

CALL US

NOW!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

150

KG CAPACITY

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 252

Standard Lockers

10-20 DAYS

s ta n d a r d Lo c k e r s

Solid and perforated door lockers with improved security • Rivetted/welded cold rolled mild steel construction • Durable epoxy powder coated for a high quality chip-resistant finish • Single door lockers fitted with hat shelf and double coat hook • Rail as standard on 450mm deep lockers • Door stiffeners for added strength and security • Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys

NESTING

Shelves have an extended lip to provide a division between doors, offering protection against doors being prised open The cam locks through the door into a slot in the frame to provide more rigidity and added security

Manufactured & tested in accordance with BS4680: 1996

Lockers are available in single units or nests of 2 or 3 lockers. This makes installation easier & quicker in larger applications.

Sloping Tops • M ake cleaning easier, prevent dust and debris accumulating on the tops of lockers • 22.5º upward slope from front to back, standard locker height will increase to 1925mm or 1987mm • Factory fitted

TO SUIT LOCKER ORDER PRICE W x D (mm) REF 300 x 300 ST3030 £8.50 300 x 450 ST3045 £10.50 450 x 450 ST4545 £12.50

Carcass Colour

Door Colours

Light grey

Red, burgundy, yellow, green, blue, dark grey and light grey

M12211GU00A

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

£83

M3030/1

£72.50

OVERALL DIMS NUMBER OF H x W x D (mm) COMPARTMENTS 1800 x 300 x 300 1 1800 x 300 x 300 2 1800 x 300 x 300 3 1800 x 300 x 300 4 1800 x 300 x 300 6 1800 x 300 x 450 1 1800 x 300 x 450 2 1800 x 300 x 450 3 1800 x 300 x 450 4 1800 x 300 x 450 6 1800 x 450 x 450 1 1800 x 450 x 450 2 1800 x 450 x 450 3 1800 x 450 x 450 4 1800 x 450 x 450 6

M3030/2

£81.50

SINGLE LOCKER REF PRICE M3030/1 £72.50 M3030/2 £81.50 M3030/3 £98.00 M3030/4 £106.00 M3030/6 £129.00 M3045/1 £85.00 M3045/2 £94.00 M3045/3 £111.50 M3045/4 £120.50 M3045/6 £144.50 M4545/1 £103.50 M4545/2 £113.00 M4545/3 £132.00 M4545/4 £143.00 M4545/6 £170.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

M3030/3

£98

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS REF PRICE M3030/1N2 £134.00 M3030/2N2 £151.50 M3030/3N2 £184.00 M3030/4N2 £200.00 M3030/6N2 £245.00 M3045/1N2 £154.50 M3045/2N2 £172.50 M3045/3N2 £207.00 M3045/4N2 £224.50 M3045/6N2 £272.50 M4545/1N2 £189.50 M4545/2N2 £207.50 M4545/3N2 £245.00 M4545/4N2 £267.00 M4545/6N2 £323.50

M3030/4

£106

M3030/6

£129

NEST OF 3 LOCKERS PERFORATED DOOR (SINGLE) REF PRICE REF PRICE M3030/1N3 £195.50 M12211GU00A £83.00 M3030/2N3 £222.00 M12212GU00A £91.50 M3030/3N3 £270.50 M12213GU00A £107.50 M3030/4N3 £295.00 M12214GU00A £116.50 M3030/6N3 £363.00 M12216GU00A £142.50 M3045/1N3 £224.50 M12511GU00A £95.50 M3045/2N3 £251.50 M12512GU00A £104.00 M3045/3N3 £303.50 M12513GU00A £121.50 M3045/4N3 £329.50 M12514GU00A £131.00 M3045/6N3 £402.00 M12516GU00A £158.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Metal Lockers Medium Duty Lockers

overall dims No. of h x w x d (mm) CMPTS 1800 x 300 x 300 1 1800 x 300 x 300 2 1800 x 300 x 300 3 1800 x 300 x 300 4 1800 x 300 x 300 6 1800 x 300 x 450 1 1800 x 300 x 450 2 1800 x 300 x 450 3 1800 x 300 x 450 4 1800 x 300 x 450 6 1800 x 450 x 450 1 1800 x 450 x 450 2 1800 x 450 x 450 3 1800 x 450 x 450 4 1800 x 450 x 450 6

Outer reinforcing channel to medium duty specification Inner reinforcing channel to standard duty specification Double-gauge shielding

25

DAYS

Biocote Protected biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E.Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas

M E TA L LO C K E R S

Second channel section welded to the inside of the door to provide triple thickness strength This significantly increases the reinforced area of the doors width and makes the door extremely difficult to deform, providing additional protection against forced entry

253

single locker nest of 2 lockers nest of 3 lockers ref price ref price ref price M3030/1/DS £78.00 M3030/1N2/DS £145.00 M3030/1N3/DS £212.50 M3030/2/DS £90.00 M3030/2N2/DS £168.50 M3030/2N3/DS £247.50 M3030/3/DS £110.50 M3030/3N2/DS £209.50 M3030/3N3/DS £309.00 M3030/4/DS £117.00 M3030/4N2/DS £222.00 M3030/4N3/DS £328.00 M3030/6/DS £145.50 M3030/6N2/DS £278.50 M3030/6N3/DS £412.50 M3045/1/DS £90.50 M3045/1N2/DS £165.50 M3045/1N3/DS £241.00 M3045/2/DS £102.50 M3045/2N2/DS £189.00 M3045/2N3/DS £276.50 M3045/3/DS £124.50 M3045/3N2/DS £232.50 M3045/3N3/DS £342.00 M3045/4/DS £131.50 M3045/4N2/DS £246.50 M3045/4N3/DS £362.50 M3045/6/DS £161.00 M3045/6N2/DS £305.50 M3045/6N3/DS £451.00 M4545/1/DS £112.50 M4545/1N2/DS £207.00 - M4545/2/DS £126.50 M4545/2N2/DS £235.00 - M4545/3/DS £153.00 M4545/3N2/DS £286.50 - M4545/4/DS £160.00 M4545/4N2/DS £300.00 - M4545/6/DS £195.00 M4545/6N2/DS £373.50 - -

RAL 7035 light grey carcass

Door Colours

FROM

£173.50

Heavy Duty Lockers

Combining a heavy gauge ‘double skin’ door to guard against leverage and impact, with ASSA deadlocks, when it comes to long lasting security, these lockers are hard to beat sizes h x w x d (mm) 1778 x 305 x 305 1778 x 305 x 457 1778 x 305 x 305 1778 x 305 x 457 1778 x 305 x 305 1778 x 305 x 407 1778 x 305 x 305 1778 x 305 x 457 1778 x 305 x 305 1778 x 305 x 457

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

compartments 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6

info@storage-design.co.uk

ref price S12211-92 £173.50 S12511-92 £187.50 S12212-92 £202.00 S12512-92 £225.00 S12213-92 £235.00 S12513-92 £262.00 S12214-92 £268.00 S12514-92 £304.50 S12216-92 £338.50 S12516-92 £388.00

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

These are amongst the toughest lockers available, with the built-in strength to take the hardest knocks in busy changing and staff rooms

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 254

School Lockers

22-25 DAYS

s c h o o l Lo c k e r s

Half Height & Three Quarter Height Lockers Solid and perforated door lockers with improved security Ideal for schools, learning centres or confined areas where full height lockers will not fit. • • • •

Durable epoxy powder coated for a high quality chip-resistant finish Single door lockers fitted with hat shelf and double coat hook Recessed camlock with plastic card holder Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys

THREE QUARTER HEIGHT LOCKERS : 1382MM HIGH from

Door Colours

£84.50

Red Burgundy Yellow Green

from

£90.00

Blue Dark Grey from

Light Grey

£68.50

Carcass Light Grey

HALF HEIGHT LOCKERS : 896MM HIGH from

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

£78.50

from

£65.00

from

£58.00

LOCKER TYPE SINGLE TIER TWO TIER THREE TIER

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

OVERALLSIZE W X D (MM) 300 x 300 300 x 450 450 x 450 300 x 300 300 x 450 450 x 450 300 x 300 300 x 450 450 x 450

1/2 HEIGHT LOCKER-896mm ORDER REF PRICE MH2211GU00 £58.00 MH2511GU00 £68.00 MH5511GU00 £83.00 MH2212GU00 £65.00 MH2512GU00 £75.00 MH5512GU00 £90.50 MH2213GU00 £78.50 MH2513GU00 £89.50 MH5513GU00 £105.50

info@storage-design.co.uk

3/4 HEIGHT LOCKER-1382mm ORDER REF PRICE MC2211GU00 £68.50 MC2511GU00 £77.00 MC5511GU00 £94.00 MC2212GU00 £84.50 MC2512GU00 £90.50 MC5512GU00 £104.00 MC2213GU00 £90.00 MC2513GU00 £102.50 MC5513GU00 £122.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 255

Uniform and Police Lockers

DAYS

For storage of ‘Airwave’ radios to PSU bags we have the right solution for Police forces throughout the UK Uniform lockers are ideal for the storage of bulky uniforms and clothing, making them ideal for the Emergency Services

U N I F O R M & P O L I C E LO C K E R S

• •

20-25

p2 FROM

£179

Police Locker with CS Cannister holder

p1 FROM

£152

Police Locker with lockable cube

from

£144

Police Locker with Airwaves compartment / CS Cannister holder

£186.50

Door Colours Blue

Carcass Light Grey

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Uniform Locker (PO) Two compartment

Uniform Locker (CO) Four compartment

• F ixed heavy-duty top and lower shelf • Fixed heavy-duty top shelf • The hanging compartment has a heavy duty hanging • The hanging compartment rail has a heavy duty hanging rail • Divided compartment locker type CO PO PO P1 P1 P2 P2 P3 P3

sizes ORDER H x w x d (mm) ref 1800 x 600 x 600 M1881PGU00C0 1800 x 450 x 600 M1581PGU00P0 1800 x 600 x 600 M1881PGU00P0 1800 x 450 x 600 M1581PGU00P1 1800 x 600 x 600 M1881PGU00P1 1800 x 450 x 600 M1581PGU00P2 1800 x 600 x 600 M1881PGU00P2 1800 x 450 x 600 M1581PGU00P3 1800 x 600 x 600 M1881PGU00P3

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £178.00 £144.00 £162.50 £152.00 £172.00 £179.00 £193.50 £186.50 £201.50

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

p3 FROM

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Metal Lockers

10

DAYS

99.9% REDUCTION OF E-COLI & MRSA SUPER BUG

m e ta l lo c k e r s

256

SINGLE DOOR

2 CMPTs

3 CMPTs

4 CMPTs

5 CMPTs

6 CMPTs

8 CMPTs

16 CMPTs

3

YEAR

FROM

£68

Air Vents In All Doors

• Robust construction • Top shelf in single lockers • Double coat hooks in singles and two tier • Through the door cam locks • Sealed compartment with plinth

3000 Variant Cam Lock Each Door Fitted With Strengthener 5-Knuckle Semi-Concealed Hinge

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Lockers are 1780mm high

x d (mm) w single locker SINGLE DOOR 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460

P701212 P701215 P701218 P701515 P701818

TWO COMPARTMENT 305 x 305 P701212/2 305 x 380 P701215/2 305 x 460 P701218/2 380 x 380 P701515/2 460 x 460 P701818/2

£68 £73 £81 £81 £97 £89 £93 £99 £99 £117

THREE COMPARTMENT 305 x 305 P701212/3 £97 305 x 380 P701215/3 £102 305 x 460 P701218/3 £108

nest of 2 lockers P701212N2 P701215N2 P701218N2 P701515N2 P701818N2

£128 £137 £150 £150 £181

P701212/2N2 £170 P701215/2N2 £176 P701218/2N2 £186 P701515/2N2 £186 P701818/2N2 £221

nest of 3 lockers P701212N3 P701215N3 P701218N3 P701515N3 -

£188 £200 £219 £236 -

P701212/2N3 P701215/2N3 P701218/2N3 P701515/2N3 -

£251 £258 £273 £273 -

P701212/3N2 £185 P701212/3N3 £274 P701215/3N2 £194 P701215/3N3 £286 P701218/3N2 £204 P701218/3N3 £300

SLOPING TOP OPTION: prevents unauthorised materials from being stored on top REF LSTO PRICE £9.20 extra per locker

Carcass Colours

Door Colours

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

x d (mm) single locker w FOUR COMPARTMENT 305 x 305 P701212/4 £103 305 x 380 P701215/4 £111 305 x 460 P701218/4 £116 380 x 380 P701515/4 £116 460 x 460 P701818/4 £135

P701212/4N2 £199 P701215/4N2 £213 P701218/4N2 £220 P701515/4N2 £221 P701818/4N2 £258

FIVE COMPARTMENT 305 x 305 P701212/5 £111 305 x 380 P701215/5 £115 305 x 460 P701218/5 £121

P701212/5N2 £213 P701212/5N3 £316 P701215/5N2 £220 P701215/5N3 £326 P701218/5N2 £230 P701218/5N3 £339

SIX COMPARTMENT 305 x 305 P701212/6 305 x 380 P701215/6 305 x 460 P701218/6 380 x 380 P701515/6

P701212/6N2 £247 P701215/6N2 £249 P701218/6N2 £265 P701515/6N2 £265

£127 £129 £139 £139

nest of 2 lockers

nest of 3 lockers P701212/4N3 P701215/4N3 P701218/4N3 P701515/4N3 -

£294 £315 £324 £324 -

P701212/6N3 P701215/6N3 P701218/6N3 P701515/6N3

£366 £369 £392 £392

EIGHT COMPARTMENT 305 x 460 P701218/8 £188

-

-

-

-

SIXTEEN COMPARTMENT 305 x 460 P701218/16 £306

-

-

-

-

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Metal Lockers

257

14

DAYS

for BOLTING TOGETHER

M E TA L LO C K E R S

Clean & Dirty Lockers 2 x double coat hooks 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm SINGLE LOCKER REF P701818C/D NEST OF 2 LOCKERS REF P701818C/DN2

Janitors’ Lockers Double coat hooks

8 Tier Wallet Locker Includes sloping top

1780H x 460W x 460Dmm

£116

SINGLE LOCKER REF P701818JAN

£219

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS REF P701818JANN2

1000/920H x 250W x 180Dmm

£130

SINGLE LOCKER REF WALLET/8

£248

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS REF WALLET/8N2

Twin Lockers 2 x double coat hooks 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm

£133

SINGLE LOCKER REF TW701818

£134

£262

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS REF TW701818N2

£265

15-20 DAYS

Single compartment models have top shelf and double coat hook FULL COLOUR RANGE 1220mm high

2 Person Lockers 2 x double coat hooks 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm SINGLE LOCKER REF 2P701818

£144

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS REF 2P701818N2

£276

High Capacity Lockers 2 x shelves and hanging rail 1780H x 610W x 460Dmm SINGLE LOCKER REF HICAP2418

£193

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

w x d single locker nest of 2 nest of 3 (mm) lockers lockers SINGLE DOOR 305 x 305 P481212 £62 P481212N2 £117 P481212N3 £173 305 x 460 P481218 £75 P481218N2 £141 P481218N3 £208 TWO COMPARTMENT 305 x 305 P481212/2 £83 P481212/2N2 £159 P481212/2N3 £236 305 x 460 P481218/2 £93 P481218/2N2 £177 P481218/2N3 £262

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Low Level Lockers

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 258

Garment & Insight Lockers

17-25 DAYS

g a r m e n t & i n s i g h t Lo c k e r s

Garment Dispensers & Collectors • D esigned initially for work wear, these lockers are equally suitable for the controlled issue of safety equipment, consumables or specific materials required for a working day or shift

5-Tier Dispenser

20-Tier Dispenser

DESCRIPTION TYPE 5-TIER GARMENT DISPENSER 10-TIER GARMENT DISPENSER 15-TIER GARMENT DISPENSER 20-TIER GARMENT DISPENSER GARMENT COLLECTOR 5-TIER DISPENSER & COLLECTOR

5-Tier Dispenser & Collector

SIZE H x W x D (mm) 1778 x 381 x 457 1778 x 381 x 457 1778 x 381 x 457 1778 x 381 x 457 1778 x 381 x 457 1778 x 381 x 457

ORDER REF D151805A01GU D151810A01GU D151815A01GU D151820A01GU D151801A01GU DDC1805A01GU

PRICE £179.00 £226.50 £285.00 £355.00 £122.50 £199.50

15-Tier Dispenser

10 -Tier Dispenser

Collector

Carcass Colour Light Grey

Door Colours Red, Burgundy, Yellow, Green, Blue, Dark Grey, Light Grey

Insight Lockers Polyethylene panels maintain security whilst allowing contents to be viewed

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

• Choice of 3 depths and 5 door designs • Double coat hooks in two compartment lockers • Recessed camlocks with plastic card holder type of dimensions ORDER locker H x w x d (mm) ref 1800 x 300 x 300 I3030/2 TWO DOOR 1800 x 300 x 450 I3045/2 1800 x 300 x 500 I3050/2 1800 x 300 x 300 I3030/3 THREE DOOR 1800 x 300 x 450 I3045/3 1800 x 300 x 500 I3050/3 1800 x 300 x 300 I3030/4 1800 x 300 x 450 I3045/4 FOUR DOOR 1800 x 300 x 500 I3050/4 1800 x 380 x 450 I4045/4 1800 x 380 x 500 I4050/4 1800 x 300 x 300 I3030/6 SIX DOOR 1800 x 300 x 450 I3045/6 1800 x 300 x 500 I3050/6 1800 x 300 x 300 I3030/8 EIGHT DOOR 1800 x 300 x 450 I3045/8 1800 x 300 x 500 I3050/8

PRICE £136.00 £148.50 £154.50 £153.50 £167.00 £174.00 £161.50 £176.00 £182.50 £213.00 £227.50 £212.00 £228.00 £235.00 £254.00 £273.00 £285.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

from

£136

2 Door

from

£153.50

3 Door

from

£161.50

4 Door

from

£254

8 Door

Door Colours

Carcass Colour

Red, Burgundy, Yellow, Green, Blue, Dark Grey, Light Grey

Light Grey

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Baby High Seat

2-3

259

DAYS

Sturdy ChairTM Baby Seats make safety and cleanliness a priority for your youngest guests • Contemporary design with Microban® technology makes it easier to clean than wood • Microban® provides all-over protection from bacteria growth that can cause odours and staining • Meets TUV and European safety standards • Fits under standard table without tray

Convenient handle for safe,one-handed manoeuvring throughout the dining room.

B a by H i g h S e at

Sturdy ChairTM Baby Seats with Microban® Antimicrobial Protection

3 point harness with one handed release. One-piece T-bar and safety harness safely helps to secure child.

Durable moulded parts are easy to clean.

Tray included

STACKABLE for easy storage

SK5115

£172

EE R F DEL

NEED MORE

Y

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

ASTM F404-04 and TUV Certification Standard Consumer Safety Specifications for high chairs that ensures the design and function of the Sturdy ChairTM Baby Seat meets safety specifications intended to minimize injuries to children under normal use

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Including sticker for certified safety: placed at the entrance of a restaurant shows that the safety for little guests is a major concern

• Microban® antimicrobial protection helps prevent the growth of stain and odour causing bacteria • Microban® protection is built into the chair during the manufacturing process and will not wash or wear off during the life of the chair • Sturdy ChairTM looks newer longer with built-in Microban® antimicrobial protection

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

IVER

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

m e s h lo c k e r s

260

Mesh Lockers

10-20 DAYS

Full Height Mesh Lockers Wire mesh lockers provide visible but secure storage, the most economical way to purchase lockers is in nests or multi compartments • • • • •

Single and two door lockers have 3 point locking and coat hooks as standard Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5mm weld mesh on 8mm rod frame Available in nest of 1, 2 or 3 All lockers are fitted with 150mm high legs Electroplated zinc with clear coat of lacquer

Back & Side Brackets Enable lockers to be nested together or fixed to a wall Hasp & Staple Locking Suitable for the use of padlocks Padlocks sold separately

150mm Integral Legs

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Are fitted with brackets which allow the lockers to be securely bolted to the floor

FROM

£125 description SINGLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR TWO COMPARTMENT TWO COMPARTMENT FOUR COMPARTMENT FOUR COMPARTMENT SIX COMPARTMENT SIX COMPARTMENT

010BZP0006

dimensions h x w x d (mm) 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457

single ref price 010BZP0002 £125 010BZP0014 £135 010BZP0020 £126 010BZP0032 £135 010BZP0056 £144 010BZP0068 £154 010BZP0074 £162 010BZP0086 £174

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

nest of 2 ref price 010BZP0004 £218 010BZP0016 £233 010BZP0022 £223 010BZP0034 £248 010BZP0058 £255 010BZP0070 £283 010BZP0076 £301 010BZP0088 £329

nest of 3 ref price 010BZP0006 £308 010BZP0018 £335 010BZP0024 £324 010BZP0036 £362 010BZP0060 £373 010BZP0072 £415 010BZP0078 £442 010BZP0090 £485

info@storage-design.co.uk

£308

NEST OF 3

Colour Coded Lockers All mesh lockers are available with powder coated finish:

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 261

Mesh Lockers

10-20 DAYS

m e s h LO C K E R S

Wire Mesh Multi Compartment Lockers Offering a solution to multiple storage of smaller personal items or bags. Ideal for personal security where space is restricted. • • • •

Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5mm weld mesh on 8mm rod frame Open fronts, or with padlockable doors All lockers are fitted with 150mm high legs Electroplated zinc with clear coat of lacquer

12 compartment lockers

010BZP0145

£219

3 point locking with hasp and staple to take padlock (padlock is not included)

010BZP0158

This design is available with open front or fitted with double doors which enclose all the compartments

£336

NEED MORE

INFO?

description 12 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS 16 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS 20 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS 40 COMPARTMENT LOCKERS

dimensions h x w x d (mm) 1390 x 935 x 305 1390 x 935 x 457 1390 x 1240 x 305 1390 x 1240 x 457 1390 x 1545 x 305 1390 x 1545 x 457 1390 x 770 x 305 1390 x 770 x 457

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CALL US

NOW!

010BZP0150

20 compartment lockers with doors

£519

compartment dims with INDIVIDUAL doors without doors h x w x d (mm) REF price REF price 305 x 305 x 305 010BZP0146 £327 010BZP0145 £219 305 x 305 x 457 010BZP0152 £361 010BZP0151 £247 305 x 305 x 305 010BZP0148 £415 010BZP0147 £288 305 x 305 x 457 010BZP0154 £460 010BZP0153 £301 305 x 305 x 305 010BZP0150 £519 010BZP0149 £316 305 x 305 x 457 010BZP0156 £571 010BZP0155 £346 150 x 150 x 305 010BZP0158 £336 010BZP0157 £268 150 x 150 x 457 010BZP0160 £370 010BZP0159 £295

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

40 compartment lockers

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

P L A S T I C LO C K E R S

262

Plastic Lockers

3-5 DAYS

Tough hardwearing lockers suitable for internal and external applications including wash down areas, wet changing rooms, fishing & agriculture, offshore industry, drilling & mining

Three sizes of locker that are all stackable with one another

Special stacking feature

Very strong hinge

HIGHLY VANDAL RESISTANT

• The tough polyethylene material is highly vandal resistant • Optional retro fit sloping top for hygiene areas • Very strong hinge that can withstand 3200N before breaking • Label position and air vents on all door sizes • Very popular with schools Base size 320W x 460Dmm, with specially marked fixed points

SPACE SAVING

DIMENSIONS ORDER H x W x D (mm) 450 x 320 x 460 WD450 600 x 320 x 460 WD600 900 x 320 x 460 WD900

PRICE REF £111 £129 £152

FROM

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

£111 OPTIONAL

Sloping Top Prevents unwanted litter (Add price to locker) REF WDST

£43.50

Coin Return Lock Ideal for wet & dry conditions REF WDCRL

All lockers are fitted with either Cam Lock with 2 keys or Hasp & Staple lock as standard (optional Coin Return Lock extra charge). Please specify.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Door Colour Options

£36

Body Colour

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 263

Plastic Cloakroom Benches

15-20 DAYS

Bench Seat • S eats include under bench shelving DIMENSIONS ORDER H x L x D (mm) 450 x 1000 x 400 B1040S 450 x 1200 x 400 B1240S 450 x 1500 x 400 B1540S 450 x 1800 x 400 B1840S 450 x 2000 x 400 B2040S

PRICE REF £131 £150 £177 £205 £223

Locker Stands with Bench Seats

B1040S

• C ombined locker stand and bench units No. of Dimensions Lockers h x w x d (mm) 2 450 x 640 x 820 3 450 x 960 x 820 4 450 x 1280 x 820

ORDER REF STB2BS STB3BS STB4BS

PRICE £163 £200 £209

Locker Stands

For Plastic Lockers, see page 262

• Stand only to suit any locker • Other sizes available No. of Dimensions Lockers h x w x d (mm) 2 150 x 640 x 460 3 150 x 960 x 460 4 150 x 1280 x 460

Seats include under bench shelving

£131

ORDER PRICE REF ST2S £91 ST3S £102 ST4S £109

STB3BS

£200

£63

Wall Rack DIMENSIONS HOOKS L x D (mm) 1000 x 70 5 1200 x 70 6 1500 x 70 7 1800 x 70 9 2000 x 70 10

ORDER REF WR1000 WR1200 WR1500 WR1800 WR2000

PRICE £63 £67 £71 £79 £87

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

RUST & CORROSION FREE

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Colour Options

WR1000

P L A S T I C clo a k r o o m B E N C H E S

Easy to assemble, dismantle & clean Strong yet lightweight

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 264

Wet Floor Signs

2-3 DAYS

W e t F lo o r S i g n s

Mobile Barricade System Easy to use, easy to see, easy to move, easy to store. Portable Mobile Barrier • • • • • • •

FG9S1100YEL

£296

For indoor use 4 metres long with 16 articulating panels 2 non-marking wheels for quick deployment 4 locking straps to secure barrier in closed position ANSI compliant colour and graphics Supplied ready assembled 5kg Polyethylene

WEIGHT

Open Up To 4 M Long / Closed 1000H x 600W x 350D mm

Pop-Up Cones Spring-loaded Safety Cone for quick deployment • • •

Storage tube for easy and compact storage Can be wall mounted (mounting hardware includes tape and screws) Bold colours, ANSI graphics and multilingual warning messages Collapses safely if weight is dropped on it

FG9S0100YEL-1

£55

Folding Safety Cones With multilingual “Caution” imprint • • • •

FG9S0700YEL-1

Large cone folds with a twist, to fit into compact storage shell Made of spring steel and durable, cleanable fabric Remarkable size for high visibility Storage shell mounting hardware includes tape, strap and screws

£42

508H x 330W x 467L mm 760 mm H

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Safety Cones and Accessories SK5116

Safeguarding against slip-and-fall accidents in high-traffic areas like supermarkets, shopping centres and other public buildings • • • •

Highly visible, bright yellow hazard protection system Multilingual warning messages for effective communication Moulded-in slots for easy handling. Optional features include weight rings (FG628400) for extra stability

£344

COMPLETE KIT

STACKABLE R018522

£38

for easy storage

DESCRIPTION dimensions (mm) order ref COMPLETE KIT (2 x CONES + 2 x RINGS + 2 x BELT CASSETTE) N/A SK5116 EXTENSION KIT (1 x CONE + 1 x RING + 1 x BELT CASSETTE) N/A FG628700YEL SAFETY CONE “CAUTION WET FLOOR” SYMBOL (SINGLE) 914 x 311 x 914 R018522-1 WEIGHT RING (SINGLE) 25 x 318 x 318 FG628400 BELT CASSETTE (SINGLE) 2.2 mETRES FG6287-L1-0000

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £344 £172 £38 £36 £98

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 265

Vacuum Cleaners

9

DAYS

LITRES

JVP180

£123

CVC370-2

£152

DRY

£100

15

LITRES

Henry & Hetty

James JVP180

Charles CVC370-2

The high performance, low noise cleaner

A clever simple design coupled with superb power and performance

The ideal cleaner for wet or dry use without compromise

• 9 litres capacity • 3-stage filter system

6.6kg Complete with full set of tools

HET - 200A

• • •

5kg Complete with full set of tools

8 litres capacity Unique caddy top design Quick & efficient to use, simple to empty

Complete with full set of tools

WET

AUTO-SAVE LOW ENERGY SYSTEM

9

LITRES DRY

15

LITRES

Extendable handle with removable caddy

NQS350B-22

6.4kg

• Big filters and disposable dust bags • Lightweight aluminium tubes

£123

VA C U U M C L E A N E R S

HVR-200A

WET

7

gve370-2

£229

£274

George GVE370-2 Cleans carpets, upholstery and hard floor surfaces – also a great everyday vacuum! 8.3kg

PVT-220a

£152

NQS350B-22 Ideal for the mobile worker, unclips from wheeled chassis for indoor use • Tough all steel construction • 14 litre capacity

PVT-220A 12kg

ACCESSORY KIT INCLUDED

High performance commercial dry vac, ideal for moving upstairs • Power auto-save system • 9 litre capacity

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

8.5kg

Big filters and disposable dust bags Designed to work extensively for long hours

Complete with full set of tools

Vacuum Dustbags • Available in packs of 10 VAC MODELS HENRY, HETTY, JAMES, PVT-220A, RSV130 CHARLES, GEORGE NQS350B WV570, CTD570-2

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 604015

PRICE £7.30

604016

£9.90

60401

£14.90

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

• •

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

SCRUBBERS

266

Scrubbers For polishing, scrubbing, stripping or abrading the widest range of surfaces using brushes or pads

NUPOWER Range

NU-SPEED NRT-1530

3 models cover every application. Tried & tested over 20 years

A 2-speed machine that really does provide the best of both worlds

• 150rpm • Scrubs, strips, cleans carpets. • With solution tank & scrub brush.

• • • •

REF: NPR1515

£641

• 230rpm • Scrubs, strips, light buff & polish. • With solution tank & scrub brush. REF: NPR1523

150rpm for scrubbing, stripping & shampooing 300rpm for polishing Full safety controls Machine folds for compact storage With solution tank, scrub brush and dry polishing board (buffing pad not included)

£641

• 300rpm • High quality buff/polished finish. • With drive board to take buffing pad. (tank and buffing pad not included) REF: NPR1530

NRT-1530

£889

£624

MOTOR DECK BRUSH SPEED RANGE WEIGHT SIZE (w) (mm) (mm) (m) (kg) H x W x D (mm) 1500 400 450 1515=150rpm 32 30 1185 x 580 x 450 1523=230rpm 1530=300rpm

MOTOR DECK BRUSH POWER SPEED RANGE WEIGHT SIZE (w) (mm) (mm) (rpm) (m) (kg) H x W x D (mm) 100/ 400 450 230W 150 32 40 1250 x 580 x 460 1250 AC 50Hz 300

Twintec Scrubber Driers Simple to use, fill, empty & transport Twintec combination machines give the operator the best of both worlds. The scrubbing head cleans the floor and the vacuum picks up the dirty water, simple! The only choice you have to make is what size machine - mains or battery. REF TTB1840

REF TT-1535S

£1552

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

£1037

Charger and extra battery provided

TT-3450S For covering larger areas TT-3450S Mains £1326 Powered Battery Powered

TTB-3450S

£2294

2.25 HOURS RUN TIME

TT-1535S Ideal machine for smaller or more congested sites

TT-4550S Heavy duty, ideal in larger areas

Very compact and easy to manoeuvre

Battery Powered

Mains Powered

TT-4550S

£1546

TTB-4500S

£2523

2.25 HOURS RUN TIME

TTB1840 Simple, user friendly, one-pass cleaning machine, ideal for confined areas • •

Capacity 18 Litres Scrub width 400mm 0.75 HOURS RUN TIME

Full stainless steel chassis, uprated Vario-plus brush drive, TwinFlo suction system, heavy duty polyform water tanks, aluminium semi-parabolic, high efficiency suction nozzle and fully adjustable handle system incorporating the full control centre.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 267

Scrubbers

REF TTV5565

£6120

Twintec Auto Scrubber

SCRUBBERS

The optimum walk behind traction auto-scrubber with a range of advanced, yet practical, features This walk behind traction auto-scrubber with no tools adjustment and simple brush change can be set to operate at either a 550mm or 650mm scrubbing width In the 650mm mode the scrubbing head is automatically expanded to a practical offset operating mode, providing a 100mm head extension to the right hand side. This allows improved edge cleaning especially in aisles with racking or other obstructions In normal operation the machine delivers a constant 40Kg of brush pressure but to this we have added a heavy duty spot cleaning feature, allowing the operator to select a 50Kg override setting at any time should it be required Add to the exceptional cleaning performance, low noise and excellent manoeuvrability and you have a machine designed to deliver satisfaction on all counts.

Twintec VARIO - Scrubber Drier This is about the most user friendly ride-on around, packed with sound common sense engineering yet bristling with technology. One machine which can be set to 3 different working widths, 650mm, 750mm and 850mm and all at the flick of a simple lever. This doesn’t even need tools – anybody can do it at any time. You want it wide – fine… you want it narrow – 30 seconds is all that it takes.

Call for free product demonstration or advice

It’s not only the working widths that can be changed, it’s the operating performance that is under the drivers complete control – cleaning speed, brush speed, water flow, chemical mix… you name it and you control it.

BRUSH MOTOR POWER VACUUM MOTOR POWER POWER RUN TIME TRACTION DRIVE TRANSIT SPEED CLEANING SPEED CLIMBING GRADIENT SCRUB WIDTH BRUSH SPEED WATER CAPACITY NUCHEM CAPACITY WATER FLOW RATE NUCHEM MIX WEIGHT DIMENSIONS

3 x 24V 400W 24V 400W 6 x 12V (24V) = 300A/H 3.5 Hrs 600W 7.0km/h 3.5km/h 11º 650/750/850mm 50/100/150/200rpm 110L Optional 4L 1, 2, 3, 4 L/min 25:1, 50:1, 75:1, 100:1 500kg 1676 x 1425 x 1054mm

REF TTV-678/300T

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

In addition to the extreme versatility of performance, there is a selection of brush and pad specifications to suit different needs and additional battery packs to extend the cleaning range as required.

£11768

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

PA I N T I N G

268

Painting

2-3 DAYS

Pure black bristle, flat varnish brush. Kaiser black plastic handles, in wallet 13mm Brush

25mm Brush

• B lack bristle head size: 13mm (½”) x 16mm • Trim length: 56mm

• B lack bristle head size: 25mm (1”) x 16mm • Trim length: 56mm

SK7075

Pack of 12

£23

SK7078

£29

Pack of 12

38mm Brush

51mm Brush

• B lack bristle head size: 38mm (1½”) x 16mm • Trim length: 63mm

• Black bristle head size: 51mm (2”) x 19mm • Trim length: 69mm SK7076

SK7079

£41

76mm Brush

102mm Brush

• B lack bristle head size: 76mm (3”) x 22mm • Trim length: 82mm

• B lack bristle head size: 102mm (4”) x 22mm • Trim length: 89mm

Pack of 6

Line Marking Paint

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

£55 Pack of 12

Pack of 12

• For use on roads, carparks, factory floors, school playing fields, leisure centres & golf courses • Provides a hard wearing, fast drying permanent line • Suitable for use on concrete, tarmac,wood and composites • Can be used both internally and externally • CFC free aerosol • Size 750ml

Marker Colours

SK7077

£50

£80

Temporary Line Marking Paint

5-7

QLT

DAYS

£29.50

• Paint can be removed with water and a brush • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Paint will weather away within 4-6 weeks • Size 750ml

Marker Colours Yellow, white, blue, red, green, orange. Please specify when ordering

Survey Paint • Can last for up to 3 months • Weather resistant • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Size 750ml QLS

Marker Colours Yellow, white, blue, red, green, orange, black. Please specify when ordering

SK7080

Pack of 6

£29.50

Yellow, white, blue, red, green, orange. Please specify when ordering All line marking paints can be used with hand applicators and 4-wheel applicators

Paint Applicators QLL

£29.50 6 PACK

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

4-Wheel Applicator

£86.90

Allows fast, accurate Hand Held application of all types of Applicator aerosol paint

£34.20

info@storage-design.co.uk

QLA000002

QLA000001

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 269

Wet Floor Signs

2-3 DAYS

Multipurpose Barriers

Prevent use of the elevator or escalator in any public area

An innovative concept in safety barriers, MINDERS friendly appearance works every time! By creating a positive attitude, instructions are obeyed, often with a smile

• F old away barrier system constructed from durable polyethylene • 2 panels per unit with “No Admittance Authorised Personnel Only” signs as standard • Each panel measures 1100 (H) x 660mm (W) - easily link units together to form a larger barrier (1 unit is suitable for openings up to 1300mm wide) • Non-conductive telescopic poles are 2.2m (H) and are stored inside the unit to keep the barrier upright and stable when in use • Lightweight yet extremely strong - weighs only 80kg • Comply with BS7255:2001 and Health and Safety Regulations Recommendation PM26

Six self-adhesive message strips are included with every set: • ‘Caution .. Out of Service’ • ‘Caution .. Wet Floor’ • ‘Temporarily Closed’ • ‘Danger .. Keep Out’ • ‘Cleaning in Progress’ • ‘Caution .. Work Area’

• F or use in all public areas indoors or outside • Stand alone or link together • Lightweight, yet robust • Weight 2.5kg per unit • Sold in pairs

W e t F lo o r S i g n s

Elevator Guard

CSLM

£88 per PAIR

CSLE

£195

Janitorial Floor Signs Clear message displayed on both sides • Stands measure 630 x 300mm • Fold flat for easy storage

ALL

£9.90

REF JANC160

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

REF JANC163

info@storage-design.co.uk

EE FDR ELIV

REF JANC168

E RY

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

REF JANC164

1030H x 780W x 26mm thick

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

E n t r a n c e M at s

270

Entrance Mats

3-5 DAYS

Enviromat

Entraplush

Manufactured using 100% recycled materials

Economy mat that looks good Traps dirt & debris

• H eavy recycled rubber backing minimises movement on carpet and hard floor surfaces • UV and fade resistant polyester carpet • Raised pattern removes dirt and debris whilst trapping it in the mat preventing dirt migration

• Q uick-drying, ‘crush resistant’ carpet surface • Made from 100% continuous filament olefin • Stain resistant PVC backing • Suitable for indoor areas - light to medium use

GUIDE PRICE

GUIDE PRICE

per square metre

per square metre

£30

£48

Green

Blue

specify colour when ordering

Brown

specify colour when ordering

Red

Blue

Grey

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF EM0001 EM0002 EM0003

PRICE £25.80 £65.00 £103.00

Charcoal

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1500 x 900 1800 x 1200

ORDER REF PP0001 PP0002 PP0003

PRICE

Brown

£16.20 £40.80 £65.00

Grey

First-Step Adhesive Mats

Tough Rib

An economic solution to contamination control Impregnated with an anti-microbial agent

Traps moisture from shoes making smooth floors pedestrian safe Protects carpet and floor from foot traffic damage

• L asting protection against bacteria, mould & mildew • Adhesive surface captures dirt and dust • Peel off disposable layers reveal clean surface each time • Adhesive backed pads stick directly to floor • Approved for direct food contact

• H eavy-duty ribbed carpet provides ‘channels’ to capture dirt & debris • 100% solution dyed polypropylene fibre carpet surface • Non-staining vinyl backing

WC0004

Colours White, grey and blue

£211 460 x 1170mm (pack of four pads with 30 layers) Product height: 1.5mm Ideal for use indoors or dry environments, such as clean rooms, paint shops, food production environments and hospitals

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

specify colour when ordering

GUIDE PRICE

£39

Charcoal

per square metre

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1500 x 900 1800 x 1200 1200 x 900

Brown

ORDER REF TR0001 TR0002 TR0003 TR0004

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE

Green

£20.80 £51.90 £83.00 £41.50

Red Grey

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 271

Entrance Mats

2-3 DAYS

Cobascrape

Traps up to 90% tracked-in dirt, also traps moisture, grit & grease Smaller sizes can be washed in domestic washing machines

Hard-wearing raised surface scrapes dirt from shoes Provides a sure footing in wet, greasy or oily conditions

• Holds up to 3.5 litres/m2 and 800g of dry dust • Bleach and fade resistant - 11 year warranty against colour loss • Non-skid nitrile rubber backing • Ideal for indoor environments, suitable for heavy duty use

• Holds up to 2.6 litres/m2 or 1.5kg of dry dust/m2 • Manufactured from 100% nitrile - suitable for outdoor or indoor use • Machine washable for additional convenience • Supplied with safety bevelled edges

GUIDE PRICE

GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

PER SQ. METRE

£94

£76

DIMENSIONS (mm) 850 x 600 1200 x 850 1500 x 850 1750 x 1150

E n t r a n c e M at s

Cobawash

ORDER REF LM0001 LM0004 LM0002 LM0003

PRICE

BLACK/BLUE

£40.00 £80.00 £95.00 £152.00

BLACK/RED BLACK/BROWN BLACK/STEEL

Premier Plus

ORDER REF CS010001 CS010002 CS010003 CS010004

PRICE £57.00 £107.00 £228.00 £175.00

Entramat Black/Charcoal

DT0/0001

Cross-ribbed surface scrapes dirt from shoes Debris falls through open holes and can be swept away with ease • Easy to clean - simply hose down • Supplied with safety bevelled edge to protect against tripping • Ramped edging allows wheeled access • Ideal for indoor or outdoor use in busy pedestrian areas • Made from hard wearing interwoven flexible PVC extrusions

£25.30 PER TILE

DIMENSIONS (mm) 850 x 750 1400 x 850 3000 x 850 1700 x 1100

Black/Grey

Premier Track

Colours

Specify colour when ordering

Blue

PER TILE

STANDARD DUTY 22mm x 22mm hole size

Anthracite

Premier Plus & Track

GUIDE PRICE

£94

Manufactured using 80% recycled material • Flexible PVC tile with high quality carpet insert • Entrance system designed to scrape dirt and absorb moisture • Ideal for insertion into foot wells • Easy to cut and trim to any shape • Size: 300 x 450mm • Thickness: 15mm • Suitable for both indoor use and external covered areas

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PER SQ. METRE

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) STANDARD DUTY 1200 x 600 STANDARD DUTY 1500 x 1000 STANDARD DUTY 1800 x 1200 HEAVY DUTY 1200 x 600 HEAVY DUTY 1500 x 1000 HEAVY DUTY 1800 x 1200

info@storage-design.co.uk

HEAVY DUTY 22mm x 10mm hole size ORDER ref ES0001 ES0002 ES0003 ED0001 ED0002 ED0003

PRICE £78.00 £146.00 £201.00 £117.00 £216.00 £297.00

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

PT/01

£26

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 272

Café & Restaurant Furniture

10-15 DAYS

c a f é & r e s tau r a n t f u r n i t u r e

Rio Café Furniture Superior quality aluminium café and bistro furniture Lightweight and resilient, suitable for heavy use all year round • Stackable armchairs and side chairs • Square table can be spirally stacked • Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces

PTM40041

£73

CN40146

£30

CN40145

£30

Rio Café Chairs description ORDER PRICE REF SIDE CHAIR CN40146 £30 ARM CHAIR CN40145 £30

Rio Café Tables

description ORDER PRICE REF 700mm CIRCULAR PEDESTAL PTM40041 £73 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL PTM40044 £73 700mm SQUARE STACKING PTM40045 £73

The Rio range encompasses all the elements required for relaxed dining both inside and out, casual meetings or alfresco coffee. ‘Innox’ chequered stainless steel table tops provide a contemporary air which is conducive to the ambience of any stylish eatery

PTM400451

Paulo Café Furniture

£90

Made from a revolutionary new material which requires no maintenance • No maintenance required • Easy to clean • Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces • Stackable to ten high

Arm Chair

Side Chair

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

CN40148

£40

Paulo Café Tables

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

description ORDER PRICE REF armchair CN40148 £40 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL table PTM40050 £82 700mm CIRCULAR TABLE PTM40045 £90

Casa Café Furniture Enhances the ambience of all smart cafés, restaurants and bistros Chairs are easy to clean, hard wearing and UV resistant

As it is synthetic “No-Wood” will never need oiling, polishing, painting or protecting; neither will it splinter or split. This delightful range therefore offers all the beauty of real teak but with none of the drudgery of maintenance, combined with attractive flat tube frames

PTM40057

£87

• Hygienic and easy to clean • Casa Café chairs stack up to 10 high • Tables available as square or circular, 740mm overall height

Paulo Café Tables description ORDER PRICE REF armchair - honey CN40147 £33 armchair - blue CN40150 £33 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL table PTM40056 £111 700mm CIRCULAR PEDESTAL table PTM40057 £87

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CN40150

£33

The chair seats are hand woven from 4mm plastic coated steel wire and available in a choice of two striking colours - honey & blue

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 273

Café & Restaurant Furniture

4-6

WEEKS

Great value fast food seating Durable easy clean modules

2S

4S

4D

6S

6D

• Steel frame in silver/black • Beech or white table tops • Polypropylene seat shells

FROM

£203

FROM

£164 Seat Colours

Seat Colours

Green, yellow, brown, red, blue, grey, black - please specify

Black, blue, burgundy, grey, lime green, orange, peach, white - please specify

Mixbury Fast Food Units

Bubble Fast Food Units

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 2 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 600 VMX2S £164 4 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VMX4S £213 4 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VMX4D £213 6 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 vmx6s £275 6 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 vmx6D £275

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 2 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 600 VB2S £203 4 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VB4S £268 4 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VB4D £268 6 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 VB6S £342 6 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 VB6D £342

C a f é & R e s tau r a n t F u r n i t u r e

Fast Food Units

Stacking Chairs Designed for commercial, leisure and educational eating environments

vc11b

• Stackable for easy storage • Stylish dining chairs with chrome frames • Bubble chair with polypropylene seat in choice of 8 colours - black, orange, burgundy, peach, lime, grey, blue, white

Balloon

Tri

vc13b

£55

Slot vC5

£55

Gap

vc16b

£37

£45

Bubble

vC41B

£35

Jupiter

Dining Tables • Designed for commercial, leisure and educational eating environments • High pressure laminate beech top, chrome frame model dimensions ORDER PRICE h x Dia (mm) REF CURVEY 740 x 800 VT900-8 £115 740 x 900 VT900-9 £134 740 x 1000 VT900-10 £147 740H x 800W x 800D VT900-88 £138 SLOPE 740 x 800 VT50C-8 £152 740 x 900 VT50C-9 £179 740 x 1000 VT50C-10 £203 740 x 1200 VT50C-12 £237

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Curvey

Slope vt900-8

£115

info@storage-design.co.uk

vt50c-8

£152

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

description seat ORDER PRICE h (mm) REF BALLOON, BEECH AND CHROME 445 VC11B £37 TRI, BEECH AND CHROME 450 VC10B £37 SLOT, BEECH AND CHROME 445 VC16B £55 GAP, BEECH AND CHROME 450 VC13B £55 JUPITER, BEECH AND CHROME 460 VC41B £35 BUBBLE, POLY AND CHROME 460 VC5 £45

vc10b

£37

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 274

Changing Room Benches

7-15 DAYS

changing room benches

Increase the seating capacity of changing rooms Now with anti-bacterial paint finish as standard. 99.99% effective

Single & Double Sided Bench Accessories FROM

£60 SS10M

£256

Benches are supplied part assembled with complete fixing kit and instructions

WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Generally used around the perimeter of a room

WITHOUT SHELF WIDTH HOOKS (mm) 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14

ORDER REF SS10X SS15X SS20X SS25X SS30X

PRICE

WITH MESH SHELF 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14

SS10M SS15M SS20M SS25M SS30M

£256 £282 £339 £460 £490

WITH WOOD SHELF 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14

SS10 SS15 SS20 SS25 SS30

£279 £315 £385 £510 £550

£217 £239 £289 £380 £409

Overall dimensions 1750H x 400Dmm 450mm standard seat height, 325mm deep

FFC

FLOOR FIXING BRACKET

£2.10

Frame Colours

double sided REF PRICE DSR10M £90 DSR15M £94 DSR20M £98 DSR25M £183 DSR30M £187

FROM

£547

Double Sided Benches

• S ingle sided hat and coat rail 1.6m high 30mm square legs with 3 ash hardwood seat slats 50mm apart on steel support frame

Single Sided REF PRICE SSR10M £60 SSR15M £63 SSR20M £67 SSR25M £123 SSR30M £126

REF DS15 & DSR15M

Single Sided Benches

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Must be ordered with bench

Mesh Shoe Racks

Generally used in the middle of changing rooms • • •

Double sided hat and coat rail 1.6m high 6 ash hardwood seat slats 50m apart on steel support frames 30mm square legs

£21 Must be ordered with bench

Hardwood Backrests WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Single Sided REF PRICE SSB10 £21.00 SSB15 £25.50 SSB20 £30.00 SSB25 £43.00 SSB30 £48.10

double sided REF PRICE DSB10 £21.00 DSB15 £25.50 DSB20 £30.00 DSB25 £43.00 DSB30 £48.00

Overall dimensions 1750H x 800Dmm 450mm standard seat height, 325mm deep each side

FROM

£35

WITHOUT SHELF WIDTH HOOKS (mm) 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28

ORDER REF DS10X DS15X DS20X DS25X DS30X

PRICE

WITH MESH SHELF 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28

DS10M DS15M DS20M DS25M DS30M

£374 £418 £499 £695 £747

WITH WOOD SHELF 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28

DS/10 DS15 DS20 DS25 DS30

£394 £453 £545 £736 £800

£319 £359 £435 £587 £640

Hat/Coat Hook Rails Aluminium hooks on ash hardwood rail Supplied pre-drilled with hooks loose, Extra hooks available (below) RAIL LENGTH NUMBER ORDER (mm) REF 1000 5 WH10 1500 7 WH15 2000 10 WH20 2500 12 WH25 3000 14 WH30

PRICE £35 £42 £50 £57 £65

Extra Hooks HK-1 ALUMINIUM

£1.10

HK-2 POWDER COATED STEEL

£3.50

HK-3 POWDER COATED ALUMINIUM

£2.20

Silver, red, blue, yellow, green and black

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 275

Changing Room Benches

7-15 DAYS

Useful where pipes or skirting boards prevent use of freestanding benches PLAIN BENCH SIZE (mm) W X D 1000 x 350 1500 x 350 2000 x 350 2500 x 350 3000 x 350

REF M103 M153 M203 M253 M303

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK SIZE (mm) W X D REF 1000 x 350 MSR10M 1500 x 350 MSR15M 2000 x 350 MSR20M 2500 x 350 MSR25M 3000 x 350 MSR30M

Now with anti-bacterial paint finish as standard. 99.99% effective

PRICE £136 £152 £202 £248 £269 PRICE £54 £57 £61 £112 £114

M103

£136

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

Must be ordered with bench

350mm deep with 3 ash hardwood slats on a steel support frame

Freestanding Basic Cloakroom Benches

changing room benches

Wall/Floor Fix Mono Benches

Wall fixings not included

B10

£134

Single Sided Bench 450H x 325Dmm PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE B10 £134 B15 £150 B20 £199 B25 £247 B-30 £266

SHOE RACK REF PRICE BSR10M £58 BSR15M £61 BSR20M £65 BSR25M £120 BSR30M £122

BSR10M

Double Sided Bench

£58

Additional mesh shoe racks

450H x 595Dmm WIDTH MM 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE BD10 £212 BD15 £240 BD20 £297 BD25 £387 BD30 £420

SHOE RACK REF PRICE BDSR10M £87 BDSR15M £91 BDSR20M £96 BDSR25M £178 BDSR30M £182

BD10

£212

Ash hardwood slats mounted on reinforced seat frames

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

WIDTH MM 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

TILT TRUCKS

276

Tilt trucks

5-7

DAYS

Structural Foam Tilt Trucks Designed for general refuse collection and medium materials handling.

Ergonomic handle allows for safe continuous use

FG101100BLA

£520 Inset wheel prevents damage to surroundings

• Mark-resistant castors for reduced touch-up cleaning • Easy-to-clean and virtually maintenance free • Unique “steering wheel” handle provides excellent manoeuvring capability and safe handling • Optional domed lid available • 2 wheels and 2 swivel castors

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

desription ( Tilt Truck 0.6m3) Standard Duty Heavy Duty Lid Fits

material (mm) Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyethylene

dimensions L x W x H (mm) 1638 x 768 x 965 1638 x 768 x 965 1549 x 806 x 222

capacity pack ORDEr PRICE (kg) REF 600l/272 1 FG101100BLA £520 600l/453 1 FG101300BLA £595 - 1 FG102800BLA £185

Constant force design and extra handle at the bottom allow for controlled dumping by one person

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Domed, hinged lids available separately

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 277

Mega BRUTE ® Mobile Collector

5-7

DAYS

Mega BRUTE ® Mobile Collector

Mega BRUTE® Mobile Collector is a highly manoeuvrable and versatile waste and linen collection and sorting system Innovative design features deliver improved productivity and ease of use • High capacity: 450L • Optional 87L yellow container • Optional lid fully covers waste and supplies

Rear doors allow easy contents removal

Waste Container (optional extra see table)

Secure a waste bag and flips up for easy access to storage area

FG9W7100BLA

£430

Turns on its own axis and fits in tight environments

COMPLETE

450

£631

LTR CAPACITY

desription material Mobile Waste Collector LD PE/Metal LID LD PE/Metal YELLOW WASTE CONTAINER POLYETHYLENE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

dims H x L x W (mm) 1080 x 1330 x 700 267 x 1250 x 762 762 x 508 x 279

capacity 450l - 87L

Sorting options holds an optional 87L Slim Jim® container for improved waste sortation and recycling order ref FG9W7100BLA FG9W7200BLA FG354000YEL-1

info@storage-design.co.uk

price £430 £163 £38

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Optional lid fully covers contents; centre hinge allows access to either end of Mega BRUTE®

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 278

Litterpicker & Brooms

2-3 DAYS

Litterpicker & Brooms

Great product for litter collecting

Litterpicker

£28

Curved Litterpicker

SK7048

• Pincer action • Heavy duty • Size: 870mm

£43

Red Yard Broom

Natural Yard Broom

• Red 1.27mm PVC fill • Flat top stock size: 330mm • Handle: 1372 x 29mm

• B ase mix fill • Size: 267mm • Handle: 1372 x 29mm

Pack of 8

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

SK1038

• Wrist strap • Trigger handle • Size: 813mm

Pack of 16

SK7051

£107

EE R F DEL

IVER

SK7050

£109

Boxed to go. Boxed brushes complete with threaded handle

Y

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 279

Bag Hoop

2-3 DAYS

Great product for litter collecting, commercial complex management, garden and field waste management, supermarkets and events

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

• Easy to assemble Wall Bracket fixes to internal walls, wooden posts, garages and enables the Bag Hoop to be easily stored and used. • Soft grip handle to help reduce operator fatigue • The hoop holds the waste sack open for easy filling

BAG HOOP

The easy way to store and use your Bag Hoop

Bag Hoop • Lightweight polypropylene

Colour

SK7045

£20 Red

Wall Bracket for Bag Hoop

£19

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

SK17046

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 280

Baby Changing Stations

2-3 DAYS

B a by C h a n g i n g S tat i o n s

Foldable and compliant with all global safety standards • • • • • • • •

Two models: vertical or horizontal Large, deep bed with adjustable safety belt Foldable design provides space optimisation Built-in shelf accommodates baby powder and other small items Easy one-handed operation allows for safer opening and closing while leaving the other hand free Antibacterial protection inhibits the growth of bacteria that cause odours and stains Safe and ergonomic design that meets all applicable standards ASTM or EN 12221-1 Liner dispenser with moisture barrier on easy-to-service holds (up to 40 liners each)

Moisture Barrier Liners Easy-to-service dispenser holds up to 40 liners.

Easy Reach Hooks Hooks on both sides allow user to access nappy bag while keeping child secure.

FG781888LPLAT

£258

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

• Quick and easy set up and folding • Four mesh sides for better ventilation and baby visibility • Lightweight • Sponge clean deluxe mattress. • 7 feet for perfect stability • When folded, compact footprint enables efficient storage and space saving • Rounded plastic corners for safety • Carry bag included • For use from birth to about 3 years (15 kg) • Available in Blue

E RY

FG781988LPLAT

£258

Vertical table folded

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) OPEN: 483 x 862 x 557 / CLOSED: 557 x 862 x 120 OPEN: 483 x 595 x 878 / CLOSED: 978 X 595 X 120 OPEN: 432 x 318

Folding Baby Beds

ELIV

Built-In Shelf Built-in shelf accommodates baby powder, mobile phone, or other small items.

Horizontal table folded DESCRIPTION MATERIAL HORIZONTAL FOLDING POLYPROPYLENE VERTICAL FOLDING POLYPROPYLENE LINERS PAPER

EE FDR

COLOUR GREY GREY WHITE

REF FG781888LPLAT FG781988LPLAT FG781788WHT

PRICE £258 £258 £76

1809246

£126

Open: 920H x 730W x 1040L mm Closed: 850H x 230W x 230L mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 281

Sanitary Waste Bins

2-3

Slimline design and reduced height allows the bin to fit comfortably into washroom cubicles for easy access without restricting space Hands-free, foot pedal operation limits direct contact

RMINIPEDWF

£47

20L Sanitary Waste Bin • Ideal for larger washrooms • Front opening lid

20

litre

capacity

575H x 510L x 160W mm

12L Sanitary Waste Bin • Ideal for modern washrooms with smaller cubicles

12

litre

capacity

480H x 463L x 140W mm

DESCRIPTION SANITARY WASTE BIN SANITARY WASTE BIN

SANITARY WASTE BINS

£165

A practical and efficient way to dispose of sanitary waste hygienically • •

DAYS

FG402338-4

MATERIAL POLYPROPYLENE POLYPROPYLENE

CAPACITY 20 L 12 L

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 575 x 510 x 160 480 x 463 x 140

COLOUR PACK GREY 4 WHITE 1

ORDER REF PRICE FG402338-4 £165 RMINIPEDWF £47

SaniSense Bin Biocide & Deodoriser • • •

Ensures sanitary waste is safely and hygienically stored in the bin Keeps washrooms fresh – eradicates bad odours and keeps bins fresh between services Keeps washroom hygienic by deactivating germs and bacteria inside the bin

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

CAPACITY 930 G

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PACK order REF price 6 202318-6 £65

info@storage-design.co.uk

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

DESCRIPTION SANISENSE BIOCIDAL BIN DEODORISER

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 282

Automatic Air Freshener

2-3 DAYS

Au to m at i c A i r F r e s h E n e r

Microburst 3000 Full impact odour control in one compact system • • • • •

Microburst super-concentrated fragrance with odour neutraliser technology delivers long lasting room freshness Easy-to-customise flexible programming for individual washroom requirements with each refill lasting up to 90 days Convenient visual indicators show battery and refill life for easy servicing Choice of refills - 5 concentrated fragrances, odour neutraliser and insecticide Battery operated (requires 2 x ‘C’ cell alkaline batteries not included) • Spray: 25µl Available in a Pack of 2

Compact system delivers full impact odour control, with three times the odour control and fragrance as ordinary refills but 63% less VOCs (volatile organic compounds) than standard aerosols

10 YEAR

1817131-2

1817130-2

£100

DESCRIPTION DISPENSER MICROBURST 3000 LCD BLACK DISPENSER MICROBURST 3000 LCD WHITE

£100

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 75 ML (MICROBURST REFILL) 1839 x 96 x 751 75 ML (MICROBURST REFILL) 1839 x 96 x 751

COLOUR PACK ORDER REF PRICE BLACK 2 1817130-2 £100 WHITE 2 1817131-2 £100

Refills

Odour Neutraliser A strong, clean outdoor fragrance that eliminates tobacco, damp, wet paint, dry cleaning, body and animal odours

Innovative fragrances create an environment that reinforces the fact that the washroom is clean, hygienic and safe to use • Microtrans odour neutraliser elimates bad odours • Long lasting fragrance intensity that washroom users notice and appreciate

R0260035-6

Microburst Refills (75 ml)

£31

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

75ml refil. Pack of 6 5 customerpreferred fragrances to choose from

SWAK Insecticide For effective control and instant knock-down of all common insects

R0260034-6

£55

EACH

75ml refil. Pack of 6

£6.66 FRAGRANCE EXPRESSIONS ANTICIPATION DISCRETION ORIENTAL NIGHTS KILIMANJARO

TYPE CITRUS FRUITY FRUITY FLORAL ORIENTAL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PACK 6 6 6 6 6

ORDER REF R0260004C-6 R0260003C-6 R0260037C-6 R0260055C-6 R0260050C-6

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £40 £40 £40 £40 £40

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 283

Manual Soap Dispensers

2-3 DAYS

M A N UA L S oa p D i s p ensers

Rubbermaid Flex™ Manual Skin Care System New Rubbermaid Flex™ (Foam Liquid Excellence) Skin Care System’s revolutionary design allows you to use either foam or liquid refills in the same dispenser • • • • • •

Highest yield of hand washes – up to 3,250 per refill. Rich, dense lather and distinctive fragrances. 2 sizes to meet any capacity, space or installation requirement. Hygienically sealed refills eliminate potential contamination. Lifetime guarantee (dispenser) 2 years shelf life (refills) 3486589-5

3486591-5

£66

£60

Box-less refills evacuate fully to reduce waste.

Superior “clean look” styling improves washroom aesthetics.

Flex Manual™ Skin Care System DESCRIPTION RUBBERMAID FLEX™ MANUAL DISPENSER WHITE RUBBERMAID FLEX™ MANUAL DISPENSER WHITE

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) COLOUR 500 ML 220 x 100 x 127 WHITE 1300 ML 298 x 100 x 146 WHITE

PACK 5 5

ORDER REF 3486589-5 3486591-5

PRICE £60 £66

Refills

EnrichedLotion™ Hand Wash Refills and Hand & Body Shampoo Refills DESCRIPTION FLEX ENRICHEDLOTION™ HAND WASH - GREEN SEAL FLEX ENRICHEDLOTION™ ANTIBACTERIAL HAND WASH - EN 1499 (E2) FLEX ENRICHEDLOTION™ HAND WASH - GREEN SEAL FLEX ENRICHEDLOTION™ ANTIBACTERIAL HAND WASH - EN 1499 (E2) FLEX ENRICHEDLOTION™ HAND & BODY SHAMPOO - GREEN SEAL FLEX ENRICHEDLOTION™ HAND & BODY SHAMPOO - GREEN SEAL FLEX ENRICHEDFOAM™ ANTIBACTERIAL HAND WASH - EN 1499 (E2) FLEX ENRICHEDFOAM™ HAND WASH - GREEN SEAL FLEX ENRICHEDFOAM™ ANTIBACTERIAL HAND WASH - EN 1499 (E2)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

TYPE CAPACITY POUCH 500 ML POUCH 500 ML POUCH 1300 ML POUCH 1300 ML POUCH 500 ML POUCH 1300 ML POUCH 500 ML POUCH 1300 ML POUCH 1300 ML

DIMENSIONS (mm) 111 x 508 x 254 111 x 508 x 254 127 x 635 x 337 127 x 635 x 337 111 x 508 x 254 127 x 635 x 337 111 x 508 x 254 127 x 635 x 337 127 x 635 x 337

info@storage-design.co.uk

PACK order REF PRICE 5 3486606-5 £29 5 3486608-5 £33 3 3486616-3 £27 3 3486618-3 £29 5 3486610-5 £30 3 3486620-3 £27 5 3486607-5 £38 3 3486615-3 £35 3 3486617-3 £36

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Rubbermaid Skin Care provides customers with a comprehensive hygiene programme of innovative product solutions and motivating support materials to deliver superior personal, economic, and environmental health.

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

h yg e n c l e a n i n g b u c k e t

284

Hygen Cleaning Bucket Filter Bucket with Wringer Combo

Adjustable Moisture level

2-3 DAYS

Roller Wringer

Integrated filter to generate cleaner water • • • • • •

The new Rubbermaid HYGEN™ Clean Water System features a Filter Bucket and Wringer with built-in scrubbers to help loosen and remove debris from the mop. Twin rollers allow for optimised wringing efficiency, and an innovative filtering system processes dirty water into cleaner water with a simple tilt of the bucket.

Integrated filter improves productivity and reduces chemical water waste Back-flushable filter is easy to use and maintain Built-in agitators remove more dirt from mops Twin roller design optimises wringer efficiency Adjustable roller wringer accommodates different mop thicknesses and desired moisture levels Floor drain for easy and fast emptying

15.1

Filter Replacement

litre

capacity

1791800

£57

How it works 1791797

£257 Floor Drain Rinsing and scrubbing

A Complete System when added to a Cleaning Cart see page 287

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Wringing

Transferring

Filtering Description Colour HYGEN CLEANING BUCKET Yellow Filter Replacement BLACK MICROFIBRE MOP YELLOW/BLACK REPLACEMENT MOP HEAD -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Dimensions Capacity Ship Pack ORDER REF PRICE L x W x H (mm) WEIGHT 914 x 609 x 533 15.1 L 5.6 kg 1 1791797 £257 439 x 147 x 114 - 2.0 kg 1 1791800 £57 - - - 1 SK5117 £70 445 x 305 x 130 - - 6 1791678-6 £69

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Microfibre Mop

2-3

285

DAYS

Microfibre Mop

Rubbermaid PULSE™ Microfibre Floor Cleaning System with Double-Sided Frame Cleans twice the area with the most productive floor cleaning system. This convenient tool makes dusting and wet mopping faster than ever before

1835529

£119

Green side for dust mopping

trigGer handle Red ergonomic trigger handle dispenses three streams of cleaning solution with each press

ON-Board fluid reservoir On-board refillable reservoir holds enough solution to clean up to 80 m2 Monitor fluid levels via handy reservoir windows

Whole Kit includes: 1 x Handle + 1 x Double Sided Folding Frame + 2 x Microfibre Mop

NO BUCKET REQUIRED!

1791679

£89

Double-Sided Replacement Mop Simply dust mop, flip, and damp mop accomplish two tasks with only one tool!

desription MICROFIBRE FLOOR MOP KIT Double-Sided Microfibre (REPLACEMENT) Mop

material dimensions H x L x W (mm) Stainless steel/Polypropylene 1321 x 413 x 216 Microfibre 13 x 445 x 305

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

pack order ref PRICE 1 1835529 £119 6 1791679-6 £89

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Blue side for damp mopping

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

CLEANING TROLLEY

286

Cleaning Trolley

1805985

5-7

£345

DAYS

Janitor Cart • • •

Smooth, easy to clean surface Non-marking 200mm wheels and 100mm castors Front platform can hold a bucket Floor Signs as an optional extra. See page 269

EE FDR ELIV

Microfibre mop optional extra. See page 285

E RY

DESCRIPTION JANITOR CART WITH BAG

MATERIAL POLYPROPYLENE

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 975 x 1168 x 552

COLOUR BLACK

ORDER REF 1805985

PRICE £345

Locking cabinet doors, Locking security hood and Waste cover.

High Security Cleaning Cart A safe system solution for cleaning in healthcare facilities. • • • •

Designed for use with all Rubbermaid HYGEN™ microfibre products. Comes with security hood and lockable door Non-rusting and easy-to-clean aluminium and plastic construction. Comfort Grip cart handle provides better manoeuvrability R052002

£598

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Protective Security Hood Keeps cleaning supplies and amenities concealed from view High Capacity Vinyl Bag Leak-proof waste bag with improved zip. (Supplied as standard) Lockable Cabinet Door Conceals contents to provide enhanced security

Quiet Castors & Wheels Rubbermaid’s red Quiet Castors and wheel treads are your assurance of smooth, quiet operation DESCRIPTION HIGH SECURITY CLEANING CART

MATERIAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) POLYPROPYLENE / ALUMINIUM 1601 x 1226 x 559

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

COLOUR BLACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF R052002

PRICE £598

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 287

Cleaning trolley

5-7

DAYS

Microfibre Cleaning Cart Designed to improve the level of hygiene in sensitive cleaning environments Accommodates all Rubbermaid Microfibre Cleaning Solutions • •

1853311

£397

Lobby Pro Dust Pan Holder

Comfortable Grip

Easy separation of dirty and clean microfibre mops Can accommodate up to 2 disinfecting buckets

High Capacity Vinyl Bag Leak-proof waste bag with improved zip. (Supplied as standard)

Mop Handle Holders Fit All Sizes New system for securing mop and broom handle to the cart (Supplied as standard)

Optional extra: Brute Bucket

Optional extra: Hygen Bucket see page 284

DESCRIPTION MICROFIBRE CLEANING CART

Non-marking CASTORS Non-marking castors for easy manoeuvrability, perfect for noise-sensitive environments. Locking castors available

MATERIAL POLYPROPYLENE/ALUMINIUM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

2 Organising Boxes Perfect for separation of clean/dirty microfibre mops. Removable from both sides. (Supplied as standard)

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 1118 x 1226 x 559

COLOUR BLACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

Large Platform Accommodates optional buckets

ORDER REF 1853311

PRICE £397

FACILIT Y MANAGEMENT

Microfibre Disinfecting Bucket Platform Platform easily carries a fully loaded Microfibre Disinfecting Bucket

CLEANING TROLLEY

4 Colour-Coded Buckets Prevent crosscontamination by assigning one colour to a specific area of use (Supplied as standard)

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 288

Office Desks

10

DAYS

office desks

Fraction Systems Desking The all new Fraction range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture. Fraction is available in two finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these desks and pedestals. Prices include installation

2

YEAR

ORDERING INFORMATION: When placing your order please suffix the order ref with the relevent code for the colour you require e.g. add BCH for Beech & Silver to the selected bench order ref please refer to the swatches shown

Wipe-in Cable Tray

OFFICE

• Black plastic cable trunking with soft top • Allows cables to be “wiped-in” & easily removed without the need for tools • Can be cut to any length

822.22.310

£20.90

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Finish Options BCH

OAK

Beech & Silver

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

Oak & SIlver

Basket Style Cable Tray

Dimensions ORDER length (mm) REF 600 V1CMB08 800 V1CMB10 1000 V1CMB12 • A sturdy mesh V1CMB14 basket trunking which 1200 1400 V1CMB16 ensures cables are 1600 V1CMB18 neat, safe and tidy

PRICE £20.30 £20.90 £23.00 £25.00 £27.00 £29.70

FROM

£20.30

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 289

Office Desks

10

DAYS

Fixed Pedestal

Core Workstations

FROM

MODEL DIMS ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) REF 2 DRAWER 438 x 530 x 450 FFP2D £79 3 DRAWER 438 x 530 x 450 FFP3D £86

£167

Low Mobile Pedestals DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS ORDER W x D x H (mm) REF LEFT HAND 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZF16L LEFT HAND 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZF18L RIGHT HAND 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZF16R RIGHT HAND 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZF18R

PRICE

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners

office desks

FFP3D

£86

FMP3

£110

£167 £175 £167 £175

Rectangular Workstations MODEL DIMS ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) REF 2 DRAWER 438 x 530 x 595 FMP2 £105 3 DRAWER 438 x 530 x 595 FMP3 £110

High Mobile Pedestal

FROM

£104 dimensions ORDER w x d x h (mm) REF 1200 x 800 x 727 ZF1208 1400 x 800 x 727 ZF1408 1600 x 800 x 727 ZF1608 1800 x 800 x 727 ZF1808

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners

PRICE £104 £111 £118 £122

FHMP3

£128

DIMENSIONS ORDER W x D x H (mm) REF 438 x 530 x 680 FHMP3

Wave Workstations

PRICE £128

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers

£131 FROM

£131 DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS ORDER W x D x H (mm) REF LEFT HAND 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZF1410LW LEFT HAND 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZF1610LW RIGHT HAND 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZF1410RW RIGHT HAND 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZF1610RW

OFFICE

FROM

PRICE £131 £141 £131 £141

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

DIMENSIONS ORDER W x D x H (mm) 438 x 600 x 727 FDHP63 438 x 800 x 727 FDHP83

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE REF £131 £141

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Office Chairs

OFFICE CHAIRS

290

Colours

3-5 DAYS

Burgundy, Blue, Charcoal. Green (Kneeling Chair only)

FROM

£60

FROM

FROM

£175

£102

QUICK AND

easy

CONSTRUCTION

Price Blaster High

Officer

Syncrotek

• Floating or fixed permanent contact backrest • Durable 5 star base with twin wheel castors. Generous seat size • Not suitable for heavy duty commercial use

• Large asynchronous ergonomic chair. Inclining seat adjustment lockable to users comfort • Posture control back rake adjustment with floating or fixed option

• 24 hour use, BS5459 Level S rated (24 stone) • Antishock autosynchron mechanism to seat and back • Seat slide function • Tension control

DESC- SEAT ORDER PRICE RIPTION HEIGHT(mm) REF WITHOUT ARMS 460-590 1000 £60 WITH ARMS 460-590 1000-0287 £72

DESC- SEAT ORDER PRICE RIPTION HEIGHT(mm) REF WITHOUT ARMS 470-590 6700 £102 WITH ARMS 470-590 6700-1608 £123

Quantity discounts available for 10+ units, please enquire

DESC- SEAT ORDER PRICE RIPTION HEIGHT(mm) REF WITHOUT ARMS 460-590 6500 £175 WITH ARMS 460-590 6500-1608 £195

Height adjustable footrest with Deluxe models

EE FDR ELIV

1100-1163

£82

E RY

1469-1163

£115

M0001

OFFICE

£63

Blaster Draughter

Byron Draughter

• Draughting or counter work chair incorporating ring kit conversation • (Hinged) tilt backrest. Height adjustable footrest (DELUXE only) • Durable five star base with glides for stability. Not suitable for heavy duty commercial use

• Draughting or counter work chair incorporating ring kit conversation • Foot ring for ‘off floor’ support • Height adjustable footrest (DELUXE only). Permanent contact backrest • Durable five star base with glides for stability

DESC- RIPTION STANDARD DELUXE

SEAT ORDER PRICE HEIGHT(mm) REF 720-850 1100-1163 £82 600-860 1100-1164 £93

DESC- RIPTION STANDARD DELUXE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

SEAT ORDER PRICE HEIGHT(mm) REF 770-880 1469-1163 £115 650-910 1469-1164 £126

Kneeling Chair • Ideal for light office use, rated to 200lbs • Angle and height adjustment for maximum comfort • Classic European design with wooden frame • Polyacrylic fabric for durability DESC- SEAT ORDER PRICE RIPTION HEIGHT(mm) REF KNEELING CHAIR 540-630 M0001 £63

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 291

Office Chairs

3-5 DAYS

Deco • Reclining function with tilt tension • Gas lift seat height adjustment

DESCRIPTION HEIGHT (mm) DECO WHITE DECO WHITE VISITOR DECO BLACK DECO BLACK VISITOR

SEAT REF 470-540 480 470-540 480

ORDER

PRICE

1097WH 1101WH 1097BL 1101BL

£110 £106 £110 £106

1097BL

NEED MORE

£110

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

office chairs

• Retro ‘Eames’ style chair • Supple faux leather in black or white • Bright chrome arms and base • Matching removable arm covers

1097WH

£110

QUICK AND

easy

CONSTRUCTION

EE FDR ELIV

VISITOR Option

1095

VISITOR Option

UK780SLF

£63

E RY

B990

£181

£180

Rapide

Titan

• Stylish mesh back chair • Durable fabric seat • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Reclining function with tilt tension • Includes durable armrests

• Extra large luxury executive operator chair with leather edged seat and back • Incorporates breathable mesh inserts • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Reclining function with tilt tension • Adjustable back angle & armrests

• Heavy duty operator chair • Rated to 27 stone (170kg) • Generous seat measurement • Reclining function with tilt tension • Available in blue, burgundy, and charcoal • Gas lift seat height adjustment

DESCRIPTION SEAT ORDER PRICE HEIGHT(mm) REF NOVA 440-510 1095 £63

DESCRIPTION SEAT ORDER PRICE HEIGHT(mm) REF RAPIDE 470-570 UK780SLF £181

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

OFFICE

Nova

DESCRIPTION SEAT ORDER PRICE HEIGHT(mm) REF TITAN 490-560 B990 £180

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

FOLDING CHAIRS

292

Folding Chairs

10-15 DAYS

2000 Series Chair

• C ontoured back enhances appearance and provides additional comfort and support • Double rivetted rear crossbrace provides added strength and stops the rear legs sinking in the ground in outdoor conditions

EACH

5

Blue PCF40011

YEAR

Burgundy PCF40010 • • • • • •

Charcoal PCF40012 Black PCF40022 Per carton of 8

PRICE £131

Seat ht 450mm. Overall 870H x 450W x 550D

2600 Series Chair

£23

The fan shape design of the back-rest makes this chair one of the most comfortable on the market today

EACH

• T he deep contoured backrest provides good support and exceptional comfort • Wider seat for better comfort

Click-on clips for 2000 series

Burgundy PCF40026

pcf40076

£0.50

Charcoal PCF40027

EACH

Blue CF40095 Burgundy CF40096 We can show samples & visit your site. We also offer a quantity discount - Please call for details!

Charcoal CF40097 Per carton of 4

PRICE £150

Chair Storage Trolleys

OFFICE

This comprehensive range of trolleys will help to eliminate the problem of storage in premises that have space restrictions. Maximum chair capacity is shown below each trolley

XH40030A

XH40032A

£307

£410

136 x 2000 Series or 72 x 2600 Series

pca40013

£0.80

NOTE: We recommend the use of two clips to link chairs, one at the top and the other at the foot end

£37.50

All the 2600 series benefits, with an upholstered seat to provide extra comfort and style

Polyprop joiners for 2600 series

Per carton of 4

PRICE £92

2600 Series Upholstered Chair

Breathable fan shaped back-rest Convenient hand-hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling Grey frames as standard Snap-together links to make rows Tested to BS4875-1 level 4 (2000 series) Tested to BS4875-1 level 5 (2600 series)

Chair Connectors

Blue PCF40025

Seat ht 450mm. Overall 870H x 470W x 540D

• 2 600 series chairs feature double leg links for added strength and stability

All Chairs Feature

£16.38

A stylish lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The ultimate design in low cost seating

68 x 2000 Series or 36 x 2600 Series

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Storage Straps

PCF40015

(not included with trolleys) PCF40045

£103

40 x 2000 Series only

info@storage-design.co.uk

£15.70 each

DS41402

£230

24 x 2600 Series only

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 293

Folding Tables & Chairs

F O L D I N G TA B L E S & C H A I R S

Polyfold Lightweight Folding Tables The Polyfold table is perfect for canteens, offices and light industrial use • • • • •

Available in a wide range of sizes, square, rectangular and circular Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use Lightweight, stronger and more durable than wooden tables Folds flat for easy storage Stores neatly on purpose made trolley

Square & Rectangular Tables

Folding Table

DESCRIPTION 1220mm TABLE 1530mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE 910mm TABLE

PTF41380 • Compact folding • Carry handle £ • Ideal for taking in car • Weight 18kg • Dims (open) 1830L x 760W x 740Hmm • Dims (closed) 940L x 760W x 100Hmm

DIMENSIONS WEIGHT ORDER PRICE H x W x L (mm) (kg) REF 750 x 600 x 1220 12 PTF41376 £46 750 x 710 x 1530 15 TE40017 £55 750 x 760 x 1830 17 PTF41378 £58 750 x 910 x 910 11 PTF41375 £49

66

PTF41371

£97

PTF41370

£71

Circular Tables DESCRIPTION 1220mm TABLE 1530mm TABLE

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 740 x 1220 740 x 1530

WEIGHT ORDER (kg) REF 16 PTF41370 21 PTF41371

Polyfold Adjustable Height Folding Tables Lightweight and simple to use

3

PRICE

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

• Height adjustable Model PTF41385: 640, 690, 740mm Model PTF41386: 610, 650, 690, 730, 770, 810mm • Folds flat for easy storage • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top • All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use

We can show samples & visit your site. We also offer a quantity discount - Please call for details!

Universal Table Trolley

PXO40000

£372

1550H x 850W x 1850Lmm

PRICE £69 £79

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

3

OFFICE

Height Adjustable Tables DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS WEIGHT ORDER H x W x L (mm) (kg) REF 1220mm TABLE 900 x 600 x 1220 MAx 12 PTF41385 1830mm TABLE 900 x 760 x 1830 Max 17 PTF41386

DAYS

YEAR

£71 £97

NEED MORE

10-15

YEAR

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 294

Conference Chairs & Tables

Co n f e r e n c e C h a i r s & Ta b l e s

Soft-Top Tables

DAYS

FROM

£126

Heavy duty cushioned top, folding tables for regular use Ideal for dining rooms • Foam cushioned tabletop is covered with a non-slip white PVC wipeable soft top • Hardwearing plastic table edge • Table legs have adjustable feet • Heavy duty folding leg table frame • Choice of rectangular or circular DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) CIRCULAR TABLE 1530 DIA CIRCULAR TABLE 1830 DIA RECTANGULAR TABLE 1830 x 760

ORDER REF PTY40012 PTY40013 PTY40011

PRICE £126.00 £142.00 £106.00

Grosvenor Chair

2

A lightweight and comfortable upholstered chiar with adeep cushioned foam seat and back. The curved black steel frame has a useful hand-hold, designed for ease of handling

DESCRIPTION CHAIR - BLUE FABRIC CHAIR - RED FABRIC

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 880 x 440 x 530 880 x 440 x 530

CU40080

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 470 470

Mayfair Chair

£36.00

Fabric colours

ORDER REF CU40081 CU40080

£36.00 £36.00

6.4kg

YEAR CU40083

• Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) • Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame • Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5 • Useful hand hold. Side rails for added strength • Medium hazard fabric seat • Weight capacity 115kg • Stacks up to 8 high OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 880 x 440 x 530 880 x 440 x 530

PRICE

2

A great value chair with a strong black steel frame and comfortable upholstered deep foam seat and back. Durable, lightweight and easy to carry

DESCRIPTION CHAIR - BLUE FABRIC CHAIR - RED FABRIC

6.4kg

YEAR

• Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) • Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame • Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5 • Useful hand hold. Side rails for added strength • Medium hazard fabric seat • Weight capacity 115kg • Stacks up to 8 high

OFFICE

10-15

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 470 470

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£36.00

Fabric colours

ORDER REF CU40083 CU40082

PRICE £36.00 £36.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 295

Filing Cabinets & Cupboards

7-10 DAYS

FILing cabinets & CUPBOARDS

Side Opening Steel Body Tambours • Tambour units are priced empty ready to accept storage fitments as shown below, fitments require some self assembly (instructions provided) • A highly rigid unit and a welded carcass for greater strength • If more than one roll-out fitment is used, the supplied interlock should be used

5

IME191SOTM/S

£441

YEAR IME161SOTB/S

£418

Colour Options Add corresponding suffix to Filing Cabinet O/S Oak & Silver

IME101SOTO/S

£359

M/S Maple & SIlver B/S

IME101SOTG/G

£284

Beech & SIlver G/G Goose Grey

Shelves not included

Side Opening Steel Body Tambours COLOUR GOOSE GREY OAK / SILVER MAPLE / SILVER BEECH / SILVER

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968

ORDER PRICE REF IME101SOTG/G £284 IME161SOTG/G £346 IME191SOTG/G £367 IME101SOTO/S £359 IME161SOTO/S £418 IME191SOTO/S £441 IME101SOTM/S £359 IME161SOTM/S £418 IME191SOTM/S £441 IME101SOTB/S £359 IME161SOTB/S £418 IME191SOTB/S £441

ROSH

bur

£75

£24

Lateral Filing Rail

Allow 60mm for shelf

Allow 285mm

ROSFF

£87

BBSP1

£23

SHDV85P5PS (PACK OF 5)

£36

BSSPDP1

£33

OFFICE

Roll-out Shelf

Roll-out Filing Frame Allow 258mm when used with standard suspension files. Frame supports 2 rows of Foolscap front to back. Safety note: only fit in lower half of storage unit

Slotted Shelf & Dividers

Standard Shelf

Allow 175mm for shelf (REF: BSSPDP1) and dividers (REF: SHDV85P5PS) plus clearance for items stored

Available in Grey. Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance for items stored

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Office Screens

10-15 DAYS

Office Screens

296

EE FDR ELIV

Desktop Screens

Stock Cara Fabrics

• Clamp to any desktop to provide a designated work area and a degree of privacy • Standard clamps open to 25mm max, larger opening clamps available on request

OFFICE

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 400 x 800 400 x 1200 400 x 1600 500 x 800 500 x 1200 500 x 1600

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF GAD1-4-8 £117 GAD1-4-12 £121 GAD1-4-16 £132 GAD1-5-8 £121 GAD1-5-12 £127 GAD1-5-16 £136

E RY

WAVE TOP REF GAD1W-4-8 GAD1W-4-12 GAD1W-4-16 GAD1W-5-8 GAD1W-5-12 GAD1W-5-16

PRICE £138 £142 £154 £142 £148 £158

100% polyolefin, bright and easy to clean, fully flame retardant to BS 476 Part 7, Class 1

Mull

Dolphin

Lothian

Charn

Inverness

Sand

Pitlochry

Ivy

Galilee

Chaucer

Please call us for any size not listed

QUICK AND

easy

CONSTRUCTION

Linking Screens

Floor Standing Screens

• Flexible linking system allow the office screens to be positioned at any angle required • Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or castors also available

• Ideal for dividing open spaces in many locations such as schools, offices and universities • Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or castors also available

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1500 x 1200 1500 x 1600 1500 x 1800 1800 x 1200 1800 x 1600

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF GA2-12-8 £177 GA2-12-12 £197 GA2-12-16 £204 GA2-12-18 £230 GA2-15-12 £201 GA2-15-16 £236 GA2-15-18 £245 GA2-18-12 £226 GA2-18-16 £255

WAVE TOP REF GA2W-12-8 GA2W-12-12 GA2W-12-16 GA2W-12-18 GA2W-15-12 GA2W-15-16 GA2W-15-18 GA2W-18-12 GA2W-18-16

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £199 £218 £226 £251 £222 £257 £267 £247 £277

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1500 x 1200 1500 x 1600 1500 x 1800 1800 x 1200 1800 x 1600

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF GA1-12-8 £160 GA1-12-12 £171 GA1-12-16 £187 GA1-12-18 £210 GA1-15-12 £183 GA1-15-16 £218 GA1-15-18 £228 GA1-18-12 £210 GA1-18-16 £236

info@storage-design.co.uk

WAVE TOP REF GA1W-12-8 GA1W-12-12 GA1W-12-16 GA1W-12-18 GA1W-15-12 GA1W-15-16 GA1W-15-18 GA1W-18-12 GA1W-18-16

PRICE £181 £193 £208 £232 £204 £240 £249 £228 £257

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 297

Office Screens

10-15 DAYS

Office Screens

Screenbase Series 2 • 25mm thick fabric screens with aluminium side trim and colour coded top cap • Lightweight, yet robust panels

Series 2 Floor Screens Series 2 Desk Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 470 x 800 470 x 1200 470 x 1400 470 x 1600 470 x 1800

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF S2R0847 £139 S2R1247 £147 S2R1447 £155 S2R1647 £157 S2R1847 £172

WAVE TOP REF - S2W1247 S2W1447 S2W1647 S2W1847

PRICE £160 £164 £165 £181

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1600 x 1200 1600 x 1600 1600 x 1800

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF S2FR1212 £249 S2FR1612 £255 S2FR1812 £258 S2FR1216 £253 S2FR1616 £260 S2FR1816 £263

WAVE TOP REF S2FW1212 S2FW1612 S2FW1812 S2FW1216 S2FW1616 S2FW1816

PRICE

WAVE TOP REF S3FW1212 S3FW1612 S3FW1812 S3FW1216 S3FW1616 S3FW1816

PRICE

£262 £268 £271 £267 £273 £276

Screenbase System 30 • Unique aluminium end post design allows for fabric to fabric style linking with minimal visible trim • Optional glazing and rails available, please enquire

30mm thick system range

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 470 x 800 470 x 1200 470 x 1400 470 x 1600 470 x 1800

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF S3R0847 £186 S3R1247 £195 S3R1447 £195 S3R1647 £201 S3R1847 £211

WAVE TOP REF - S3W1247 S3W1447 S3W1647 S3W1847

PRICE £199 £203 £206 £222

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1600 x 1200 1600 x 1600 1600 x 1800

STRAIGHT PRICE TOP REF S3FR1212 £262 S3FR1612 £275 S3FR1812 £293 S3FR1216 £288 S3FR1616 £299 S3FR1816 £307

info@storage-design.co.uk

£271 £281 £298 £296 £304 £314

OFFICE

System 30 Floor Screens System 30 Desk Screens

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

MAILROOM SORTING UNITS

298

Mailroom Sorting Units Easy to build modular system that can be extended at any time. Structure allows a clear view of the contents helping eliminate mislaid mail. • • • •

Improves the mailroom environment by allowing airflow through sort units Extra columns and shelves can be easily added to allow for company expansion Compartment height easily adjusted in 25mm increments Units come complete with white swing ring labels

SUPPLIED FLAT PACKED

18 Compartments

REF C3SCS03

18 Compartments

£254

915mm high units

REF C3SCS06

24 Compartments

£310

1016mm high units

Compartments to suit all sizes

OFFICE

Choose from four different compartment sizes to suit the type of mail you handle:

OMPARTMENT C SORT UNIT TYPE ORDER REF PRICE A4 EASI SORT C3SCS03 £254 A4 EXACT C3SCS02 £213 EXTRA WIDE C3SCS09 £306 EXTRA DEEP C3SCS07 £327

EXTRA COLUMN ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS03EC £97 C3SCS02EC £80 C3SCS09EC £119 C3SCS07EC £124

24 Compartment Sort Unit COMPARTMENT SORT UNIT TYPE ORDER REF PRICE A4 EASI SORT C3SCS06 £310 A4 EXACT C3SCS05 £257 EXTRA WIDE C3SCS10 £375 EXTRA DEEP C3SCS08 £400

EXTRA COLUMN ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS06EC £119 C3SCS05EC £98 C3SCS10EC £146 C3SCS08EC £154

Wall Mounting Kits

Shelf Size 241W x 343Dmm

Extra Wide Shelf Size 406W x 343Dmm

A4 Easi-sort Shelf Size 318W x 343Dmm

Extra Deep Shelf Size 318W x 457Dmm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE C3SCSV3 £10.20 C3SCSV4 £11.50 C3SCSV16 £15.40 C3SCSV3A £12.80

OPTIONAL

For all 18 or 24 compartment units *Note: 3 x bottom shelves will also be required A4 Exact

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE C3SCSV3 £10.20 C3SCSV4 £11.50 C3SCSV16 £15.40 C3SCSV3A £12.80

C3WMFLEX

£150

Base Supports Create extra space under your mail sorting units • •

Frees space to allow for storage of labels, franking machines and parcels Can be made to suit any length or run of sort frames - CALL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 299

Mailroom Sorting Units

10-15 DAYS

Clearview Sort Units

C3CVSUTAMBOUR

£709

Freestanding Tambour Door Sort Unit

Tambour Door Sort Unit & Bench

• Supplied with 16 Clearview shelves • Lockable tambour doors • Finished in titanium grey

• C learview tambour door sort unit & bench with sliding lockable doors

16 Shelves are included with both types of sort units. Additional shelves at extra cost. Ref c3cvsu/shelf/5 Price £48.00 (Pack of 5)

£1370

C3CVSU

£436

COMPLETE 3CVSUBEB120B

Freestanding Sort Unit • S upplied with 16 transparent, removable shelves fitted with scalloped-edge slot to accommodate a paper or card label • Maximum capacity of 40 compartments each 100H x 277W x 335Dmm suitable for A4 • Frame made from 18mm melamine faced chipboard with solid back • Finished in titanium grey

£965

Open Sort Unit & Bench

Smart solution for mail and document management. Bench mounted and open base designs Premium quality products Shelves adjustable at 25mm pitch Sturdy steel frame with powder coat finish Sculptured shelves with integrated labels Mounted plastic top and back panels C3U1200/12/WC

£506

3CVSUBEB120B

£965

• C learview freestanding sort unit & open bench with bottom shelf

Overall 1048H x 1200W x 360Dmm

ComPas Sort Units

• • • • •

£1370

Bench dimensions 900H x 1500W x 750Dmm

Overall 1048H x 1500W x 470Dmm

COMPLETE C3CVSUTAMBEC15

C3CVSUTAMBEC15

mailroom sorting units

Simple and efficient system for sorting mail and storing documents Adjustable transparent shelves for easy identification of documents and unit configuration

Bench dimensions 900H x 1200W x 750Dmm

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

Bench Mounted Sort Units COMPARTMENTS COLUMNS UNIT SIZE & SHELF WIDTH H x W x D (mm) 18 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 3 1005 x 900 x 400 24 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 4 1005 x 1200 x 400 30 A4 SHELVES 235mm 5 1005 x 1200 x 400

ORDER REF C3U900/18/WA C3U1200/24/WA C3U1200/30/NA

PRICE £562.00 £647.00 £703.00

Wall Mounting Kits • For 3, 4 or 5 column bench mounted Sort Unit • An ideal space saver designed for ComPas sorting units C3WMCOMP

£236

£562

OFFICE

C3U900/18/WA

Open Base Sort Units COMPARTMENTS COLUMNS UNIT SIZE & SHELF WIDTH H x W x D (mm) 12 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 4 645 x 1200 x 400 15 A4 SHELVES 235mm 5 645 x 1200 x 400

ORDER PRICE REF C3U1200/12/WC £506.00 C3U1200/15/NC £545.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

MAIL sorting units & post sacks

300

Mail Sorting Units & Post Sacks Flexibuild Secure

Unit

A 24 compartment lockable and secure flexible sort unit with tambour doors Designed to compliment a reception area, office or mailroom Available in 2 configurations: Full height Flexibuild unit Half height unit with space for storage underneath •  Includes a pull out shelf for additional workspace  (half height option only) C3SCSV4 •  Additional shelves can be added to create  £31 more compartments, available in packs of 5 Shelf size 241W x 343Dmm, labels sold separately

REF C3SCSECURE2

Overall size 1980H x 1200W x 475Dmm

Half Height Flexibuild

Mobile Sack Holders

Full Height Flexibuild

£1439

Mail Sacks

A range of mobile sack holders which improve handling and efficiency in the mailroom • • • •

REF C3SCSECURE1

Purchase sacks separately as required

REF C1MNS1

REF C1MCLS1W

Low cost option D-rings & £22.90 rope neck

Reinforced base 16 eyelets & 4 D-rings £35.50 Label holder

Flat Nylon

Traditional heavy duty design Flexible range of configurations Highly manoeuvrable on four heavy duty castors Can accommodate Royal Mail sacks and most  standard size sacks

Circular Canvas

914H x 609W

Colour Options

REF C3TRSH1

£1717

896H x 609W

Red, green, dark blue

Classic Single 1045 x 356 x 400 £108

REF C3TRSH2

Classic Double 1045 x 693 x 400

OFFICE

£142

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 301

Magazine Racks

3-5 DAYS

Convenient document storage for floor or desktop space • Rigid steel racks are supplied ready assembled • May be linked vertically or horizontally, mounting holes provided • Tan finish • Non-scratch rubber feet

432

£184

Compartments size 75H x 280W x 300Dmm number of compartments 9 12 15

overall size ORDER h x w x d(mm) ref 275 x 860 x 300 431 362 x 860 x 300 432 450 x 860 x 300 434

PRICE £154 £184 £200

431

Vertical Literature Racks

£200

408A

£41.50

Exclusive Con-Tur® design eliminates curling of paper Wall mounting or stand on floor • Pockets hold A4 magazines, or up to 150 sheets of paper (pocket opening is 216H x 223W x 19Dmm) • Top 65mm is visible for easy identification • Prime steel, powder coated in choice of four colours • Keyhole slots for easy wall mounting • Optional legs for free standing use number of dimensions ORDER pockets h x w x d (mm) ref 5 515 x 250 x 105 403 11 915 x 250 x 105 402 20 1475 x 250 x 105 400 23 1665 x 250 x 105 401

434

£154

MAGAZINE RACKS

Horizontal Literature Racks

PRICE

Optional legs for free standing applications

400

401

£144

£134

£92 £117 £134 £144

402

£117

403

£92

Colour Options Tan, putty, grey, black

Colour Options

Rotary Literature Racks Full 360o rotation on ball bearing turntable

Tan, putty, grey, black

• Models suitable for desk or floor standing overall size ORDER h x w x d (mm) ref 590 x 360 x 360 409 1230 x 360 x 360 410 1545 x 360 x 360 416 1735 x 360 x 360 415

£518

PRICE £300 £450 £518 £548

410

£450 415

£548

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

360o Rotation

info@storage-design.co.uk

409

OFFICE

number of pockets 20 44 80 92

416

£300

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

WHITEBoards

302

Whiteboards

10-15 DAYS

Confidential Folding Whiteboards Double door tamperproof noticeboards, all information written on the inside surfaces can be closed and hidden from view • • • •

Dry wipe and magnetic dry wipe surfaces Allen key locking system All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit Anodised satin silver aluminium frame

Flip Chart Holder • M agnetic flip chart attachment 644010

FROM

£44

£191

CLOSED W x H (mm) 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

OPEN W x H (mm) 2400 x 900 3000 x 1200 3600 x 1200

FRAME DEPTH (mm) 44 44 44

NON MAGNETIC REF PRICE 679435 £191 679545 £288 679645 £352

MAGNETIC REF PRICE 679430 £262 679540 £352 679640 £437

Wall Mounting Whiteboards

Porcelain boards accept projected images!

3 surfaces suit all applications and budgets Guaranteed writing surfaces • A nodised aluminium frame with moulded ABS corner pieces • For information, training and presentation • Easy to write, easy to erase • Suitable for dry-wipe markers • Landscape or portrait mounting • Supplied complete with concealed fixings

Non Magnetic Boards • • • •

Write with dry markers Easily erase with a dry cloth Double sided to last twice as long 3 year guarantee

OFFICE

Commercial Coated Steel Boards • Stain resistant and easy to maintain • Accepts magnetic accessories • 5 year guarantee

Vitreous Porcelain Boards • T he ultimate high performance heavy usage surface • Highly resistant to scratching and staining • Accepts magnetic accessories • 25 year guarantee

CUSTOMISED sizes

available

DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

NON MAGNETIC from

please enquire

NON MAGNETIC BOARDS ORDER REF PRICE NON0906 £54 - - NON1209 £74 NON1212 £84 NON1512 £99 NON1812 £105 NON2412 £155

£54

COMMERCIAL COATED STEEL BOARDS ORDER REF PRICE VTC0906 £65 - - VTC1209 £88 VTC1212 £126 VTC1512 £141 VTC1812 £195 VTC2412 £239

info@storage-design.co.uk

VITREOUS PORCELAIN BOARDS ORDER REF PRICE VWB0906 £86 VWB1206 £137 VWB1209 £143 VWB1212 £182 VWB1512 £239 VWB1812 £258 VWB2412 £321

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 303

Noticeboards

10-15

All boards on this page are supplied with a wall fixing kit

Standard Aluminium

DAYS

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 900 x 600 x 26 1200 x 900 x 26 1200 x 1200 x 26 1500 x 1200 x 26 1800 x 1200 x 26 2400 x 1200 x 26

DELUXE FRAME REF PRICE 668320 £50 668430 £59 668440 £69 668540 £89 668640 £101 668840 £119

METROPOLITAN FRAME REF PRICE M668320 £57 M668430 £68 M668440 £76 M668540 £97 M668640 £118 M668840 £140

FROM

£50 Colours Green, blue, red, burgundy, grey, black, and sky blue

n ot i c e B o a r d s

• Attractive aluminium framed noticeboards • Anodised satin silver aluminium frame • Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980

Tamper Proof Aluminium • Aluminium framed noticeboard with 3mm shatterproof PET cover for maximum protection. Locking doors for full protection with either allen key or matching key locks. Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 EXTERNAL DOORS L x W x H (mm) 900 x 600 x 44 1 900 x 900 x 44 1 900 x 1200 x 44 1 1200 x 900 x 44 2 1200 x 1200 x 44 1 1500 x 1200 x 44 2 1800 x 1200 x 44 2 2400 x 1200 x 44 2

ALLEN KEY LOCKING KEY LOCKING REF PRICE REF PRICE 614320 £122 648320 £122 614330 £142 648330 £142 614430 £173 648430 £173 614340 £189 648340 £189 614440 £172 648440 £189 614540 £304 648540 £304 614640 £339 648640 £339 614840 £373 648840 £373

FROM

£122 Colours Green, blue, red, burgundy, grey, black, and sky blue

Standard Metropolitan® • Heavy duty tamperproof noticeboard, lockable doors and frame • Anodised satin silver aluminium, designed to prevent any door drop • Shatterproof 3mm PET clear glazing panel fire certified to BS476 Class 1Y • Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 DIMENSIONS INTERNAL FRAME WEIGHT REF PRICE L x H (mm) L x H (mm) DEPTH (mm) (kg) 600 x 900 534 x 834 44 8 404230 £138 900 x 600 834 x 534 44 8 404320 £138 900 x 900 834 x 834 44 10 404330 £167 900 x 1200 834 x 1134 44 13 404340 £215 1200 x 900 1134 x 834 44 13 404430 £215 1200 x 1200 1134 x 1134 44 16 404440 £257

Noticeboard

FROM

£84

DIMENSIONS INTERNAL FRAME WEIGHT REF PRICE L x H (mm) L x H (mm) DEPTH (mm) (kg) 900 x 600 836 x 536 26 5 270320 £84 600 x 900 536 x 836 26 5 270230 £84 1200 x 900 1136 x 836 26 9 270430 £126 900 x 1200 836 x 1136 26 9 270340 £126 1200 x 1200 1136 x 1136 26 11 270440 £158 1800 x 1200 1736 x 1136 26 16 270640 £181 2400 x 1200 2336 x 1136 26 22 270840 £221

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£138 Colours Green, blue, red, burgundy, grey, black, and sky blue

Tamperproof Noticeboard

FROM

£205

Antibac • Lockable door with Coating 3mm shatterproof PET glazing • X-Static® antibacterial Colours protection on all boards. Boards are either landscape or portrait orientation Salmon, Ice Blue, Asparagus

DIMENSIONS INTERNAL FRAME WEIGHT REF PRICE L x H (mm) L x H (mm) DEPTH (mm) (kg) 600 x 900 534 x 834 44 9 260230 £205 900 x 600 `834 x 534 44 9 260320 £205 900 x 900 834 x 834 44 12 260330 £245 900 x 1200 834 x 1134 44 15 260340 £245 1200 x 900 1134 x 834 44 15 260430 £279 1200 x 1200 1134 x 1134 44 19 260440 £326

info@storage-design.co.uk

OFFICE

• Smooth aluminium frame with easy fix Antibac corners for Coating wall mounting • X-Static® antibacterial Colours protection on all boards. Boards are either landscape/ portrait orientation Salmon, Ice Blue, Asparagus

FROM

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

OFFICE TROLLEYS

304

Office Trolleys

10-15 DAYS

Steel Office Trolleys 2 and 3 shelf models

4880

• • • •

4882

£247

£291

Bolted tubular steel construction powder coated light grey RAL 7035 Shelves made of derived timber board pale grey 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks 50kg capacity per shelf

MODEL Dimensions Platform ShelF Weight ORDER Price L x W x H (mm) L x W (mm) HEIGHTS (kg) REF 2 SHELVES 900 x 535 x 925 800 x 500 260, 800 19 4880 3 SHELVES 900 x 535 x 925 800 x 500 260, 530, 800 24 4882

Trackless pneumatic tyres 125 x 32mm

5001

5005

£316

£386

3

5038

£431 5036

OFFICE

£358

Supplied flat packed

£247 £291

YEAR

MODULAR Stainless Steel Trolleys A versatile modular system with 2 or 3 shelves options. Deep all-round rim shelves and lined for sound reduction • • •

Tubular CNS (chrome nickel steel) 80kg load cap per shelf 125mm dia non marking castors - two with brakes

CAPACITY Dimensions Platform Shelves SHELF (kg) H x W x D (mm) L x W (mm) HEIGHTS (mm) 120 950 x 700 x 470 630 x 400 2 265, 850 150 950 x 700 x 470 630 x 400 3 300, 575, 850 120 950 x 870 x 570 800 x 500 2 265, 850 120 950 x 1070 x 570 1000 x 500 2 265, 850 120 950 x 1070 x 670 1000 x 600 2 265, 850 150 950 x 870 x 570 800 x 500 3 300, 575, 850 150 950 x 1070 x 570 1000 x 500 3 300, 575, 850 150 950 x 1070 x 670 1000 x 600 3 300, 575, 850

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Weight ORDER Price (kg) REF 12 5036 £358 14.5 5038 £431 15 5001 £316 16 5011 £429 17 5017 £439 17 5005 £386 19 5013 £502 22 5019 £517

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 305

Step Stools & Office Steps

DAYS

S T E P S TO O L S & O F F I C E S T E P S

Indispensable in the workplace or home

The ideal shelving access aid kick along to the position required

• Silent castors retract when used as a step • Base ring grips the floor giving safe hands free access to high places • Made from high impact polypropylene • 1.4kg unit weight

• Durable steel pressings • Sprung castors retract when used as a step • Non-slip rubber treads on two levels • TUV ‘GS’ approved kik38 • 4.5kg unit weight 395H 418D (base) 283Dmm (top)

2-3

£35

Colour

150

Colours

KG CAPACITY

kik1PP

£27 Light grey 274H 382D (base) 283Dmm (top)

Red, grey, black, green, yellow, blue and pink

Folding Step

Colours

Folding Lightweight Aluminium Mobile Step Ladder • Lightweight, Durable, Strong - Made from high-grade aluminium for a long and trouble free life • Mobile on 4 spring loaded castors • Castors retract when step-up begins KES1 • Easy to setup, simply invert £ and unfold & your step is ready to use • Space saving - Steps easily fold away with one simple action without trapping fingers

37

• Lightweight, mobile and strong • Made from high impact polypropylene • Kick and it rolls - step and it stays • Tough, durable and scratch resistant for a trouble free life • 2.1kg unit weight 385H 413D (base) 283Dmm (top)

440H x 485W x 410Dmm

Portable & Mobile 2 Steps

KIK2PP

£31.50

Stainless Steel Wheelalong Steps

S210C

£283

• Ribbed rubber treads • 75mm wheels with grey non-marking tyres • Stainless steel models, natural finish

S212C

£415

10-14 DAYS

S214C

£390

OFFICE

• Ideal for food, drink and chemical industries • Stainless treads have anti-slip surfaces, resistant to water, oil and most chemicals • Retracting castor system • Mountable either side, grab handle can be rack or aisle side

Red, black and light grey

Ideal for accessing low shelves and filing units without backstrain

S213C

£303 STEPS STATIC MOBILE

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1030 x 355 x 500 1035 x 425 x 615

TOP TREAD (mm) 385 460

ORDER REF S210C S212C

PRICE £283 £415

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

STEPS 2 STEP 3 STEP

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1025 x 455 x 605 1310 x 455 x 785

TOP TREAD (mm) 510 762

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF S213C S214C

PRICE £303 £390

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S T E E L WA S T E B I N S

306

Steel Waste Bins

Light Grey

Black

Available in

Metallic Grey (Shown)

3-5 DAYS

Bright, scratchproof epoxy powder coated high grade steel bins - to help contain accidental fires • 3 durable colour finishes • Rolled seams and edges for safe handling • Wide mouths for ease of emptying

TUFS1

TUFR1

£58

15

27

litre

48

litre

capacity

capacity

Square Steel Bin (Pack 4)

285H X 300DIA (mm)

£247.50

litre

capacity

Round Steel Bin (Pack 4)

TUFS2

£118

Square Steel Bin (Pack 5)

350H x 325W x 325D (mm)

635H x 325W x 325D (mm)

Stainless Steel Pedal Bins Stainless steel construction (inside & outside the bin) • Tip proof plastic base • Silent lid closure thanks to shock absorber • Antibacterial inner bucket

3

litre

OFFICE

capacity

5

litre

capacity

Silent lid closure

14

20

litre

28

litre

capacity

litre

capacity

capacity

FROM

£31

CAPACITY (LITRES) 3 5 14 20 28

HEIGHT (mm) 253 280 382 500 670

DIAMETER (mm) 170 210 250 290 250

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF 90123 90124 90125 90126 90127

PRICE £31 £41 £61 £103 £140

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 307

Door Colours

Pedal Bins

3-5 DAYS

(90L)

Suitable for medical or hazardous waste

60

litre

capacity

Easy to manoeuvre due to 2 side handles (60L, 80L & 120L Models) & smooth wheels

700H x 490W x 380Dmm COLOUR order REF WHITE 59837 WHITE / GREEN 59875 WHITE / BLUE 59876 WHITE / YELLOW 59877 WHITE / RED 59878

PRICE £73 £73 £73 £73 £73

Polyethylene plastic Bag is held by tension Large pedal on front Easy to clean

80

90

120

capacity

capacity

litre

litre

capacity

litre

895H x 510W x 510Dmm

735H x 490W x 415Dmm

PEDAL BINS

Coloured lids for selective collection

COLOUR order REF WHITE 56410

PRICE £89

COLOUR order REF WHITE 56700 WHITE / YELLOW 56.701 WHITE / BLUE 56702 WHITE / GREEN 56703 WHITE / GREY 56704 WHITE / RED 56705

875H x 510W x 425Dmm PRICE £108 £108 £108 £108 £108 £108

COLOUR order REF WHITE 56416 WHITE / GREEN 56417 WHITE / BLUE 56418 WHITE / YELLOW 56419 WHITE / RED 56420

PRICE £99 £99 £99 £99 £99

Robust white polypropylene plastic bins that are easy to clean

Contains inner plastic bucket with handle

Contains inner plastic bucket with handle

FROM

£9

FROM

FROM

£9

Galvanised steel, £5 2 point wall fixing.

£17

Plastic Swing Lid Bins

Round Pedal Bins

Rectangular Pedal Bins

APACITY DIMENSIONS order PRICE C litres h x dia (mm) rf 8 330 x 252 x 200 91940 £9 15 405 x 300 x 235 91941 £13 25 480 x 352 x 275 91942 £16 40 558 x 403 x 315 91943 £20 50 685 x 405 x 310 91944 £26

APACITY DIMENSIONS order PRICE C litres h x dia (mm) rf 3 210 x 180 91975 £9 6 260 x 230 91976 £16 12 340 x 270 91977 £23 20 415 x 310 91978 £30 40 530 x 380 91979 £51

APACITY DIMENSIONS order PRICE C litres h x dia (mm) rf 5 230 x 190 x 260 90701 £17 10 305 x 250 x 335 90702 £25 20 380 x 400 x 300 90703 £31

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

O F F ICE

REF 58875 Wall Mount Plate

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Waste Paper Bins

WA S T E PA P E R B I N S

308

2-3 DAYS

45

59792

90734

£101

Black high density polyethylene plastic bin

Automatic open and close by infrared

• •

• Stainless steel or epoxy powder coated steel • Plastic inner bucket with metal handle • Chromed ABS lid Needs 4 x LR 20 batteries (not supplied) 740H X 300MM DIAMETER

DEL

I V E RY

REF 90728

REF 90730

BLACK

WHITE

£103

£103

REF 90734 STAINLESS STEEL £106

Swing Lid Bins Stainless steel body and top bin Plastic swing lid Vandal proof, top linked to the body by strap

OFFICE

52154

£116

Fireproof Waste Paper Bins

Sensitive Bins

EE FR

capacity

£106

High Capacity Bins

600H X 410MM DIAMETER

litre

litre

capacity

Stainless steel top linked to the bin by strap Bag held by clamps, easy fitting and removal

110

45

litre

capacity

Inner black high density polyethylene plastic with chromed steel handle

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE LITRES H x DIA (mm) REF 50L Round 710 x 410 59777 £176 59L Oval 710 x 390 / 495 59796 £185

Certified by CNPP as NONE fire spreading • • •

Stubber top prevents fire spreading Rubber seal around base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches Epoxy powder coated steel (inside and outside the bin)

CAP DIMENSIONS COLOUR LITRES H x DIA (mm) 15L 310 x 270 WHITE 15L 310 x 270 GREY 15L 310 x 270 BLACK 30L 390 x 340 WHITE 30L 390 x 340 GREY 30L 390 x 340 BLACK 50L 600 x 340 WHITE 50L 600 x 340 GREY 50L 600 x 340 BLACK 90L 630 x 430 WHITE 90L 630 x 430 GREY 90L 630 x 430 BLACK 110L 760 x 430 WHITE 110L 760 x 430 GREY 110L 760 x 430 BLACK

ORDER PRICE REF 52140 £37 52145 £37 52150 £37 52141 £50 52146 £50 52151 £50 52142 £62 52147 £62 52152 £62 52143 £103 52148 £103 52153 £103 52144 £116 52149 £116 52154 £116

Colour Options Vandal Resistant

50

Plastic pads underneath protect against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches

litre

capacity

REF 59777

£176

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

15

litre

capacity

info@storage-design.co.uk

30

litre

capacity

50

litre

capacity

90

litre

capacity

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 309

Waste Paper Bins

2-3 DAYS

3

litre

capacity

5

litre

capacity

14

litre

capacity

28

CAPACITY (litre) 3 5 14 20 28

litre

capacity

HEIGHT (mm) 253 280 382 500 670

DIAMETER (mm) 170 210 250 290 250

ORDER REF 90113 90114 90115 90116 90117

PRICE

20

litre

£23 £35 £40 £63 £87

WA S T E PA P E R B I N S

Metal Pedal Bins • E poxy powder coated steel inside and outside • All inner buckets made from plastic and treated with antibacterial additive • Silent lid closure • Tip-proof plastic base

capacity

FROM

£23

52 Litre Bins High capacity bins with or without foot pedal

45

litre

capacity

• • FROM

57490

£124

£339

Epoxy powder coated steel inside and outside the bin or stainless steel Stainless steel hatch with automatic return 170 x 150mm Bag held by clamps, easy fitting / removal of bag Rubber seal around base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches

COLOUR SIZE H x DIA (mm) WHITE 775 x 310 STAINLESS STEEL 775 x 310 BLACK 775 x 310 GREY 775 x 310

ORDER REF 57467 57468 57469 59793

PRICE £124 £173 £157 £157

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

52L inner galvanised steel bucket with handle

litre

capacity

MODEL COLOUR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FOOT PEDAL BLACK WITHOUT WHITE FOOT PEDAL STAINLESS STEEL BLACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

SIZE (mm) H x DIA 930 x 440 930 x 440 930 x 380 930 x 380 930 x 380

OFFICE

52

45 Litre Bins • • • •

Epoxy powder coated steel (inside and outside the bin) or stainless steel Stainless steel hatch with automatic return 190mm diameter

ORDER PRICE REF 57490 £339 57495 £255 57481 £203 57480 £282 57485 £203

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 310

Recycle Bins

2-3 DAYS

Slim Jim Containers

r ec yc l e B I N S

®

For Lids see facing page

(Lids not included) The industry standard in spacesaving waste management • • • •

fg354100GRAY-1

£48

Efficient size and shape designed to fit in tight spaces Durable, all-plastic construction is easy to clean Handles make lifting and carrying easier Bottom hand-holds provide a secure grip during emptying

60

litre

capacity 632H x 588W x 279D mm

DESCRIPTION CONTAINERS

MATERIAL POLYETHYLENE

Slim Jim Venting Channels

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 632 x 588 x 279

CAPACITY 60 L

COLOUR GREY

QTY 1

Bin liner clasps Elimates knot tying. Moulded-in handles make lifting and emptying easier

®

FG354060BLA-1

£66

ORDER REF price FG354100LGRAY-1 £48

87

litre

capacity

(Lids not included)

Venting Channels Reduces the pull force required to lift out full liners

Makes waste collection more efficient

Base grips Offers better control during emptying. Moulded-in drag rim on the bottom of the container provides added durability Dolly (optional) - see below

762H 279W x 558D mm DESCRIPTION MATERIAL VENTING CHANNELS POLYETHYLENE VENTING CHANNELS - RECYCLE SIGN POLYETHYLENE VENTING CHANNELS - RECYCLE SIGN POLYETHYLENE

Slim Jim Dollies

CAPACITY COLOUR 87 L BLACK 87 L BLUE 87 L GREEN

QTY 1 1 1

ORDER REF price FG354060BLA-1 £66 FG354007BLUE-1 £66 FG354007GRN-1 £66

Stainless Steel Dolly

®

OFFICE

DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 279 x 558 762 x 279 x 558 762 x 279 x 558

FG355300SSSTL-2

For easy transportation • •

Use trolley FG355188 singly as a dolly or link multiple Slim Jim® containers to reduce collection trips Plastic or Steel Dolly with plastic castors

DESCRIPTION STAINLESS STEEL DOLLY PLASTIC DOLLY

Plastic Dolly FG355188BLA-2

MATERIAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) STAINLESS STEEL & POLYURETHANE 241 x 236 x 516 POLYETHYLENE 275 x 381 x 595

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

COLOUR GREY BLACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

PACK ORDER REF 2 FG355300SSSTL-2 2 FG355188BLA-2

PRICE £318 £123

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Recycle Bin Lids

2-3

311

DAYS

Slim Jim® Lids • Encourage waste separation and recycling with interchangeable, colour-coded tops • Compatible with both Slim Jim® Containers and Slim Jim® Venting Channels

r ec yc l E B I N L I D S

Promote recycling and improve productivity

Bottle Lid FG269288RED-1

Paper Lid FG270388BLUE-1

Bottle & Paper Lid 1788373-1

desription Bottle Lid Paper Lid BOTTLE & PAPER lid

material DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) Polypropylene 70 x 518 x 290 Polypropylene 70 x 518 x 290 Polypropylene 70 x 517 x 292

QTY 1 1 1

order ref PRICE FG269288RED-1 £40 FG270388BLUE-1 £37 1788373-1 £40

Slim Jim® Cup’n Stack More efficient cup disposal

R050670

£69

• Fits Venting Channels only (see opposite page) • Fits any 87L, base not included • 6 x more capacity with stacking system EASY TO CLEAN

• Minimal texture and large radii for easy cleaning. • Reservoir with funnel top to avoid splashing • Cup stacking system can be split for internal cleaning EASY TO USE

• Pictograms which communicate what goes where • Slanted towards user

EASY TO EMPY

RESERVOIR

Bin not included

• H andling point on bottom for good grip • Bail to transport the reservoir easily desription Slim Jim® Cup’n Stack Lid

material Polypropylene

dimensions H x L x W (mm) Qty 100 x 520 x 300 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

OFFICE

• Lift the lid to empty • Cups remain in the polyliner bag

order ref PRICE R050670 £69

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Clocks

Clocks

312

2-3 DAYS

SK7013

SK7014

£45

£40

Classic Darwin Wall Clock

Black Baroque Wall Clock

• W ood composite clock with classic dial • 300mm Dia • 1 x AA battery required (not included)

• • • •

Stunning decorative design Quartz movement. Iron case, silver hands 1 x AA battery required (not included) 400H x 290W x 35Dmm

SK7015

SK7012

£25

£21

Poppy Red Square Wall Clock

Purple Round Glass Wall Clock

• • • •

• Purple glass clock with silver hands • 250mm Dia • 1 x AA battery required (not included)

OFFICE

Silver hands Quartz movement 1 x AA battery required (not included) 300H x 300W x 35Dmm

SK7010

SK7011

£20

£15

Chrome Wall Clock

Plastic Wall Clock

• Quartz movement • 1 x AA battery required (not included) • 290mm Dia

• Quartz movement • 1 x AA battery required (not included) • 235mm Dia

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 313

Time Registration System

2-3 DAYS

• • • • • • • •

Integrated RFID card reader Registers up to 1,800 users Stores up to 80,000 time records 3” LCD screen (128x64 pixels) Time Attendance Software Comprehensive reporting functions Real-time access to time records Fire-Roll-Call report/ real-time presence overview for enhanced employee safety • Data Export to Excel and payroll HRM programs (.csv format) • Extensive employee management functions • Filter function employee/department

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

SK5235

£330

Calculates working hours and overtime Rounding options/plan (in- & out- time) Multiple Work schedules Clock in with Incident/Work codes (holiday, doctor, sick etc.) Clock in with Project codes Automatic data back up function Add and edit logs manually Export through USB-stick or real-time Ethernet TCP/IP connection Supports the use of multiple terminals inside a single network Dual authentication option - clock in with combination pincode and badge No data loss in case of a power failure CE certified Minimum requirements: Operating system Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Server 2003/2008

Time Registration System

Time Attendance System. With RFID badge reader Time recording systems offer unrivalled convenience, and comply with the most stringent quality requirements.

3 YEAR WARRANTY Products are manufactured according to high standards for quality and safety. As a result, this product comes with a 3-year extended warranty.

OFFICE

Dimensions: 140H x 189W x 40Dmm

EE R F DEL

IVER

QUICK AND

Y

easy

3

YEAR

installation

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 314

Architectural Plans Storage

3-5 DAYS

a r c h i t ec t u r a l P l a n s S to r a g e

Hanger Systems Attractive textured grey epoxy powder coated finish

A simple and effective system for filing large numbers of drawings

11061

£69

• Strong, lightweight aluminium design • Powerful clamping hinges accommodate up to 100 sheets, depending on weight and thickness • Hangers can accommodate mixed sheets and materials • No planstrip required • With or without carry handle • Supplied in packs of two MODEL CLAMPING OVERALL ORDER L (mm) L (mm) REF A1/A1 CAD HANGER 650 720 11009 A1/A1 CAD HANGER WITH HANDLE 650 720 11061 A0 HANGER 841 910 11019 A0 HANGER WITH HANDLE 841 910 11071 A0 CAD HANGER 925 995 V11051 A0 CAD HANGER WITH HANDLE 925 995 11091

PRICE (2 Pk) £63 £69 £68 £74 £68 £74

This hanger features a handle for ease of carrying, this makes it suitable for use in the office as well as on site

Wall Carrier A permanent filing system, ideal for when space is at a premium • • •

Provides a permanent filing location Each unit is provided with a choice of wall fixing centres making it suitable for both site and office use Accommodates 10 hangers

Accommodates both standard hanger and hanger with handle 11114

£83

MODEL DIMENSIONS CAPACITY ORDER PRICE W x D (mm) REF A1 WALL CARRIER 730 x 285 500 SHEETS 11104 £78 A0 WALL CARRIER 920 x 285 500 SHEETS 11114 £83

11204*

£186

11104

£78

Trolley Carrier Convenient mobile storage for your hangers • High capacity maximises the number of drawings stored per square metre of floor space • Accommodates 20 hangers with capacity of up to 2000 sheets • Easy access to hangers • Available in 3 sizes

OFFICE

Front Loading Trolley Carrier

11250*

£350

*Hangers not included Can store up to 2000 sheets!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• Accommodates up to 20 hangers withhandles of mixed A1/A0 sizes • Hangers can easily be removed or replaced • Capacity approx 1500 sheets

MODEL DIMENSIONS CAPACITY ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) (sheets) REF A1 / A1 CAD TROLLEY CARRIER 960 x 725 x 640 2000 11204 £186 A0 TROLLEY CARRIER 1260 x 915 x 640 2000 11214 £218 A0 CAD TROLLEY CARRIER 1360 x 1000 x 640 2000 11240 £230 FRONT LOADING CARRIER 1380 x 670 x 830 1500 11250 £350

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 315

Architectural Plans Storage

10-15 DAYS

Vertical Plan Cabinets REF E09451

£857

• For A1 or A0 plans • Robust steel construction with 2-tone grey finish • Holds up to 1000 sheets, depending on weight & thickness • Lockable lid with twin gas struts for safety and ease of use • Superior 4-prong design (suits planstrips listed below) • Anti-tilt model is fitted with retractable foot mechanism for extra stability and safety • Standard cabinet needs fixing either to wall or floor MODEL DIMENSIONS CAPACITY ORDER H x W x D (mm) (sheets) REF A1 CABINET 1105 x 740 x 430 1000 E09444 A0 CABINET 1380 x 920 x 430 1000 E09451 A0 ANTI-TILT CABINET 1376 x 920 x 430 800 E09467

PRICE £839 £857 £963

Anti-Tilt Model

Self Adhesive Planstrips

Polyester

Presspahn

• 4-hole filing tabs to hang plans in cabinets above • Durable Presspahn or Polyester material, in packs of 100 • Solvent-free adhesive – strips stay in position once applied

Presspahn

Polyester

A1 size AO size

A1 size AO size

E09514 PACK OF 100

£21.10

E09518 PACK OF 100

£28.10

E09544

E09548

PACK OF 100

A1 4-hole

PACK OF 100

£28.10

£40.40

A0 4-hole

Steel Planchests

Wooden Planchests

• A1 and A0 versions E08863 • White enamelled finish • 5 or 10 drawer options in both sizes • Roller bearing drawer runners ensure smooth movement, even when heavily laden

• A1 and A0 versions • Light oak or grey finish as standard

£2050

P6A1

£961

OFFICE

Other Colours Available

PLAN DRAWERS SIZE A1 5 A1 10 A0 5 A0 10

a r c h i t ec t u r a l P l a n s S to r a g e

High quality cabinets to hold up to 1000 drawings

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 550 x 1130 x 795 970 x 1130 x 795 550 x 1400 x 965 970 x 1400 x 965

ORDER REF E08859 E08856 E08867 E08863

PRICE £1106 £1955 £1180 £2050

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PLAN SIZE DRAWERS A1 6 A0 6

DIMENSIONS ORDER H x W x D (mm) REF 785 x 960 x 767 P6A1 785 x 1345 x 1000 P6A0

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £961 £1042

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

I n d o o r c a b l e p r ot ec to r s

316

Indoor Cable Protectors

Best

2-3 DAYS

SELLERs

Secure loose leads and cables in any environment Prevent accidents caused by loose, trailing cables

EE FDR

• Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5, 500V • Produced from FR rated polymer, UV stabilised for extended life

ELIV

E RY

Flexible Cable Protector • No fixing needed • Ideal for all types of cables and leads found in offices, shops, laboratories, exhibitions etc. • Features a unique membrane located in the base for safe yet simple application • Split membrane, push NEED in the cables and lay MORE the protector on the INFO? floor

GREAT VALUE

FROM

£68

CALL US

NOW!

PROFILE EXTERIOR APERTURES APERTURE LENGTH W x H (mm) W x H (mm) STANDARD TYPE 68 x 11 1 14 x 8 9m TYPE B 83 x 14 1 30 x 10 9m TYPE D 83 x 16 2 11 DIA 9m BNC1 83 x 14 2 15 x 10 9m BNC2 88 x 14 2 25/15 x 10 9m

COLOUR ORDER REF PRICE BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

26302300 £68 26302302 £92 26302340 £99 26302380 £102 26302383 £109

COLOUR ORDER REF PRICE GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

26302301 26302303 26302341 26302382 26302384

£68 £92 £99 £102 £109

Coloured Cable Protector • N o fixing needed • Features a unique membrane located in the base for safe yet simple application • Split membrane, push in the cables and lay the protector on the floor • A highly visible, safe and tidy solution for a hazard free environment • Features warning stripes running along each side of the profile for maximum visibility PROFILE

FROM

£93

GREAT VALUE

Warning stripes

EXTERIOR APERTURES APERTURE LENGTH W x H (mm) W x H (mm) 68 x 15 1 14 x 8 9m 83 x 16 1 30 x 10 9m

COLOUR

ORDER REF PRICE

BLACK/YELLOW 26302400 BLACK/YELLOW 26302401

£93 £99

COLOUR ORDER REF PRICE GREY/RED 26302410 GREY/RED 26302411

£93 £99

OFFICE

Translucent Cable Protector • T ranslucent floor laid cable protectors which blend into any floor covering • Suitable for covering telephone, communications, domestic and multiple cables • Ideal for covering and protecting LED strips

FROM

£89

Translucent floor laid cable protectors which blend into any floor covering

PROFILE TYPE 1 TYPE 2

EXTERIOR APERTURES W x H (mm) 68 x 11 1 83 x 14 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m

CLEAR CLEAR

26302450 26302451

£89 £93

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 317

Cable Tidy

2-3 DAYS

Cable Snake

Cable Ties

• • • • •

Easy to remove and re-use Can be trimmed to the required length Will hold up to 6 cables Flexible and easy to maintain Includes a zip tool

Weather resistant self-locking cable ties Colours

• 70mm maximum diameter • Black only • 240mm long x 4mm wide

Black or grey

Colours Black

1.5m length

C A B L E T I DY

Tidies up unsightly cables in seconds

240mm length

SK7016

£15

SK3582

£8

Pack 200

Budget Cable Covers Effective solution to remove hazards where cabling is exposed • • • • • •

High grade fire retardant flexible PVC No “rubbery” odour Gently sloping edges allow passage of trucks and trolleys Smooth easy-clean surface Easily cut to length off the coil Base may be slit for easy cable insertion

cc/univ

£63

Avoid unnecessary accidents!

CC/UNIV

£63

Universal Cable Cover

9m Length

Colours Black or grey

ONLY

£7.00

OFFICE

• Features large central chamber, 28 x 10mm suitable for multiple cables • 80mm wide x 14mm high x 9m length

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

per metre

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

O F F I C E S h e lv i n g

318

Office Shelving

10-20 DAYS

STORMOR Solo Ideal for commercial applications - the robust solution to everyday requirements • Suitable for use in all applications and general archive storage • BioCote powder coated light grey RAL 7035 • All components manufactured from cold formed mild steel • Delta front edge aids removal and replacement of stored material • Fully adjustable shelves on 25 mm pitch • One shelf clip accommodates shelf on both sides of upright • Fully interchangeable with Solo and Mono frames • Folded rear T on frame accommodates rear cladding and bracing on 50mm increments SHELF LOADINGS Note: bays 600mm deep have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

For our full range of Stormor accessories, see page 322

Single piece

BioCote Protected

frames with

BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas

delta edge front

6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Open Back Bays

OFFICE

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130OS6 £105.50 SMS18137OS6 £120.50 SMS18145OS6 £133.50 SMS18160OS6 £166.00 SMS21130OS6 £110.00 SMS21137OS6 £125.50 SMS21145OS6 £139.50 SMS21160OS6 £170.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130OE6 £86.00 SMS18137OE6 £97.50 SMS18145OE6 £108.00 SMS18160OE6 £130.00 SMS21130OE6 £87.00 SMS21137OE6 £99.00 SMS21145OE6 £110.00 SMS21160OE6 £134.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE SMS130 £9.50 SMS137 £11.00 SMS145 £12.00 SMS160 £15.00 SMS130 £9.50 SMS137 £11.00 SMS145 £12.00 SMS160 £15.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130CE6 £117.00 SMS18137CE6 £129.00 SMS18145CE6 £139.50 SMS18160CE6 £162.00 SMS21130CE6 £125.00 SMS21137CE6 £137.00 SMS21145CE6 £148.00 SMS21160CE6 £171.50

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE SMS130 £9.50 SMS137 £11.00 SMS145 £12.00 SMS160 £15.00 SMS130 £9.50 SMS137 £11.00 SMS145 £12.00 SMS160 £15.00

6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Closed Back Bays

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130CS6 £140.00 SMS18137CS6 £152.50 SMS18145CS6 £163.50 SMS18160CS6 £195.00 SMS21130CS6 £148.00 SMS21137CS6 £163.50 SMS21145CS6 £177.00 SMS21160CS6 £208.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 319

Office Shelving

10-20 DAYS

STORMOR Mono O F F I C E S h e lv i n g

Ideal for general purpose storage applications • • • •

Maximum storage capacity in the available space Economic and fully adjustable Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor components Rear cladding or mesh cladding available

Mesh cladding is available for small carton applications For our full range of Stormor accessories, see page 322

Shelf loadings note bays 600mm deep have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

70

KG PER SHELF

Starters & Extensions STORMOR shelving is available with three different upright variations to suit the application. The bays are all supplied with 6 levels of 1000 mm wide shelves. Height and depth variations are given in the tables. Rapid delivery starter and extension bays are listed in the tables. Other heights, widths and depths are also available contact us for details.

BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas

Colour

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

Stormor Grey RAL 7035

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMM18130OS6 £112.00 SMM18137OS6 £121.00 SMM18145OS6 £130.00 SMM18160OS6 £151.00 SMM21130OS6 £118.50 SMM21137OS6 £128.00 SMM21145OS6 £137.50 SMM21160OS6 £155.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMM18130OE6 £89.00 SMM18137OE6 £98.00 SMM18145OE6 £106.50 SMM18160OE6 £123.50 SMM21130OE6 £94.00 SMM21137OE6 £101.50 SMM21145OE6 £110.50 SMM21160OE6 £127.50

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE SMS-130 £9.50 SMS-137 £11.00 SMS-145 £12.00 SMS-160 £15.00 SMS-130 £9.50 SMS-137 £11.00 SMS-145 £12.00 SMS-160 £15.00

OFFICE

6-Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Closed Back Bays

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

O F F I C E S h e lv i n g

320

Office Shelving Filestation Ideal for all commercial and office environment Clear entry design complies with BS 5454 library storage requirements • All components manufactured from cold formed mild steel • Two part frame comprising main outer frame and inner infill panel • Starter frames provide smooth outer face for added aesthetics • Enclosed box section allows clear access to full shelf width • Eliminates snagging of stored items when removed from shelf • Fully interchangeable with Solo and Mono frames • Starter and extension frames available • Slots on rear of frame accommodate rear cladding and bracing on 50mm increments • BioCote powder coated light grey RAL 7035 • Fully adjustable shelves on 25mm pitch Duo shelving with its double skin uprights allow the full shelf width to be used, with clear unimpeded access for easy insertion and removal of files

OFFICE

Starters & Extensions STORMOR shelving is available with three different upright variations to suit the application. The bays are all supplied with 6 levels of 1000 mm wide shelves. Height and depth variations are given in the tables. Rapid delivery starter and extension bays are listed in the tables. Other heights, widths and depths are also available contact us for details.

BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas

Colour

STARTER BAY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EXTENSION BAY

Stormor Grey RAL 7035

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 10-20

321

DAYS

O F F I C E S h e lv i n g

For our full range of Stormor accessories, see page 322

70

KG PER SHELF

Shelf loadings Note bays 600mm deep Have a maximum shelf load Capacity of 45kg. All other Bays have a capacity of 70kg.

6-Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Open Back Bays

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMD18130OS6 £138.50 SMD18137OS6 £158.50 SMD18145OS6 £176.00 SMD18160OS6 £216.50 SMD21130OS6 £144.50 SMD21137OS6 £166.30 SMD21145OS6 £185.00 SMD21160OS6 £229.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE SMS.130 £9.50 SMS.137 £11.00 SMS.145 £12.00 SMS.160 £15.00 SMS.130 £9.50 SMS.137 £11.00 SMS.145 £12.00 SMS.160 £15.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMD18130CE6 £139.50 SMD18137CE6 £154.00 SMD18145CE6 £166.50 SMD18160CE6 £193.00 SMD21130CE6 £146.00 SMD21137CE6 £161.00 SMD21145CE6 £174.50 SMD21160CE6 £204.50

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE SMS/130 £9.50 SMS/137 £11.00 SMS/145 £12.00 SMS/160 £15.00 SMS/130 £9.50 SMS/137 £11.00 SMS/145 £12.00 SMS/160 £15.00

6-Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Closed Back Bays

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMD18130CS6 £173.00 SMD18137CS6 £191.00 SMD18145CS6 £210.50 SMD18160CS6 £249.50 SMD21130CS6 £183.00 SMD21137CS6 £204.50 SMD21145CS6 £223.00 SMD21160CS6 £272.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

OFFICE

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMD18130OE6 £105.00 SMD18137OE6 £119.50 SMD18145OE6 £132.50 SMD18160OE6 £160.00 SMD21130OE6 £102.00 SMD21137OE6 £124.00 SMD21145OE6 £136.00 SMD21160OE6 £166.50

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S h e lv i n g A cc e ss o r i e s

322

Shelving Accessories

10-20

Pull-out Filing Cradle

Plastic Drawer Units

Can accomodate A4 and foolscap top loaded suspension files. Cradle slides out on telescopic arms (fits 1000mm bays only)

Ideal for storage of small items. The drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow for easy viewing and access

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 370 450

SIZE H x D (mm) 100 x 370 150 x 370 150 x 450

ORDER REF SZAPOFC1-370 SZAPOFC1-450

PRICE £119.50 £121.00

DAYS

DIMENSIONS x W x D (mm) H 120 x 138 x 281 120 x 207 x 281 120 x 138 x 431

OFFICE

£4.20 £6.00 £5.70

Pull-out Shelf

Fitted onto telescopic arms the pull-out drawer is available in 2 heights. Idealfor storage of cd’s (fits 1000mm bays only)

Slides out from the bay on telescopic slides. Provides a flat and stable work surface within a storage bay (fits 1000mm bays only)

ORDER REF SZAPOD100P370 SZAPOD150P370 SZAPOD150P450

PRICE £145.50 £160.50 £169.50

SHELF DEPTH 370 450

ORDER REF SZDF300300 SZDF300370 SZDF300450 SZDF400300 SZDF400370 SZDF400450 SZDF450300 SZDF450370 SZDF450450

PRICE £3.00 £3.60 £4.00 £4.70 £5.70 £6.30 £5.00 £6.00 £6.80

ORDER (mm) SZAPORS1-370 SZAPORS1-450

PRICE REF £98.50 £104.00

General Purpose Divider

Slim profile divider designed to be used with paper storage ensuring minimal wasted space on the shelf

SIZE D x H (mm) 300 x 150 370 x 150 450 x 150 600 x 150

PRICE

Pull-out Drawers

Document Divider

SIZE H x D (mm) 300 x 300 300 x 370 300 x 450 400 x 300 400 x 370 400 x 450 450 x 300 450 x 370 450 x 450

ORDER REF SZADU1GU SZADU2GU SZADU3GU

Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments

SIZE H x D (mm) 300 x 300 300 x 370 300 x 400 300 x 450 400 x 300 400 x 370 400 x 450 450 x 300 450 x 370 450 x 450

ORDER REF 0300DF0300 0300DF0370 0300DF0400 0300DF0450 0400DF0300 0400DF0370 0400DF0450 0450DF0300 0450DF0370 0450DF0450

PRICE £5.80 £4.40 £4.50 £4.70 £4.80 £5.20 £5.70 £5.20 £5.60 £6.10

Part Height Divider

Undershelf Divider

150mm high divider which slots into either the top or bottom of a shelf to provide storage sections or support for files

Divider simply clips under the shelf to hold books or files upright. Divider can be repositioned as required

ORDER REF SDZP300 SDZP370 SDZP450 SDZP600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PRICE £4.00 £4.30 £4.90 £5.90

IZE TO SUIT SHELF DEPTH S H x D (mm) 270 x 320 350 x 400 450 x 500

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SZAUSD270-320 SZAUSD350-400 SZAUSD450-500

PRICE £7.90 £8.10 £8.40

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 323

Office Shelving

5-8 DAYS

Euro Shelving O F F I C E S h e lv i n g

• • •

Easy clip together assembly Robust steel shelving designed to suit any working environment Each bay comes with 6 steel shelves

Biocote Protected Biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas EURO-Shelving Starter and Extension bays make ordering easy. Finished with Light Grey uprights, cladding and shelves. The bays are 2100mm high, 1000mm wide with a choice of four shelf depths. Six shelves are supplied, but further shelves, including shelf clips, can be purchased if required. Bays can be either open all round or fully clad, depending on your requirements.

FROM

Extra Bracing

For our full range of Stormor accessories, see page 322

£161.50

Each brace assembly provides essential bracing for 12 bays of open shelving. Starter bays come complete with brace but extra braces are required if run exceeds 11 extension bays. DCXBS1000ZC

£12.50

160*

KG PER SHELF

Starter & extension bays Each kit comprises of the correct number of frames, shelves, shelf clips, footplates, upright caps and bracing or cladding COLOUR Stormor Grey RAL 7035

Open Bays EPTH D STARTER BAY (mm) REF PRICE 300 S6N0300N £161.50 400 S6N0400N £175.00 450 S6N0450N £184.50 600 S6N0600N £203.00

Clad Bays EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE E6N0300N £109.00 E6N0400N £121.50 E6N0450N £129.50 E6N0600N £148.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE ES0300 £11.50 ES0400 £13.50 ES0450 £14.50 ES0600 £18.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

EPTH D STARTER BAY (mm) REF PRICE 300 S6C0300C £216.00 400 S6C0400C £235.00 450 S6C0450C £249.00 600 S6C0600C £300.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE E6C0300C £175.00 E6C0400C £178.00 E6C0450C £187.00 E6C0600C £225.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE ES0300 £11.50 ES0400 £13.50 ES0450 £14.50 ES0600 £18.00

OFFICE

*SHELF LOADINGS Note bays 600mm deep have a maximum shelf load capacity of 135kg. All other bays have a capacity of 160kg.

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

snap frames

324

Snap Frames

2-3 DAYS

A-Board Snap Frames SK7081

Double sided frames to help get your business noticed

£110

• Will fold flat for easy storage • Extra stability is enabled through locking legs • Protect your contents with the anti-glare UPVC protective cover • Designed to be used in all weather conditions • Made from aluminium and galvanised steel • Two sizes are available - A1 and A2 • An easy and economical advertising solution TO HOLD A1

NEED MORE

INFO?

h x w (mm) 841 x 594

ORDER REF SK7081

PRICE £110

CALL US

NOW!

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Springy Poster Snap Frames Fillable base allows for added stability SK7083

BARRIERS

£185

• Easy to open and shut to change contents • Double-sided design for greater impact • Steel springs from the base allow for movement in windy conditions • Protect your contents with the anti-glare UPVC protective cover • Frame is made from extruded aluminium and the base from PVC • An easy and economical advertising solution

Fillable base for greater stability

TO HOLD A1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

H x W (mm) 841 x 594

ORDER REF SK7083

PRICE £185

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 325

Snap Frames and Banners

2-3 DAYS

Opens from the front to allow you to change posters easily • • • • •

Simple ‘snap-action’ operation Aluminium with anodized silver finish Suitable for substrates up to 1mm thick 25mm frame width Mitred corners

FROM

£23 TO HOLD A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

h x w (mm) 297 x 210 420 x 297 594 x 420 841 x 594 1189 x 841

NEED MORE

INFO?

ORDER REF PRICE SK7088 £23 SK7087 £27 SK7086 £32 SK7085 £45 SK7084 £65

snap Frames and Banners

Aluminium Poster Frames

CALL US

NOW!

Custom Café Banners • • • • •

Corrosion free Stainless Steel Hardware 15kg weighted bases Endlessly expandable 1m, 1.5m & 2m widths as standard Bespoke systems available

BARRIERS

CALL US

NOW! STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

for details about our custom cafe banners

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

R o p e B a rr i e r s

326

Rope Barriers

2-3 DAYS

Classic Posts 4-way rope connection • Robust stainless steel construction • Compatible with sprung hooks only

GREAT VALUE

7kg

970H x 64mm diameter post, with connector ring 320mm diameter weighted base FINISH STAINLESS STEEL BRASS

ORDER REF STCHC STBRC

PRICE £57.00 £64.00

Executive Posts • Two heavily plated finishes • Twin eyelets

320mm diameter weighted base

5kg

Best

For use with accessories on page 327 1000H x 50mm diameter post with black cap 350mm diameter weighted base FINISH POLISHED CHROME POLISHED BRASS

ORDER REF STCH STBR

SELLERs

PRICE £62.00 £69.00

Deluxe Posts (Finial Top)

BARRIERS

• Traditional style for elegant locations • Turned brass & chrome decorative finial

9kg

1000H x 38mm diameter post 350mm diameter extra heavy base FINISH POLISHED CHROME POLISHED BRASS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

ORDER REF DECH DEBR

PRICE £136.00 £133.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 327

Rope Barriers

2-3 DAYS

A4 Signholders NEED MORE

• Landscape or portrait style • Suitable only for Executive posts • Two plated finishes

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

PLATED FINISH CHROME BRASS

EE R F DEL

IVER

PORTRAIT REF PRICE 961CH £25 961BR £32

ROPE BARRIERS

Choose from our range of great posts for any application

LANDSCAPE REF PRICE 960CH £28 960BR £37

Y

Wall Eyelet

Barrier Ropes • L uxury quality soft braided ropes in four colours • Open and spring closure hook ends • We can assemble any rope length to meet your requirements

REF CEYEBR

£5

BRASS

Red, blue, black, and white DESCRIPTION ORDER REF BARRIER ROPES 25mm DIAMETER - ALL COLOURS, PER METRE CSR30 OPEN HOOK END FITTING CHO SPRING CLOSURE HOOK END FITTING CHS 1m LONG READY ASSEMBLED ROPES, WITH OPEN HOOK ENDS CSHO1 1m LONG READY ASSEMBLED ROPES, WITH SPRING CLOSURE ENDS CSHS1

PRICE £12.00 £8.50 £8.50 £29.00 £29.00

REF CEYECH

£5

CHROME

BARRIERS

Colours

Wall screws are included Please advise rope colour and brass or chrome hook finish when ordering

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Retractable Belt Barriers

2-3 DAYS

Slimline Belt Barriers

R e t r a c ta b l e B e lt B a rr i e r s

328

• • • • •

CB21DCC

£79

Available in stainless steel or black finish 860mm high x 51mm diameter 320mm diameter base 1.8m belt extension Weight 7.1kg

Belt colours from stock Black, red and blue CB21sbc

£75

FINISH STAINLESS STEEL BLACK

ORDER REF CB21DCC CB21SBC

PRICE £79 £75

Stainless steel or black finish

GREAT VALUE

BARRIERS

Standard Belt Barriers

EE FDR

• Black matt finish base • 1000H x 63mm diameter • Low profile non-trip 345mm diameter base • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 9kg

ELIV

E RY CB21SB

£95 CB21SCB

£110

Low profile non-trip 345mm diameter base

Belt Barrier FINISH ORDER REF MATT BLACK CB21SB CHROME/BLACK BASE CB21SCB

PRICE £95 £110

Receiving Post FINISH ORDER REF MATT BLACK RP/BB CHROME/BLACK BASE RP/CB

PRICE £64 £77

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1000H x 63mm diameter 1.8m belt extension

Belt colours from stock

Black matt finish base

Black, red and blue

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 329

Retractable Belt Barriers

2-3 DAYS

R e t r a c ta b l e B e lt B a rr i e r s

Wall Mount Barriers • A lways available for use • Tension return • Wall to wall or wall to post • Receptacle for free end included

Customize your belt barrier. We can print your safety message or corporate logo onto barrier belts (subject to quantity). Please contact us for more details.

WMBB

£69

1.8m belt extension

1.8m belt extension 860mm high x 51mm diameter

A4 Signholder NEED MORE

CALL US

DEL

NOW!

INFO?

For use with standard & deluxe belt barriers

EE FR IVER

320mm diameter base

Y

• A luminium and mild steel construction, with acrylic panels to hold the message

AMH

Matt black finish

£63

Deluxe Belt Barriers Receiving Post (Without belt)

1000H x 63mm diameter 1.8m belt extension

Black or chrome finish overall CB21DB

£139

Belt Barrier FINISH MATT BLACK CLASSIC CHROME

ORDER REF CB21DB CB21DC

PRICE £139 £151

ORDER REF RP/DBB RP/DCC

PRICE £111 £125

CB21DC

£151

BARRIERS

• Black or chrome finish overall • 1000H x 63mm diameter • 345mm diameter non-trip baseplate • Heavily weighted base gives maximum stability • 1.8m belt extension

Receiving Post FINISH MATT BLACK CLASSIC CHROME

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 330

Plastic Posts & Chain

Plastic Posts & Chain

Durable and economical • Use indoors or outside • Choice of base designs • Colour banded posts for safety applications

2-3 DAYS

Plastic Chain

Post Colours

Plain white, red & white, and yellow & black

Chain Colours For metal chain see page 347

White, red, black, yellow, green, red & white, black & yellow, and red, white & blue

SIZE 6mm 8mm 10mm

PACK QTY 25m 25m 25m

ORDER REF PC6 PC8 PC10

PRICE £29 £39 £55

EE R F DEL

PR900

£17

IVER

Y

PB900C

£19

Rubber Base • P lastic post + 265mm square black rubber base • Ideal for pedestrian control, indoors or outside • 1.5kg

880H x 40mm diameter posts

Concrete Base

Water Fillable Base

S-Hooks

• 6 mm connector links for plastic chain • Pack of 10, red, white, yellow or £ black

• 8 mm S-Hooks for all plastic chain • Pack of 10, red, white or yellow

CL6

Rubber Connector Strap

8mm Connector Links • 8 mm connector links for plastic chain • Pack of 10, red, white or yellow

CL8

£4.00

PW900

£18

• Plastic post + hollow plastic • Plastic post + heavy circular base, (3kg) concrete 300mm dia x weighted base, 75mm high 290mm sides x 43mm high • For weighting with water • For heavier chains or sand, 3kg and external when full applications

6mm Connector Links

3.00

BARRIERS

• M aximum distance between posts; 6mm chain = 3m, 8mm chain = 2m, 10mm chain = 1.5m

SH

£4.50

PCR

£21

• R ubber post connector straps • Used for linking extra chains to post. Pack of 10

RP

10mm Connector Links

Reflector Hanger Plates

• 1 0mm connector links for plastic chain • Pack of 10, red, white or yellow £

• Y ellow reflector hanger plates makes barrier even more visible • Dimensions 140W x 105Hmm • Pack of 10

CL10

5.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

£22

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 331

Plastic Posts & Chain

2-3 DAYS

Plastic Posts & Chain

Signholders • E xtruded in durable and colourful UV stabilised plastic • Complete with twin post mounting clips • Accept A4 and metric signs sizes up to 5mm thickness

Colours Red, white, black, and yellow

ROTATION (mm) VERTICAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL

SIZE REF 200 x 150 A4 150 X 200

ORDER (EACH) V200150H VA4H H150200H

PRICE £12 £16 £12

Ground Mounting Plastic Posts • • • •

Weatherproof all plastic construction 600mm above ground x 40mm diameter Suit all chains, particularly decorative designs Recommended distance between posts: 1.5m

PS600 • W ith 270mm long spike, for semipermanent use in turf, park and show areas PS600

PG600

£7.00

PG600

£7.00

• F or turf or concrete, 200mm deep socket allows easy lifting for mowing or access

6mm Plastic Chain GROUND POSTS

£7.00

EE R F DEL

IVER

• 6 mm cross link chain, 40 x 22 link PC6CL • White only £ • 25 metre pack

44

8mm Plastic Chain Y

BARRIERS

Decorative Chain

• 8 mm cross link chain, 55 x 30 link PC8CL • White only £ • 25 metre pack

55

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

e x pa n d i n g B A R R IE R S

332

Expanding Barriers

Best SELLER

2-3 DAYS

Steel Expanding Barrier Tough steel construction, opens to 2.25m and collapses to 240mm • Epoxy paint finish • Choice of safety colour finishes 1.23Hm

EE FDR ELIV

CSXSY

£75

E RY

Yellow/Black Steel Expanding Barrier

CSXSR

£75

Red/White Steel Expanding Barrier

8kg

Portable Expanding Barrier Compact plastic & steel barriers, always on hand for immediate use High visibility white channel section plastic bars Zinc plated steel frame Barriers open out to 2.25W x 1Hm Legs rotate and frame folds flat, for easy transport and storage

• •

Ideal as an on-vehicle emergency barrier In regular use with Police and Emergency Services, also the aviation and petroleum industries Opens to 2.25W x 1Hm Collapses to 240mm thickness

BARRIERS

• • • •

Yellow/Black Economy Barrier

GEBNY

£119

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Red/White Reflective Barrier

info@storage-design.co.uk

GUBRW

£128

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Expanding Barriers

2-3

333

DAYS

e x pand i ng bar r i e rs

Small Expandable Safety Barrier • • • •

Tough steel construction 950mm high Expands to 2500mm Comes in yellow and black as standard • Male and female attachments for multiple barriers

Quality epoxy paint finish

SK26431

£55

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Large Expandable Safety Barrier • • • •

Tough steel construction 1700mm high Expands to 4000mm Comes in yellow and black as standard • Ideal for warehouses and car parks SK26432

£123 Quality epoxy paint finish

BARRIERS

Includes wheels

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 334

Crowd Control Barriers

2-3 DAYS

crowd co nt r o l bar r i e r s

Fixed Leg Crowd Control Barriers Ideal for outdoor events, construction sites and road works Unique, one piece barrier which has been specially designed for the events industry, where speed of erection/dismantle and security are the main concern • • • • •

Hot-dip galvanized finish for durability Use individually or link together Ideal for stacking 38.1mm diameter tubular frame 16 infill bars each 12mm diameter

STACKABLE 10.6kg

for easy storage

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

SK7005

£67

Dimensions 1100Hmm x 2170W

Attached Leg Crowd Control Barriers The universal pedestrian barrier • • • • •

Heavy duty 17-bar construction, galvanised finish Detachable feet allow barrier to be easily stored Use individually, or link together CB19G Feet spread 620mm Weight 23kg

£65

1100Hmm x 2500Wmm

BARRIERS

Flat foot eliminates trip hazard

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

Customised Covers • Any design

give us a call for custom covers

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 335

Multi-Purpose Guards

NEED MORE

Handi-Gards • 8 00mm high barriers for factory maintenance and hazard isolation • Hazard signs included • Free-standing when angled

CALL US

NOW!

INFO?

DAYS

M U LT I-P U R P O S E G UA R D S

• High visibility yellow • Tough 30mm thick polyethylene • Snap-on hinges enable any configuration to be quickly made • Extendible to any length • Fold flat for carrying and storage

2-3

800H x 910W x 30Dmm

3kg

CSLh

£150 set of 3

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Weighted Baseplate • S traight runs or outdoor barriers require weighting 450 x 420mm

5.5

KG WEIGHT

CSW1

£19.00

• E xtra high 1100mm barriers for greater safety when closing off work areas • Hazard signs included • Rubber feet grip any hard surface

CSLS

BARRIERS

Super-Gards

£187 per PAIR

1100H x 1100Wmm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Ta p e s & f e n c i n g

336

Tapes & Fencing

2-3 DAYS

Eurotape

Superstrong

• For cordoning of roadworks, construction sites, public/sports events • 30 micron thickness • Roll size 75mm x 500m • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow

• High quality, near unbreakable plastic barrier tape, printed both sides • For any cordoning, barrier or signalling, especially longer term use • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow, Green/white, Red/yellow

Eurotape £16.00 per roll REF CET (+ colour)

PRICE

£16.00

REF CSU (+ colour)

Quality economy grade non-adhesive polyethylene barrier tape

PRICE

£24.00

PRICE

EE FDR

£16

ELIV

PER ROLL 40 micron thickness

E RY

Roll size 75mm x 500m

Flexible Barrier Mesh Fencing • 50m length • 1000mm height • Ideal for construction sites • Made from polyethylene • Mesh fencing rolls available in orange • Lightweight and portable

GREAT VALUE

BARRIERS

SK26430

£30 Metal Fencing Pins

NEED MORE

INFO?

CALL US

NOW!

• 1200mm long steel rod with a hook end • Rod inserts into the ground to hold mesh fencing firmly in place • Pack of 10

EE R F DEL

IVER

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Y

info@storage-design.co.uk

SK26489

£20

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Security Fencing

2-3

• A ll fence panels are made from robust galvanised steel • They are joined together with a coupler fixing (2 recommended) and thermoplastic rubber feet • Keeps workers and the general public away from construction hazards • Also used in: – Site Perimeter Fencing at pop concerts – Fairs and exhibitions – Traffic containment at road works – Temporary car parks – Dog runs DEL – Bird enclosures IVER Y – Horse training pens

• Galvanised steel • Square top mesh panel • 85 x 261mm mesh aperture • 38mm diameter tube frame

12.5kg WEIGHT

Size: 2000H x 3450W mm

EE R F

S ec u r i t y Fe nc i ng

Budget Fencing

Most commonly used in or around construction sites

Thermoplastic Rubber Feet

337

DAYS

Coupler Fixing

Pair

Pack of 10 SK7003

SK7000

SK7004

£49

£60

£27

Anti Climb Fencing

Heavy Duty Fencing

• Galvanised steel • Square top mesh panel • Anti-climb mesh – 42.5 x 261mm aperture • 38mm diameter tube frame

• Galvanised steel • Round top mesh panel • Anti-climb mesh – 42.5 x 261mm aperture • 38mm diameter tube frame

Size: 2000H x 3450W mm

15kg WEIGHT

Size: 2000H x 3450W mm

17kg WEIGHT

BARRIERS

SK7001

£66 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

SK7002

£68 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Stackable Barrier

2-3 DAYS

S tac k able B ar r i e r

338

SK17045

£70

Supplied with standard feet

Designed for secure stacking and easy transportation • C ompliant with BS 7818 Specification for pedestrian restraint systems making it ideal for event management and pedestrian control usage • Compliant with Chapter 8 Streetworks • Can accept warning signs and contractor information boards • Blow moulded 1 piece barrier constructed from tough high density polythene (HDPE) • Supplied with standard feet

Connected locked

CALL US

NOW!

EE FR DEL

IVER

Y

• T he unique linking system design creates secure joints on uneven ground – over kerbs, up slopes and across rough terrain • Unlocked or locked mode configurations prevent unauthorised dismantling

BARRIERS

INFO?

Lift one barrier to lock

Locking system

1000H x 2030Lmm

NEED MORE

Connected unlocked

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Barrier Systems

2-3

339

DAYS

Complete Barrier System ba r r i e r sys t e ms

A modular barrier system made from high density polyethylene • Conforms to the chapter 8 regulations • Versatile barrier suitable for controlling traffic or crowds • Complete System comprises 4 posts, 4 bases, 8 planks

Base

Post

125H x 455Wmm

1150H x 100Wmm

SK7046

£137

1.25m Plank 1250L x 150Wmm

COMPLETE SYSTEM

Manhole Barrier A modular design that can be assembled as per required configuration • Compliant with Chapter 8 Streetworks • Individual barrier weight: 2 kg • Integral locking clamp to aid stability when the barriers are deployed in a straight line • Hinged clips enable fast assembly • Made from HDPE

BARRIERS

SK7044

£110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Single gate 750Lmm Total 3000L x 1000Hmm

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 340

Barrier Plank System

2-3 DAYS

Barrier plank system

Barrier Plank System - Cones, Adaptors & Planks A highly visible and versatile barrier system

complete

£172 6 metre run

4 CONES, 4 TOP ADAPTORS & 6 PLANKS

Cones & Adaptors • 750mm high, with heavy non-slip rubber base for best stability • Slots at the top and base of the cone accept the end of the barrier plank CS750C

CCA

£6

£16

• 150mm deep x 2m long in strong but lightweight extruded plastic, only 2kg • Supplied in reflective finish to meet latest regulations

BARRIERS

£13

PLANK2M

Barrier Planks

description ORDER REF PRICE 750mm SLOTTED CONE CS750C £13.00 3-WAY TOP ADAPTER CCA £6.00 2M REPLECTIVE BARRIER PLANK PLANK2M £16.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 341

Tape Barrier

2-3 DAYS

skip01

ta p e B a r r i e r

£61

• Ideal for cordoning off any outside area, creating safer environments with high visibility 9 metre tape • Tape lock, lockable button to prevent spooling of tape • Fixing holes to secure permanent fixture • Suitable for use with CS750C Slotted Cone, see facing page, and most other cones description ORDER REF PRICE 9 METRE TAPE BARRIER SKIP01 £61.00

Roadworks

Construction

Events & Hospitality

Retail & Maintenance

Accessories A4 Sign Holder

Rechargeable Road Light

SIGN01

LIGHT01

£40

£48

250g 213H x 266Wmm

• Clicks on top of the unit to display any warnings or promotional messages • Simply slide your message into the polycarbonate u-shaped sleeve.

Wall Receiver Clip

600g* *Including batteries

Wall Support Bracket

BARRIERS

W/SUPORT01

£33

WALL01

£9

60g 100H x 80Wmm

112H x 140Wmm

• Multi-functional LED warning light, fully rechargeable with permanent or flashing facility • Includes a light sensor for automatic activation which can be turned off

• Receiver clip for walls • Allows the tape end to attach direct without the need for a Skipper unit or cone

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• A mounting bracket that can affix to walls 100g • Holds the Skipper unit 165H x 125Wmm in place

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

CO N E S

342

Cones

2-3 DAYS

No Waiting Cones Ideal for parking control at events • Two-part cones • Top made of a flexible compound • Base made with 100% recycled plastic • Sealed for weather protection SK7037

£45

3.6kg

PACK OF 3

550H x 409Wmm

Road Cones A 2-part road cone ideal for use in heavy traffic areas such as motorway contraflow systems and lane delineation • Two-part design with a tough composite base. Hand grips for ease of handling • Available complete with EN13422 sleeves EIGHT QUANTITY WEIGHT ORDER PRICE H (mm) (kg) REF 750 PACK OF 3 4.6 SK7039 £37 1000 PACK OF 3 7 SK7040 £66

FROM

£37

Lightweight Cones • High visibility, compact stacking • For instant demarcation, temporary partitions and space reservation • Also popular for leisure activities and field sports training • Minimum quantity of 5

C50S

C50D

£5.50

BARRIERS

£6

EE FDR ELIV

E RY

C30S

£4.50

C30D

£5

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

cone desciption HEIGHT (mm) 300 PLAIN RED 300 RED WITH WHITE BAND 500 PLAIN RED, BLACK BASE 500 RED & WHITE BANDS, BLACK BASE

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF C30S C30D C50S C50D

PRICE £4.50 £5.00 £5.50 £6.00

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 343

Cone Accessories

2-3 DAYS

Plastic Chain for Cones

A high visibility 3-ply textile rope combined with a 3M Retro-reflective component

Durable and economical

• A highly reflective warning system • Available in 18m lengths complete with breakpoints every 4.2m

co n e a cc e s s o r i e s

Cone Rope

• Use indoors or outside • Maximum distance between cones; 6mm chain = 3m, 8mm chain = 2m, 10mm chain = 1.5m

SK7041

£45

Cone Connector • Slots over most cones • Links chains, tie rope, or barrier tape to the eyelets • Packs of 10

27H x 76-87 Dia mm

SIZE 6mm 8mm 10mm

PACK QTY 25m 25m 25m

ORDER REF PC.6 PC.8 PC.10

PRICE £29 £39 £55

SK26434

£20

Chain Colours

NEED MORE

INFO?

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

CALL US

NOW!

info@storage-design.co.uk

EE FDR ELIV

BARRIERS

White, red, black, yellow, green, red & white, black & yellow, and red, white & blue

E RY

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

k e r b r am p s

344

Kerb Ramps

2-3 DAYS

Kerb Ramps (Pack of 2) Eliminates awkward pavement access • • • •

Tough rubber moulding with carry handle Use individually or link in line Suits all weights of vehicle Rise height of 100mm - suits most kerbs • Weight 10kg

490W x 305D x 100Hmm

KR100C

£45

PACK OF 2

Best SELLER

Plastic Kerb Ramp EE FDR

BARRIERS

Provides a safe means for wheelchair, pushchair and cycle users to reach the next level when a footpath has been closed for street works • Complies and exceeds the Wheel Chair Boarding Ramp Specification, the Safety at Street Works Code of Practice and the Disability Discrimination Act • Effective non-slip surface and raised sides for secured access • Adapts to varying kerb or step heights (60mm to 160mm) • Can be bolted down for a maximum stability and security • Recommended maximum weight 250kg • The wider access makes the product convenient and easy to use • Compact stacking for easy transport & storage • Made from high density polyethylene • 100% recyclable • Can also provide easy access for sack trucks, shopping trolleys, wheelie bins etc.

ELIV

E RY

250

KG CAPACITY

Length end-to-end 1265mm Length between side guards 1215mm 747W x 112Hmm SK7043

£90 6kg

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 345

Parking Block & Hole Cover

2-3 DAYS

Pa r k i n g B lo c k & H o l e Co v e r

Parking Block Controls position of parked vehicles Ideal for commercial buildings, showrooms etc • Weatherproof moulded rubber • Use individually or align in longer runs • Weight 4.2kg • Fixing bolts for concrete or tarmac included 100H x 500W x 130Dmm

PB500

£28

Hole Cover A versatile safety cover that is exceptionally rigid in construction, yet lightweight • Complies with the UK’s DETR Safety at Streetworks and Roadworks Code of Practice • Moulded from a single piece of glass reinforced composite • Slip resistant surface and chamfered edges to prevent tripping • Underside has ribbed framework for added strength • Can take the distributed weight of a vehicle of up to 2000kg • Designed to cover trenches of a maximum width of 700mm

2000

KG CAPACITY

1200L x 800W x 30Hmm

DEL

SK7042

£80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

IVER

Y

BARRIERS

EE R F

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 346

Parking Posts

pa r k i n g P O S T S

Folding Parking Barrier Wide design eliminates illicit parking which can occur between conventional posts • T ough colour coating for long lasting weather protection • Stainless steel pivots • Folds to 80mm above ground • Integral lock with 2 security keys

PCP710Y

£81

Fixing bolts included Overall dimensions 720mm high, 700mm wide Base plate 170mm x 100mm, 2 x 15mm dia mounting holes

Spare / replacement keys are not available

8kg

Keylock Parking Posts • I ntegral security lock with fully enclosed mechanism • Folds in either direction to lie horizontally • Heavy duty cast steel baseplate

Padlock Parking Posts Simple, effective, and economical • T ough and weatherproof all steel construction • Galvanised or powder coated finishes • Combined lock housing and lift handle

REF CPP2 zinc plated model FOLDED HEIGHT 85mm

FROM

£60

£76 REF CPP3 YELLOW POWDER COAT model FOLDED HEIGHT 85mm

BARRIERS

£56

Spare / replacement keys are not available

GREAT VALUE

750 x 60mm diameter post, 835mm overall height 118mm folded height , 4 x 10mm mounting bolts

FINISH YELLOW / BLACK POWDER COATED GALVANISED WHITE POWDER COATED YELLOW POWDER COATED RED POWDER COATED

ORDER REF CPP1YB CPP1G CPP1W CPP1Y CPP1R

PRICE £75.75 £87.75 £60.00 £60.00 £60.00

For bulk orders or keyed alike options please contact us

Parking Post Accessories Drill bits suitable for concrete or tarmac DESCRIPTION FOR CONCRETE 11mm DRILL BIT 13mm DRILL BIT FOR TARMAC 26mm DRILL BIT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

SUITS

ORDER REF

PRICE

CFP CPP1, CPP2, CPP3, PCP710Y

DR11 DR13

£4.50 £6.00

CFP, CPP1, CPP2, CPP3, PCP710Y

DR26

£20.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 347

Parking Posts

2-3 DAYS

Fixed Barrier Posts pa r k i n g p o s t s

Designed to match parking posts, eyelets take removeable chain S-hooks required 4 x 10mm mounting bolts included REF CFP1Y Yellow

£57

REF CFP1G Galvanised

£65

CFP1Y

£57

610mm tall x 60mm diameter

Plastic chain, page 330

Metal Chains Strong, secure welded links for indoor or outside use • • • •

FROM

Test loaded Hot galvanised finish Accessories connect chain to post quickly and securely S-Hooks and Quick links are Zinc Plated

Regular chain

£76 Magpie Removable Posts

Spiked chain

Durable grout-in posts with a high visiblity black and white finish description SIZE ORDER REF PRICE REGULAR CHAIN 6mm 53x29mm (10m BOX) 19358GB £48.00 8mm 60x32mm (5m BAG) 19375GK £51.00 8mm 60x32mm (10m BOX) 19375GB £83.00 10mm 70x39mm (5m BAG) 19381GK £64.00 10mm 70x39mm (10m BOX) 19381GB £124.00 SPIKED CHAIN 6mm 62/65x26/22mm (10m HANK) 51309 £86.00

• R igid barrier resists impact • Heavy duty square section steel • Recommended for use with padlock (included with posts) • Reflectors fitted as standard

Quick links

D shackles

Ground depth

installation Base units must be cast into a concrete foundation. Drainage must be provided at the base. height post below handles post ORDER PRICE section ground weight ref 720mm 70 x 70mm 200mm - 9 CRP1 £76.00 995mm 90 x 80mm 250mm - 12 CRP2 £90.00 1100mm 90 x 90mm 300 mm  20 CRP3 £140.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

description SIZE ORDER REF PRICE 6mm S HOOKS 53x34mm (PACK 10) 57306 £8.50 8mm S HOOKS 72x53mm (PACK 10) 57308 £9.00 6mm QUICK LINKS 58x30mm (PACK 10) 65306 £5.00 8mm QUICK LINKS 72x53mm (PACK 10) 65308 £11.50 10mm QUICK LINKS 90x45mm (PACK 10) 65310 £17.50 8mm D SHACKLES 47x43mm (PACK 10) 68308 £6.50 10mm D SHACKLES 55x50mm (PACK 10) 68310 £8.50

info@storage-design.co.uk

BARRIERS

Quality powder coated finish

S-hooks

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 348

Bollards

2-3 DAYS

bollards

Camden Bollards

Cheltenham Bollards

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Elegantly fluted and tapered bollard • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3889 • Black RAL9005

£200

1100mm above ground 192mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Semi domed bollard with midway and upper rings • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3890 • Black RAL9005

£179

985mm above ground 135mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

Colchester Bollards • R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Neat functional post with matching double rings • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3893 • Black RAL9005

Deansgate Bollards • R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Modern angled top design • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint • Black RAL9005 SK3894

£150

900mm above ground 135mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

1000mm above ground 115mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

Edinburgh Bollards

BARRIERS

£150

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Slightly tapered with spherical top and two “score” rings towards the base • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance SK3895 polyurethane paint • Black RAL9005 £

150

1000mm above ground 128mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Exeter Bollards • R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Flat topped spherical head with neck collar and thicker mid point cuff • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3896 • Black RAL9005 950mm above ground 140mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

info@storage-design.co.uk

£150

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

Bollards

2-3

349

DAYS

Sunderland Bollards

£150

900mm above ground 192mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Obelisk shape with recessed fins and diamond shaped top • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3907 • Black RAL9005

BOLLARDS

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Flat top with straight sides and tapered base • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3908 • Black RAL9005

St. Pancras Bollards

£270

1050mm above ground 250mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

Roydon Bollards

Solihull Bollards • R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Slightly bevelled top with two recessed bands • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3904 • Black RAL9005

£179

900mm above ground 160mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Ideally suited to heritage sites or “special” places • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3903 • Black RAL9005

£125

850mm above ground 85mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

Manchester Bollards

£150

940mm above ground 210mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Sleek, stylishly curved with a ball mount top • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3898 • Black RAL9005

£180

750mm above ground 160mm at widest point 300mm below ground on root fixed option

info@storage-design.co.uk

BARRIERS

• R oot fixed or bolt down specify when ordering • Softly domed cap atop a bevelled surround • Galvanised steel inner core • Highest quality UV filters and high performance polyurethane paint SK3900 • Black RAL9005

Fathom Bollards

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

C a b l e P r ot ec to r s

350

Cable Protectors

2-3 DAYS

Pedestrian Cable Cover Ideal for events and festivals • T wo generous channels allow cables to be inserted (each 30 x 30 mm) • Base made from heavy duty rubber moulding • Plastic hinge lid allow variety of cables to be fed through (not suitable for cars) • Supplied in 1000 x 250 x 45 mm sections • 45mm high

EE R F DEL

IVER

Y

Dimensions 1000L x 250Wmm

SK26435

£80

Heavy Duty Cable Protector

BARRIERS

• Protects against foot & road traffic • Suits all weights of vehicle • Easy access for removal and installation of cable • 20mm dia top channel & two 15mm lower channels • Supplied by the metre, or in economical 10 metre rolls

Dimensions 105W x 30Hmm

Cut lengths per metre Roll of 10 metres

CP1M

£9.00 CP10M

£70.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 351

External Cable Protectors Cable Protector System

Heavy duty profiles for construction sites, oil rigs, warehouses etc

• • • • • • •

Instant cable protection for contracts work & outside events

• H eavy duty rubber mouldings interlink to form continuous ramped cable protection • Hinged lid allows cables to be inserted after ramps are in position • Robust design withstands passage of heavy goods traffic • Linked sections do not normally require ground fixings • Bolt holes provided for more permanent installations

Manufactured specifically to cover heavy duty power cables even when situated in harsh conditions Unaffected by heavy wheeled traffic No fixing needed Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 Essentially halogen free Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5 UV stabilised for extended outdoor life

Vehicle Loads: Tested for use with axle loads up to 6000kg and therefore suitable for use with most goods vehicles. Not designed as a speed reduction ramp for fork trucks or similar high point loads

EE FDR

FROM

£120 PROFILE

ELIV

EXTERIOR APERTURES LENGTH W x H (mm)

DAYS

E X T E R N A L C A B L E P R OT EC TO R S

Industrial Cable Protectors

3-5

E RY

ORDER REF

PRICE

Three generous channels (each 55H x 65Wmm) allow a variety of cables and hoses to be accommodated

OVERALL DIMENSIONS

TYPE A

108 x 19

1 x 14 DIA

9m

26302500

£120

TYPE F

127 x 28

1 x 23 DIA

9m

26302502

£240

TYPE G

180 x 36

1 x 30 DIA

4.5m

26302530

£365

75H x 600W x 1000Lmm 3 x CABLE CHANNELS 55H x 65Wmm UNIT WEIGHT 29kg supplied in 1000 x 600mm sections

HDCP1

£75

Temporary Traffic Calming Cable Protector

• • • •

No drilling, no bolting or bonding, easily removed and relaid Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5 UV stabilised for extended outdoor life

ROFILE P EXTERIOR W x H (mm) TTC/3 270 x 68

APERTURES 1 x 53 DIA

26302560

£359

BARRIERS

This unique profile is a traffic speed controller and heavy duty flexible cable protector rolled into one

LENGTH 1.5m

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

S PEED R A M P S

352

Speed Ramps Heavy Duty 5 mph Speed Ramps For maximum speed reduction, steep profile dictates 5mph speed control • • • •

Recycled rubber moulded sections High visibility yellow and black Cats’ eyes for night time safety in mid section only Tapered ends for neat completion of runs

Fixing bolts suitable for concrete or tarmac surfaces are included with all speed ramp sections, please specify bolt type required when ordering

GREAT VALUE

2-3 DAYS

£72

PER METRE

(Ends not included)

400 x 250mm Sections align TO FORM CONTINUOUS RUNS DESCRIPTION height (mm) 5MPH RAMP SECTION 70 70 TAPERED END 70 70

Central slot 45W x 25Hmm allows cables etc. to run under ramp (not on tapered ends) width depth colour ALONG RAMP (mm) ACROSS RAMP (mm) 250 400 YELLOW 250 400 BLACK 200 400 YELLOW 200 400 BLACK

weight (kg) 5.4 5.4 3.0 3.0

ORDER REF

PRICE

CSR71Y CSR71K CSR73Y CSR73K

£18 £18 £16 £16

10 mph Regular Speed Ramps Safe and effective 10mph speed control, easy to install and relocate • • • •

Recycled rubber moulded sections High visibility yellow and black ramps Cats’ eyes for night time safety, mid section only Tapered ends neatly complete a run

Best

2-3

SELLER

BARRIERS

DAYS

Sections align perfectly

(Ends not included)

Two end sections make a circular bump

500 x 350mm

DESCRIPTION height (mm) 10MPH RAMP SECTION 50 50 TAPERED END 50 50

£64

PER METRE

Fixing bolts suitable for concrete or tarmac surfaces are included with all speed ramp sections, please specify bolt type required when ordering

width depth colour ALONG RAMP (mm) ACROSS RAMP (mm) 500 350 YELLOW 500 350 BLACK 175 350 YELLOW 175 350 BLACK

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

weight (kg) 8.0 8.0 1.9 1.9

ORDER REF

PRICE

CSR1Y CSR1K CSR3Y CSR3K

£32 £32 £30 £30

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 353

Speed Ramps

2-3 DAYS

1830mm long sections simply drop into place Bolt to ground for permanent installation

EE R F

• High visibility one-piece striped sections • Heavy duty moulded rubber • Yellow stripes with anti-slip surface • 10mph control speed • Cats’ eyes for night time safety Overall Dimensions 1830W X 300D X 55Hmm 2 X Cable Slots 35W X 30Hmm

Speed Ramps

Cable Channel Speed Ramp

DEL

IVER

Y

CSR1830

£88

25.5

KG UNIT WEIGHT

0mm 183

m 0m 30 Fixing bolts are included with all sections

Cable Channelling

£48

PER METRE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

BARRIERS

ONLY

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

WA R E H O U S E I M PA C T b arriers

354

Warehouse Impact Barriers

A

Spring Steel Warehouse Barriers

Two designs to suit all applications, spring steel buffer supports and absorbs impact

Fully Galvanised

Specifically designed to protect from fork truck impact

Column Protection Units

B

Fully galvanised components

• Low, high or dual rail barriers • 610H buffer posts adopt both single and double height rails • Optional high visibility plastic end caps protect pedestrians • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs

C

Rail 160H x 40D x 3mm thick, supplied in 4m lengths

FROM

£337

Monstrut Rail A lighter weight system, ideal for minimal impact

Buffer 10mm thick spring steel 610H or 235H on 200x150 baseplate Post centres 1500mm single height, 1200mm double height

D

E

Warehouse Rail Suitable for protecting against fork truck and other vehicle impacts

Drawing ref product description A STANDARD DUTY BARRIER RAIL, 4m LENGTH B QUARTER BEND TERMINAL C 90° BEND D BUFFER UPRIGHT* E LOW LEVEL BUFFER UPRIGHT*

ORDER REF SDR4 SDQB SDBN SDB6BPB SDB2BPB

PRICE £63 £76 £103 £51 £44

* uprights are now supplied with baseplate and mounting bolt £7.50

REF SDEC End Cap

BARRIERS

REF SDJP Joint Piece

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

£3.10

INTERNAL DIA MONOSTRUT 400mm WAREHOUSE 500mm 750mm 1000mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

MON400

£337

WCP500 WCP750 WCP1000

£653 £700 £746

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013 355

Warehouse Impact Barriers Spring barrier posts absorb high impact loads Suitable for the most demanding non-highway applications • D esigned to absorb frequent impact loads of most vehicles travelling at 10mph • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs • Buffers to be spaced at 1.6 metres centres maximum • Heavy duty

Fully galvanised system with wide range of ancillary items Industrial installation showing plastic end cap

Car park installation showing flexible corner

D A

G C

E F

WA R E H O U S E I M PA C T B A R R I E R S

Spring Steel Warehouse Barriers

B F

rawing ref D A B C D E F G

product description HEAVY DUTY BARRIER RAIL SPRING BUFFER UPRIGHT WITH BASEPLATE & BOLTS YELLOW PLASTIC END CAP FISHTAIL END PEDESTRIAN END FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL CORNER FLEXIBLE INTERNAL CORNER

DIMENSIONS (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 312H x 3200L HDR32 £91 610H 310H x 150L 410H x 700L 350H x 320L ARMS 720L ARMS 661L

HDBNBMB2 HDEC HDFT HDPE HDFEC HDFIC

Meets all relevant requirements of BS6399 Part 1 1996

£76 £9.90 £48 £42 £99 £99

5-7

DAYS

Wall Protection Ideal where impacts are likely to be glancing blows • G ives good protection to vehicles from light knocks and scratches • Protects against cosmetic damage

COLUMN CORNER GUARD

DOUBLE D SECTION

D SECTION

WALL GUARD

description size STANDARD FIXING FIXING METHOD (NOT SUPPLIED) ORDER PRICE LENGTH CENTRES (mm) REF COLUMN CORNER GUARD 100 x 100 1200 400 ADHESIVE C/W SCREW, RAWLPLUG & CUP WASHER D1006 £59 D SECTION 115 x 90 3000 400 10mm EXPANDING ANCHOR BOLT D1007 £173 DOUBLE D SECTION 60 x 30 6000 400 “HAMMERFIX” OR SIMILAR C/W CUP WASHER D1008 £89 WALL GUARD 200 x 30 3000 500 “HAMMERFIX” OR SIMILAR C/W CUP WASHER D1009 £133

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

BARRIERS

Manufactured from EPDM Rubber

www.storage-design.co.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade Catalogue 2013

WA R E H O U S E I M PA C T B A R R I E R S

356

Warehouse Impact Barriers Steel Barrier Systems

W100 Twin Channel

W101 Heavy Duty Rail

750mm high • Posts 100W x 100Dmm Channel rails 100 x 50mm

Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification

W102 Folded Rail

Standard lengths available on short lead time

W103 Low Level Tubular

750mm high • Posts 100W x 50Dmm Rail 200 x 8mm flat

750mm high • Posts 100W x 100Dmm Rail 310mm high

W104 Low Level Channel

Heavy duty 500mm high Posts and rail 89mm dia

Medium duty 450mm high Posts 80W x 80Dmm Rail 76 x 38mm channel

FROM

£137 Price per Barrier ARRIER SYSTEM B TWIN CHANNEL HEAVY DUTY RAIL FOLDED RAIL LOW LEVEL TUBULAR LOW LEVEL CHANNEL

LENGTH UP TO 1250mm ORDER REF PRICE W100/1250 £176 W101/1250 £192 W102/1250 £164 W103/1250 £137 W104/1250 £143

1251 - 2500mm long ORDER REF PRICE W100/2500 £223 W101/2500 £255 W102/2500 £206 W103/2500 £163 W104/2500 £172

BASE PLATES WITH FLOOR FIXINGS INCLUDED Orange RAL2011 as standard alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost

BARRIERS

Protection Posts 3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications

FROM

• Alternative heights are available • Standard items available on short lead time • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

POST DIMENSIONS HEIGHT X DIA (mm) 760 x 89 915 x 114 1100 x 168

PER POST ORDER REF PRICE PP10 £102 PP20 £114 PP30 £179

£86

PER QUANTITY 5 ORDER REF PRICE EACH PP10/5 £86 PP20/5 £97 PP30/5 £150

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk


2013 Edition

2013

PROJECTS

Workshop, Storage & Materials Handling Catalogue

CATALOGUE

WORKSHOP

www.storage-design.co.uk info@storage-design.co.uk

01446 772614

Email: info@storage-design.co.uk Web: www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

catalogue sales

TRADE

TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446 774770

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales CF71 7DU

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

WAREHOUSE

SAFETY

SECURITY

BARRIERS

OFFICE

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

TRADE CATALOGUE


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.